QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 5, 2008

Registration No. 333-153632

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549


Amendment No. 1
to
Form S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
Under
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


Rosetta Stone Inc.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

Delaware   7372   043837082
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

1101 Wilson Blvd.
Suite 1130
Arlington, Virginia 22209
Telephone: 800-788-0822
(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number,
Including Area Code, of Registrant's Principal Executive Offices)

Michael C. Wu
General Counsel
1101 Wilson Blvd., Suite 1130
Arlington, Virginia 22209
Telephone: 800-788-0822
(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)


Copies to:

Brian P. Fenske
Fulbright & Jaworski, L.L.P.
Fulbright Tower
1301 McKinney, Suite 5100
Houston, Texas 77010
Telephone: (713) 651-5557
Fax: (713) 651-5246
  Brent B. Siler
Cooley Godward Kronish LLP
One Freedom Square
11951 Freedom Drive
Reston, Virginia 20190-5656
Telephone: (703) 456-8000
Fax: (703) 456-8100


Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.


          If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  o

          If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

          If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

          If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

          Indicate by check mark whether registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (check one):

Large accelerated filer  o , Accelerated filer  o , Non-accelerated filer (do not check if a smaller reporting company)  ý , or Smaller reporting company  o


           The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.


PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)

Issued November 5, 2008

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

          Shares

LOGO

Rosetta Stone Inc.

COMMON STOCK


Rosetta Stone Inc. is offering               shares of its common stock and the selling stockholders are offering               shares of common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our shares. We anticipate that the public offering price will be between $               and $               per share.


We will apply to have our common stock listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "RST."


Investing in our common stock involves risks. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 11.


PRICE $           A SHARE


 
 
Price to
Public
 
Underwriting
Discounts and
Commissions
 
Proceeds to
Company
 
Proceeds to
Selling
Stockholders

Per Share

  $   $   $   $

Total

  $              $              $              $           

The selling stockholders have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional              shares of common stock to cover over-allotments.

The Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities regulators have not approved or disapproved these securities, or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated expects to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on                         , 2008.


MORGAN STANLEY   WILLIAM BLAIR & COMPANY

JEFFERIES & COMPANY

PIPER JAFFRAY

 

ROBERT W. BAIRD & CO.

                           , 2008



TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page

Prospectus Summary

  1

Risk Factors

 
11

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

 
31

Use of Proceeds

 
32

Dividend Policy

 
32

Capitalization

 
33

Dilution

 
35

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

 
37

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 
40

Business

 
73

Management

 
89

Executive Compensation

 
95

Related Party Transactions

 
111

Principal and Selling Stockholders

 
113

Description of Capital Stock

 
115

Material U.S. Federal Income and Estate Tax Considerations to Non-U.S. Holders

 
119

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

 
122

Underwriters

 
124

Legal Matters

 
128

Experts

 
128

Where You Can Find Additional Information

 
128

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

 
F-1


        You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or in any free-writing prospectus we may specifically authorize to be delivered or made available to you. We have not, the selling stockholders have not and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide you with additional or different information. We and the selling stockholders are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus or a free-writing prospectus is accurate only as of its date, regardless of its time of delivery or of any sale of shares of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

         Until                      , 2008 (25 days after the commencement of this offering), all dealers that buy, sell or trade shares of our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

        For investors outside the United States: We have not, the selling stockholders have not and the underwriters have not done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

i



PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

         This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and the information set forth under the headings "Risk Factors" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," in each case included elsewhere in this prospectus.

ROSETTA STONE INC.

Overview

        We are a leading provider of technology-based language learning solutions. We develop, market and sell language learning solutions consisting of software, online services and audio practice tools primarily under our Rosetta Stone brand. Our teaching method, which we call Dynamic Immersion , is designed to leverage the innate, natural language learning ability that children use to learn their native language. Our courses are based on our proprietary interactive technologies and pedagogical content, and utilize a sophisticated sequencing of images, text and sounds to teach a new language without translation or grammar explanation. We believe our award-winning solutions provide an effective, convenient and fun way to learn languages. We currently offer our self-study language learning solutions in 31 languages. Our customers include individuals, educational institutions, armed forces, government agencies and corporations.

        The strength and breadth of our solutions have allowed us to develop a business model that we believe distinguishes us from other language learning companies. Our scalable technology platform and our proprietary content can be deployed across many languages. This has enabled us to cost-effectively develop a broad product portfolio. We have a multi-channel marketing and distribution strategy that directly targets customers, utilizing print, online, television and radio advertising, public relations initiatives and our branded kiosks. Approximately 85% of our revenue in 2007 was generated through our direct sales channels, which include our call centers, websites, institutional sales force and kiosks. We also distribute our solutions through select retailers such as Amazon.com, Apple, Barnes & Noble and Borders. According to an August 2008 survey we commissioned from Global Market Insite Inc., or GMI, a market research services firm, Rosetta Stone is the most recognized language learning brand in the United States. The unaided awareness of our brand was over 40%, which was more than seven times that of any other language learning company in the United States.

        We grew our revenue from our predecessor's $15.5 million in 2003 to $137.3 million in 2007, representing a 73% compound annual growth rate. This growth has been entirely organic. For the nine months ended September 30, 2008, our revenue was $143.1 million, an increase of 52% over the same period in 2007.

Approaches to Language Learning

        The human brain has a natural capacity to learn languages. Children learn their native language without using rote memorization or adult analytical abilities for grammatical understanding. They learn at their own pace through their immersion in the language spoken around them and using trial and error. They do not rely on translation.

        Traditional language instruction has ignored this natural human experience and ability, and has focused on rote memorization, grammar explanation and word translation, often in a classroom setting. Students in this environment may learn a new language sufficiently to pass examinations but often do not achieve conversational fluency. Many students view this method as ineffective and boring. While self-study alternatives are generally more affordable and convenient than classroom instruction, many of

1



them rely on this grammar-translation method, often using passive media such as audio and books, which are not interactive and do not provide feedback.

        In contrast, immersion instruction, in which only the target language is spoken, leverages the natural human ability to learn languages. Immersion learning has historically been provided through classroom courses, private lessons and in-country immersion programs. These options, however, are often expensive and require students to commute to classrooms or travel to other countries to obtain the immersion experience.

Our Industry

        According to a December 2007 industry analysis we commissioned from The Nielsen Company, a market research firm, the worldwide language learning industry represented more than $83 billion in consumer spending in 2007, of which more than $32 billion was for self-study. According to the Nielsen survey, the language learning industry in the United States, where we generated 95% of our revenue in 2007, represented more than $5 billion in consumer spending in 2007, of which more than $2 billion was for self-study.

        The demand for language learning is driven in part by:

        The language learning market is highly fragmented and consists of the following primary models: classroom instruction utilizing the traditional approach of memorization, grammar and translation; immersion-based classroom instruction; self-study books, audio tapes and software that rely on grammar and translation; and free online offerings that provide basic content and opportunities to practice writing and speaking.

        We believe that language learners seek a trusted name brand solution that is more convenient and affordable than classroom alternatives, and more effective, interactive and engaging than other self-study options. We believe the combination of these elements is not offered by traditional providers of language instruction.

The Rosetta Stone Solution

        Our mission is to change the way people learn languages. We believe our solutions provide an effective way to learn languages in a convenient and engaging manner. Our interactive language learning solutions enable our customers to learn a language on their own schedule and for a price that is significantly lower than most classroom-based or one-on-one tutoring alternatives. Our approach, called Dynamic Immersion , eliminates translation and grammar explanation and is designed to leverage the innate, natural language learning ability that children use to learn their native language. Our proprietary solutions have been developed over the past 16 years by professionals with extensive

2



linguistic, educational and instructional technology expertise. We estimate that our content library consists of more than 25,000 individual photographic images and more than 400,000 professionally recorded sound files. We design the sequencing of our content to optimize learning. The result is a rigorous and complete language learning curriculum that is also designed to be flexible, fun and convenient.

        Our language learning solutions are built upon a flexible software platform that supports multiple languages and is deployable on personal computers, on local networks and online. The platform incorporates a number of proprietary technologies that are key to enabling language learning, including:

        Our courses are available in up to three levels of proficiency per language, with each level providing approximately 40 hours of instruction and containing multiple units, lessons and activities. We have four different editions: personal, enterprise, classroom and home school. Each edition utilizes the same core software.

        Our innovative solutions have received numerous awards and recognitions, including the 2008 CODiE awards for best corporate learning solution and best instructional solution in other curriculum areas sponsored by the Software & Information Industry Association, the 2008 education product of the year awarded by MacWorld, the 2008 BESSIE multilevel foreign language award for Spanish Levels 1, 2, and 3 awarded by ComputED Gazette in 2008, the 2007 EDDIE multilevel foreign language award for Chinese levels 1 and 2 and a 2007 multilevel English-as-a-second-language, or ESL, award for English levels 1, 2, and 3 awarded by ComputED Gazette. The CODiE awards are chosen based upon a peer-review of the nominated software solutions and voted on by member entities of the Software & Information Industry Association and independent judges selected by the association. The other awards were determined by the editorial staffs of the various publications.

        We also provide an online peer-to-peer practice environment called SharedTalk , at www.sharedtalk.com , where registered language learners meet for language exchange to practice their foreign language skills. Between January 1, 2008 and August 31, 2008, we had more than 100,000 active SharedTalk users. In the month of August 2008, there were approximately 13,000 new SharedTalk registrations.

Competitive Strengths

        We believe our competitive strengths include:

         Advanced Technology-Enabled Language Learning System.     Our proprietary solutions combine effective immersion learning with the benefits of flexibility and interactivity to provide for an efficient and engaging language learning experience. We intend to remain at the forefront of technological and pedagogical advances in language learning.

         Scalable and Adaptable Platform and Content.     Our solutions are designed to be efficiently delivered across multiple languages, systems and geographic markets. For example, we deploy many of the same images and image combinations across multiple languages, which accelerates our ability to

3



add new languages. Because our solutions do not rely upon translation from the target language into the learner's native language, they require only modest localization to be used by learners from other native language backgrounds. This facilitates our ability to sell our existing language courses in new international markets. In addition, our software platform is engineered to work in the same way both online and locally installed, allowing for multiple delivery methods. We also use the same platform for all four editions of our solutions.

         Effective Multi-Channel Marketing and Distribution Model.     Our marketing, sales and distribution efforts are highly integrated and focused on direct interaction with consumers. As a result, we are able to present a tightly controlled and unified message to the marketplace. Our advertising includes a call to action that drives customers directly to our websites and call centers. Our marketing tools and techniques allow us to directly attribute sales results to specific marketing initiatives. We utilize this data to continuously improve the efficiency of our websites, call centers, advertising and media planning and buying. We also operate more than 150 kiosks, which extend our direct interaction with customers and allow them to experience our solutions with the guidance of one of our product specialists. In our institutional markets, our sales efforts are led by our direct sales force. We augment our direct distribution network with select retailers, including Amazon.com, Apple, Barnes & Noble and Borders.

         Leading and Trusted Brand, with a Differentiated, High-Quality Positioning.     According to the GMI survey, Rosetta Stone is the most recognized brand of language learning solutions in the United States. Additionally, of those surveyed who had an opinion of the brand, over 80% associated the brand with high-quality and effective products and services for teaching foreign languages. We believe we have positioned Rosetta Stone as a premium brand and as a trusted choice for language learning.

         Enthusiastic and Loyal Customer Base.     Our customers exhibit loyalty and enthusiasm for our solutions and many promote sales of our products through word-of-mouth referrals. Our latest survey of our individual customers in the United States, completed in February 2008, revealed that 86% of respondents expressed satisfaction with our solutions and 69% have recommended our solutions to one or more individuals.

Our Strategy

        Our goal is to strengthen our position as a leading provider of language learning solutions through the following strategies:

         Extend Our Technological and Product Leadership.     We intend to apply new technologies to maintain our product leadership. We currently are working on a variety of product development initiatives. For example, we are developing a new web-based service that extends our existing language learning solutions by offering opportunities for practice with dedicated language conversation coaches and other language learners to increase language socialization. We expect to provide this web-based service primarily as a bundle with our software and audio offerings. In addition, we are evaluating opportunities to extend our learning solutions to hand-held devices and we also intend to continue to advance our proprietary software platform and our speech recognition technology.

         Expand Our Core Product Portfolio.     We plan to expand our product portfolio by adding more advanced course levels for our existing languages, new languages and new skill development and remediation courses for advanced language learners. In addition, we believe that there may be opportunities for us to introduce additional language learning solutions containing industry-specific content.

         Increase U.S. Market Share.     To increase our penetration of the U.S. market and expand our brand awareness, we intend to increase our marketing campaigns through the purchase of additional television, print, radio and online advertising, and to explore new media channels. We also intend to

4



continue to add select retail relationships and kiosks. For example, a selection of our solutions has recently become available in Apple stores and at Apple.com . For our institutional business, we expect to expand our direct sales force along with our institutional marketing activities.

         Increase Our Focus on Sizeable Non-U.S. Markets.     We generated approximately 5% of our revenue in 2007 from sales outside the United States. According to the Nielsen survey, over 90% of the $83 billion spent in 2007 on consumer language learning products and services worldwide was spent outside the United States. We therefore believe that there is a significant opportunity for us to expand our business internationally utilizing many of the successful marketing and distribution strategies we have used in the United States.

Risks Associated with Our Business

        Our business is subject to numerous risks, as discussed more fully in the section entitled "Risk Factors" immediately following this prospectus summary. A decline in demand for our language learning solutions or language learning in general could impair our ability to generate revenue and compromise our profitability, as could the growth of free language learning software and online services and intense competition in our industry. Because approximately 78% of our revenue was generated from consumer sales in 2007, adverse trends in general economic conditions, including retail shopping patterns, may also adversely affect our sales. If we do not keep pace with technological developments and consumer preferences, demand for our products and services could decline.

Corporate Information

        We were incorporated in Delaware in December 2005 and acquired our predecessor, Fairfield & Sons, Ltd., in January 2006. Our principal executive offices are located at 1101 Wilson Blvd., Suite 1130, Arlington, Virginia 22209 and our telephone number is 800-788-0822. Our corporate website address is www.RosettaStone.com . We do not incorporate the information contained on, or accessible through, our corporate website into this prospectus, and you should not consider it part of this prospectus.

        For convenience in this prospectus, "Rosetta Stone," "we," "us," "our" and "Successor" refer to Rosetta Stone Inc. and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, unless otherwise noted. Predecessor refers to Fairfield & Sons, Ltd.

        We have a number of registered marks, including Rosetta Stone ®, Rosetta World ®, Rosetta Stone Language Learning Success ® and design, Dynamic Immersion ®, The Fastest Way to Learn a Language Guaranteed. ®, the Rosetta Stone blue stone logo and design and Rosettastone.com ®. We have applied to register our Adaptive Recall , Audio Companion , the Rosetta Stone blue stone logo and design/ Language Learning Success and SharedTalk trademarks. This prospectus also contains trademarks and trade names of other companies. All trademarks and trade names appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective holders.

5


THE OFFERING

Common stock offered by Rosetta Stone

                   shares

Common stock offered by the selling stockholders

 

                 shares
 

Total common stock offered

 

                 shares

Total common stock to be outstanding after this offering

 

                 shares

Use of proceeds

 

We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to repay the outstanding balance under our credit facilities, which was approximately $10.8 million as of September 30, 2008, and we intend to use the remaining net proceeds for working capital and other general corporate purposes, which may include the acquisition of other businesses, products or technologies. We do not, however, have agreements or commitments for any specific acquisitions at this time. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders. See "Use of Proceeds."

Risk factors

 

See "Risk Factors" for a discussion of factors that you should consider carefully before deciding whether to purchase shares of our common stock.

Proposed New York Stock Exchange symbol

 

"RST"

        The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on the number of shares outstanding as of September 30, 2008. Such number of shares excludes:

        Unless otherwise indicated, the information in this prospectus reflects and assumes:

6


SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

        The following table sets forth a summary of our consolidated statement of operations, balance sheet and other data for the periods indicated. The summary consolidated statement of operations data for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2007 have been derived from Rosetta Stone Inc., or the Successor, audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated financial data for the year ended December 31, 2005 and the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006 represent the operations of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd., or the Predecessor, all of the outstanding stock of which was acquired by Rosetta Stone Inc. on January 4, 2006, and have been derived from Predecessor audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our summary consolidated financial data for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 have been derived from our unaudited Successor consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read this information together with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

        The Predecessor incurred transaction-related expenses during the period from January 1, 2006 to January 4, 2006 relating to the acquisition by Rosetta Stone Inc. on January 4, 2006. Included in these expenses were $5.9 million related to restricted common stock, $3.1 million in cash bonuses and $1.2 million in acquisition-related bank fees.

        We have presented the summary balance sheet data as of September 30, 2008:

        Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease each of cash and cash equivalents, total assets and total stockholders' equity on a pro forma as adjusted basis by approximately $       million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. The pro forma as adjusted information presented in the summary balance sheet data is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

7


 
  Predecessor   Successor  
 
  Year Ended
December 31,

  Period from
January 1,
through
January 4,

  Period from
January 4,
through
December 31,

  Year Ended
December 31,

  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2005   2006   2006   2007   2007   2008  
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)
 

Statement of Operations Data:

                                     

Revenue:

                                     
 

Product

  $ 44,278   $ 178   $ 80,604   $ 119,897   $ 81,834   $ 124,988  
 

Subscription and service

    4,124     94     10,694     17,424     12,479     18,143  
                           
   

Total revenue

    48,402     272     91,298     137,321     94,313     143,131  

Cost of revenue:

                                     
 

Cost of product revenue

    7,772     199     11,549     19,055     13,499     17,869  
 

Cost of subscription and service revenue

    470     4     992     1,632     1,136     1,789  
                           
   

Total cost of revenue

    8,242     203     12,541     20,687     14,635     19,658  
                           

Gross margin

    40,160     69     78,757     116,634     79,678     123,473  
                           

Operating expenses:

                                     
 

Sales and marketing

    22,432     695     45,854     65,437     45,394     65,510  
 

Research and development

    2,819     41     8,117     12,893     9,524     13,308  
 

Acquired in-process research and development

            12,597              
 

General and administrative

    8,157     142     16,590     29,786     22,033     26,272  
 

Transaction-related expenses

        10,315                  
                           
     

Total operating expenses

    33,408     11,193     83,158     108,116     76,951     105,090  
                           

Income (loss) from operations

    6,752     (11,124 )   (4,401 )   8,518     2,727     18,383  

Other income and expense:

                                     
 

Interest income

    38         613     673     520     423  
 

Interest expense

            (1,560 )   (1,331 )   (1,025 )   (714 )
 

Other income

    134     3     60     154     186     81  
                           
     

Total other income (expense)

    172     3     (887 )   (504 )   (319 )   (210 )
                           

Income (loss) before income taxes

    6,924     (11,121 )   (5,288 )   8,014     2,408     18,173  

Income tax expense (benefit)

    143         (1,240 )   5,435     2,106     9,222  
                           

Net income (loss)

    6,781     (11,121 )   (4,048 )   2,579     302     8,951  

Preferred stock accretion

            (159 )   (80 )   (60 )    
                           

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

  $ 6,781   $ (11,121 ) $ (4,207 ) $ 2,499   $ 242   $ 8,951  
                           

Income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

                                     
 

Basic

  $ 24,658   $ (37,194 ) $ (3.42 ) $ 1.91   $ 0.19   $ 6.14  
                           
 

Diluted

  $ 24,658   $ (37,194 ) $ (3.42 ) $ 0.20   $ 0.02   $ 0.69  
                           

Other Data:

                                     

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 7,615   $ (5,181 ) $ 15,332   $ 17,768   $ 9,532   $ 24,828  
                           

Stock-based compensation expense included in:

                                     

Cost of revenue

  $   $   $ 1   $ 2   $ 1   $ 1  

Sales and marketing

            59     189     99     112  

Research and development

            128     360     214     344  

General and administrative

            373     776     440     683  

Transaction-related expenses

        5,930                  
                           
 

Total stock-based compensation expense

  $   $ 5,930   $ 561   $ 1,327   $ 754   $ 1,140  
                           

Intangible amortization expense included in:

                                     

Cost of revenue

  $   $   $ 1,213   $ 1,227   $ 920   $ 13  

Sales and marketing

            4,113     3,596     2,842     2,252  
                           
 

Total intangible amortization expense

  $   $   $ 5,326   $ 4,823   $ 3,762   $ 2,265  
                           

8


 

 
  As of September 30, 2008  
 
  Actual   Pro Forma   Pro Forma
As Adjusted
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance Sheet Data:

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 27,775   $     $    

Total assets

    130,622              

Deferred revenue

    16,548              

Long-term debt

    10,763              

Total stockholders' equity

    73,518              

        We define adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) plus net interest expense, income tax expense (benefit), depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation expense and acquired in-process research and development. Adjusted EBITDA is a financial measure that is not calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. The table below provides a reconciliation of this non-GAAP financial measure to net income (loss), the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to net income (loss), operating income (loss) or any other measure of financial performance calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Our adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies because other companies may not calculate adjusted EBITDA or similarly titled measures in the same manner as we do. We prepare adjusted EBITDA to eliminate the impact of items that we do not consider indicative of our core operating performance. We encourage you to evaluate these adjustments and the reasons we consider them appropriate.

        We believe adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors in evaluating our operating performance for the following reasons:

        Our management uses adjusted EBITDA:

        Although adjusted EBITDA is frequently used by investors and securities analysts in their evaluations of companies, adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not

9



consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results of operations as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

        The following table presents a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss), the most comparable GAAP measure, for each of the periods indicated:

 
  Predecessor   Successor  
 
  Year Ended
December 31,

  Period from
January 1,
through
January 4,

  Period from
January 4,
through
December 31,

  Year Ended
December 31,

  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2005   2006   2006   2007   2007   2008  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss):

                                     

Net income (loss)

  $ 6,781   $ (11,121 ) $ (4,048 ) $ 2,579   $ 302   $ 8,951  

Interest expense (income), net

    (38 )       947     658     505     291  

Income tax expense (benefit)

    143         (1,240 )   5,435     2,106     9,222  

Depreciation and amortization

    729     10     6,515     7,769     5,865     5,224  

Stock-based compensation

        5,930     561     1,327     754     1,140  

Acquired in-process research and development

            12,597              
                           

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 7,615   $ (5,181 ) $ 15,332   $ 17,768   $ 9,532   $ 24,828  
                           

10



RISK FACTORS

         An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock. Our business, prospects, financial condition or operating results could be materially adversely affected by any of these risks, as well as other risks not currently known to us or that we currently consider immaterial. The trading price of our common stock could decline due to any of these risks, and you may lose all or part of your investment. In assessing the risks described below, you should also refer to the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, before deciding to purchase any shares of our common stock.

Risks Related to Our Business

Because we generate all of our revenue from language learning solutions, a decline in demand for our language learning solutions or for language learning solutions in general could cause our revenue to decline.

        In the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006, the year ended December 31, 2007, and the nine months ended September 30, 2008, we generated substantially all of our revenue from our language learning solutions, and we expect that we will continue to depend upon language learning solutions for substantially all of our revenue in the foreseeable future. Because we are dependent on our language learning solutions, factors such as changes in consumer preferences for these products may have a disproportionately greater impact on us than if we offered multiple product categories. If consumer interest in our language learning software products declines, or if consumer interest in learning foreign languages in general declines, we would likely experience a significant loss of sales. Some of the potential developments that could negatively affect interest in and demand for language learning software products include:

Because a substantial portion of our revenue is generated from our consumer business, if we fail to accurately forecast consumer demand and trends in consumer preferences, our Rosetta Stone brand, sales and customer relationships may be harmed.

        Demand for our language learning software products and related services, and for consumer products and services in general, is subject to rapidly changing consumer demand and trends in consumer preferences. Therefore, our success depends upon our ability to:

11


        A decline in consumer demand for our solutions, or any failure on our part to satisfy changing consumer preferences, could harm our business and profitability.

We depend on discretionary consumer spending in the consumer segment of our business. Continued adverse trends in general economic conditions, including retail shopping patterns, airport traffic or consumer confidence, may compromise our ability to generate revenue.

        The success of our business depends to a significant extent upon discretionary consumer spending, which is subject to a number of factors, including general economic conditions, consumer confidence, employment levels, business conditions, interest rates, availability of credit, inflation and taxation. The United States has entered into an economic downturn. Continued weak economic conditions and further adverse trends in any of these economic indicators may cause consumer spending to decline further, which could hurt our sales and profitability. We depend on the continued popularity of malls as shopping destinations and the ability of mall anchor tenants and other attractions to generate customer traffic for our retail mall-based kiosks. We also depend on continued airline travel to generate traffic for our retail kiosks located in airports. Any decrease in mall or airport traffic could adversely affect the sales from our kiosks and our profitability and financial condition. In addition, an increase in the taxation of online sales could result in reduced online purchases or reduced margins on such sales. Furthermore, consumers may defer purchases of our solutions in anticipation of new products or new versions from us or our competitors.

Intense competition in our industry may hinder our ability to generate revenue and may hurt our margins.

        The market for foreign language learning solutions is rapidly evolving, highly fragmented and intensely competitive, and we expect both product and pricing competition to persist and intensify. Increased competition could cause reduced revenue, price reductions, reduced gross margins and loss of market share. Our competitors include Berlitz International Inc., Simon & Schuster, Inc. (Pimsleur), a subsidiary of CBS Corporation, Random House Ventures LLC (Living Language), Disney Publishing Worldwide, a subsidiary of Walt Disney Company, and McGraw-Hill Education, a subsidiary of The McGraw-Hill Companies. Many of our current and potential competitors have longer operating histories and substantially greater financial, technical, sales, marketing and other resources than we do, as well as greater name recognition worldwide. The resources of these competitors also may enable them to respond more rapidly to new or emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements, reduce prices to win new customers and offer free language learning software or online services. We may not be able to compete successfully against current or future competitors.

        As the market for foreign language solutions continues to develop, a number of other companies with greater resources than ours could attempt to enter the market or increase their presence by acquiring or forming strategic alliances with our competitors or our distributors or by introducing their own competing products. These companies and their products may be superior to any of our current competition. We may not have the financial resources, technical expertise, marketing, distribution or support capabilities to compete effectively with any of these new entrants to the market.

        As we expand into foreign markets, we expect that we will experience competition from local foreign language learning companies that have strong brand recognition and more experience in selling to local consumers and a better understanding of local marketing, sales channels and consumer preferences.

12


        Our success will depend on our ability to adapt to these competitive forces, to adapt to technological advances, to develop more advanced products more rapidly and less expensively than our competitors, to continue to develop an international sales network, to adapt to changing consumer preferences and to educate potential customers about the benefits of using our solutions rather than our competitors' products and services. Existing or new competitors could introduce new products and services with superior features and functionality at lower prices. This could impair our ability to sell our products and services.

Demand for paid language learning solutions such as ours could decline if effective language learning solutions become available for free.

        Presently there are a number of free online language websites offering limited vocabulary lists and grammar explanations and tips. Many of these websites offer free language practice opportunities with other language learners. In addition, there are some online services offering limited free lessons, learning tools and social interaction in foreign languages. If these free products become more sophisticated and competitive or gain widespread acceptance by the public, demand for our solutions could decline. In addition, government agencies have from time to time evaluated programs offering free language learning solutions. If government agencies implement such initiatives, our business and financial results may be harmed.

Our future growth and profitability will depend in large part upon the effectiveness and efficiency of our marketing expenditures.

        Our future growth and profitability will depend in large part upon the effectiveness and efficiency of our marketing expenditures, including our ability to:

        Our planned marketing expenditures may not result in increased revenue or generate sufficient levels of product and brand name awareness, and we may not be able to increase our net sales at the same rate as we increase our advertising expenditures.

        Much of our radio, television and print advertising has been through the purchase of "remnant" advertising segments. These segments are random time slots and publication dates that have remained unsold and are offered at discounts to advertisers who are willing to be flexible with respect to time slots. There is a limited supply of this type of advertising and the availability of such advertising may decline or the cost of such advertising may increase. In addition, if we increase our marketing budget we cannot assure you that we can increase the amount of remnant advertising at the discounted prices we have obtained in the past. If any of these events occur, we may be forced to purchase time slots and publication dates at higher prices, which will increase our costs.

13


Our business depends on our Rosetta Stone brand, and if we are not able to maintain and enhance our brand, our business and operating results may be harmed.

        We believe that market awareness of our Rosetta Stone brand in the United States has contributed significantly to the success of our business. We also believe that maintaining and enhancing the Rosetta Stone brand is critical to maintaining our competitive advantage. As we continue to grow in size, expand our products and services and extend our geographic reach, maintaining the quality and consistency of our language learning solutions, and thus the quality of our brand, may be more difficult. In addition, software piracy and trademark infringement may harm our Rosetta Stone brand by undermining our reputation for quality software programs.

We depend on search engines and other online sources to attract visitors to our websites, and if we are unable to attract these visitors and convert them into customers in a cost-effective manner, our business and financial results may be harmed.

        Our success depends on our ability to attract online consumers to our websites and convert them into customers in a cost-effective manner. We depend, in part, on search engines and other online sources for our website traffic. We are included in search results as a result of both paid search listings, where we purchase specific search terms that will result in the inclusion of our listing, and algorithmic searches that depend upon the searchable content on our sites. Search engines and other online sources revise their algorithms from time to time in an attempt to optimize their search results.

        If one or more of the search engines or other online sources on which we rely for website traffic were to modify its general methodology for how it displays our websites, resulting in fewer consumers clicking through to our websites, our sales could suffer. If any free search engine on which we rely begins charging fees for listing or placement, or if one or more of the search engines or other online sources on which we rely for purchased listings, modifies or terminates its relationship with us, our expenses could rise, we could lose customers and traffic to our websites could decrease.

Our expansion into international markets may not succeed and imposes special risks.

        International sales accounted for approximately 5% of our revenue both for the year ended December 31, 2007 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2008. Our business strategy contemplates continued expansion into international markets. We are currently expanding our direct sales channels in Europe and Asia through our offices in London and Tokyo. In addition, we are expanding our indirect sales channels in Europe, Asia and Latin America through retailer and distributor arrangements with third parties. If we are unable to expand our international operations successfully and in a timely manner, our ability to pursue our growth strategy will be impaired. Such expansion may be more difficult or take longer than we anticipate, and we may not be able to successfully market, sell, deliver and support our products and services internationally.

        Our international operations and our efforts to increase sales in international markets are subject to a number of risks that are in addition to or different than those affecting our U.S. operations, including:

14


        The effects of any of the risks described above could reduce our future revenue from our international operations and could harm our overall business, revenue and financial results.

Our expansion into new web-based services may not succeed and may harm our business, financial results and reputation.

        We are developing new web-based services that extend our existing language learning solutions with opportunities for practice including with dedicated language conversation coaches and other language learners to increase language socialization. We expect to provide these web-based services primarily as a bundle with our software and audio offerings. At the same time, we expect to provide augmented, free peer-to-peer language practice, building on our existing success with www.sharedtalk.com. We will devote capital, personnel and management attention to developing these new services. These services will present new management and marketing challenges that differ from the challenges we face in our existing business. We cannot assure you that these services will be successful or that they will be profitable, or if they are profitable, that they will provide an adequate return on capital expended. If we are not successful in developing these new services, our business, financial results and reputation may be harmed.

Product returns could exceed our estimates, which would diminish our reported revenue.

        We offer consumers who purchase our packaged software and audio practice products directly from us an unconditional full money-back six-month guarantee. We also permit some of our retailers and distributors to return packaged products, subject to limitations. For the year ended December 31,

15



2007, sales returns were approximately 6.9% of total revenue. We establish revenue reserves for packaged product returns based on historical experience, estimated channel inventory levels and the timing of new product introductions and other factors. If packaged product returns exceed our reserve estimates, the excess would offset reported revenue, which could hurt our reported financial results.

If the recognition by schools and other institutions of the value of technology-based education does not continue to grow, our ability to generate revenue from institutions could be impaired.

        Our success depends in part upon the continued adoption by institutions and potential customers of technology-based education initiatives. Some academics and educators oppose online education in principle and have expressed concerns regarding the perceived loss of control over the education process that can result from offering courses online. If the acceptance of technology-based education does not grow our ability to continue to grow our institutional business could be impaired.

If there are changes in the spending policies or budget priorities for government funding of colleges, universities, schools, other education providers, armed forces or government agencies, we could lose revenue.

        Many of our institutional customers are colleges, universities, primary and secondary schools, other education providers, armed forces and government agencies who depend substantially on government funding. Accordingly, any general decrease, delay or change in federal, state or local funding for colleges, universities, primary and secondary schools, or other education providers or for armed forces or government agencies that use our products and services could cause our current and potential customers to reduce their purchases of our products and services, to exercise their right to terminate licenses, or to decide not to renew licenses, any of which could cause us to lose revenue. In addition, a specific reduction in governmental funding support for products such as ours would also cause us to lose revenue and could hurt our overall gross margins.

Some of our institutional business faces a lengthy and unpredictable sales cycle for our solutions, which could delay new sales.

        We face a lengthy sales cycle between our initial contact with some potential institutional customers and the signing of license agreements with these customers. As a result of this lengthy sales cycle, we have only a limited ability to forecast the timing of such institutional sales. A delay in or failure to complete license transactions could cause us to lose revenue, and could cause our financial results to vary significantly from quarter to quarter. Our sales cycle varies widely, reflecting differences in our potential institutional customers' decision-making processes, procurement requirements and budget cycles, and is subject to significant risks over which we have little or no control, including:


If we are unable to continually enhance our products and services and adapt them to technological changes and customer needs, including the emergence of new computing devices and more sophisticated online services, we may lose market share and revenue and our business could suffer.

        We need to anticipate, develop and introduce new products, services and applications on a timely and cost-effective basis that keeps pace with technological developments and changing customer needs. For example, the number of individuals who access the internet through devices other than a personal computer, such as personal digital assistants, mobile telephones, televisions and set-top box devices, has

16



increased dramatically, and this trend is likely to continue. Our products and services were designed for rich, graphical environments such as those available on desktop and laptop computers. The lower resolution, functionality and memory associated with alternative devices currently available may make the use of our products and services through such devices difficult. Because each manufacturer or distributor may establish unique technical standards for its devices, our products and services may not work or be viewable on these devices. We have no experience to date in operating versions of our products and services developed or optimized for users of alternative devices, and new devices and new platforms are continually being released. Accordingly, it is difficult to predict the problems we may encounter in developing versions of our products and services for use on these alternative devices, and we may need to devote significant resources to the creation, support and maintenance of such versions. If we fail to develop or sell products and services that respond to these or other technological developments and changing customer needs cost effectively, we may lose market share and revenue and our business could suffer.

If we fail to manage our growth effectively, we may experience difficulty in filling purchase orders, declines in product and service quality and customer satisfaction, increased costs or disruption in our operations.

        We have experienced rapid growth in our business in recent periods, which has strained our managerial, operational, financial and other resources. Our total revenue increased from $48.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 for our Predecessor to $137.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. From December 31, 2005 to September 30, 2008, we increased the number of our employees from approximately 380 to 1,209, and increased the number of kiosks selling our products from 47 to 161.

        We anticipate that continued growth of our operations will be required to satisfy increasing consumer and institutional demand and to avail ourselves of new market opportunities. The expanding scope of our business and growth in the number of our employees, customers and sales locations will continue to place a significant strain on our management team, information technology systems and other resources. To properly manage our growth, we need to hire and retain personnel, upgrade our existing operational, management and financial and reporting systems, including warehouse management and inventory control, improve our business processes and controls and identify and develop relationships with additional retailers and distributors. We may also be required to expand our distribution facilities and our operational facilities or add new facilities, which could require significant capital expenditures. Failure to effectively manage our growth in a cost-effective manner could result in difficulty in filling purchase orders, declines in product and service quality and customer satisfaction, increased costs or disruption of our operations.

        Our rapid growth also makes it difficult for us to adequately predict the expenditures we will need to make in the future. If we do not make the necessary overhead expenditures to accommodate our future growth, we may not be successful in executing our growth strategy.

Our revenue is subject to seasonal and quarterly variations, which could cause our financial results to fluctuate significantly.

        We have experienced, and we believe we will continue to experience, substantial seasonal and quarterly variations in our revenue and net income. These variations are primarily related to increased sales of our products and services to consumers in the fourth quarter during the holiday selling season as well as higher sales to governmental and educational institutions in the second and third quarters. We sell to a significant number of our retailers, distributors and institutional customers on a purchase order basis and we receive orders when these customers need products and services. As a result, their orders are typically not evenly distributed throughout the year. Our quarterly results of operations also may fluctuate significantly as a result of a variety of other factors, including the timing of holidays and advertising initiatives, changes in our products, services and advertising initiatives and changes in those

17



of our competitors. Budgetary constraints of our institutional customers may also cause our quarterly results to fluctuate.

        As a result of these seasonal and quarterly fluctuations, we believe that comparisons of our results of operations between different quarters are not necessarily meaningful and that these comparisons are not reliable as indicators of our future performance. In addition, these fluctuations could result in volatility and adversely affect our cash flows. As our business grows, these seasonal fluctuations may become more pronounced. Any seasonal or quarterly fluctuations that we report in the future may differ from the expectations of market analysts and investors. This could cause the price of our common stock to fluctuate significantly.

Because a significant portion of our sales are made to or through retailers and distributors, none of which have any obligation to sell our products, the failure or inability of these parties to sell our products effectively could hurt our revenue growth and profitability.

        We rely on retailers and distributors, together with our direct sales force, to sell our products. Our sales to retailers are highly concentrated on a small group, including Amazon.com, Apple, Barnes & Noble and Borders. We expect that our arrangements with these retailers and distributors will continue to generate significant revenue for us. Sales to or through our retailers and distributors accounted for approximately 11% of our revenue for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006, 15% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2007, and 15% of our revenue for the nine month period ended September 30, 2008.

        We have no control over the amount of products that these retailers purchase from us or sell on our behalf, we do not have long-term contracts with any of them, and they have no obligation to offer or sell our products or to give us any particular shelf space or product placement within their stores. Thus, there is no guarantee that this source of revenue will continue at the same level as it has in the past or that these retailers will not promote competitors' products over our products or enter into exclusive relationships with competitors. Any material adverse change in the principal commercial terms, material decrease in the volume of sales generated by our larger retailers or distributors or major disruption or termination of a relationship with these retailers and distributors could result in a potentially significant decline in our revenue and profitability. Furthermore, product display locations and promotional activities that retailers undertake can affect the sales of our products. The fact that we also sell our products directly could cause retailers or distributors to reduce their efforts to promote our products or stop selling our products altogether. In addition, if one or more of such retailers or distributors were unable to meet their obligations with respect to accounts payable to us, we could be forced to write off such accounts.

Substantially all of our inventory is located in one warehouse facility. Any damage or disruption at this facility could cause significant financial loss, cause us to lose revenue and harm our reputation.

        Substantially all of our inventory is located in one warehouse facility. We could experience significant interruption in the operation of this facility or damage or destruction of our inventory due to natural disasters, accidents, failures of the inventory locator or automated packing and shipping systems or other events. If a material portion of our inventory were to be damaged or destroyed, we might be unable to meet our contractual obligations which could cause us significant financial loss, cause us to lose revenue and harm our reputation.

The loss of key personnel or the failure to attract and retain highly qualified personnel could compromise our ability to effectively manage our business and pursue our growth strategy.

        Our future performance depends on the continued service of our key technical, development, sales, services and management personnel. We rely on our executive officers and senior management to

18



execute our existing business plans and to identify and pursue new opportunities. We rely on our technical and development personnel for product innovation. We generally do not have employment agreements with our personnel and, therefore, they could terminate their employment with us at any time. The loss of key employees could result in significant disruptions to our business, and the integration of replacement personnel could be costly and time consuming, could cause additional disruptions to our business, and could be unsuccessful. We do not carry key person life insurance covering any of our employees.

        Our future success also depends on our continued ability to attract and retain highly qualified technical, development, sales, services and management personnel. Competition for such personnel is intense, and we may fail to retain our key employees or attract or retain other highly qualified personnel in the future. Many of our employees are located in Harrisonburg, Virginia, a city that does not have a large pool of qualified replacement personnel. The lack of qualified local replacement personnel may make it more difficult to quickly find replacement personnel and may increase the costs of identifying and relocating replacement personnel to Harrisonburg.

        In addition, wage inflation and the cost of retaining our key personnel in the face of competition for such personnel may increase our costs faster than we can offset these costs with increased prices or increased sales volume.

If we are unable to hire, train, motivate and retain sales personnel to staff our kiosks, or to identify suitable locations and negotiate site licenses on acceptable terms, we could lose revenue, our costs could increase and profitability could decline.

        As of December 31, 2005, we had 47 kiosks selling our products directly to consumers. As of September 30, 2008, we had increased the number of kiosks selling our products to 161. In order to successfully grow this sales channel we must be able to hire, train, motivate and retain sales personnel to staff these kiosks. These kiosks are small and widely dispersed, and, as such, are operated without substantial hands-on management or oversight by us. As a result, we depend on our kiosk sales personnel to effectively manage sales, customer issues and reporting of financial transactions from these kiosks. The opening and success of new kiosks will depend upon various additional factors, including our ability to identify suitable locations and our ability to negotiate site licenses on acceptable terms and labor costs. Specifically, we must identify and negotiate cost-effective site licenses for kiosk locations that will generate sufficient consumer demand. Many of these site licenses contain terms and conditions that are highly favorable to licensors including allowing licensors to cancel them on short notice, sometimes as little as thirty days, and broad indemnification terms in favor of licensors. If competition for kiosk space increases, license rates may increase and other terms may become even less favorable to us, resulting in lower profitability. Our failure to properly manage the expansion of this sales channel could cause us to lose revenue and increase our expenses.

Failure to maintain the availability of the systems, networks, databases and software required to operate and deliver our internet-based products and services could damage our reputation and cause us to lose revenue.

        We rely on internal systems and external systems, networks and databases maintained by us and third-party providers to process customer orders; handle customer service requests; and host and deliver our internet-based language learning solutions and our SharedTalk online peer-to-peer collaborative and interactive community. Any damage, interruption or failure of our systems, networks and databases could prevent us from processing customer orders and result in degradation or interruptions in delivery of our products and services. Notwithstanding our efforts to protect against interruptions in the availability of our e-commerce websites and internet-based products and services, we do occasionally experience unplanned outages or technical difficulties. In addition, we do not have complete redundancy for all of our systems. We do not maintain real-time back-up of all of our data, and in the event of system disruptions, we could experience loss of data which could cause us to lose

19



customers and could harm our reputation and cause us to face unexpected liabilities and expenses. If we continue to expand our business, we will put additional strains on these systems. We may also need to grow, reconfigure or relocate our data centers in response to changing business needs, which may be costly and lead to unplanned disruptions of service.

Our possession and use of personal information presents risks and expenses that could harm our business. Unauthorized disclosure or manipulation of such data, whether through breach of our network security or otherwise, could expose us to costly litigation and damage our reputation.

        Maintaining our network security is of critical importance because our online e-commerce systems and our online administration tools for our institutional business store proprietary and confidential customer, employee and other sensitive data, such as names, addresses, other personal information and credit card numbers. We and our vendors use commercially available encryption technology to transmit personal information when taking orders. We use security and business controls to limit access and use of personal information. However, third parties may be able to circumvent these security and business measures by developing and deploying viruses, worms and other malicious software programs that are designed to attack or attempt to infiltrate our systems and networks. In addition, employee error, malfeasance or other errors in the storage, use or transmission of personal information could result in a breach of customer or employee privacy. We employ contractors, temporary and part-time employees who may have access to the personal information of customers and employees. It is possible such individuals could circumvent our controls, which could result in a breach of customer or employee privacy.

        Possession and use of personal information in conducting our business subjects us to legislative and regulatory burdens that could require notification of data breach, restrict our use of personal information and hinder our ability to acquire new customers or market to existing customers. We have incurred, and will continue to incur, expenses to comply with privacy and security standards and protocols imposed by law, regulation, industry standards or contractual obligations.

        If third parties improperly obtain and use the personal information of our customers or employees, we may be required to expend significant resources to resolve these problems. A major breach of our network security and systems could have serious negative consequences for our businesses, including possible fines, penalties and damages, reduced customer demand for our products and services, harm to our reputation and brand and loss of our ability to accept and process customer credit card orders.

We are exposed to risks associated with credit card and payment fraud and with credit card processing, which could cause us to lose revenue.

        Many of our customers use credit cards or automated payment systems to pay for our products and services. We have suffered losses, and may continue to suffer losses, as a result of orders placed with fraudulent credit cards or other fraudulent payment data. For example, under current credit card practices, we may be liable for fraudulent credit card transactions if we do not obtain a cardholder's signature, a frequent practice in internet sales. We employ technology solutions to help us detect fraudulent transactions. However, the failure to detect or control payment fraud could cause us to lose sales and revenue.

Any significant interruptions in the operations of our call center or third-party call centers could cause us to lose sales and disrupt our ability to process orders and deliver our solutions in a timely manner.

        We rely on both an in-house call center and third-party call centers to sell our solutions, respond to customer service and technical support requests and process orders. Any significant interruption in the operation of these facilities, including an interruption caused by our failure to successfully expand or upgrade our systems or to manage these expansions or upgrades, could reduce our ability to receive

20



and process orders and provide products and services, which could result in lost and cancelled sales and damage to our brand and reputation.

        As we grow, we will need more capacity from those existing call centers or we will need to identify and contract with new call centers. We may not be able to continue to locate and contract for call center capacity on favorable terms, or at all. Additionally, the rates those call centers charge us may increase or those call centers may not continue to provide service at the current levels.

        We structure our marketing and advertising to drive potential customers to our call centers and websites to purchase our solutions. If our call center operators do not convert inquiries into sales at expected rates, our ability to generate revenue could be impaired. Training and retaining qualified call center operators is challenging due to the expansion of our product and service offerings and the seasonality of our business. If we do not adequately train our call center operators, they will not convert inquiries into sales at an acceptable rate.

        Our call center employs a large number of personnel and historically has been subject to a high turnover rate among employees. We may have to terminate employees from time to time as our business changes and labor demands shift among our facilities. Any significant increase in labor costs, deterioration of employee relations, slowdowns or work stoppages at any of our locations, employee turnover or otherwise, could harm our business and profitability. In addition, high employee turnover could increase our exposure to employee-related litigation. Likewise, the third-party call centers we utilize face similar issues.

If any of our products contain defects or errors or if new product releases or services are delayed, our reputation could be harmed, resulting in significant costs to us and impairing our ability to sell our solutions.

        If our products contain defects, errors or security vulnerabilities, our reputation could be harmed, which could result in significant costs to us and impair our ability to sell our products in the future. In the past, we have encountered product development delays due to errors or defects. We would expect that, despite our testing, errors will be found in new products and product enhancements in the future. Significant errors in our products or services could lead to, among other things:

        In addition, we could face claims for product liability, tort or breach of warranty. Our contracts with customers contain provisions relating to warranty disclaimers and liability limitations, which may not be upheld. Defending a lawsuit, regardless of its merit, is costly and may divert management's attention and adversely affect the market's perception of us and our products and services. In addition, if our business liability insurance coverage proves inadequate or future coverage is unavailable on acceptable terms, or at all, we could face significant financial losses.

21


Our sales to U.S. government agencies and armed forces subject us to special risks that could adversely affect our business.

        In 2007, we derived approximately 5% of our revenue from sales to U.S. government agencies and armed forces. Government sales entail a variety of risks including:

If we fail to effectively upgrade our information technology systems, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud.

        As part of our efforts to continue improving our internal control over financial reporting, we plan to continue to upgrade our existing financial information technology systems in order to automate several controls that are currently performed manually. We may experience difficulties in transitioning to these upgraded systems, including loss of data and decreases in productivity, as personnel become familiar with new systems. In addition, our management information systems will require modification and refinement as we grow and as our business needs change, which could prolong difficulties we experience with systems transitions, and we may not always employ the most effective systems for our purposes. If we experience difficulties in implementing new or upgraded information systems or experience significant system failures, or if we are unable to successfully modify our management information systems or respond to changes in our business needs, we may not be able to effectively manage our business and we may fail to meet our reporting obligations. In addition, as a result of the automation of these manual processes, the data produced may cause us to question the accuracy of previously reported financial results.

Our software products must interoperate with computer operating systems of our institutional customers. If we are unable to ensure that our products interoperate properly with institutional customer systems, our business could be harmed.

        Our products must interoperate with our institutional customers' computer systems, including student learning management systems. As a result, we must continually ensure that our products interoperate properly with these systems. Changes in operating systems, the technologies we incorporate into our products or the computer systems our institutional customers use may damage our business.

As our product and service offerings become more complex our reported revenue may become less predictable.

        Our planned expansion of products and services will generate more varied sources of revenue than our existing business. The accounting policies that apply to these sources of revenue may be more

22



complex than those that apply to our traditional products and services. In addition, we may change the manner in which we sell our software licenses, and such change could cause delays in revenue recognition in accordance with accounting standards. Under these accounting standards, even if we deliver products and services to, and collect cash from, a customer in a given fiscal period, we may be required to defer recognizing revenue from the sale of such product or service until a future period when all the conditions necessary for revenue recognition have been satisfied. Conditions that can cause delays in revenue recognition include software arrangements that have undelivered elements for which we have not yet established vendor specific objective evidence of fair value, requirements that we deliver services for significant enhancements or modifications to customize our software for a particular customer or material customer acceptance criteria.

Many of our expenses are fixed and many are based, in significant part, on our expectations of our future revenue and incurred prior to the sale of our products and services. Therefore, any significant decline in revenue for any period could have an immediate impact on our margins, net income and financial results for the period.

        Our expense levels are based, in significant part, on our estimates of future revenue and many of these expenses are fixed in the short term. As a result, we may be unable to adjust our spending in a timely manner if our revenue falls short of our expectations. Accordingly, any significant shortfall of revenue in relation to our estimates could have an immediate effect on our profitability. In addition, as our business grows, we anticipate increasing our operating expenses to expand our product development, technical support, sales and marketing and administrative organizations. Any such expansion could cause material losses to the extent we do not generate additional revenue sufficient to cover the additional expenses.

We may need to raise additional funds to pursue our growth strategy or continue our operations, and we may be unable to raise capital when needed.

        From time to time, in addition to this offering, we may seek additional equity or debt financing to provide for the capital expenditures required to finance working capital requirements, continue our expansion, develop new products and services or to make acquisitions or other investments. In addition, if our business plans change, if general economic, financial or political conditions in our markets change, or if other circumstances arise that have a material effect on our cash flow, the anticipated cash needs of our business as well as our conclusions as to the adequacy of our available sources of capital could change significantly. Any of these events or circumstances could result in significant additional funding needs, requiring us to raise additional capital. We cannot predict the timing or amount of any such capital requirements at this time. If financing is not available on satisfactory terms, or at all, we may be unable to expand our business or to develop new business at the rate desired and our results of operations may suffer.

Risks Related to Intellectual Property Rights

Protection of our intellectual property is limited, and any misuse of our intellectual property by others, including software piracy, could harm our business, reputation and competitive position.

        Our intellectual property is important to our success. We believe our trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets, pending patents, trade dress and designs are valuable and integral to our success and competitive position. To protect our proprietary rights, we rely on a combination of copyrights, trademarks, trade secret laws, confidentiality procedures, contractual provisions and technical measures.

        We have several patent applications on file. However, we do not know whether any of our pending patent applications will result in the issuance of patents or whether the examination process will require us to narrow our claims. Even if patents are issued from our patent applications, which is not certain,

23



they may be contested, circumvented or invalidated in the future. Moreover, the rights granted under any issued patents may not provide us with proprietary protection or competitive advantages, and, as with any technology, competitors may be able to develop similar or superior technologies to our own now or in the future. In addition, we have not emphasized patents as a source of significant competitive advantage and have instead sought to primarily protect our proprietary rights under laws affording protection for trade secrets, copyright and trademark protection of our products, brands, trademarks and other intellectual property where available and appropriate. However, all of these measures afford only limited protection and may be challenged, invalidated or circumvented by third parties. In addition, these protections may not be adequate to prevent our competitors or customers from copying or reverse-engineering our products. Third parties could copy all or portions of our products or otherwise obtain, use, distribute and sell our proprietary information without authorization. Third parties may also develop similar or superior technology independently by designing around our intellectual property, which would decrease demand for our products. In addition, our patents may not provide us with any competitive advantages and the patents of others may seriously impede our ability to conduct our business.

        We protect our products, trade secrets and proprietary information, in part, by requiring all of our employees to enter into agreements providing for the maintenance of confidentiality and the assignment of rights to inventions made by them while employed by us. We also enter into non-disclosure agreements with our technical consultants, customers, vendors and resellers to protect our confidential and proprietary information. We cannot assure you that our confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants and other third parties will not be breached, that we will be able to effectively enforce these agreements, that we will have adequate remedies for any breach, or that our trade secrets and other proprietary information will not be disclosed or will otherwise be protected.

        We rely on contractual and license agreements with third parties in connection with their use of our products and technology. There is no guarantee that such parties will abide by the terms of such agreements or that we will be able to adequately enforce our rights, in part because we rely, in many instances, on "click-wrap" and "shrink-wrap" licenses, which are not negotiated or signed by individual licensees. Accordingly, some provisions of our licenses, including provisions protecting against unauthorized use, copying, transfer, resale and disclosure of the licensed software program, may be unenforceable under the laws of several jurisdictions.

        Protection of trade secret and other intellectual property rights in the markets in which we operate and compete is highly uncertain and may involve complex legal questions. The laws of countries in which we operate may afford little or no protection to our trade secrets and other intellectual property rights. Although we defend our intellectual property rights and combat unlicensed copying and use of software and intellectual property rights through a variety of techniques, preventing unauthorized use or infringement of our intellectual property rights is inherently difficult. Despite our enforcement efforts against software piracy, we lose significant revenue due to illegal use of our software. If piracy activities increase, it may further harm our business.

        We also expect that the more successful we are, the more likely that competitors will try to illegally use our proprietary information and develop products that are similar to ours, which may infringe on our proprietary rights. In addition, we could potentially lose future trade secret protection for our source code if any unauthorized disclosure of such code occurs. The loss of future trade secret protection could make it easier for third parties to compete with our products by copying functionality. In addition, any changes in, or unexpected interpretations of, the trade secret and other intellectual property laws in any country in which we operate may compromise our ability to enforce our trade secret and intellectual property rights. Costly and time-consuming litigation could be necessary to enforce and determine the scope of our confidential information and trade secret protection. If we are unable to protect our proprietary rights or if third parties independently develop or gain access to our or similar technologies, our business, revenue, reputation and competitive position could be harmed.

24


Third-party use of our trademarks as keywords in internet search engine advertising programs may direct potential customers to competitors' websites, which could harm our reputation and cause us to lose sales.

        Competitors and other third parties purchase our trademarks and confusingly similar terms as keywords in internet search engine advertising programs and in the header and text of the resulting sponsored link advertisements in order to divert potential customers to their websites. Preventing such unauthorized use is inherently difficult. In addition, the judicial precedent on whether such activity constitutes infringement varies significantly within the United States and in other countries. If we are unable to protect our trademarks and confusingly similar terms from such unauthorized use, competitors and other third parties will continue to drive potential online customers away from our websites to competing websites, which could harm our reputation and cause us to lose sales.

Our trademarks are limited in scope and geographic coverage and may not significantly distinguish us from the competition.

        We own several federal trademark registrations, including the Rosetta Stone mark, hold common law trademark rights and have federal trademark applications pending in the United States and abroad for additional trademarks. Even if federal registrations are granted to us, our trademark rights may be challenged. It is also possible that our competitors will adopt trademarks similar to ours, thus impeding our ability to build brand identity and possibly leading to customer confusion. In fact, various third parties have registered trademarks that are similar to ours in the United States and overseas. We could incur substantial costs in prosecuting or defending trademark infringement suits. If we fail to effectively enforce our trademark rights, our competitive position and brand recognition may be diminished.

        We have registered Rosetta Stone as a trademark for language learning in several countries. However, we have been precluded from registering this trademark in some Asian countries because third parties have previously registered the trademark or have registered similar trademarks. As a result, we have been marketing our products and services under our Rosetta World brand in some Asian countries, thus compromising our ability to build a cohesive worldwide brand identity and possibly leading to customer confusion.

We have not registered copyrights for all our products, which may limit our ability to enforce them.

        We have not registered our copyrights in all of our software, written materials, website information, designs or other copyrightable works. The United States Copyright Act automatically protects all of our copyrightable works, but without a registration we cannot enforce those copyrights against infringers or seek certain statutory remedies for any such infringement. Preventing others from copying our products, written materials and other copyrightable works is important to our overall success in the marketplace. In the event we decide to enforce any of our copyrights against infringers, we will first be required to register the relevant copyrights, and we cannot be sure that all of the material for which we seek copyright registration would be registerable in whole or in part, or that once registered, we would be successful in bringing a copyright claim against any such infringers.

We must monitor and protect our internet domain names to preserve their value. We may be unable to prevent third parties from acquiring domain names that are similar to, infringe on or otherwise decrease the value of our trademarks.

        We own several domain names that include the terms Rosetta Stone and Rosetta World. Third parties may acquire substantially similar domain names that decrease the value of our domain names and trademarks and other proprietary rights which may hurt our business. Moreover, the regulation of domain names in the United States and foreign countries is subject to change. Governing bodies could appoint additional domain name registrars or modify the requirements for holding domain names. Governing bodies could also establish additional "top-level" domains, which are the portion of the Web

25



address that appears to the right of the "dot," such as "com," "gov" or "org." As a result, we may not maintain exclusive rights to all potentially relevant domain names in the United States or in other countries in which we conduct business, which could harm our business or reputation.

Claims that we misuse the intellectual property of others could subject us to significant liability and disrupt our business.

        We may become subject to material claims of infringement by competitors and other third parties with respect to current or future products, e-commerce and other web-related technologies, online business methods, trademarks or other proprietary rights. Our competitors, some of which may have substantially greater resources than us and have made significant investments in competing products and technologies, may have, or seek to apply for and obtain, patents, copyrights or trademarks that will prevent, limit or interfere with our ability to make, use and sell our current and future products and technologies, and we may not be successful in defending allegations of infringement of these patents, copyrights or trademarks. Further, we may not be aware of all of the patents and other intellectual property rights owned by third parties that may be potentially adverse to our interests. We may need to resort to litigation to enforce our proprietary rights or to determine the scope and validity of a third-party's patents or other proprietary rights, including whether any of our products, technologies or processes infringe the patents or other proprietary rights of third parties. We may incur substantial expenses in defending against third-party infringement claims regardless of the merit of such claims. The outcome of any such proceedings is uncertain and, if unfavorable, could force us to discontinue sales of the affected products or impose significant penalties or restrictions on our business. We do not conduct comprehensive patent searches to determine whether the technologies used in our products infringe upon patents held by others. In addition, product development is inherently uncertain in a rapidly evolving technological environment in which there may be numerous patent applications pending, many of which are confidential when filed, with regard to similar technologies.

We do not own all of the software, other technologies and content used in our products and services.

        Some of our products and services include intellectual property owned by third parties, including software that is integrated with internally developed software and a portion of our voice recognition software, which we license from the University of Colorado. From time to time we may be required to renegotiate with these third parties or negotiate with new third parties to include their technology or content in our existing products, in new versions of our existing products or in wholly new products. We may not be able to negotiate or renegotiate licenses on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, and the third-party software may not be appropriately supported, maintained or enhanced by the licensors. If we are unable to obtain the rights necessary to use or continue to use third-party technology or content in our products and services or the inability to support, maintain and enhance any software could result in increased costs, or in delays or reductions in product shipments until equivalent software could be developed, identified, licensed and integrated.

Our use of open source software could impose limitations on our ability to commercialize our products.

        We incorporate open source software into our products and may use more open source software in the future. The use of open source software is governed by license agreements. The terms of many open source licenses have not been interpreted by U.S. courts, and there is a risk that these licenses could be construed in a manner that could impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize our products. In such event, we could be required to seek licenses from third parties in order to continue offering our products, make generally available, in source code form, proprietary code that links to certain open source modules, re-engineer our products, discontinue the sale of our products if re-engineering could not be accomplished on a cost-effective and timely basis, or become subject to other consequences. In addition, open source licenses generally do not provide

26



warranties or other contractual protections regarding infringement claims or the quality of the code. Thus, we may have little or no recourse if we become subject to infringement claims relating to the open source software or if the open source software is defective in any manner.

Risks Related to This Offering

Some of our stockholders could together exert control over our company after completion of this offering.

        As of September 30, 2008, funds affiliated with ABS Capital Partners beneficially owned in the aggregate shares representing approximately 46% of our outstanding voting power. Two managing members of the general partner of ABS Capital Partners currently serve on our board of directors. After the completion of this offering, funds affiliated with ABS Capital Partners will beneficially own in the aggregate shares representing approximately            % of our outstanding voting power, or approximately            % if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full. Additionally, as of September 30, 2008, Norwest Equity Partners VIII, LP, or Norwest, beneficially owned in the aggregate shares representing approximately 30% of our outstanding voting power. One managing member of the general partner of Norwest currently serves on our board of directors. After completion of this offering, affiliates of Norwest will beneficially own in the aggregate shares representing approximately            % of our outstanding voting power, or approximately            % if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full. As a result, these stockholders could together control all matters presented to our stockholders for approval, including election and removal of our directors and change of control transactions. The interests of these stockholders may not always coincide with the interests of the other holders of our common stock.

As a public company we will incur additional cost and face increased demands on our management and key employees.

        We have never operated as a public company. As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as rules implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, and the New York Stock Exchange, impose various requirements on public companies. Our management and other personnel will devote substantial amounts of time to these requirements. We expect these requirements to significantly increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly. In addition, we will incur additional costs associated with our public company reporting requirements. These rules and regulations also make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs. If our profitability is harmed by these additional costs, it could have a negative effect on the trading price of our common stock.

We have identified material weaknesses in our internal controls for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2007 that, if not properly remediated, could result in material misstatements in our financial statements in future periods and impair our ability to comply with the accounting and reporting requirements applicable to public companies.

        In relation to our consolidated financial statements for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2007, we identified material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting in accounting for inventory, income taxes and stock-based compensation, our general computer controls and controls within our enterprise resources planning system. In addition, we identified a significant deficiency in our financial closing process. A material weakness is defined as a significant deficiency or combination of significant deficiencies, that results in a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our financial statements will not be prevented by our internal control over financial reporting. A significant deficiency means a control deficiency, or

27



combination of control deficiencies, that adversely affects our ability to initiate, record, process or report financial data reliably in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles such that there is more than a remote likelihood that a misstatement of our financial statements that is more than inconsequential will not be prevented or detected by our internal control over financial reporting.

        Our independent registered public accounting firm's audit for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2007 included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing their audit procedures, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. If such an evaluation had been performed or when we are required to perform such an evaluation after we become public, additional material weaknesses, significant deficiencies and other control deficiencies may have been or may be identified. Ensuring that we have adequate internal financial and accounting controls and procedures in place to help produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis is a costly and time-consuming effort that needs to be evaluated frequently. We will incur increased costs and demands upon management as a result of complying with the laws and regulations affecting public companies relating to internal controls, which could materially adversely affect our results of operations.

        Because of these material weaknesses, there is heightened risk that a material misstatement of our annual or quarterly financial statements will not be prevented or detected. We have taken steps to remediate our material weaknesses, including hiring additional accounting and finance personnel and engaging consultants, but we cannot assure you that our efforts to remediate these internal control weaknesses will be successful or that similar material weaknesses will not recur. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Internal Control over Financial Reporting" for a discussion of the material weaknesses in our internal controls and our efforts to remediate those material weaknesses.

        Our internal growth plans will also put additional strains on our internal controls if we do not augment our resources and adapt our procedures in response to this growth. Once we become a public company, we will be required to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 regarding internal controls. In the event that we have not adequately remedied these material weaknesses, and if we fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls in future periods, we could become subject to potential review by the New York Stock Exchange, the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources, could result in our delisting by the New York Stock Exchange, could compromise our ability to run our business effectively and could cause investors to lose confidence in our financial reporting.

We do not know whether a market will develop for our common stock or what the market price of our common stock will be and as a result it may be difficult for you to sell your shares of our common stock.

        Before this offering, there was no public trading market for our common stock. If a market for our common stock does not develop or is not sustained, it may be difficult for you to sell your shares of common stock at an attractive price or at all. We cannot predict the prices at which our common stock will trade. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations with the underwriters and may not bear any relationship to the market price at which the common stock will trade after this offering or to any other established criteria regarding our value. It is possible that in one or more future periods our results of operations may be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors and, as a result of these and other factors, the price of our common stock may fall.

28


If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they publish negative evaluations of our stock, the price of our stock could decline.

        The trading market for our common stock will rely in part on the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by industry or financial analysts. If no or few analysts commence coverage of us, the trading price of our stock would likely decrease. Even if we do obtain analyst coverage, if one or more of the analysts covering our business downgrade their evaluations of our stock, the price of our stock could decline. If one or more of these analysts cease to cover our stock, we could lose visibility in the market for our stock, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline.

Sales of outstanding shares of our common stock into the market in the future could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

        If our existing stockholders sell, or indicate an intention to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could decline substantially. After this offering, approximately            shares of our common stock will be outstanding. Of these shares, approximately             shares of our common stock, including the            shares of our common stock sold in this offering, will be freely tradable, without restriction, in the public market. Of our outstanding shares of common stock,       are subject to 180-day contractual lockup agreements with our underwriters. Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated may, in its discretion, permit our directors, officers, employees and current stockholders who are subject to these contractual lockups to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lockup agreements. The lockup is subject to extension for an additional 34 days under some circumstances. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Lock-Up Agreements."

        After the lockup agreements pertaining to this offering expire, up to an additional        shares will be eligible for sale in the public market,             of which are held by directors, executive officers and other affiliates and will be subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. In addition, the        shares underlying options that are either subject to the terms of our equity compensation plans or reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various option agreements, the lock-up agreements and Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act. If these additional shares are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could decline. For additional information, see "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution in your investment.

        The offering price of the common stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our common stock, which on a pro forma basis was $            as of September 30, 2008. As a result, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution in pro forma net tangible book value when you buy shares of common stock in this offering. This means that you will pay a higher price per share than the amount of our total assets, minus our total liabilities, divided by the number of outstanding shares. Holders of our common stock will experience further dilution if options or other rights to purchase our common stock that are outstanding or that we may issue in the future are exercised or converted, or if we issue additional shares of our common stock, at prices lower than our net tangible book value at such time.

Provisions in our organizational documents and in the Delaware General Corporation Law may prevent takeover attempts that could be beneficial to our stockholders.

        Provisions in our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and second amended and restated bylaws, both of which will be effective upon the closing of this offering, and in the

29



Delaware General Corporation Law, may make it difficult and expensive for a third-party to pursue a takeover attempt we oppose even if a change in control of our company would be beneficial to the interests of our stockholders. Any provision of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation or second amended and restated bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our common stock, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock. Our board of directors has the authority to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the powers, preferences and rights of each series without stockholder approval. The ability to issue preferred stock could discourage unsolicited acquisition proposals or make it more difficult for a third party to gain control of our company, or otherwise could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Further, as a Delaware corporation, we are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. This section generally prohibits us from engaging in mergers and other business combinations with stockholders that beneficially own 15% or more of our voting stock, or with their affiliates, unless our directors or stockholders approve the business combination in the prescribed manner. However, because funds affiliated with ABS Capital Partners and Norwest acquired their shares prior to this offering, Section 203 is currently inapplicable to any business combination or transaction with them or their affiliates. In addition, our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation includes a classified board of directors and requires that any action to be taken by stockholders must be taken at a duly called meeting of stockholders and may not be taken be written consent. Our second amended and restated bylaws require that any stockholder proposals or nominations for election to our board of directors must meet specific advance notice requirements and procedures, which make it more difficult for our stockholders to make proposals or director nominations.

We will retain broad discretion in using the net proceeds from this offering and may spend a substantial portion in ways with which you do not agree.

        Our management will retain broad discretion to allocate the net proceeds of this offering. The net proceeds may be applied in ways with which you and other investors in the offering may not agree, or which do not increase the value of your investment. We will use a portion of our net proceeds from this offering to repay the outstanding balance under our existing credit facilities with Madison Capital Funding LLC, or Madison Capital, which was approximately $10.8 million as of September 30, 2008. We anticipate that we will use the remainder of the net proceeds for working capital and other general corporate purposes, which may include the acquisition of other businesses, products or technologies. We have not allocated these remaining net proceeds for any specific purposes. Our management might not be able to yield a significant return, if any, on any investment of these net proceeds. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders.

30



SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This prospectus, including the sections entitled "Prospectus Summary," "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," and "Business," contains forward-looking statements. We may, in some cases, use words such as "project," "believe," "anticipate," "plan," "expect," "estimate," "intend," "should," "would," "could," "potentially," "will," or "may," or other words that convey uncertainty of future events or outcomes to identify these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements in this prospectus include statements about:


        Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements. There are a number of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results anticipated by these forward-looking statements, which statements apply only as of the date of this prospectus. These important factors include those that we discuss in this prospectus under the caption "Risk Factors" and elsewhere. You should read these factors and the other cautionary statements made in this prospectus as being applicable to all related forward-looking statements wherever they appear in this prospectus. If one or more of these factors materialize, or if any underlying assumptions prove incorrect, our actual results, performance or achievements may vary materially from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

31



USE OF PROCEEDS

        We estimate that the net proceeds we will receive from this offering will be approximately $     million, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $    per share, which is the midpoint of the range included on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares in this offering is exercised, our net proceeds will not change as the entire option will be comprised of shares from the selling stockholders. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders. A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $    per share would increase or decrease the net proceeds we receive from this offering by approximately $     million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriter discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

        We expect to use a portion of the net proceeds we will receive from this offering to repay all amounts outstanding under our credit agreement with Madison Capital, which has a maturity date of January 4, 2011 and had an outstanding balance of $10.8 million and an interest rate of 5.4% as of September 30, 2008.

        We expect to use the remainder of the net proceeds as working capital for general corporate purposes. We may also use a portion of the proceeds to expand our current business through acquisitions or investments in other complementary businesses, products or technologies. We have no agreements or commitments with respect to any acquisitions at this time. We will have broad discretion in the way we use the net proceeds.

        Pending use of the net proceeds from this offering described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds in short- and intermediate-term interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.


DIVIDEND POLICY

        The Successor has never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to support the operation of and to finance the growth and development of our business. We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

32



CAPITALIZATION

        The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of September 30, 2008 on:

33


        You should read the following table in conjunction with the sections titled "Selected Consolidated Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  As of September 30, 2008  
 
  Actual   Pro Forma   Pro Forma as
Adjusted
 
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 27,775   $     $    
               

Current maturities of long-term debt

  $ 4,038   $     $    
               

Long-term debt

  $ 6,725   $     $    

Class A, Series A-1 Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value; 269,000, 0 and 0 shares authorized, issued and outstanding actual, pro forma, and pro forma as adjusted

    26,876            

Class A, Series A-2 Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value; 178,000, 0 and 0 shares authorized, issued and outstanding actual, pro forma, and pro forma as adjusted

    17,820            

Class B Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value; 111,000,
0 and 0 shares authorized, issued and outstanding actual, pro forma, and pro forma as adjusted

    11,341            

Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value; 0,             and             shares authorized actual, pro forma, and pro forma as adjusted;
0, 0, and 0 shares issued and outstanding actual, pro forma,
and pro forma as adjusted

               

Common stock, $0.00005 par value; 39,100,000,             and             shares authorized actual, pro forma, and pro forma as adjusted; 1,487,922,             and                   shares issued and outstanding actual, pro forma, and pro forma as adjusted

    1              

Additional paid-in capital

    10,112              

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    (113 )            

Accumulated income

    7,481              
               

Total stockholders' equity

    73,518              
               

Total capitalization

  $ 84,282   $     $    
               

        Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the amount of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders' equity and total capitalization by approximately $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us.

        This table excludes the following shares:

34



DILUTION

        If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted immediately to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering.

        Our net tangible book value as of September 30, 2008 was $27.9 million, or $18.77 per share of common stock. Net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding. On a pro forma basis, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 11,159,780 shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, our issuance of            shares of common stock on                         , 2008 to some of our key employees, including our executive officers, and our payment of $        on that date to federal and state taxing authorities to satisfy tax withholding obligations, our net tangible book value as of September 30, 2008 was $       million, or $       per share of common stock.

        After giving further effect to our issuance and sale of             shares of common stock in this offering, less the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2008 would have been $       million, or $       per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value per share of $      to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $       per share to new investors. Dilution per share to new investors is determined by subtracting pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the initial public offering price per share paid by a new investor. The following table illustrates the per share dilution:

Initial public offering price per share of common stock

        $    
 

Actual net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2008

  $ 18.77        
 

Decrease per share attributable to conversion of preferred stock and the                      , 2008 stock grants and related tax withholding payments

             
             
 

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2008

             
 

Increase per share attributable to new investors

             
             

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

             
             

Dilution per share to new investors

        $    
             

        If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full in this offering, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after the offering would not change since the shares for this option are all being provided by our selling stockholders and we will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of these shares.

        If all of the outstanding options were exercised, the net tangible book value as of September 30, 2008 would have been $       million and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after this offering would have been $      per share, causing dilution to new investors of $      per share.

        A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2008 by approximately $       million, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $      per share and the dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors

35



in this offering by $      per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

        The following table summarizes, as of September 30, 2008, on the pro forma as adjusted basis described above, the number of shares of our common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us, and the average price per share paid to us by existing stockholders and to be paid by new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering.

 
  Shares Purchased   Total Consideration    
 
 
  Average Price
Per Share
 
 
  Number   Percent   Amount   Percent  

Existing stockholders

            % $         % $    

New investors

                               
                         

Total

          100 % $       100 %      
                         

        A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease total consideration paid to us by investors participating in this offering by approximately $             million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

        The sale of                  shares of common stock to be sold by the selling stockholders in this offering will reduce the number of shares held by existing stockholders to                   shares, or        % of the total shares outstanding, and will increase the number of shares held by investors participating in this offering to                  shares, or         % of the total shares outstanding. In addition, if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the number of shares held by existing stockholders will be further reduced to                  shares, or        % of the total shares outstanding, and the number of shares held by investors participating in this offering will be further increased to                   shares, or        % of the total shares outstanding.

        As of September 30, 2008, there were options outstanding to purchase a total of 1,211,932 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $7.52 per share. The above discussion and table assumes no exercise of stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2008. If all of these options were exercised, our existing stockholders, including the holders of these options, would own        % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding upon the closing of this offering and our new investors would own        % of the total number of shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering.

36



SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

        The following table sets forth our selected consolidated statement of operations, balance sheet and other data for the periods indicated. The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2007 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2006 and 2007 have been derived from Rosetta Stone Inc., or the Successor, audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2005, and the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006, represent the operations of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd., or the Predecessor, which was acquired by Rosetta Stone Inc. on January 4, 2006 and have been derived from Predecessor audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data for the Predecessor as of December 31, 2003, 2004, and 2005, and for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, have been derived from Predecessor audited financial statements, which are not included in this prospectus. Our unaudited consolidated financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 have been prepared on the same basis as our annual consolidated financial statements and include all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary in the opinion of management for the fair presentation of this data in all material respects. Our selected consolidated financial data as of September 30, 2008 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2008 have been derived from our unaudited Successor consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. This information should be read in conjunction with "Capitalization," "Selected Consolidated Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results for any prior period are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in any future period, and our results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of results for a full fiscal year.

        The Predecessor incurred transaction-related expenses during the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006 relating to the acquisition by Rosetta Stone Inc. on January 4, 2006. Included in the expenses were $5.9 million related to restricted common stock, $3.1 million in cash bonuses and $1.2 million in acquisition-related bank fees.

        The Predecessor declared cash dividends of $4,291, $6,716 and $14,324 per share in the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively.

37


 
  Predecessor   Successor  
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Period from
January 1,
through
January 4,
2006
  Period from
January 4,
through
December 31,
2006
   
  Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
 
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2007
 
 
  2003   2004   2005   2007   2008  
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)
 

Statement of Operations Data:

                                                 

Revenue

  $ 15,496   $ 25,373   $ 48,402   $ 272   $ 91,298   $ 137,321   $ 94,313   $ 143,131  

Cost of revenue

    3,676     3,968     8,242     203     12,541     20,687     14,635     19,658  
                                   

Gross margin

    11,820     21,405     40,160     69     78,757     116,634     79,678     123,473  
                                   

Operating expenses:

                                                 
 

Sales and marketing

    4,430     11,303     22,432     695     45,854     65,437     45,394     65,510  
 

Research and development

    1,277     1,833     2,819     41     8,117     12,893     9,524     13,308  
 

Acquired in-process research and development

                    12,597              
 

General and administrative

    4,008     6,484     8,157     142     16,590     29,786     22,033     26,272  
 

Transaction-related expenses

                10,315                  
                                   
   

Total operating expenses

    9,715     19,620     33,408     11,193     83,158     108,116     76,951     105,090  
                                   

Income (loss) from operations

    2,105     1,785     6,752     (11,124 )   (4,401 )   8,518     2,727     18,383  

Other income and expense:

                                                 
 

Interest income

        84     38         613     673     520     423  
 

Interest expense

                    (1,560 )   (1,331 )   (1,025 )   (714 )
 

Other (expense) income

    (9 )   120     134     3     60     154     186     81  
                                   
 

Interest and other income (expense), net

    (9 )   204     172     3     (887 )   (504 )   (319 )   (210 )
                                   

Income (loss) before income taxes

    2,096     1,989     6,924     (11,121 )   (5,288 )   8,014     2,408     18,173  

Income tax expense (benefit)

    45     66     143         (1,240 )   5,435     2,106     9,222  
                                   

Net income (loss)

    2,051     1,923     6,781     (11,121 )   (4,048 )   2,579     302     8,951  

Preferred stock accretion

                    (159 )   (80 )   (60 )    
                                   

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

  $ 2,051   $ 1,923   $ 6,781   $ (11,121 ) $ (4,207 ) $ 2,499   $ 242   $ 8,951  
                                   

Income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

                                                 
 

Basic

  $ 7,458   $ 6,993   $ 24,658   $ (37,194 ) $ (3.42 ) $ 1.91   $ 0.19   $ 6.14  
                                   
 

Diluted

  $ 7,458   $ 6,993   $ 24,658   $ (37,194 ) $ (3.42 ) $ 0.20   $ 0.02   $ 0.69  
                                   

Common shares and equivalents outstanding:

                                                 
 

Basic weighted average shares

    0.275     0.275     0.275     0.299     1,230     1,310     1,278     1,458  
                                   
 

Diluted weighted average shares

    0.275     0.275     0.275     0.299     1,230     12,718     12,642     12,960  
                                   

Other Data:

                                                 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 2,725   $ 2,380   $ 7,615   $ (5,181 ) $ 15,332   $ 17,768   $ 9,532   $ 24,828  
                                   

Stock-based compensation included in:

                                                 
 

Cost of revenue

  $   $   $   $   $ 1   $ 2   $ 1   $ 1  
 

Sales and marketing

                    59     189     99     112  
 

Research and development

                    128     360     214     344  
 

General and administrative

    344     2             373     776     440     683  
 

Transaction-related expenses

                5,930                  
                                   
     

Total stock-based compensation expense

  $ 344   $ 2   $   $ 5,930   $ 561   $ 1,327   $ 754   $ 1,140  
                                   

Intangible amortization included in:

                                                 
 

Cost of revenue

  $   $   $   $   $ 1,213   $ 1,227   $ 920   $ 13  
 

Sales and marketing

                    4,113     3,596     2,842     2,252  
                                   
     

Total intangible amortization expense

  $   $   $   $   $ 5,326   $ 4,823   $ 3,762   $ 2,265  
                                   

 

 
  Predecessor   Sucessor  
 
  As of December 31,   As of December 31,    
 
 
  As of
September 30,
2008
 
 
  2003   2004   2005   2006   2007  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Balance Sheet Data:

                                     

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 1,435   $ 1,767   $ 11,738   $ 16,917   $ 21,691   $ 27,775  

Total assets

    8,355     10,752     25,620     96,754     110,376     130,622  

Deferred revenue

    454     1,653     6,231     8,105     12,939     16,548  

Notes payable and capital lease obligation

    618     741     63     15,917     13,324     10,763  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

                4,920     5,000      

Total stockholders' equity

    6,111     6,187     8,985     53,548     58,125     73,518  

38


        The following table presents a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss), the most comparable GAAP measure, for each of the periods identified.

 
  Predecessor   Successor  
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Period from
January 1,
through
January 4,
2006
  Period from
January 4,
through
December 31,
2006
   
  Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
 
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2007
 
 
  2003   2004   2005   2007   2008  
 
  (in thousands)
   
   
 

Reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss):

                                                 

Net income (loss)

  $ 2,051   $ 1,923   $ 6,781   $ (11,121 ) $ (4,048 ) $ 2,579   $ 302   $ 8,951  

Interest expense (income), net

        (84 )   (38 )       947     658     505     291  

Income tax expense (benefit)

    45     66     143         (1,240 )   5,435     2,106     9,222  

Depreciation and amortization

    285     473     729     10     6,515     7,769     5,865     5,224  

Stock-based compensation

    344     2         5,930     561     1,327     754     1,140  

Acquired in-process research and development

                    12,597              
                                   

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 2,725   $ 2,380   $ 7,615   $ (5,181 ) $ 15,332   $ 17,768   $ 9,532   $ 24,828  
                                   

39



MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         You should read the following discussion together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements about our business and operations. Our actual results may differ materially from those we currently anticipate as a result of the factors we describe under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Company Overview

        We are a leading provider of technology-based language learning solutions. We develop, market and sell language learning solutions consisting of software, online services and audio practice tools primarily under our Rosetta Stone brand. Our teaching method, which we call Dynamic Immersion , is designed to leverage the innate, natural language learning ability that children use to learn their native language. Our courses are based on our proprietary interactive technologies and pedagogical content and utilize a sophisticated sequencing of images, text and sounds to teach a new language without translation or grammar explanation. We believe our award-winning solutions provide an effective, convenient and fun way to learn languages. We currently offer our self-study language learning solutions in 31 languages. Our customers include individuals, educational institutions, armed forces, government agencies and corporations.

        The strength and breadth of our solutions have allowed us to develop a business model that we believe distinguishes us from other language learning companies. Our scalable technology platform and our proprietary content can be deployed across many languages, which has enabled us to cost-effectively develop a broad product portfolio. We have a multi-channel marketing and distribution strategy that directly targets customers, utilizing print, online, television and radio advertising, public relations initiatives and our branded kiosks. Approximately 85% of our revenue in 2007 was generated through our direct sales channels, which include our call centers, websites, institutional sales force and kiosks. We also distribute our solutions through select retailers such as Amazon.com, Apple, Barnes & Noble and Borders.

        We generate revenue primarily from sales of packaged software and audio practice products and online software subscriptions. Our continued growth depends, in part, on our ability to maintain strong brand recognition in order to generate sales from new customers. We continuously balance our need to achieve short-term financial goals with the equally critical need to invest in our products, our brand and our infrastructure to ensure our future success. In making decisions about spending levels in our various functional organizations, we consider many factors, including:


        We believe the primary factors that affect our financial performance include the following:

40


        We believe that our multi-channel marketing and distribution models are fundamental to our success. Specifically, we focus on educating customers about the many benefits of our products and services by leveraging our advertising and kiosk network in order to drive website and call center traffic.

Fairfield Acquisition

        On January 4, 2006, Rosetta Stone Inc., or the Successor, acquired all of the outstanding stock of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd., along with its wholly owned United Kingdom subsidiary, Fairfield & Sons, Limited, or collectively the Predecessor. After the acquisition, we changed the names of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. and Fairfield & Sons, Limited to Rosetta Stone Ltd. and Rosetta Stone (UK) Limited, respectively. The results of acquired operations are included in our consolidated results of operations subsequent to the closing of the Predecessor's accounting records on January 4, 2006. Rosetta Stone Inc. had no operations prior to that acquisition.

        Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. developed, marketed and sold a suite of language learning software products under the Rosetta Stone brand name. As a result of the acquisition of all of the stock of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd., we acquired all of the assets and assumed all of the liabilities of the Predecessor. Those assets included intellectual property, trade receivables, inventory, contracts, equipment and other tangible personal property and those liabilities included trade payables, accrued expenses and future customer support and services. We paid a total purchase price of approximately $79.1 million for the net assets acquired.

        We recorded amortizable intangibles associated with the acquisition related to acquired software technology, as well as existing trade names and trademarks, core technology and customer relationships. The estimated lives of the acquired technology and customer relationships was between 18 and 36 months. The intangible assets associated with the trade names and trademarks have an indefinite useful life. We compute amortization of intangible assets that do not have an indefinite life on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the assets. We test goodwill and intangible assets that have an indefinite life annually for impairment.

41


        A summary of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the acquisition is as follows (in thousands):

Tangible assets:

       
 

Assets—current

  $ 21,874  
 

Assets—non-current

    4,742  

Intangible assets:

       
 

Intangible assets

    36,396  
 

Goodwill

    34,199  
       

Total assets acquired

    97,211  

Liabilities assumed

   
(18,106

)
       

Net assets acquired

  $ 79,105  
       

Components of Our Statement of Operations

    Revenue

        We derive revenue from sales of language learning solutions consisting of packaged software and audio practice products and online software subscriptions. Revenue is presented as product revenue or subscription and service revenue in our consolidated financial statements. Our audio practice products are normally combined with our packaged software products and sold as a solution.

        Product revenue consists of revenue from sales of our packaged software and audio products. Subscription and service revenue consists primarily of revenue from our online software subscriptions. The content of our packaged software and subscription offerings are the same. We simply offer our customers the ability to choose which format they prefer without differentiating the learning experience.

        We sell our solutions directly to individuals, educational institutions, armed forces, government agencies and corporations. We distribute our consumer products predominantly through our direct sales channels, primarily our websites and call centers, which we refer to as our direct-to-consumer channel. We also distribute our consumer products through our kiosks, which we own, as well as through select retailers. The majority of our consumer customers purchase our packaged software and audio practice products. We sell to institutions primarily through our direct institutional sales force. Many institutions elect to license our products on a subscription basis. For purposes of explaining variances in our revenue, we separately discuss changes in our consumer and institutional sales channels because the customers and revenue drivers of these channels are different. We anticipate that revenue growth in future periods will be less significant than we have experienced historically.

        Our consumer revenue is affected by seasonal trends associated with the holiday shopping season. As a result, our fourth quarter ended December 31, 2007 accounted for 31% of our annual revenue in 2007. Our institutional revenue is seasonally stronger in the second and third quarters of the calendar year due to education, home school and government purchasing cycles. We expect these trends to continue.

    Cost of Revenue

        Cost of product revenue consists of the direct and indirect materials and labor costs to produce and distribute our products. Such costs include packaging materials, computer headsets, freight, inventory receiving, personnel costs associated with product assembly, third-party royalty fees and inventory storage, obsolescence and shrinkage. Cost of subscription and service revenue primarily represents costs associated with supporting our online language learning service, which includes hosting costs and depreciation. We also include the cost of credit card processing and customer technical

42



support in both cost of product revenue and cost of subscription and service revenue. In the period from January 4, 2006 to December 31, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2007, cost of product revenue and subscription and service revenue included intangible amortization related to core technology associated with the acquisition of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd., which was fully amortized by June 2008. We expect our cost of revenue to increase in absolute dollars in future periods as our unit sales continue to grow. Cost of revenue may also increase as a percentage of revenue in future periods as we are planning to release service offerings that will have higher direct costs to deliver to customers.

    Operating Expenses

        We classify our operating expenses into three categories: sales and marketing, research and development and general and administrative.

        Our operating expenses primarily consist of personnel costs, direct advertising and marketing expenses and professional fees associated with contract product development, legal, accounting and consulting. Personnel costs for each category of operating expenses include salaries, bonuses, stock-based compensation and employee benefit costs.

         Sales and Marketing.     Our sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of direct advertising expenses related to television, print, radio, online and other direct marketing activities, personnel costs for our sales and marketing staff, rental payments for our kiosks and commissions paid to our sales personnel. Sales and marketing expenses also include amortization expense of intangible assets related to customer relationships associated with the acquisition of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. These intangible assets will be fully amortized by January 2009. In 2007, we began to make significant investments to expand our sales and marketing operations in Europe and Japan. We established local sales offices and call centers, added employees and launched marketing and public relations campaigns within each region. We intend to continue to expand our sales activities within these regions as well as to expand our presence into new countries, in addition to expanding our media and advertising campaigns in the United States. As a result, we expect sales and marketing expenses to increase in future periods.

         Research and Development.     Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel costs and contract development fees associated with the development of our solutions. Our development efforts are primarily based in the United States and are devoted to expanding our product portfolio through the addition of new content and new complimentary products and services to our language learning solutions. We expect our investment in research and development expenses to increase in future years but provide us with significant benefits in the future.

         General and Administrative.     General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel costs of our executive, finance, legal, human resources and other administrative personnel, as well as accounting and legal professional services fees and other corporate expenses. We expect general and administrative expenses to increase in future periods as we expect to continue to invest in corporate infrastructure and incur additional expenses associated with being a public company, including increased legal and accounting costs, investor relations costs, higher insurance premiums and compliance costs in connection with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. We also intend to increase administrative expenses as a result of our planned international expansion.

    Other Income (Expense)

        Other income (expense) primarily consists of interest income and interest expense. Interest expense is related to our long-term debt, the outstanding balance of which was $10.8 million as of September 30, 2008. We expect interest expense to decrease in future periods as we will pay down the balance of our outstanding long-term debt with proceeds from this offering. Interest income represents interest received on our cash and cash equivalents.

43


    Income Tax Expense

        Income tax expense consists of federal and state income taxes in the United States. In 2007, our effective tax rate in the United States was approximately 37%, although operating losses of our international subsidiaries raised our worldwide effective tax rate to 68%. We expect a similar effective tax rate in 2008, although this rate should be lower in 2009 and beyond assuming no general increase in U.S. federal or state income tax rates applicable to companies such as ours. However, we expect our income tax expense to increase in absolute dollars as our income continues to grow.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

        In presenting our financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or GAAP, we are required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs and expenses and related disclosures.

        Some of the estimates and assumptions we are required to make relate to matters that are inherently uncertain as they pertain to future events. We base these estimates and assumptions on historical experience or on various other factors that we believe to be reasonable and appropriate under the circumstances. On an ongoing basis, we reconsider and evaluate our estimates and assumptions. Actual results may differ significantly from these estimates. Future results may differ from our estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

        We believe that the critical accounting policies listed below involve our more significant judgments, assumptions and estimates and, therefore, could have the greatest potential impact on our consolidated financial statements. In addition, we believe that a discussion of these policies is necessary to understand and evaluate the consolidated financial statements contained in this prospectus.

        For further information on our critical and other significant accounting policies, see Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, of our consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

    Revenue Recognition

        We derive revenue primarily from the sale of packaged software and audio practice products and online software subscriptions. We recognize revenue for software products and online software subscriptions in accordance with the Statement of Position, or SOP, No. 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition , as amended by SOP No. 98-9, Modification of SOP No. 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition, with Respect to Certain Transactions , and the SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin, or SAB, No. 101, Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements , as amended by SAB No. 104, Revenue Recognition, Corrected Copy .

        We recognize revenue when all of the following criteria are met: there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement; the product has been delivered or services have been rendered; the fee is fixed and determinable; and collectability is probable. We recognize revenue from packaged software and audio practice products and online software subscriptions net of discounts. We recognize revenue related to professional services, which represented less than 1% of total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2007, as the services are performed.

        We recognize revenue from the sale of packaged software and audio practice products when the product has been delivered, assuming the remaining revenue recognition criteria have been met. Software products include sales to end user customers and resellers. In most cases, revenue from sales to resellers is not contingent upon resale of the software to the end user and is recorded in the same manner as all other product sales. Revenue from sales of packaged software products is recognized as the products are shipped and title passes. We also sell a limited amount of packaged software products to resellers on a consignment basis. We recognize revenue for these consignment transactions once the end-user sale has occurred, assuming the remaining revenue recognition criteria have been met. We

44



allow some customers to make payments for packaged software products in installments over a period of time, which typically ranges between three and five months. Given that these installment payment plans are for periods less then 12 months and a successful collection history has been established, we recognize revenue at the time of sale, assuming the remaining revenue recognition criteria have been met. We provide customers who purchase our packaged software products directly from us with a six-month right of return. We also allow our retailers to return unsold products, subject to some limitations. In accordance with SFAS No. 48, Revenue Recognition When Right of Return Exists , we reduce product revenue for estimated returns, which are based on historical return rates.

        We recognize revenue for software license agreements sold via online software subscriptions as hosting agreements in accordance with Emerging Issue Task Force, or EITF, No. 00-3: Application of AICPA Statement of Position 97-2 to Arrangements That Include the Right to Use Software Stored on Another Entity's Hardware . We recognize revenue for online software subscriptions ratably over the term of the subscription period, which typically ranges between three and 12 months, assuming all revenue recognition criteria have been met. Some online licensing arrangements include a specified number of licenses that can be activated over a period of time, which typically ranges between 12 and 24 months. We recognize revenue for these arrangements on a per license basis ratably over the term of the individual license subscription period, which typically ranges between three and 12 months, assuming all revenue recognition criteria have been met. We recognize revenue for set-up fees related to online licensing arrangements ratably over the term of the online licensing arrangement, assuming all revenue recognition criteria have been met. We record accounts receivable and deferred revenue at the time a customer enters into a binding subscription agreement and the subscription services are made available to the customer. We classify amounts received in advance of revenue recognition as deferred revenue.

        In connection with packaged software product sales and online software subscriptions, we provide technical support to customers, including customers of resellers, at no additional charge. Because we include the fee for technical support in the initial product cost or licensing fee, as applicable, we generally provide the technical support and services within one year, we deem the estimated cost of providing such support insignificant and we offer no unspecified upgrades or enhancements, we recognize technical support revenue together with the software product and license revenue. We accrue costs associated with the technical support at the time of sale.

        In connection with packaged software product sales and online software subscriptions, we provide accessory products, such as headsets, to customers at no additional charge. In accordance with SOP 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition, and EITF No. 00-21, Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables , we account for the accessory products, such as headsets, and the software as separate elements or units of accounting. We recognize revenue upon the delivery of both the software and accessory products.

        We recognize revenue from the sale of packaged software products with specific upgrade rights in accordance with SOP 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition . We defer revenue recognition for these sales until the earlier of the point at which sufficient vendor-specific objective evidence, or VSOE, exists for the specific upgrade right or we have delivered all elements of the arrangement. As of December 31, 2007, we had not delivered specified upgrade rights and had not yet established VSOE for these upgrade rights. We had no deferred revenue related to these agreements at December 31, 2006 and $2.4 million of such deferred revenue at December 31, 2007. As of September 30, 2008, we had $0.3 million of deferred revenue related to these agreements.

        In accordance with EITF No. 01-9, Accounting for Consideration Given by a Vendor to a Customer or a Reseller of the Vendor's Product , we account for cash sales incentives to resellers as a reduction of revenue unless a specific benefit is identified and the fair value is reasonably determinable.

        We have developed language learning solutions for some endangered languages under fixed fee arrangements. These arrangements also include contractual periods of post-contract support, or PCS,

45



and online hosting services ranging from one to ten years. We recognize revenue for these arrangements ratably over the longer of the PCS or online hosting period, once the PCS or online hosting period begins. When the current estimates of total contract revenue and contract cost indicate a loss for a fixed fee arrangement, we record the entire loss on the contract.

    Stock-Based Compensation

        We record all stock-based awards, including employee stock option grants, at fair value as of the grant date and recognize these awards as expenses in our statement of operations on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the award in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payments .

        As of December 31, 2007 and September 30, 2008, there were approximately $3.8 million and $4.1 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to non-vested stock option awards that we expect to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.61 and 2.25 years, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2005, the Predecessor reflected no stock-based compensation expense in its net income as no stock options had been granted. For the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006, the Predecessor recognized $5.9 million in stock-based compensation expense in its net loss related to change-of-control stock agreements issued in connection with our acquisition of the Predecessor.

        The following table sets forth the stock-based compensation expense included in the related financial statement line items:

 
  Predecessor   Successor  
 
  Year Ended
December 31,

  Period From
January 1, through
January 4,

  Period from
January 4, through
December 31,

  Year Ended
December 31,

  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2005   2006   2006   2007   2007   2008  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cost of revenue

  $   $   $ 1   $ 2   $ 1   $ 1  

Sales and marketing

            59     189     99     112  

Research and development

            128     360     214     344  

General and administrative

            373     776     440     683  

Transaction-related expenses

        5,930                  
                           

Total

  $   $ 5,930   $ 561   $ 1,327   $ 754   $ 1,140  
                           

        We estimate the fair value of each option grant on the date of grant using the Black Scholes option pricing model. For the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006, the year ended December 31, 2007 and the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2008, we calculated the fair value of options granted using the following assumptions:

 
   
   
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
  Period from
January 4, through
December 31,
2006
   
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2007
 
  2007   2008

Expected stock price volatility

  61% - 67%   62% - 70%   65% - 67%   57% - 62%

Expected term of options

  5 years   6 years   6 years   6 years

Expected dividend yield

       

Risk-free interest rate

  4.53% - 4.94%   3.50% - 4.96%   4.34% - 4.96%   2.69% - 3.36%

        Since our common stock is not publicly quoted and we have a limited history of stock option activity, we established a peer group of comparable publicly traded education and technology-enabled learning companies and high growth consumer companies for which historical information was available. As of each stock option grant date, we utilized the peer group data to calculate our expected

46



volatility, the average expected stock option term and expected forfeitures. We will continue to use our peer group until sufficient historical data is available. The risk-free interest rate was determined by reference to the United States Treasury rates with the remaining term approximating the expected life assumed at the date of grant.

        The following table sets forth all stock option grants since January 4, 2006, the date of plan inception, through the date of this prospectus:

Grant Date
  Number of
Options Granted
  Exercise Price   Common Stock
Fair Value
Per Share
at Grant
Date
 

May 22, 2006

    1,051,120   $ 5.00   $ 5.94  

August 16, 2006

    22,970     5.00     6.63  

August 21, 2006

    115,000     5.00     6.68  

September 5, 2006

    100,000     5.00     6.82  

December 8, 2006

    22,410     5.00     7.69  

February 2, 2007(1)

    15,710     5.00     8.25  

March 21, 2007

    170,430     7.90     8.75  

April 20, 2007(1)

    24,100     7.90     9.07  

June 5, 2007

    46,000     9.50     9.50  

August 3, 2007(1)

    14,480     9.50     12.48  

August 22, 2007

    21,470     13.78     13.78  

November 28, 2007

    26,330     14.55     14.55  

December 17, 2007(1)

    17,060     13.78     14.69  

February 8, 2008(1)

    44,190     14.55     15.13  

April 29, 2008(1)

    76,420     15.13     13.47  

May 28, 2008

    85,320     13.47     13.47  

August 19, 2008

    27,750     18.49     18.49  

        Given the absence of an active market for our common stock, our board of directors estimated the fair value of our common stock. The fair value of our common stock was calculated on the following dates:

Valuation Date
  Fair Value
Per Share
 

January 4, 2006

  $ 5.00  

June 30, 2006

    6.20  

December 31, 2006

    7.90  

May 31, 2007

    9.50  

August 31, 2007

    13.78  

November 30, 2007

    14.55  

January 31, 2008

    15.13  

April 30, 2008

    13.47  

July 31, 2008

    18.49  

47


        On January 4, 2006, we acquired our Predecessor for a price of $5.00 per share. The board of directors utilized this value as the exercise price for all stock option grants approved in 2006. Subsequent to December 31, 2006, we performed retrospective valuations of our common stock as of June 30, 2006 and December 31, 2006. The board of directors utilized the December 31, 2006 common stock valuation to establish the exercise price for stock option grants approved on March 21, 2007, as it was the most recent valuation of our common stock. Our board of directors performed the next common stock valuation on May 31, 2007 and continued performing valuations at regular intervals that did not exceed three months.

        In order to determine the fair value of our common stock on the date of grant for purposes of calculating the fair value of our stock option grants under SFAS 123(R), we utilized the valuation closest to the grant date if there was a valuation done within 30 days of the grant date. If a valuation was not performed within 30 days of the grant date, we utilized the valuations performed immediately prior to and after the option grant dates and interpolated the grant date values on a straight-line basis between the two valuation dates.

        Assuming an initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the intrinsic value of the options outstanding at September 30, 2008, was $         million, of which $         million related to options that were vested and $         million related to options that were not vested.

        We considered numerous objective and subjective factors in valuing our common stock at each valuation date in accordance with the guidance in AICPA Practice Aid Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation . We utilized both the market and income approaches to determine the fair value of our common stock, which was based on the average of both approaches. The income approach was based on our discounted cash flows and the market approach was based on the guideline company method and comparative transactions. Our valuations were based on the following factors:


        On January 4, 2006, we sold 446,958 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and 993,240 shares of common stock to outside investors at a price of $100.00 per preferred share and $5.00 per common share. The majority of the stock was purchased by ABS Capital Partners. Norwest Equity Partners, Madison Capital Funding LLC and our chief executive officer, Tom Adams also purchased stock on such date for the same price. We also performed a valuation of our common and preferred stock contemporaneously with the stock sale to outside investors, which supported the price paid for the stock by the outside investors. The valuation was based upon our trailing twelve months revenue and EBITDA and our forecasted revenue and EBITDA through December 31, 2012. Additionally, we

48


established a peer group of three comparable technology-enabled education companies to compute our implied market multiples.

        In May 2007, the board of directors performed a retrospective valuation of our common stock as of June 30, 2006. The total equity valuation was based upon our trailing twelve months revenue and EBITDA and forecasted revenue and EBITDA through December 31, 2011. Our trailing twelve months revenue increased by 39% and EBITDA increased by 99% from the previous valuation and our forecasted revenue increased by 9.2% and our forecasted EBITDA increased by 7.9% from the previous valuation. We also expanded our peer group of comparable companies to include six technology-enabled education companies. The implied multiples of the peer group decreased slightly from the prior valuation. In allocating the total equity value between preferred and common stock, we assumed that the preferred stock would convert to common stock as the preferred stock was in-the-money based on the concluded common stock value. We also applied a 20% discount for the lack of marketability of our common stock. As result of the increase in our trailing twelve months revenue and EBITDA and an increase in our forecasted future operating results, our common stock valuation per share as of June 30, 2006 increased to $6.20 from $5.00 on January 4, 2006.

        In April 2007 , the board of directors performed a retrospective valuation of our common stock as of December 31, 2006. Our trailing twelve months revenue increased by 36% and our trailing twelve months EBITDA decreased by 3% from the previous valuation. Our forecasted revenue and Adjusted EBITDA increased by 9% and 15%, respectively, from the previous valuation. The market multiples derived from our peer group and our discount for the lack of marketability remained consistent with the previous valuation. As a result of the increase in our trailing twelve months revenue and our forecasted future operating results, our common stock valuation per share as of December 31, 2006 increased to $7.90 from $6.20 on June 30, 2006.

        On May 31, 2007, the board of directors performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock. Our trailing twelve months revenue increased by 17% and our trailing twelve months EBITDA decreased by 4% from the previous valuation. Our forecasted future revenue and EBITDA was unchanged from our previous valuation. The market multiples derived from our peer group and our discount for the lack of marketability also remained consistent with the previous valuation. As result of the increase in our revenue, our common stock valuation per share as of May 31, 2007 increased to $9.50 from $7.90 on December 31, 2006.

        On August 31, 2007, the board of directors performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock. Although the preferred stock was still in-the-money based on the concluded value of the common stock, we began utilizing the option-pricing method and the probability-weighted expected return method to determine the equity allocation between common and preferred stock and thereby estimate the fair value of our common stock because we were considering a possible future initial public offering of our common stock. This adjustment in our methodology did not significantly affect the estimated fair value of our common stock. The fair value of our common stock was determined by calculating the average value under each of these methods. This valuation methodology was utilized for all subsequent valuations through July 31, 2008. A discount for the lack of marketability of our common stock was applied under the option-pricing method and the level of discount was consistent with the previous valuation. We expanded our peer group of comparable companies to include a total of seven technology-enabled learning companies and seven high-growth consumer companies. The addition of high growth consumer companies to our set of comparable companies resulted in an increase to our EBITDA multiple of approximately 100% from the previous valuation. Our analysis also began to consider market multiples on current year expected revenue and EBITDA as well as the trailing twelve months revenue and EBITDA. We have not modified our set of comparable companies through our July 31, 2008 valuation. Our trailing twelve months revenue increased by 9%, while our trailing twelve months EBITDA decreased by 20% from the previous valuation. Our forecasted revenue and EBITDA for 2008 through 2010 was cumulatively reduced by 4% and 41%, respectively, from the

49



previous valuation. The increase in market multiples applied to our projected future revenue and EBITDA, offset by a reduction in forecasted future EBITDA, resulted in an increase of the fair value of our common stock per share as of August 31, 2007 to $13.78 from $9.50 on May 31, 2007.

        On November 30, 2007, the board of directors performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock. Our trailing twelve months revenue increased by 7% and trailing twelve months EBITDA decreased by 19%, while our forecasted revenue and EBITDA through 2010 was unchanged from the prior valuation. Based on market fluctuations in our peer group, our implied multiples for revenue and EBITDA increased slightly from the prior valuation. The discount for the lack of marketability of our common stock was consistent with the previous valuation. As a result of an increase in market multiples applied to our forecasted future EBITDA, the fair value of our common stock per share increased to $14.55 from $13.78 on August 31, 2007.

        On January 31, 2008, the board of directors performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock. Our trailing twelve months revenue and EBITDA increased by 10% and 83%, respectively. Our forecasted revenue through 2010 was unchanged and our forecasted Adjusted EBITDA for 2008 decreased slightly and was unchanged for 2009 and 2010 from the prior valuation. The range of our implied multiples for revenue and EBITDA based on our peer group decreased from the prior valuation. The discount for the lack of marketability of our common stock increased to 23.9% as our estimated date for an initial public offering was extended. As a result of the increase in our trailing twelve months revenue and EBITDA, partially offset by a reduction in the market multiples, the fair value of our common stock per share increased to $15.13 from $14.55 on November 30, 2007.

        On April 30, 2008, the board of directors performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock. Our trailing twelve months revenue increased by 5%, while our trailing twelve months Adjusted EBITDA decreased by 19%. Our forecasted revenue and EBITDA was relatively consistent for 2008 and 2009, although it decreased slightly in 2010 from the prior valuation. The range of our implied multiples for revenue and EBITDA also decreased from the prior valuation, as a result of reduction in the multiples of our peer group. The discount for the lack of marketability of our common stock was consistent with the prior valuation. As a result of the reduction in our trailing twelve months EBITDA and our forecasted future operating results, combined with a decrease in the market multiples, the fair value of our common stock per share decreased from $15.13 on January 31, 2008 to $13.47 on April 30, 2008.

        On July 31, 2008, the board of directors performed a contemporaneous valuation of our common stock. Our trailing twelve months revenue increased by 11% and EBITDA increased by 67% from the previous valuation. Our forecasted revenue and EBITDA also increased in each year from 2008 through 2010, with cumulative increases of 4% of revenue and 18% of EBITDA. The range of our implied multiples for revenue and EBITDA were relatively consistent with the prior valuation. The discount for the lack of marketability of our common stock declined from the prior valuation to 18.5%. As a result of the increase in our trailing twelve months EBITDA and our forecasted future operating results, the fair value of our common stock per share increased to $18.49 on July 31, 2009 from $13.47 on April 30, 2008.

    Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

        Accounts receivable consist of amounts due to us from our normal business activities, which include credit card receivables and amounts due from our institutional customers and retailers. We provide an allowance for doubtful accounts to reflect the expected non-collection of accounts receivable based on past collection history and specific risks identified.

50


    Inventories

        We state inventories at the lower of cost, determined on a first-in first-out basis, or market. We review inventory for excess quantities and obsolescence based on our best estimates of future demand, product lifecycle status and product development plans. We use historical information along with these future estimates to reserve for obsolete and potential obsolete inventory.

    Intangible Assets

        Intangible assets consist of acquired technology, including developed and core technology, customer related assets, trade names and trademarks and other intangible assets. We record intangible assets at cost and amortize them on a straight line basis over their expected lives in accordance with SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets . We review our indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment on an annual basis based on the fair value of indefinite-lived intangible assets compared to the carrying value in accordance with SFAS No. 142. In the event such cash flows are not expected to be sufficient to recover the recorded value of the assets, we write down the assets to their net realizable values. Based on our analysis, we believe our intangible assets have not been impaired during any of the periods presented.

    Goodwill

        In accordance with SFAS No. 142, goodwill is not amortized and is tested for impairment annually on June 30th and whenever events and circumstances occur indicating goodwill might be impaired. As of June 30, 2006, 2007 and 2008, we reviewed the goodwill for impairment and determined that no impairment of goodwill had occurred during any of the periods presented.

    Valuation of Long-Lived Assets

        We evaluate the recoverability of our long-lived assets in accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-lived Assets . SFAS No. 144 requires recognition of impairment of long-lived assets in the event that the net book value of such assets exceeds the future undiscounted net cash flows attributable to such assets. In accordance with SFAS No. 144, we recognize impairment, if any, in the period of identification to the extent the carrying amount of an asset exceeds the fair value of such asset. Based on our analysis, we believe that no impairment of our long-lived assets was indicated as of December 31, 2006, December 31, 2007 and September 30, 2008.

    Income Taxes

        For the year ended December 31, 2005 and the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006, the Predecessor made no provision for federal income taxes because it was treated as an S corporation for purposes of federal income taxes. It was also treated as an S corporation for most state income taxes, but some states do not recognize S corporation status and tax S corporations the same as C corporations. Federal and most state income taxes were the responsibility of the Predecessor's stockholders, who were responsible for reporting their allocable shares of the Predecessor's income and deductions in their respective income tax returns. Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2005 and for the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006 was related to state income taxes from states that do not recognize the S corporation status.

        For the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006, the year ended December 31, 2007, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2008, we accounted for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes , which provides for an asset and liability approach to accounting for income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities represent the future tax consequences of the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of assets and liabilities versus the tax bases of assets and liabilities. Under this method, we recognize deferred tax

51



assets for deductible temporary differences, and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. We recognize deferred liabilities for taxable temporary differences. We reduce deferred tax assets by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of our management, it is more likely than not that we will not realize some portion or all of the deferred tax assets. We recognize the impact of tax rate changes on deferred tax assets and liabilities in the year that the change is enacted.

        In June 2006, the FASB issued FIN No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 , which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise's financial statements in accordance with SFAS No. 109. FIN No. 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. This interpretation also provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosures, and transition. FIN No. 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The adoption of FIN No. 48 did not have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Internal Control over Financial Reporting

        Effective internal control over financial reporting is necessary for us to provide reliable annual and interim financial reports and to prevent fraud. If we cannot provide reliable financial reports or prevent fraud, our operating results and financial condition could be materially misstated and our reputation could be significantly harmed. As a private company, we were not subject to the same standards applicable to a public company. As a public company, we will be subject to requirements and standards set by the SEC.

        In relation to our consolidated financial statements for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2007, we identified material weaknesses in our internal controls. A material weakness is defined as a significant deficiency or combination of significant deficiencies, that results in a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our financial statements will not be prevented by our internal control over financial reporting. A significant deficiency means a control deficiency, or combination of control deficiencies, that adversely affects our ability to initiate, record, process or report financial data reliably in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles such that there is more than a remote likelihood that a misstatement of our financial statements that is more than inconsequential will not be prevented or detected by our internal control over financial reporting.

    Material Weaknesses at December 31, 2007

        The material weaknesses we identified were:

52


        In addition, we had a significant deficiency in our financial closing process at December 31, 2007, which had been classified as a material weakness at December 31, 2006. The material weaknesses over accounting for inventory, income taxes and stock based compensation were identified during 2007 and were not outstanding at December 31, 2006.

    Remediation Efforts

        We began our initial evaluation of our system of internal control over financial reporting with the assistance of independent third-party consultants in late 2006 and have continued these efforts through September 30, 2008. This evaluation consists of a detailed review of current processes and controls, and the identification and evaluation of the deficiencies affecting our financial statements.

        We have taken steps to remediate material weaknesses in the areas of accounting for inventory, income taxes and stock-based compensation and general computer controls, including:

        The remediation of our material weaknesses is an ongoing process. We continue to focus our activities on remediating the material weaknesses identified above as well as enhancing other internal control processes. As of September 30, 2008, we have taken actions to remediate the material weaknesses related to accounting for inventory, income taxes and stock compensation. We are still in the process of remediating the material weaknesses related to our general computer controls and enterprise resource planning system. From January 2008 through September 2008, we focused our remediation efforts on the design and implementation of our general computer controls and enterprise resource planning system, and we are currently in the process of testing the effectiveness of these controls. We still have additional activities to perform in order to fully remediate all of the deficiencies in these areas.

        We cannot assure you that measures or activities we have taken to date, or any future measures or activities we will take, will successfully remediate the material weaknesses we have identified. If not remediated successfully, material weaknesses and other deficiencies in our internal controls could cause investors to lose confidence in our financial reporting, particularly as a result of inaccurate financial reporting, and our stock price to decline. Material weaknesses in our internal controls may impede our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements, which could cause us to fail to file our periodic reports timely, result in inaccurate financial reporting or restatements of our financial statements, subject our stock to delisting and materially harm our business reputation and our stock price.

        The process of improving our internal controls has required and will continue to require us to expend significant resources to design, implement and maintain a system of internal controls that is adequate to satisfy our reporting obligations as a public company. There can be no assurance that any actions we take will be successful. We will continue to evaluate the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting on an ongoing basis.

53


Results of Operations

        The following table sets forth our consolidated statement of operations for the periods indicated.

 
  Predecessor   Successor  
 
   
  Period from
January 1,
through
January 4,
2006
  Period from
January 4,
through
December 31,
2006
   
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2005
  Year Ended
December 31,
2007
 
 
  2007   2008  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenue:

                                     
 

Product

  $ 44,278   $ 178   $ 80,604   $ 119,897   $ 81,834   $ 124,988  
 

Subscription and service

    4,124     94     10,694     17,424     12,479     18,143  
                           
   

Total revenue

    48,402     272     91,298     137,321     94,313     143,131  

Cost of revenue:

                                     
 

Cost of product revenue

    7,772     199     11,549     19,055     13,499     17,869  
 

Cost of subscription and service revenue

    470     4     992     1,632     1,136     1,789  
                           
   

Total cost of revenue

    8,242     203     12,541     20,687     14,635     19,658  
                           

Gross margin

    40,160     69     78,757     116,634     79,678     123,473  
                           

Operating expenses:

                                     
 

Sales and marketing

    22,432     695     45,854     65,437     45,394     65,510  
 

Research and development

    2,819     41     8,117     12,893     9,524     13,308  
 

Acquired in-process research and development

            12,597              
 

General and administrative

    8,157     142     16,590     29,786     22,033     26,272  
 

Transaction-related expenses

        10,315                  
                           
     

Total operating expenses

    33,408     11,193     83,158     108,116     76,951     105,090  
                           

Income (loss) from operations

    6,752     (11,124 )   (4,401 )   8,518     2,727     18,383  

Other income and expense:

                                     
 

Interest income

    38         613     673     520     423  
 

Interest expense

            (1,560 )   (1,331 )   (1,025 )   (714 )
 

Other (expense) income

    134     3     60     154     186     81  
                           
     

Total interest and other income (expense), net

    172     3     (887 )   (504 )   (319 )   (210 )
                           

Income (loss) before income taxes

    6,924     (11,121 )   (5,288 )   8,014     2,408     18,173  

Income tax expense (benefit)

    143         (1,240 )   5,435     2,106     9,222  
                           

Net income (loss)

  $ 6,781   $ (11,121 ) $ (4,048 ) $ 2,579   $ 302   $ 8,951  
                           

Stock-based compensation expense included in:

                                     

Cost of revenue

 
$

 
$

 
$

1
 
$

2
 
$

1
 
$

1
 

Sales and marketing

            59     189     99     112  

Research and development

            128     360     214     344  

General and administrative

            373     776     440     683  

Transaction-related expenses

        5,930                  
                           
   

Total stock-based compensation expense

  $   $ 5,930   $ 561   $ 1,327   $ 754   $ 1,140  
                           

Intangible amortization expense included in:

                               

Cost of revenue

 
$

 
$

 
$

1,213
 
$

1,227
 
$

920
 
$

13
 

Sales and marketing

            4,113     3,596     2,842     2,252  
                           
   

Total intangible amortization expense

  $   $   $ 5,326   $ 4,823   $ 3,762   $ 2,265  
                           

54


        The following table sets forth our consolidated statement of operations data expressed as a percentage of total revenue for the periods indicated.

 
  Predecessor   Successor  
 
   
  Period from
January 1,
through
January 4,
2006
  Period from
January 4,
through
December 31,
2006
   
  Nine Months
Ended September 30,
 
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2005
  Year Ended
December 31,
2007
 
 
  2007   2008  

Revenue:

                                     
 

Product

    91 %   65 %   88 %   87 %   87 %   87 %
 

Subscription and service

    9     35     12     13     13     13  
                           
   

Total revenue

    100     100     100     100     100     100  

Cost of revenue:

                                     
 

Cost of product revenue

    16     73     13     14     14     13  
 

Cost of subscription and service revenue

    1     1     1     1     1     1  
   

Total cost of revenue

    17     75     14     15     16     14  
                           

Gross margin

    83     25     86     85     85     86  
                           

Operating expenses:

                                     
 

Sales and marketing

    46     256     50     48     48     46  
 

Research and development

    6     15     9     9     10     9  
 

Acquired in-process research and development

            14              
 

General and administrative

    17     52     18     22     23     18  
 

Transaction-related expenses

        3,792                  
                           
     

Total operating expenses

    69     4,115     91     79     82     73  
                           

Income (loss) from operations

    14     (4,090 )   (5 )   6     3     13  

Other income and expense:

                                     
 

Interest income

    0         1     1     1     0  
 

Interest expense

            (2 )   (1 )   (1 )   (1 )
 

Other income

    0     1     0     0     0     0  
                           
     

Total interest and other (expense) income, net

    0     1     (1 )   0     0     0  
                           

Income (loss) before income taxes

    14     (4,089 )   (6 )   6     3     13  

Income tax expense (benefit)

    0         (1 )   4     2     6  
                           

Net income (loss)

    14 %   (4,089 )%   (4 )%   2 %   0 %   6 %
                           

55


Comparison of the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2008 and the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2007

 
  Nine Months Ended    
   
 
 
  2007   2008   Change   % Change  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Product revenue

  $ 81,834     86.8 % $ 124,988     87.3 % $ 43,154     52.7 %

Subscription and service revenue

    12,479     13.2     18,143     12.7     5,664     45.4  
                             
 

Total revenue

  $ 94,313     100.0 % $ 143,131     100.0 % $ 48,818     51.8  
                             

Revenue by sales channel:

                                     

Direct-to-consumer

  $ 41,433     43.9 % $ 66,266     46.3 % $ 24,833     59.9  

Kiosk

    16,182     17.2     24,184     16.9     8,002     49.5  

Retail

    11,780     12.5     21,232     14.8     9,452     80.2  
                             
 

Total consumer

    69,395     73.6     111,682     78.0     42,287     60.9  

Institutional

    24,918     26.4     31,449     22.0     6,531     26.2  
                             

Total revenue

  $ 94,313     100.0 % $ 143,131     100.0 % $ 48,818     51.8  
                             

    Revenue

        Total revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 was $143.1 million, an increase of $48.8 million, or 52%, from the nine month period ended September 30, 2007.

        Consumer revenue was $111.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2008, an increase of $42.3 million, or 61%, from the nine months ended September 30, 2007. The increase in consumer revenue was attributable to a 26% increase in unit sales combined with a 28% increase in the average selling price of each unit. Unit growth was driven by the expansion of our direct advertising campaign as well as growth in our retail distribution network. Direct advertising expenses increased 48% to $24.5 million during the first nine months of 2008, while the number of kiosks increased from 86 to 161 from September 30, 2007 to September 30, 2008. We also received a $2.6 million initial stocking order from Barnes & Noble in June 2008 to support their expansion of our product line to over 650 of their stores nationally.

        In August 2007, we released our Version 3 solution for ten of our best selling languages. All Version 3 solutions include three course levels, while our Version 2 solutions only include one or two course levels. Our solutions are often purchased in sets including all available course levels for a language. The additional levels included in Version 3 enabled us to offer additional languages with three course levels, resulting in a greater number of available products at our highest price point for a complete set. In March 2008, we released Version 3 in four additional languages and, in June 2008, we released our Audio Companion practice tool product. This expansion of our product portfolio with higher price point options has resulted in a 28% increase in average selling price per unit for the nine months ended September 30, 2008.

        Product revenue represented 93% and 94% of total consumer revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively, with the balance attributable to subscription and service revenue.

        Institutional revenue was $31.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2008, an increase of $6.5 million, or 26%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2007. The increase in

56


institutional revenue was primarily due to the expansion of our direct sales force. As a result, we had a $5.6 million increase in education and home school revenue and a $1.0 million increase in corporate revenue.

        Product revenue represented 68% and 65% of total institutional revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and subscription and service revenue represented 32% and 35% for the same periods.

    Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin

 
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
   
   
 
 
  2007   2008   Change   % Change  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Revenue:

                         
 

Product

  $ 81,834   $ 124,988   $ 43,154     52.7 %
 

Subscription and service

    12,479     18,143     5,664     45.4  
                     
   

Total revenue

    94,313     143,131     48,818     51.8  

Cost of revenue:

                         
 

Cost of product revenue

    13,499     17,869     4,370     32.4  
 

Cost of subscription and service revenue

    1,136     1,789     653     57.5  
                     
   

Total cost of revenue

    14,635     19,658     5,023     34.3  
                     

Gross margin

  $ 79,678   $ 123,473   $ 43,795     55.0  
                     

Gross margin percentages

    84.5 %   86.3 %   1.8 %      

        Cost of revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 was $19.7 million, an increase of $5.0 million, or 34.3%, from the nine month period ended September 30, 2007. As a percentage of total revenue, cost of revenue was 14% for the nine month period ended September 30, 2008 compared to 16% for the nine month period ended September 30, 2007. The dollar increase in cost of revenue was attributable to growth in unit sales. The increase in gross margin was due to a $0.9 million write-down of inventory in the 2007 period associated with the transition from Version 2 to Version 3 product and packaging.

    Operating Expenses

 
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
   
   
 
 
  2007   2008   Change   % Change  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Sales and marketing

  $ 45,394   $ 65,510   $ 20,116     44.3 %

Research and development

    9,524     13,308     3,784     39.7  

General and administrative

    22,033     26,272     4,239     19.2  
                     

Total operating expenses

  $ 76,951   $ 105,090   $ 28,139     36.6  
                     

        Sales and marketing expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 were $65.5 million, an increase of $20.1 million, or 44%, from the nine months ended September 30, 2007. As a percentage of total revenue, sales and marketing expenses was 46% for the nine months ended September 30, 2008, compared to 48% for the nine months ended September 30, 2007. The increase was primarily attributable to the continued expansion of our direct marketing activities. Advertising expenses grew by $7.9 million and were primarily related to the purchase of additional television media. We also expanded the number of our kiosks from 86 as of September 30, 2007 to 161 as of September 30, 2008,

57


which resulted in $5.0 million of additional kiosk operating expenses, including sales compensation related expenses. Personnel costs related to growth in our institutional sales channel and marketing and sales support activities also increased by $4.0 million.

        Research and development expenses were $13.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2008, an increase of $3.8 million, or 40%, from the nine months ended September 30, 2007. As a percentage of total revenue, research and development expenses was 9% for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 compared to 10% for the nine months ended September 30, 2007. The dollar increase was primarily attributable to additional personnel and contract development costs associated with the transition of Version 2 languages to Version 3, as well as the development of new products and services that are complementary to our existing solutions.

        General and administrative expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 were $26.3 million, an increase of $4.2 million, or 19%, from the nine months ended September 30, 2007. As a percentage of revenue, general and administrative expenses decreased to 18% for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 compared to 23% for the nine months ended September 30, 2007. The dollar increase was primarily attributable to a $3.0 million increase in personnel-related costs as we expanded our finance, information technology and other administrative functions to support the overall growth in our business, and a corresponding increase in communications, travel and other support costs of $2.3 million. Depreciation expense also increased $0.7 million and bad debt expense increased $0.6 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2008 as a result of greater capital expenditures and credit sales. This increase was partially offset by decreased professional service expenses of $2.6 million as we replaced contract staff with employees.

    Interest and Other Income (Expense)

 
  Nine Months
Ended September 30,
   
   
 
 
  2007   2008   Change   % Change  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Interest income

  $ 520   $ 423   $ (97 )   (18.7 )%

Interest expense

    (1,025 )   (714 )   311     (30.3 )

Other income

    186     81     (105 )   (56.5 )
                     

Total

  $ (319 ) $ (210 ) $ 109     34.2  
                     

        Interest expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 was $0.7 million, a decrease of $0.3 million, or 30%, from the nine months ended September 30, 2007. The decrease was due to a reduction in the outstanding balance of our long-term debt, as a result of $3.2 million in principal payments during the period.

    Income Tax Expense

 
  Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
   
   
 
 
  2007   2008   Change   % Change  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Income tax expense

  $ 2,106   $ 9,222   $ 7,116     337.9 %

58


        Income tax expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 was $9.2 million, an increase of $7.1 million, or 338%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2007. The increase was the result of an increase of $15.8 million in pre-tax income for the nine months ended September 30, 2008, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2007. Our effective tax rate decreased to 50.7% for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 compared to 87.5% for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 as a result of a decline in the percentage of foreign losses relative to total consolidated income before tax. We do not currently recognize income tax benefits on losses in our foreign subsidiaries.

Comparison of the Year Ended December 31, 2007 and the Period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006

    Revenue

 
  Period from
January 4, through
December 31,

  Year Ended
December 31,

   
   
 
 
  2006   2007   Change   % Change  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Revenue:

                                     
 

Product

  $ 80,604     88.3 % $ 119,897     87.3 % $ 39,293     48.7 %
 

Subscription and service

    10,694     11.7     17,424     12.7     6,730     62.9  
                             
   

Total revenue

  $ 91,298     100.0 % $ 137,321     100.0 % $ 46,023     50.4  
                             

Revenue by sales channel:

                                     

Direct-to-consumer

  $ 41,134     45.1 % $ 61,950     45.1 % $ 20,816     50.6  

Kiosk

    17,055     18.7     23,947     17.4     6,892     40.4  

Retail

    9,694     10.6     21,206     15.4     11,512     118.8  
                             
 

Total consumer

    67,883     74.4     107,103     78.0     39,220     57.8  

Institutional

    23,415     25.6     30,218     22.0     6,803     29.1  
                             

Total revenue

  $ 91,298     100.0 % $ 137,321     100.0 % $ 46,023     50.4  
                             

        Total revenue was $137.3 million, an increase of $46.0 million, or 50%, from the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006.

        Consumer revenue in 2007 was $107.1 million, an increase of $39.2 million, or 58%, from the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006. The increase in consumer revenue was due to a 37% increase in unit sales combined with a 15% increase in the average selling price per unit. Our unit growth was driven by the expansion of our direct advertising campaigns as advertising expenses increased by 51% to $24.5 million in 2007. Kiosk locations grew slightly from 81 at December 31, 2006 to 86 at December 31, 2007. Sales through our retailer partners increased 119% due to the expansion of our retail presence, increased advertising and brand awareness and increased sales by our existing retailers and distributors.

        The increase in our average selling price per unit was attributable to the release of Version 3 in August 2007. Version 3 includes three course levels for all languages, while our Version 2 languages were only available in one or two course levels. We often sell our solutions in a set comprising all course levels for a specific language, so increasing the available course levels to three also increased the price of a complete set of courses for a Version 3 language and resulted in higher average dollar value per sale.

        Product revenue represented 95% of total consumer revenue for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 with the balance attributable to subscription and service revenue.

59


        Institutional revenue in 2007 was $30.2 million, an increase of $6.8 million, or 29%, from the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006. The increase in institutional revenue was primarily attributed to the expansion of our direct sales force. As a result, government revenue increased by $2.2 million, education and home school revenue increased by $3.1 million and corporate revenue increased by $1.5 million. Although directed at the consumer markets, we believe our consumer marketing campaigns continue to positively impact our brand recognition, which also contributes to increased sales in our institutional markets.

        Product revenue represented 60% and 68% of total institutional revenue for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, and subscription and service revenue represented 40% and 32% for the same periods. The increase in subscription and service revenue as a percentage of total institutional revenue was attributable to growth in the government and corporate customer bases.

    Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin

 
  Period from
January 4, through
December 31,
2006
  Year Ended
December 31,
2007
  Change   % Change  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Revenue:

                         
 

Product

  $ 80,604   $ 119,897   $ 39,293     48.7 %
 

Subscription and service

    10,694     17,424     6,730     62.9  
                     
   

Total revenue

    91,298     137,321     46,023     50.4  

Cost of revenue:

                         
 

Cost of product revenue

    11,549     19,055     7,506     65.0  
 

Cost of subscription and service revenue

    992     1,632     640     64.5  
                     
   

Total cost of revenue

    12,541     20,687     8,146     65.0  
                     

Gross margin

  $ 78,757   $ 116,634   $ 37,877        
                     

Gross margin percentage

    86.3 %   84.9 %   (1.4 )%      

        Cost of revenue in 2007 was $20.7 million, an increase of $8.1 million, or 65%, from the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 to December 31, 2007. As a percentage of total revenue, cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2007 increased to 15% from 14% for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006. The dollar increase in cost of revenue in 2007 compared to the 2006 period was primarily attributable to increased unit sales. The reduction of gross margin in 2007 was primarily due to slightly higher per-unit costs related to the inclusion of an audio headset with the Version 3 software product. We released Version 3 in ten of our best selling languages in August 2007. We also incurred a write-down of inventory of $0.9 million associated with the transition from Version 2 to Version 3 product and product packaging.

    Operating Expenses

 
  Period from
January 4 through
December 31,
2006
  Year Ended
December 31,
2007
  Change   % Change  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Sales and marketing

  $ 45,854   $ 65,437   $ 19,583     42.7 %

Acquired in-process research and development

    12,597         (12,597 )   (100.0 )

Research and development

    8,117     12,893     4,776     58.8  

General and administrative

    16,590     29,786     13,196     79.5  
                     
 

Total operating expenses

  $ 83,158   $ 108,116   $ 24,958     30.0  
                     

60


        Sales and marketing expenses in 2007 were $65.4 million, an increase of $19.6 million, or 43%, from the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006. As a percentage of total revenue, sales and marketing expenses decreased to 48% in 2007 as compared to 50% for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006. The dollar increase was primarily attributable to an increase in advertising expenses of $8.3 million, or 51%, resulting from continued expansion of our television, print, radio and online advertising as well as an increase in personnel related costs of $4.6 million as we continued to add new personnel to manage our expanded sales and marketing activities, which included the opening of our Tokyo office in May 2007 and growth in our London office. In connection with our international expansion, we also incurred $3.7 million of expenses to establish local sales and support call centers within each geographic region. Finally, we increased our marketing and public relations expenses by $1.5 million related to a rebranding of our products in association with the launch of Version 3 in August 2007.

        On January 4, 2006, we acquired all of the outstanding stock of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd., along with its wholly owned subsidiary Fairfield & Sons, Limited. As a result of the acquisition, we allocated $12.6 million to acquired in-process research and development, which we expensed during the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006.

        Research and development expenses in 2007 were $12.9 million, an increase of $4.8 million, or 59%, as compared to the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006. As a percentage of total revenue, research and development expenses remained unchanged at 9% for the 2006 period and for 2007. The dollar increase was primarily attributable to additional personnel and contract development costs of $3.6 million, both of which were related to the development of Version 3. We initially released Version 3 in ten languages in August 2007 and continued development of additional Version 3 languages throughout the remainder of 2007.

        General and administrative expenses in 2007 increased $13.2 million, or 80%, to $29.8 million as compared to the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006. As a percentage of revenue, general and administrative expenses increased to 22% in 2007 as compared to 18% for the period from January 4, 2006 to December 31, 2006. The increase was primarily attributable to increased personnel and recruiting costs of $4.7 million and increased professional service expenses of $4.4 million in order to build our finance, information technology and other administrative functions to support the overall growth in our business and to enhance processes and controls.

    Interest and Other Income (Expense)

 
  Period from
January 4 through
December 31,
2006
  Year Ended
December 31,
2007
  Change   % Change  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Interest income

  $ 613   $ 673   $ 60     9.8 %

Interest expense

    (1,560 )   (1,331 )   229     (14.7 )

Other income (expense)

    60     154     94     156.7  
                     

Total

  $ (887 ) $ (504 ) $ 383     43.2  
                     

61


        Interest expense decreased $0.2 million, or 15%, for the year ended December 31, 2007 as compared to the period from January 4, 2006 to December 31, 2006 due to a reduction in the outstanding balance of our long-term debt, as a result of $2.6 million in principal payments during 2007.

    Income Tax Expense

 
  Period from
January 4 through
December 31,
2006
  Year Ended
December 31,
2007
  Change   % Change  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Income tax expense (benefit)

  $ (1,240 ) $ 5,435   $ 6,675     538.3 %

        Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2007 was $5.4 million, an increase of $6.7 million, or 538%, compared to the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006. The increase was the result of an increase of $13.3 million in pre-tax income for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006. Our effective tax rate was 67.8% for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to 23.4% for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006. The increase in our effective tax rate was due to an increase in foreign losses, for which no income tax benefits are recognized, relative to total consolidated income before tax.

Period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006

        Activity for the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006 represents the results of operations for our Predecessor in 2006 prior to its acquisition by Rosetta Stone Inc. on January 4, 2006. During this period, our Predecessor incurred transaction-related expenses relating to the acquisition. Included in the expenses were $5.9 million related to restricted common stock, $3.1 million in cash bonuses and $1.2 million in acquisition-related bank fees.

Comparison of the Period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the Year Ended December 31, 2005

    Revenue

 
  Predecessor   Successor    
   
 
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2005
  Period from
January 4, through
December 31,
2006
  Change   % Change  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Revenue:

                                     
 

Product

  $ 44,278     91.5 % $ 80,604     88.3 % $ 36,326     82.0 %
 

Subscription

    4,124     8.5     10,694     11.7     6,570     159.3  
                             
   

Total revenue

  $ 48,402     100.0 % $ 91,298     100.0 % $ 42,896     88.6  
                             

Revenue by sales channel:

                                     

Direct-to-consumer

  $ 20,279     41.9 % $ 41,134     45.1 % $ 20,855     102.8  

Kiosk

    8,870     18.3     17,055     18.7     8,185     92.3  

Global retail

    4,674     9.7     9,694     10.6     5,020     107.4  
                             
 

Total consumer

    33,823     69.9     67,883     74.4     34,060     100.7  

Institutional

    14,579     30.1     23,415     25.6     8,836     60.6  
                             

Total revenue

  $ 48,402     100.0 % $ 91,298     100.0 % $ 42,896     88.6  
                             

62


        Total revenue for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 was $91.3 million, an increase of $42.9 million, or 89%, from 2005.

        Consumer revenue for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 was $67.9 million, an increase of $34.0 million, or 101%, from 2005. The increase in consumer revenue was due to a 118% increase in unit sales, which were driven by a 92% increase in advertising expenses as we began to scale our television-based marketing. We also expanded our retail distribution channels, as the number of kiosks grew from 40 at December 31, 2005 to 81 at December 31, 2006. Sales through our retailers increased 107% primarily due to greater advertising and brand awareness.

        Product revenue represented 95% and 96% of total consumer revenue for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, with the balance attributable to subscription and service revenue.

        Institutional revenue for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 was $23.4 million, an increase of $8.8 million, or 61%, from 2005. The increase in institutional revenue was attributable to the expansion of our direct sales force and a new $4.2 million annual subscription by the United States Army. As a result, government, education and home school, and corporate revenue increased by $4.6 million, $4.0 million and $0.3 million, respectively. Although directed at the consumer market, we believe our consumer marketing campaigns continue to promote overall brand recognition, which contributes to increased sales in our institutional markets.

        Product revenue represented 68% and 81% of total institutional revenue for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, and subscription and service revenue represented 32% and 19% for the same periods. The increase in subscription and service revenue as a percentage of total institutional revenue was primarily attributable to the $4.2 million annual subscription by the United States Army.

    Cost of Revenue

 
  Predecessor   Successor    
   
 
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2005
  Period from
January 4, through
December 31,
2006
  Change   % Change  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Revenue:

                         
 

Product

  $ 44,278   $ 80,604   $ 36,326     82.0 %
 

Subscription and service

    4,124     10,694     6,570     159.3  
                     
   

Total revenue

    48,402     91,298     42,896     88.6  

Cost of revenue:

                         
 

Cost of product revenue

    7,772     11,549     3,777     48.6  
 

Cost of subscription and service revenue

    470     992     522     111.1  
                     
   

Total cost of revenue

    8,242     12,541     4,299     52.2  
                     

Gross margin

  $ 40,160   $ 78,757   $ 38,597     96.1  
                     

Gross margin percentage

    83.0 %   86.3 %   3.3 %      

63


        Cost of revenue for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 increased $4.3 million, or 52%, to $12.5 million from 2005. As a percentage of revenue, cost of revenue for the period ended December 31, 2006 declined 3% to 14% from 2005. The dollar increase in cost of revenue for the period ended December 31, 2006 compared to 2005 was attributable to greater unit sales. The increase in gross margin percentage for the period ended December 31, 2006 compared to 2005 was primarily the result of a reduction in commissions we paid to some of our resellers.

    Operating Expenses

 
  Predecessor   Successor    
   
 
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2005
  Period from
January 4, through
December 31,
2006
  Change   % Change  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Sales and marketing

  $ 22,432   $ 45,854   $ 23,422     104.4 %

Acquired in-process research and development

        12,597     12,597     100.0  

Research and development

    2,819     8,117     5,298     187.9  

General and administrative

    8,157     16,590     8,433     103.4  
                     
 

Total operating expenses

  $ 33,408   $ 83,158   $ 49,750     148.9  
                     

        Sales and marketing expenses were $45.9 million for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006, an increase of $23.4 million, or 104%, from 2005. As a percentage of revenue, sales and marketing expenses increased to 50% during the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 as compared to 46% for 2005. The increase was primarily due to a 92%, or $7.8 million, increase in advertising expenses from 2005, which primarily related to the growth of our television-based marketing. We also incurred $4.1 million of amortization expense related to intangible assets attributed to customer relationships that were recorded in conjunction with the acquisition of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. during the period ended December 31, 2006. Personnel related costs also grew by $6.8 million from 2005, as we expanded our marketing teams to support the growth in our promotional activities, grew our direct sales force targeting institutions, expanded our internal call center and established a local sales office in the United Kingdom.

        As a result of the acquisition of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. and its subsidiary in January 2006, we allocated $12.6 million to acquired in-process research and development, which we expensed during the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006.

        Research and development expenses for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 were $8.1 million, an increase of $5.3 million, or 188%, as compared to 2005. As a percentage of revenue, research and development expenses increased to 9% for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 as compared to 6% for 2005. The increase was primarily attributed to greater personnel and consulting costs related to the expansion of our development capabilities in association with the planned release of our next generation software platform, Version 3.

        General and administrative expenses for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 were $16.6 million, an increase of $8.4 million, or 103%, as compared to 2005. As a percentage of

64


revenue, general and administrative expenses during the period ended December 31, 2006 increased to 18% from 17% in 2005. The dollar increase was primarily attributable to increased personnel costs of $3.1 million related to the expansion of our legal, finance, support and administrative functions to support the overall growth of our business and increased consulting fees of $4.0 million in connection with the evaluation and planned restructuring of our business systems and internal controls to support our future growth.

    Interest and Other Income (Expense)

 
  Predecessor   Successor    
   
 
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2005
  Period from
January 4 through
December 31,
2006
  Change   % Change  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Interest income

  $ 38   $ 613   $ 575     1,513.2 %

Interest expense

        (1,560 )   (1,560 )   100.0  

Other income (expense)

    134     60     (74 )   (55.2 )
                     
 

Total

  $ 172   $ (887 ) $ (1,059 )   (615.7 )
                     

        In January 2006, we incurred $17.0 million in long-term debt in connection with our acquisition of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. As a result, we incurred interest expenses of $1.6 million during the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006, which was partially offset by increased interest income of $0.6 million due to higher cash balances.

    Income Tax Expense

 
  Predecessor   Successor    
   
 
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2005
  Period from
January 4 through
December 31,
2006
  Change   % Change  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Income tax expense (benefit)

  $ 143   $ (1,240 ) $ (1,383 )   (967.1 )%

        Income tax benefit for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 was $1.2 million. For the year ended December 31, 2005, the Predecessor was an S corporation and did not have a provision for federal and most state income taxes. These income taxes were the responsibility of the Predecessor's stockholders, who were responsible for reporting their allocable shares of the Predecessor's income and deductions in their respective income tax returns. Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2005 was related to state income taxes from states that do not recognize the S corporation status, which resulted in income tax expense in the amount of $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2005.

Quarterly Results of Operations

        The following tables set forth unaudited quarterly consolidated statement of operations data for the four quarters of 2007 and the first three quarters of 2008, as well as the percentage that each line item represented of our revenue. We have prepared the statement of operations data for each of these quarters on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and, in the opinion of the management, the statement of operations data includes all adjustments, consisting solely of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair statement of the results of operations for these periods. This information should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. These

65



quarterly results of operations are not necessarily indicative of our operating results for any future period.

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  March 31,
2007
  June 30,
2007
  September 30,
2007
  December 31,
2007
  March 31,
2008
  June 30,
2008
  September 30,
2008
 
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)
 

Statement of Operations Data:

                                           

Revenue:

                                           
 

Product

  $ 25,192   $ 26,319   $ 30,323   $ 38,063   $ 30,218   $ 41,630   $ 53,139  
 

Subscription and service

    3,894     4,099     4,486     4,945     5,367     6,112     6,664  
                               
   

Total revenue

    29,086     30,418     34,809     43,008     35,585     47,742     59,803  

Cost of revenue:

                                           
 

Cost of product revenue

    3,517     4,242     5,740     5,556     4,030     5,968     7,871  
 

Cost of subscription and service revenue

    231     327     578     496     506     577     705  
                               
   

Total cost of revenue

    3,748     4,569     6,318     6,052     4,536     6,545     8,576  
                               

Gross margin

    25,338     25,849     28,491     36,956     31,049     41,197     51,227  
                               

Operating expenses:

                                           
 

Sales and marketing

    13,506     14,808     17,080     20,043     18,045     21,737     25,727  
 

Research and development

    3,476     2,977     3,072     3,368     4,532     3,758     5,018  
 

General and administrative

    7,455     7,050     7,528     7,753     8,528     8,856     8,889  
                               
   

Total operating expenses

    24,437     24,835     27,680     31,164     31,105     34,351     39,634  
                               

Income (loss) from operations

    901     1,014     811     5,792     (56 )   6,846     11,593  

Other income and expense:

                                           
 

Interest income

    218     154     148     153     216     98     109  
 

Interest expense

    (382 )   (314 )   (329 )   (306 )   (296 )   (225 )   (194 )
 

Other (expense) income

    32     2     152     (32 )   287     (175 )   (31 )
                               
   

Total interest and other income (expense), net

    (132 )   (158 )   (29 )   (185 )   207     (302 )   (116 )
                               

Income before income taxes

    769     856     782     5,607     151     6,544     11,477  

Income tax expense

    358     868     880     3,329     583     3,183     5,456  
                               

Net income (loss)

    411     (12 )   (98 )   2,278     (432 )   3,361     6,021  

Preferred stock accretion

    (20 )   (20 )   (20 )   (20 )            
                               

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

  $ 391   $ (32 ) $ (118 ) $ 2,258   $ (432 ) $ 3,361   $ 6,021  
                               

Income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

                                           
 

Basic

  $ 0.32   $ (0.03 ) $ (0.09 ) $ 1.59   $ (0.30 ) $ 2.30   $ 4.07  
                               
 

Diluted

  $ 0.03   $ (0.03 ) $ (0.09 ) $ 0.18   $ (0.30 ) $ 0.26   $ 0.46  
                               

Common shares and equivalents outstanding:

                                           
 

Basic weighted average shares

    1,240     1,240     1,352     1,420     1,434     1,461     1,478  
                               
 

Diluted weighted average shares

    12,479     1,240     1,352     12,895     1,434     12,944     13,024  
                               

Other Data:

                                           

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 3,139   $ 3,265   $ 3,126   $ 8,238   $ 2,231   $ 8,789   $ 13,807  
                               

Stock-based compensation expense included in:

                                           

Cost of revenue

  $ 1   $   $   $   $ 1   $   $ 1  

Research and development

    69     70     75     145     80     137     127  

Sales and marketing

    35     35     29     90     33     36     43  

General and administrative

    174     124     142     338     219     236     226  
                               
   

Total stock-based compensation expense

  $ 279   $ 229   $ 246   $ 573   $ 333   $ 409   $ 397  
                               

Intangible amortization expense included in:

                                           

Cost of revenue

  $ 307   $ 306   $ 307   $ 307   $ 13   $   $  

Sales and marketing

    1,040     1,040     761     754     751     750     751  
                               
   

Total intangible amortization expense

  $ 1,347   $ 1,346   $ 1,068   $ 1,061   $ 764   $ 750   $ 751  
                               

66


 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  March 31,
2007
  June 30,
2007
  September 30,
2007
  December 31,
2007
  March 31,
2008
  June 30,
2008
  September 30,
2008
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenue:

                                           
 

Product

    87 %   87 %   87 %   89 %   85 %   87 %   89 %
 

Subscription and service

    13     13     13     11     15     13     11  
                               
   

Total

    100     100     100     100     100     100     100  

Cost of revenue:

                                           
 

Cost of product revenue

    12     14     16     13     11     13     13  
 

Cost of subscription and service revenue

    1     1     2     1     1     1     1  
                               
   

Total cost of revenue

    13     15     18     14     13     14     14  
                               

Gross margin

    87     85     82     86     87     86     86  
                               

Operating expenses:

                                           
 

Sales and marketing

    46     49     49     47     51     46     43  
 

Research and development

    12     10     9     8     13     8     8  
 

General and administrative

    26     23     22     18     24     19     15  
                               
   

Total operating expenses

    84     82     80     72     87     72     66  
                               

Income from operations

    3     3     2     13     0     14     19  

Other income and expense:

                                           
 

Interest income

    1     1     0     0     1     0     0  
 

Interest expense

    (1 )   (1 )   (1 )   (1 )   (1 )   0     0  
 

Other income

    0     0     0     0     1     0     0  
                               
   

Interest and other income (expense), net

    0     (1 )   0     0     1     (1 )   0  
                               

Income before income taxes

    3     3     2     13     0     14     19  

Income tax expense (benefit)

    1     3     3     8     2     7     9  
                               

Net income (loss)

    1     0     0     5     (1 )   7     10  

Preferred stock accretion

    0     0     0     0              
                               

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

    1 %   0 %   0 %   5 %   (1 )%   7 %   10 %
                               

Other data:

                                           

Adjusted EBITDA

    11 %   11 %   9 %   19 %   6 %   18 %   23 %
                               

 
        The following table sets forth a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss), the most comparable GAAP measure, for each of the periods indicated:

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  March 31,
2007
  June 30,
2007
  September 30,
2007
  December 31,
2007
  March 31,
2008
  June 30,
2008
  September 30
2008
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss):

                                           

Net income (loss)

  $ 411   $ (12 ) $ (98 ) $ 2,278   $ (432 ) $ 3,361   $ 6,021  

Interest expense, net

    164     160     181     153     80     127     85  

Income tax expense

    358     868     880     3,329     583     3,183     5,456  

Depreciation and amortization

    1,927     2,020     1,917     1,905     1,667     1,709     1,848  

Stock-based compensation

    279     229     246     573     333     409     397  
                               

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 3,139   $ 3,265   $ 3,126   $ 8,238   $ 2,231   $ 8,789   $ 13,807  
                               

67


Other Factors that May Affect Comparability

    Public Company Expenses

        Upon consummation of our initial public offering, we will become a public company, and our shares of common stock will be publicly traded on the New York Stock Exchange. As a result, we will need to comply with new laws, regulations and requirements that we did not need to comply with as a private company, including provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, other applicable SEC regulations and the requirements of the New York Stock Exchange. Compliance with the requirements of being a public company will require us to increase our general and administrative expenses in order to pay our employees, legal counsel and independent registered public accountants to assist us in, among other things, instituting and monitoring a more comprehensive compliance and board governance function, establishing and maintaining internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and preparing and distributing periodic public reports in compliance with our obligations under the federal securities laws. In addition, as a public company, it will be more expensive for us to obtain directors' and officers' liability insurance.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

        Our primary operating cash requirements include the payment of salaries, incentive compensation, employee benefits and other personnel-related costs, as well as direct advertising expenses, costs of office facilities and costs of information technology systems.

        Since our inception, we have financed our operations solely through cash flow from operations with the exception of the acquisition of the Predecessor which was funded in part through the sale of preferred and common stock and a $17.0 million term loan from Madison Capital Funding LLC. At September 30, 2008, our principal sources of liquidity were cash and cash equivalents totaling $27.8 million and a $4.0 million revolving credit facility, all of which remained available for borrowing at September 30, 2008.

        Our credit agreement with Madison Capital Fund LLC includes both a term loan and a revolving credit facility. As of September 30, 2008, the term loan had an outstanding balance of $10.8 million and an interest rate of 5.4%. We did not have any borrowings at September 30, 2008 under the revolving credit facility. We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to repay the outstanding balance under the term loan. Although the revolving credit facility will survive the repayment of the term loan, we do not plan or expect to borrow under the revolving credit facility in the foreseeable future.

        Our future capital requirements may vary materially from those now planned and will depend on many factors, including development of new products, market acceptance of our products, the levels of advertising and promotion required to launch additional products and improve our competitive position in the marketplace, the expansion of our sales, support and marketing organizations, the establishment of additional offices in the United States and worldwide and the building of infrastructure necessary to support our growth, the response of competitors to our products and our relationships with suppliers and clients. We have experienced increases in our expenditures consistent with the growth in our operations and personnel, and we anticipate that our expenditures will continue to increase in the future.

    Cash Flow Analysis

    Net Cash Provided By Operating Activities

        Net cash provided by operating activities was $15.8 million, $5.0 million and $12.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 and the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2008, respectively. Net cash provided by operating activities was primarily generated from net income as adjusted for depreciation and amortization and stock compensation expense. Net income totaled $2.6 million,

68


$0.3 million and $9.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 and the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2008, respectively. Depreciation and amortization and stock compensation expense for these periods aggregated $9.1 million, $6.6 million and $6.4 million, respectively. Increases in deferred revenue resulting from greater sales of subscription licenses also contributed to net cash provided by operations; these increases represented $4.8 million, $0.5 million and $3.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 and the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2008, respectively. As a result of the growth in our business, we had increases in accounts receivable and inventory, offset by increases in net liabilities, in each of these periods.

        For the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006, net cash generated from operating activities was $5.1 million. We incurred a net loss for the period of $4.0 million, which included a non-cash charge for acquired in-process research and development of $12.6 million and depreciation and amortization expense of $6.5 million. Deferred revenue also increased by $3.0 million due to greater sales of subscription licenses. These amounts were offset by an $8.5 million reduction in working capital and $5.6 million in deferred income tax benefit.

        For the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006, net cash provided by operating activities by our Predecessor was $4.8 million. Net cash generated from operations included $5.9 million in stock compensation expense and $4.4 million in accrued compensation related to the Predecessor's acquisition by Rosetta Stone Inc. Accounts receivable also decreased by $4.1 million, which was offset by a $11.1 million net loss.

        Net cash provided by operating activities was $10.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, which was primarily the result of net income of $6.8 million and an increase in deferred revenue of $4.6 million, offset by a $1.6 million reduction in working capital.

    Net Cash Used In Investing Activities

        Net cash used in investing activities was $1.2 million and $9.2 million for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2007, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2008, net cash used in investing activities was $8.1 and $4.3 million, respectively. Our investing activities during these periods related to the purchase of property and equipment associated with the expansion of our information technology systems and our facilities as a result of our growth. Additionally, for the period from January 4, 2006 to December 31, 2006, net cash used in investing activities also included $2.4 million related to the acquisition of our Predecessor.

        For the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006, net cash used in investing activities by our Predecessor was $2.5 million related to the payment of payroll taxes for employees and stockholders for restricted stock associated with its acquisition by Rosetta Stone Inc.

        For the year ended December 31, 2005, net cash provided by investing activities was $60,000, which included $1.5 million related to purchases of property and equipment, offset by $1.6 million in proceeds from the sale of investments.

    Net Cash Used In Financing Activities

        Net cash used in financing activities was $1.8 million, $1.1 million and $2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 and the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2008, respectively. Net cash used in financing activities during these periods was primarily related to principal payments on our long-term debt.

        For the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006, net cash provided by financing activities was $13.1 million. Net cash provided by financing activities included $49.7 million in proceeds from the issuance of preferred and common stock and $17.0 million in proceeds from long-term borrowings, which we utilized to fund the acquisition of the Predecessor. These amounts were offset by an acquisition related debt payment of $51.9 million.

        For the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006, net cash used in financing activities by the Predecessor was $3.8 million and related to the payment of a dividend to its stockholders.

69


        Net cash used in financing activities was $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 and was primarily related to the payment of long-term debt.

        We believe that our current cash and cash equivalents and funds generated from our operations will be sufficient to meet our working capital and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next twelve months. Thereafter, we may need to raise additional funds through public or private financings or increased borrowings to develop or enhance products, to fund expansion, to respond to competitive pressures or to acquire complementary products, businesses or technologies. If required, additional financing may not be available on terms that are favorable to us, if at all. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of equity or convertible debt securities, the percentage ownership of our stockholders will be reduced and these securities might have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of our current stockholders. No assurance can be given that additional financing will be available or that, if available, such financing can be obtained on terms favorable to our stockholders and us.

        During the last three years, inflation and changing prices have not had a material effect on our business and we do not expect that inflation or changing prices will materially affect our business in the foreseeable future.

    Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        We do not engage in any off-balance sheet financing arrangements. We do not have any interest in entities referred to as variable interest entities, which include special purpose entities and other structured finance entities.

    Contractual Obligations

        The following table summarizes our contractual obligations at December 31, 2007 and the effect such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flow in future periods.

 
  Total   Less than
1 Year
  1 - 3 Years   3 - 5 Years   More than
5 Years
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Long-term debt

  $ 13,311   $ 3,400   $ 9,911   $   $  

Operating lease obligations

    6,014     2,805     2,516     693      
                       

Total

  $ 19,325   $ 6,205   $ 12,427   $ 693   $  
                       

        On January 4, 2006, we entered into a credit agreement for a $17.0 million term loan, or term loan, and a $4.0 million revolving credit facility, or revolver. We will repay the outstanding balance of the term loan from the proceeds of this offering. The credit agreement was amended on August 2, 2007 and April 23, 2008 to amend some covenants, terms, and definitions. The term loan and revolver accrue interest at the base rate plus the applicable margin or the LIBOR rate plus the applicable margin, as specified by us. The base rate is defined as the greater of the published prime rate or the federal funds rate plus 0.5%. The applicable margin for any period is indexed to our debt-to-earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or debt-to-EBITDA, ratio. If the debt-to-EBITDA ratio is less than 1.5 to 1, the base rate applicable margin is equal to 1.75% and the LIBOR rate applicable margin is equal to 2.75%. If the debt-to-EBITDA ratio is greater than or equal to 1.5 to 1, the base and LIBOR rate applicable margins both increase by 0.25%. The applicable margin can increase by two percentage points per annum at any time that an event of default exists under the terms of the credit agreement. The interest rate on the term loan at September 30, 2008 was 5.4%. The term loan has an escalating schedule of quarterly principal payments and matures in December 2010. We made principal payments of $1.1 million, $2.6 million and $2.6 million during the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006, the year ended December 31, 2007 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2008. The term loan also allows for voluntary prepayments without penalties or premium. Mandatory prepayments are required under some conditions, including the receipt of proceeds from a disposition, the issuance of equity securities, including this offering, and

70



excess cash flows as defined in the credit agreement. Future payments under the term loan are subject to change due to the possible effects of the mandatory prepayment provisions. The outstanding balance of the term loan was $15.9 million at December 31, 2006, $13.3 million at December 31, 2007 and $10.8 million at September 30, 2008. The borrowings are secured by substantially all of our assets. The credit agreement contains financial covenants which include a fixed charge coverage ratio, minimum interest coverage ratio, maximum total debt to EBITDA ratio, minimum EBITDA and a limit on capital expenditures. We were in compliance with each of these financial covenants as of September 30, 2008. The amount of long-term debt obligations shown in the table above does not include any interest payments. We had no borrowings under the revolver or letters of credit outstanding as of December 31, 2006, 2007 or September 30, 2008.

        The operating lease obligations reflected in the table above include our corporate office leases and site licenses for our kiosks.

    Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements . SFAS No. 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. Accordingly, SFAS No. 157 does not require any new fair value measurements, but will potentially require additional disclosures. In February 2008, FASB issued a final FASB Staff Position, or FSP, No. FAS 157-2, Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157. FSP 157-2 delays the effective date of SFAS 157 for all nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities, except those that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis. In addition, FSP 157-2 removes specified leasing transactions from the scope of SFAS No. 157. The effective date of SFAS No. 157 for nonfinancial assets and liabilities has been delayed by one year to fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008 and interim periods within those fiscal years. SFAS No. 157 for financial assets and liabilities is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and interim periods within those fiscal years. The adoption of SFAS No. 157 for financial assets and liabilities did not have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows as of January 1, 2008. We are currently evaluating the impact of SFAS No. 157 for non-financial assets and liabilities on our financial statements, but we do not believe there will be a material impact.

        In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities—Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 . SFAS No. 159 permits an entity to elect fair value as the initial and subsequent measurement attribute for many financial assets and liabilities. Entities electing the fair value option would be required to recognize changes in fair value in earnings. Entities electing the fair value option are required to distinguish, on the face of the statement of financial position, the fair value of assets and liabilities for which the fair value option has been elected and similar assets and liabilities measured using another measurement attribute. SFAS No. 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The adjustment to reflect the difference between the fair value and the carrying amount would be accounted for as a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the date of initial adoption. The adoption of SFAS No. 159 did not impact our consolidated financial statements as of January 1, 2008.

        In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R), Business Combinations , which replaces SFAS No. 141. SFAS No. 141(R) establishes principles and requirements for how an acquirer in a business combination recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any controlling interest; recognizes and measures the goodwill acquired in the business combination or a gain from a bargain purchase; and determines what information to disclose to enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. SFAS No. 141(R) is to be applied prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after an entity's fiscal year that begins after

71



December 15, 2008. We will assess the impact of SFAS No. 141(R) if and when a future acquisition occurs.

        In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements—an amendment of ARB No. 51 . SFAS 160 establishes new accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. Specifically, this statement requires the recognition of a noncontrolling interest, or minority interest, as equity in the consolidated financial statements and separate from the parent's equity. The amount of net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest will be included in consolidated net income on the face of the income statement. SFAS No. 160 clarifies that changes in a parent's ownership interest in a subsidiary that do not result in deconsolidation are equity transactions if the parent retains its controlling financial interest. In addition, this statement requires that a parent recognize a gain or loss in net income when a subsidiary is deconsolidated. Such gain or loss will be measured using the fair value of the noncontrolling equity investment on the deconsolidation date. SFAS No. 160 also includes expanded disclosure requirements regarding the interests of the parent and its noncontrolling interest. SFAS No. 160 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning on or after December 15, 2008. Earlier adoption is prohibited. We do not believe the adoption of SFAS No. 160 will have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

        In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities—an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 . SFAS No. 161 requires enhanced disclosures about an entity's derivative and hedging activities. SFAS No. 161 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008. Entities are required to provide enhanced disclosures about how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under SFAS No. 133 and its related interpretations and how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity's financial position, financial performance and cash flows. We do not expect the adoption of SFAS No. 161 to have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

        In May 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 162, The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles . SFAS No. 162 identifies the sources of accounting principles and provides the framework for selecting the principles used in the preparation of financial statements of nongovernmental entities that are presented in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. SFAS No. 162 is effective 60 days following the SEC approval of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board amendments to AU Section 411, The Meaning of Present Fairly in Conformity with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. We are currently evaluating the impact of SFAS No. 162 on our financial statements, but we do not believe there will be a material impact.

    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

    Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

        The functional currency of our foreign subsidiaries is their local currency. Accordingly, our results of operations and cash flows are subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The volatility of the prices and applicable rates are dependent on many factors that we cannot forecast with reliable accuracy. In the event our foreign sales and expenses increase, our operating results may be more greatly affected by fluctuations in the exchange rates of the currencies with which we do business. At this time we do not, but we may in the future, invest in derivatives or other financial instruments in an attempt to hedge our foreign currency exchange risk.

    Interest Rate Sensitivity

        Interest income and expense are sensitive to changes in the general level of U.S. interest rates. However, based on the nature and current level of our marketable securities, which are primarily short-term investment grade and government securities and our notes payable, we believe that there is no material risk of exposure.

72



BUSINESS

Overview

        We are a leading provider of technology-based language learning solutions. We develop, market and sell language learning solutions consisting of software, online services and audio practice tools primarily under our Rosetta Stone brand. Our teaching method, which we call Dynamic Immersion , is designed to leverage the innate, natural language learning ability that children use to learn their native language. Our courses are based on our proprietary interactive technologies and pedagogical content, and utilize a sophisticated sequencing of images, text and sounds to teach a new language without translation or grammar explanation. We believe our award-winning solutions provide an effective, convenient and fun way to learn languages. We currently offer our self-study language learning solutions in 31 languages. Our customers include individuals, educational institutions, armed forces, government agencies and corporations.

        People throughout the world seek to learn foreign languages for a variety of reasons, including to learn about other cultures, to communicate with friends and family, to enhance their career prospects, to travel internationally and to obtain personal enjoyment and enrichment. According to a December 2007 industry analysis we commissioned from The Nielsen Company, a market research firm, which we refer to as the Nielsen survey, the language learning industry worldwide represented over $83 billion in consumer spending in 2007, of which more than $32 billion was for self-study. According to the Nielsen survey, the language learning industry in the United States, where we generated 95% of our revenue in 2007, represented over $5 billion in consumer spending in 2007, of which over $2 billion was for self-study.

        The strength and breadth of our solutions have allowed us to develop a business model that we believe distinguishes us from other language learning companies. Our scalable technology platform and our proprietary content can be deployed across many languages. This has enabled us to cost-effectively develop a broad product portfolio. We have a multi-channel marketing and distribution strategy that directly targets customers, utilizing print, online, television and radio advertising, public relations initiatives and our branded kiosks. Approximately 85% of our revenue in 2007 was generated through our direct sales channels, which include our call centers, websites, institutional sales force and kiosks. We also distribute our solutions through select retailers such as Amazon.com, Apple, Barnes & Noble and Borders. According to an August 2008 survey we commissioned from Global Market Insite Inc., or GMI, a market research services firm, Rosetta Stone is the most recognized language learning brand in the United States. The unaided awareness of our brand was over 40%, which was more than seven times that of any other language learning company in the United States. Additionally, of those surveyed who had an opinion of our brand, over 80% associated it with high quality and effective products and services for teaching foreign languages.

        We grew our revenue from our Predecessor's $15.5 million in 2003 to $137.3 million in 2007, representing a 73% compound annual growth rate. This growth has been entirely organic. For the nine months ended September 30, 2008, our revenue was $143.1 million, an increase of 52% over the same period in 2007.

Our Industry

         Market Size.     According to the Nielsen survey, the worldwide language learning industry represented more than $83 billion in consumer spending in 2007, of which more than $32 billion was for self-study. The Nielsen survey also estimated that the language learning industry in the United States, where we generated 95% of our revenue in 2007, represented more than $5 billion in consumer spending in 2007, of which more than $2 billion was for self-study.

73


        The language learning market is highly fragmented and consists of the following primary models: classroom instruction utilizing the traditional approach of memorization, grammar and translation; immersion-based classroom instruction; self-study books, audio tapes and software that rely on grammar and translation; and free online offerings that provide basic content and opportunities to practice writing and speaking.

         Key Drivers of Demand in Language Learning Market.     We believe that language learning is becoming more important and valued by individuals and institutions in the United States and throughout the world. The demand for language learning is driven in part by:

         Limitations of Traditional Methods for Language Learning.     The human brain has a natural capacity to learn languages. Children learn their native language without using rote memorization or adult analytical abilities for grammatical understanding. They learn at their own pace through their immersion in the language spoken around them and using trial and error. They do not rely on translation. By contrast, foreign languages have traditionally been taught by focusing on memorization, grammar translation and word translation, typically in an academic classroom setting. This traditional method involves learning complex grammar rules, conjugating verbs and memorizing vocabulary lists. Students have little practice speaking or listening in the classroom, and practice outside the classroom typically involves rote listening to audio recordings and pronunciation exercises, with little or no feedback on pronunciation accuracy. Many students who were taught languages using the traditional method regard it as ineffective and boring.

         Emergence of Immersion Language Learning.     To address some of the shortcomings of traditional language learning methods, language learning specialists have developed an alternative method for teaching language known as immersion learning, in which only the target language is spoken. We believe that immersion learning is more effective than the traditional translation and grammar method in helping learners move towards conversational fluency. Immersion learning provides a more natural, direct learning environment, where the learner deduces meaning and develops an intuition of language structure. This is similar to the manner in which children learn their native language, without an awareness of formal grammar rules or the necessity to translate. Most immersion learning programs, however, require either one-on-one teaching, a small group course or travel to a foreign country. These programs can cost several thousand dollars and are less convenient than self-study alternatives.

         Use of Interactive Technologies.     There has been a rapid adoption of interactive technologies and software tools to help learning in both consumer and institutional markets, supported by the rapid increase in computing technologies and internet use. According to a 2008 report by Euromonitor International, Inc., a market research firm, there will be more than one billion personal computers in use, and 1.7 billion internet users, by 2009. Given busy lifestyles, adult language learners seek solutions that work flexibly and do not require physical classroom attendance. Educators are interested in

74



deploying learning tools that are relevant to their students, who have had extensive exposure to computer software and interactive games. Corporations are recognizing the value and effectiveness of using their technology investment to help increase the skills of their workforce. According to a July 2007 report by Global Industry Analysts, Inc., a market research firm, the global demand for the delivery of instructional content through the use of electronic technology, or eLearning, will grow an average of 21% annually between 2007 and 2010, reaching a total estimated value of $53 billion by 2010.

         The Need for a High-Quality, Trusted Solution.     Consumers and institutions face a confusing array of alternatives when choosing a language course due to the fragmented nature of the language learning market. Most providers of language learning offer little information to potential customers about their teaching methods and do not have well known brands. The few major internationally known language learning providers generally offer only classroom instruction, which is not convenient for all prospective language learners. In addition, there are numerous self-study courses in the market available at a variety of price points, most of which are offered as audio and books and do not provide an interactive, immersion learning experience. There are also many community websites that provide free opportunities to practice.

        We believe that language learners seek a trusted name-brand solution that is more convenient and affordable than classroom alternatives, and more effective, interactive and engaging than other self-study options. We believe the combination of these elements is not offered by traditional providers of language instruction.

The Rosetta Stone Solution

        Our mission is to change the way people learn languages. We believe our solutions provide an effective way to learn languages in a convenient and engaging manner. Our approach, called Dynamic Immersion , eliminates translation and grammar explanation and is designed to leverage the innate, natural language learning ability that children use to learn their native language. We consider traditional translation and grammar methods as obstacles that delay and impede the successful acquisition of language proficiency, and our solutions avoid those elements. Our computer-based self-study courses allow our customers to learn using the immersion method on their own schedule and for a price that is significantly lower than most classroom-based or one-on-one alternatives. Although other audio and software publishers claim to teach with immersion methods, we believe that we are the only self-study solution that teaches strictly without any translation or explicit grammar explanations. Our proprietary solutions have been developed over the past 16 years by professionals with extensive linguistic, educational and instructional technology expertise. We estimate that our content library consists of more than 25,000 individual photographic images and more than 400,000 professionally recorded sound files. We design the sequencing of our content to optimize learning. The result is a rigorous and complete language learning curriculum that is also designed to be flexible, fun and convenient.

        Our language learning solutions are built upon a flexible software platform that supports multiple languages and is deployable on personal computers, on local networks and online. The platform incorporates a number of proprietary technologies that are key to enabling language learning, including:

75



        Rosetta Stone offers a broad product suite, with courses currently available in 31 languages. Our courses are available in up to three levels of proficiency per language, with each level providing approximately 40 hours of instruction and containing multiple units, lessons and activities.

        We also provide an online peer-to-peer practice environment called SharedTalk , at www.sharedtalk.com , where registered language learners meet for language exchange to practice their foreign language skills. Between January 1, 2008 and August 31, 2008, we had more than 100,000 active SharedTalk users. In the month of August 2008, there were approximately 13,000 new SharedTalk registrations.

        Our innovative solutions have received numerous awards and recognitions, including the 2008 CODiE awards for best corporate learning solution and best instructional solution in other curriculum areas sponsored by the Software & Information Industry Association, the 2008 education product of the year awarded by MacWorld, the 2008 BESSIE multilevel foreign language award for Spanish Levels 1, 2, and 3 awarded by ComputED Gazette in 2008, the 2007 EDDIE multilevel foreign language award for Chinese levels 1 and 2 and a 2007 multilevel English-as-a-second-language, or ESL, award for English levels 1, 2, and 3 awarded by ComputED Gazette .

Competitive Strengths

        We consider the foundations of our success to be the quality and breadth of our solutions, the strength of our brand and our direct distribution model. Together, we believe these elements represent a business model with attractive economics that differentiates us from other language learning providers. The quality of our solutions supports our price point, which in turn allows us to deploy a multi-channel marketing effort and a broad-based direct distribution network. We focus on educating consumers about the benefits of our solutions by leveraging our advertising and our kiosk network to drive customers to our call centers and websites, where they can learn about our solutions, try product demonstrations and then transact directly with us.

        We believe our competitive strengths include:

         Advanced Technology-Enabled Language Learning System.     Our proprietary solutions combine effective immersion learning with the benefits of flexibility and interactivity to provide for an efficient and engaging language learning experience. We intend to remain at the forefront of technological and pedagogical advances in language learning.

         Scalable and Adaptable Platform and Content.     Our solutions are designed to be efficiently delivered across multiple languages, systems and geographic markets. For example, we deploy many of the same images and image combinations across multiple languages, which accelerates our ability to add new languages. Because our solutions do not rely upon translation from the target language into the learner's native language, they require only modest localization to be used by learners from other native language backgrounds. This facilitates our ability to sell our existing language courses in new international markets. In addition, our software platform is engineered to work in the same way both online and locally installed, allowing for multiple delivery methods. We also use the same platform for all editions of our solutions: personal, enterprise, classroom and home school.

         Effective Multi-Channel Marketing and Distribution Model.     We believe that our multi-channel marketing and distribution strategy is a competitive strength because it enables us to market and serve our diverse customer base more broadly and make marketing impressions with a high frequency and at a relatively low cost per impression. As compared to competitors that rely primarily on retailers or online vendors to sell their products, our direct marketing and distribution strategy enables us to exert

76



more control over our own growth and the customer experience. Our marketing, sales and distribution efforts are highly integrated and focused on direct interaction with consumers. As a result, we are able to present a tightly controlled and unified message to the marketplace. Our television, online, print and radio advertising includes a "call to action" that drives customers directly to our websites and call centers, where we seek to convert them to sales. Our marketing tools and techniques allow us to attribute sales results to specific marketing initiatives. We utilize this data to continuously improve the efficiency of our websites, call centers, advertising and media planning and buying. We also operate more than 150 kiosks, which extend our direct interaction with customers and allow them to experience our solutions with the guidance of one of our product specialists. Our kiosks are located in airports, malls and other strategic, high-traffic locations. In our institutional markets, sales efforts are led by our direct sales force. We conduct our institutional marketing primarily through tradeshows and customer visits. Our marketing campaigns also support this channel. We augment our direct distribution network with select retailers, including Amazon.com, Apple, Barnes & Noble and Borders. During the nine month period ended September 30, 2008, approximately 85% of our revenue came from our direct channels, including our websites, call centers, kiosks and institutional sales force, and the remainder was attributable to sales through retailers.

         Leading and Trusted Brand, with a Differentiated, High-Quality Positioning.     According to the GMI survey, Rosetta Stone is the most recognized brand of language learning solutions in the United States. Additionally, of those surveyed who had an opinion of our brand, over 80% associated the brand with high-quality and effective products and services for teaching foreign languages. We believe we have positioned Rosetta Stone as a premium brand and a trusted choice for learning languages. Our marketing message centers on key points of differentiation from our competitors' traditional language offerings by focusing on our learners' own intrinsic competence. We believe that continued marketing and brand building will drive broader demand for our products and help us pursue our goal of making Rosetta Stone the preeminent language learning brand.

         Enthusiastic and Loyal Customer Base.     Our customers exhibit loyalty and enthusiasm for our products and many promote sales of our products through word-of-mouth referrals. Our latest survey of our individual customers in the United States, completed in February 2008, revealed that 86% of respondents expressed satisfaction with our solutions, and 69% of respondents have recommended our solutions to one or more individuals.

Our Strategy

        Our goal is to strengthen our position as a leading provider of language learning solutions through the following strategies:

         Extend Our Technological and Product Leadership.     We intend to apply new technologies to maintain our product leadership. We currently are working on a variety of product development initiatives. For example, we are developing a new web-based service that extends our existing language learning solutions by offering opportunities for practice with dedicated language conversation coaches and other language learners to increase language socialization. We expect to provide this web-based service primarily as a bundle with our software and audio offerings. At the same time, we expect to provide augmented free peer-to-peer language practice, building on our existing success with sharedtalk.com . In addition, we are evaluating opportunities to extend our learning solutions to hand-held devices, and we intend to continue to advance our proprietary software platform and our speech recognition technology.

         Expand Our Core Product Portfolio.     We plan to expand our product portfolio by adding more advanced course levels for our existing languages. We give learners the option to purchase our solutions at a single level of difficulty or as a bundle of all three existing levels. Currently, 14 of our languages are offered in all three levels of proficiency. Our other languages are available in either one or two

77



levels of proficiency. We also plan to add new languages and new skill development and remediation courses for advanced language learners. We believe that there is an opportunity to increase our revenue as we introduce the second or third level of proficiency to many of our remaining 17 languages. In addition, we believe that there may be opportunities for us to introduce additional language learning solutions containing industry-specific content.

         Increase U.S. Market Share.     To increase our penetration of the U.S. market and expand our brand awareness, we intend to increase our marketing campaigns through the purchase of additional television, print, radio and online advertising, and to explore new media channels. We believe that our multi-channel marketing model helps to build greater brand awareness, which over time will further increase our marketing efficiency. We also intend to continue to add select retail relationships and kiosks. For example, a selection of our solutions has recently become available in Apple stores and at Apple.com . For our institutional business, we expect to expand our direct sales force along with our institutional marketing activities.

         Increase Our Focus on Sizeable Non-U.S. Markets.     We generated approximately 5% of our revenue in 2007 from sales outside the United States. According to the Nielsen survey, over 90% of the $83 billion spent in 2007 on consumer language learning products and services was spent outside the United States. We therefore believe that there is a significant opportunity for us to expand our business internationally utilizing many of the successful marketing and distribution strategies we have used in the United States. We have established subsidiaries in the United Kingdom and Japan to develop our international business. In addition, we are exploring opportunities to expand our presence in Asia, Europe and South America. Because our solutions do not rely upon translation from the target language into the learner's native language, they require only modest localization to be used by learners from other native language backgrounds, and thus we believe that we can efficiently scale our business internationally.

Products and Services

        We offer language learning solutions in 31 languages under the Rosetta Stone and Rosetta World brands. Each language currently has up to three levels, with each consecutive level representing a higher level of proficiency. We sell each level as a standalone unit, although we offer a price incentive to customers to purchase all three levels as a bundle, where that option is available. In August 2007, we released our Version 3 solution for ten of our best selling languages and we released an additional four languages in Version 3 in March 2008. The remaining languages are available in Version 2 of our software.

        We have four different editions: personal, enterprise, classroom and home school. Each edition utilizes the same core software product, but includes different ancillary features as follows:

78


        With our personal edition, we offer a compact disc audio practice tool, the Audio Companion , in 14 languages. Audio Companion is a series of digital audio files that contain lessons directly aligned to the Rosetta Stone curriculum, allowing users to practice and carry on their immersive experience when they are away from a computer. The lessons on the Audio Companion can be transferred to MP3 players. The Audio Companion provides a convenient opportunity for practicing material that was previously learned through the software program. Unlike other common audio products, Rosetta Stone does not rely solely on an audio environment to teach, so we can create an immersive audio environment, using only the target language, which reinforces material learned from our software program.

        Our solutions are available both pre-packaged and by subscription online through our language learning portal. For the nine months ended September 30, 2008, approximately 87% of our revenue was from CD-ROM sales to both consumers and institutions, while approximately 13% was from online subscriptions.

79


        We currently offer the following languages:

 
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Audio
Companion
  Version 2   Version 3  

Arabic

                           

Chinese (Mandarin)

                           

Danish

                                 

Dutch

                               

English (U.K.)

                           

English (U.S.)

                           

Farsi (Persian)

                               

French

                           

German

                           

Greek

                               

Hebrew

                           

Hindi

                                 

Indonesian

                                 

Irish

                           

Italian

                           

Japanese

                           

Korean

                                 

Latin

                                 

Pashto

                                 

Polish

                                 

Portuguese (Brazil)

                           

Russian

                           

Spanish (Latin America)

                           

Spanish (Spain)

                           

Swahili

                                 

Swedish

                                 

Tagalog

                               

Thai

                               

Turkish

                                 

Vietnamese

                                 

Welsh

                                 

        We also provide an online peer-to-peer practice environment called SharedTalk , at www.sharedtalk.com , where registered language learners meet for language exchange and to practice their foreign language skills. Between January 1, 2008 and August 31, 2008, we had more than 100,000 active SharedTalk users. In the month of August 2008, there were approximately 13,000 new SharedTalk registrations.

        In addition, we have developed Rosetta Stone products for the exclusive use of Native American communities to help to save their endangered languages, including Mohawk, Innutitut and Iñupiaq.

Technology

        Since January 1, 2003, we have expended over $40 million in research and development expenses, which included the development of a proprietary unified language learning software platform. Our newest application, Version 3, currently supports three levels of proficiency and is available in 14 languages. Version 2, our legacy application, is available for our other 17 languages. We intend to offer additional languages on Version 3. The technology underlying both Version 2 and Version 3 is designed

80



to handle the complexities of a wide variety of languages, including languages written from right-to-left such as Arabic and Hebrew and languages with characters such as Chinese and Japanese.

        Our Version 3 platform is flexible and capable of meeting a wide range of market requirements, including:

In each of these cases, the learner receives the same engaging language learning experience and content.

        We have developed a speech recognition technology focused on the unique challenges of language learners, stressing non-native speech understanding and pronunciation feedback. This technology, which is included in Version 3, is available for 14 of our best selling languages and runs on all widely available operating systems and on local and online applications. Our speech recognition models include languages traditionally not supported by general-purpose speech recognition software, such as Irish.

        We have developed proprietary algorithms we call Adaptive Recall, which are designed to enhance the learner's experience by reintroducing content at longer and longer intervals in order to improve long-term retention. Adaptive Recall, available in Version 3, is designed to be efficient with a learner's time, bringing material back in the program less and less frequently as the learner remembers over extended periods of time.

        We have developed a proprietary student management system, which is designed to allow teachers and administrators to configure their own lesson plans using our content and exercises and to review reports for evaluation of student progress.

        We have developed an intuitive user interface that assists in the learner's transition from listening comprehension to speaking, making language skill development an integrated experience.

        We have also created proprietary content development tools that allow our curriculum specialists to write, edit, manage and publish our course materials. These tools allow authors, translators, voicers, photographers and editors to work efficiently and cooperatively across multiple locations.

Content and Curriculum

        The foundation of Dynamic Immersion is our proprietary content, consisting of a total of more than 25,000 individual photographic images and more than 400,000 professionally recorded sound files. Each Version 3 language contains approximately 10,000 individual photographic images and 15,000 professionally recorded sound files. We believe these photographic images and recorded sound files are a competitive strength, as we have created many of the pictures and all of the sound files ourselves. We believe that our images and their juxtaposition convey a universal meaning, which makes it possible for us to broadly deploy the same images across multiple languages. In addition, we have developed a sophisticated method for sequencing the images, which is designed to build a rich curriculum that incrementally teaches the user the most important and relevant language skills necessary to achieve fluency. We believe that our sequence of images is as effective for someone learning Arabic or Mandarin Chinese as it is for someone learning Spanish or English. To supplement our core content, we incorporate specific nuances for each language, such as dual forms for parts of speech in Arabic.

81



Our ability to tailor our content also enables us to develop customized versions of our language learning solutions to address the specific needs of various industries. For example, we recently created a customized version of our Arabic learning solution for the U.S. Army, which includes military-specific content, such as vocabulary, images and curriculum sequencing. In the future, we may develop customized versions for other industries, such as healthcare, business, real estate and retail.

        In addition to visual learning experiences, our Version 3 solutions incorporate an integrated speech program utilizing our voice recognition application, which works in languages that are traditionally not supported by general-purpose speech recognition software. As an integral component of the program, this voice recognition feature works with our learners to promote the appropriate pronunciation of the words and concepts included in the lesson.

        Throughout the curriculum sequence, our program combines the introduction of new concepts, practice of recent material and production of key phrases. As learners progress along our curriculum, they transition from seeing and recognizing to speaking as our program prompts them to pronounce the words they are being taught. Our solution covers all aspects necessary for fluency within a completely immersive environment without requiring translation or explanation, including alphabet, vocabulary, intuitive grammar, reading, writing, listening, pronunciation and conversation. While rigorous and complete, the curriculum is designed to remain flexible, allowing learners to alter their individual pace and focus of instruction to meet their particular goals and abilities. The language content for our respective courses is organized into three levels of proficiency, with each level providing approximately 40 hours of instruction and containing multiple units, lessons and activities.

82


Customers

        Our customers include individuals, home school parents, educational institutions, armed forces, government agencies, corporations and not-for-profit institutions. We sell to our customers through a direct-to-consumer and institutional marketing and distribution strategy.

Channel
  Customer Type   Representative Customers
Consumer   Individual   Based on our internal studies, 60% annually earn more than $75,000 and 44% earn more than $100,000


 


 


Retailers


 


Amazon.com, Apple, Barnes & Noble and Borders

Institutional

 

Educational Institutions

 

Primary and Secondary Schools: New York City Department of Education (NY), DeKalb County Schools (GA), Cherokee County Board of Education (GA), Yonkers Public Schools (NY), Oakland Unified School District (CA), Manatee County Schools (FL)

 

 

 

 

Universities: James Madison University, University of Wisconsin, West Chester University, Virginia Commonwealth University, Clark Atlanta University, Jackson State University

 

 

Government and Armed Forces

 

U.S. Department of Homeland Security, U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement, Foreign Service Institute, Defense Intelligence Agency, U.S. Department of the Air Force

 

 

Corporations

 

Reuters Group Plc, General Motors Corp., Pride International Inc., Res-Care, Inc., Cerner Corp., Tyco Electronics Corp., Molex Inc., Experian Information Solutions, Inc., Marriott International, Inc., Whole Foods Market Inc.

 

 

Not-for-Profit Organizations

 

The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-Day Saints, Council for Adult and Experiential Learning, Pacific Training Institute Clinic, AARP, Trust for the Americas, Neighborhood House of St. Paul, Seattle Goodwill

Marketing and Distribution Channels

        Our multi-channel marketing and distribution model consists of print, online, television and radio direct-response advertising, kiosks, our institutional sales force and retail resellers. We believe that this marketing and distribution model, through which each channel complements and supports the others, provides;

    Consumer

        Consumer sales accounted for approximately 78% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2007. Our consumer distribution model comprises a mix of our call centers, websites, network of kiosks and select retail resellers, such as Amazon.com, Apple, Barnes & Noble and Borders. We believe these channels complement each other, as consumers that have seen our direct-to-consumer advertising may

83



purchase at our kiosks or retailers, and those who have seen our solutions demonstrated at our kiosks may purchase solutions through our retailers, websites or call centers.

         Direct to Consumer.     Our direct-to-consumer channel, which we define as sales generated through either our websites or call centers, accounted for approximately 58% of our consumer revenue for the year ended December 31, 2007. We utilize several forms of advertising to drive our direct-to-consumer sales, including print, online, television and radio. We advertise in a variety of national publications, such as Time, The Economist, The New Yorker and National Geographic . Our online media strategy encompasses banner and paid search advertising, as well as affiliate relationships. We work with various online agencies to buy both impression-based and performance-based traffic. All our advertisements include a "call to action", which encourages potential customers to visit our websites or contact a call center to order a product or a CD-ROM demo. Our advertisements include promotional codes that encourage customers to indicate which television or radio spot or publication they are responding to in order for us to track performance of each discrete media buy. By using different codes for different advertising media and campaigns, we can track the link between our media buying and the demand it generates. This gives us insight into the effectiveness of each form of advertising we purchase, which enables us to more closely tie our advertising spend to the results achieved. We receive our orders in the direct-to-consumer channel through our websites and call centers. Our marketing to this channel also supports the kiosk and retail channels.

         Rosetta Stone Kiosks.     We operate over 150 retail kiosks located in 32 states, in airports, malls and other strategic high-traffic locations. We have also recently begun to open kiosks in the United Kingdom and Japan. These company-operated kiosks accounted for approximately 22% of our consumer revenue for the year ended December 31, 2007. With bright and colorful displays, efficient use of retail space and limited capital investment, we believe that our company-operated kiosks are an effective outlet for selling our solutions and reinforcing our brand image. We believe that our kiosks enhance our ability to build strong consumer relationships and promote additional customer interest through the provision of personal demonstrations by our sales associates.

        Most of our kiosk site licenses range between five to eight months with renewal options. Our policy is to close under-performing kiosks expeditiously.

         Retailers.     Sales to retailers accounted for approximately 20% of our consumer revenue for the year ended December 31, 2007. Our retailers enable us to provide additional points of contact to educate consumers about our solutions, expand our presence beyond our own kiosks and websites, and further strengthen and enhance our brand image. Our retail relationships include Amazon.com, Apple, Barnes & Noble and Borders. Sales in the retail channel are highly correlated with our media expenditures in the direct-to-consumer channel.

    Institutional

        Institutional sales accounted for approximately 22% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2007. Our institutional distribution model is focused on targeted sales activity primarily through a direct sales force in four markets: schools, colleges and universities; the U.S. armed forces and federal government agencies; corporations; and not-for-profit organizations. Regional sales managers are responsible for sales of our solutions in their territories and supervise account managers who are responsible for maintaining our customer base. As of September 30, 2008, our domestic institutional sales group consisted of 67 employees, 41 of whom were direct quota-based sales representatives.

         Educational Institutions.     These customers include primary and secondary schools and represented approximately 38% of our institutional sales for the year ended December 31, 2007. In our experience, colleges, universities and schools frequently rely on references from peer institutions and an official

84



request-for-proposal, or RFP, process when selecting a vendor. We generate sales leads from sources such as interacting with attendees at trade shows and conferences, visiting potential customer sites to provide briefings on our solutions and the industry, responding to inbound calls based on recommendations from existing customers and monitoring and responding to RFPs.

         Federal Government Agencies and Armed Forces.     These customers include governmental agencies and armed forces and accounted for approximately 23% of our institutional sales for the year ended December 31, 2007. Many customers in this market license our products through online subscriptions. We have recently been adding sales representatives to this group to allow greater focus by senior sales executives on expanding some of our key relationships.

         Corporations.     We promote interest in this market with trade show and seminar attendance, speaking engagements and direct mailings. Many of our customers in the market prefer online subscription delivery. Corporations represented 9% of our institutional revenue for the year ended December 31, 2007.

         Home Schools.     We promote interest in this market through advertising in publications focused on home schooling, attending local trade shows and seminars and direct mailings. Home school sales accounted for approximately 21% of our institutional revenue for the year ended December 31, 2007.

         Not-for-Profit Organizations.     These customers include organizations developing workforces to serve non-native speaking populations, offering literacy programs and preparing members for overseas missions. We promote interest in this market through our institutional sales force, speaking engagements and direct mailings. Not-for-profit organizations accounted for 9% of our institutional revenue for the year ended December 31, 2007.

    International

        International sales accounted for approximately 5% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2007. In the near term, our international activity is primarily focused on successfully growing our business in the United Kingdom, Germany and Japan, where we are utilizing many of the same direct-to-consumer and channel strategies that we developed in the domestic market. We opened our United Kingdom office in 2005 and our Japan office in 2007. Over time, we believe that we will be able to develop a similar business model in other markets in Europe, Asia and Latin America.

Product Development

        Our product portfolio is a result of significant investment in product development over 16 years. Our product development focuses on both software and content development. Our development efforts include both creating new solutions and adding new languages to existing solutions. Our development team has specific expertise in speech recognition, interface design, immersion learning and instructional design. Our engineering and language development organizations are located principally in Harrisonburg, Virginia. We also conduct software development in Boulder, Colorado and Arlington, Virginia.

        In 2006, we licensed speech recognition technology for language learning from the Regents of the University of Colorado. We subsequently hired several of the original developers of this technology to begin building our expertise in speech recognition. Since 2006, we have made significant improvements to the original technology. We believe that this technology and expertise distinguishes us from other companies in our industry.

        In August 2007, we launched a new product platform, Version 3, in ten languages in our consumer channels. This product launch was the culmination of over three years of research and development. Version 3 provides a significant set of new features and benefits, including our proprietary speech

85



recognition technology. We subsequently introduced four additional Version 3 languages in March 2008 and the Audio Companion compact disc practice tool in 14 languages in June 2008.

        As of September 30, 2008, our research and development group consisted of 176 employees. Our research and development expenses were $12.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2007 and $13.3 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2008.

Sourcing and Fulfillment

        Our strategy is to maintain a flexible, diversified and low-cost manufacturing base. We use third-party contract manufacturers and suppliers to obtain substantially all our product and packaging components and to manufacture finished products. We believe that we have good relationships with our manufacturers and suppliers and that there are alternative sources in the event that one or more of these manufacturers or suppliers is not available. We continually review our manufacturing and supply needs against the capacity of our contract manufacturers and suppliers with a view to ensuring that we are able to meet our production goals, reduce costs and operate more efficiently.

        We package and distribute our products primarily from our fulfillment facility in Harrisonburg, Virginia. We also contract with third-party fulfillment vendors in Amsterdam, Netherlands and Tokyo, Japan. From Tokyo, we distribute products for consumer orders in Japan. From Amsterdam, we distribute products for consumer orders in Europe. We distribute products for the remainder of our orders from Harrisonburg, Virginia.

Competition

        The language learning industry is highly fragmented and subject to rapidly changing consumer preferences and industry trends. We expect competition in the markets that we serve to persist and intensify. We face varying degrees of competition from a wide variety of companies providing language learning solutions including:

    language learning center operators;

    audio CD and MP3 download providers;

    pre-packaged software producers;

    textbook publishers;

    online tutoring service providers; and

    online peer-to-peer practice providers.

Our competitors include Berlitz International Inc., Simon & Schuster, Inc. (Pimsleur), Random House Ventures LLC (Living Language), Disney Publishing Worldwide and McGraw-Hill Education.

        We believe that the principal competitive factors in our industry include:

    product differentiation, including:
    teaching method,

    effectiveness,

    accessibility and convenience,

    availability and quality of speech recognition, and

    fun and likelihood of continued engagement,

    brand recognition and reputation;

86


    price; and

    effective advertising.

We believe that we compete favorably on the basis of these factors.

Intellectual Property

        Our ability to protect our core technology and intellectual property is critical to our success. We rely on a combination of measures to protect our intellectual property, including patents, trade secrets, trademarks, trade dress, copyrights and non-disclosure and other contractual arrangements.

        We have several international and U.S. patents pending. Many of these pending patents relate to our language teaching methods.

        We hold a perpetual, irrevocable and worldwide license from the University of Colorado allowing us to use speech recognition technology for language learning solutions. We entered into the license agreement in December 2006, and paid the University of Colorado an up-front license fee.

        We have registered a variety of trademarks, including Rosetta Stone , Rosetta World , Rosetta Stone Language Learning Success and design, Dynamic Immersion , The Fastest Way to Learn a Language Guaranteed ., the Rosetta Stone blue stone logo and design, and Rosettastone.com . We have applied to register our Adaptive Recall , SharedTalk , Audio Companion , and the Rosetta Stone blue stone logo and design/ Language Learning Success trademarks. All these trademarks are the subject of either registrations or pending applications in the United States, as well as numerous countries worldwide where we do business. We intend to continue to strategically register, both domestically and internationally, trademarks we utilize today and those we develop in the future.

        We own the copyright on our Version 2 English editions. We are registering in the United States our Version 2 non-English editions and all editions of our 14 Version 3 languages.

        We believe that the distinctive marks that we use in connection with our solutions are important in building our brand image and distinguishing our solutions from those of our competitors. These marks are among our most valuable assets. In addition to our distinctive marks, we own several copyrights and trade dress rights to our solutions, product packaging and user manuals. We also place significant value on our trade dress, which is the overall image and appearance of our solutions, and we believe that our trade dress helps to distinguish our solutions in the marketplace.

        Furthermore, our employees, contractors and other parties with access to our confidential information sign agreements that prohibit the unauthorized disclosure of our proprietary rights, information and technology.

Employees

        As of September 30, 2008, we had 1,209 total employees, consisting of 672 full-time and 537 part-time employees. Our personnel consisted of 171 employees in sales and marketing, 176 employees in research and development, 208 in general and administrative, and 654 kiosk sales employees. We continue to actively recruit at all levels and in all departments, and expect the number of employees to fluctuate even as we grow.

        None of our employees is represented by a collective bargaining agreement. There are no pending labor-related legal actions against us filed with any state or federal agency. We believe our employee relations are good.

87


Properties

        Our corporate headquarters are located in Arlington, Virginia, where we lease approximately 17,600 square feet of space in aggregate. The term of the leases underlying these commitments range from December 31, 2009 to August 31, 2013.

        We have signed a new lease for approximately 31,281 square feet at another location in Arlington, Virginia and intend to move our headquarters there in the near future. The term of the new lease runs through December 31, 2013 and we have the right to extend that lease for an additional three years. We believe that the new headquarters space will be adequate for the foreseeable future. Once we are completely moved to the new space, we intend to attempt to sublease the old headquarters space, but we cannot assure you that we will be able to sublease this space or that, if we do, it will be on terms that will cover our rent expense related to the space.

        We currently own a facility with approximately 47,860 square feet of usable space in Harrisonburg, Virginia, that serves as our operations office, where we perform most of our product development. In addition, we lease a facility with approximately 40,000 square feet in Harrisonburg, Virginia for use as a packing and distribution center for all of our U.S. and some of our international fulfillment. We are seeking additional space in Harrisonburg to support our future growth.

        We also lease small offices in Boulder, Colorado, Tokyo, Japan and London, United Kingdom. Our Boulder office serves as a research and development location while our Tokyo and London offices serve as our regional sales offices.

        As of September 30, 2008, we also had site licenses for 161 kiosks. Most of our kiosk site licenses have terms of approximately six months and provide for a minimum rent plus a percentage rent based upon sales after certain minimum thresholds have been achieved. These site licenses generally require that we pay insurance, utilities, real estate taxes and repair and maintenance expenses. Some of the site licenses also contain early termination options, which can be exercised by us or the licensor under certain conditions.

Legal Proceedings

        From time to time, we have been subject to various claims and legal actions in the ordinary course of our business. We are not currently involved in any legal proceeding the ultimate outcome of which, in our judgment based on information currently available, would have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

88



MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

        The following table provides information concerning our executive officers and directors, including their ages as of September 30, 2008:

Name
  Age   Position(s)

Tom P. H. Adams

    36   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Eric Eichmann

    41   Chief Operating Officer

Brian D. Helman

    38   Chief Financial Officer

Gregory W. Long

    49   Chief Product Officer

Michael C. Wu

    41   General Counsel and Secretary

Laura L. Witt(2)(3)

    40   Director and Chairman of the Board

Phillip A. Clough(1)

    47   Director

John T. Coleman(2)(3)

    61   Director

Laurence Franklin(1)

    56   Director

Patrick W. Gross(1)(3)

    64   Director

John E. Lindahl(2)

    63   Director

(1)
Member of our audit committee

(2)
Member of our compensation committee

(3)
Member of our corporate governance and nominating committee

         Tom P. H. Adams has served as President, Chief Executive Officer and Director of Rosetta Stone since January 2006, prior to which he served as Chief Executive Officer of Fairfield & Sons Ltd., the predecessor company of Rosetta Stone, since February 2003. Mr. Adams received his B.A. with honors from the University of Bristol, United Kingdom and an M.B.A. from INSEAD in Fontainebleau, France. Mr. Adams was named the 2008 Ernst & Young Entrepreneur of the Year in the software category in the Greater Washington region.

         Eric Eichmann has served as Chief Operating Officer of Rosetta Stone since September 2006. Prior to joining us, Mr. Eichmann held several management positions at America Online, Inc., an interactive services company, from July 1999 to June 2006, most recently as Senior Vice President of Advertising Operations, Systems and Promotions. Previously, Mr. Eichmann held positions at McKinsey & Co., a management consulting firm, from September 1994 to June 1999. Mr. Eichmann holds an M.A. from the Swiss Federal Institute of Technology, Lausanne, Switzerland and an M.B.A. from the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University.

         Brian D. Helman has served as Chief Financial Officer of Rosetta Stone since March 2007. Prior to joining Rosetta Stone, Mr. Helman was Chief Financial Officer for JME Software LLC, a provider of enterprise software, from April 2006 to March 2007. From May 2002 to February 2006, Mr. Helman was the Chief Financial Officer of Neon Systems, Inc., a publicly traded supplier of mainframe integration software. From October 1996 to November 2001, Mr. Helman held various finance positions with Netspeak Corporation, a publicly traded provider of voice-over-IP software, including Vice President of Finance and Business Planning. Mr. Helman holds a B.S. from the University of Florida. Mr. Helman is a Certified Public Accountant.

         Gregory W. Long has served as Chief Product Officer of Rosetta Stone since August 2006. Prior to joining Rosetta Stone, Mr. Long was Vice President of Leapfrog Schoolhouse, the school division of Leapfrog Enterprises, Inc., a provider of educational products, from December 2001 to August 2006. Prior to that, Mr. Long was at iBeam Broadcasting Corp., a streaming media distribution provider, from May 2000 to September 2001, and held various positions at Mattel's The Learning Company Inc.,

89



a developer and marketer of educational and reference software for consumers and schools, from March 1999 to May 2000 and at Creative Wonders, Disney/Electronic Arts' children's software education company, from March 1996 to March 1999. Mr. Long holds a B.A. in Economics from the University of Victoria in Victoria, British Columbia, Canada and an M.B.A. from Queen's University in Kingston, Ontario, Canada.

         Michael C. Wu has served as General Counsel and Secretary of Rosetta Stone since November 2006. From August 2001 to October 2006, Mr. Wu served in several executive positions with Teleglobe International Holdings Ltd. and its predecessor, a publicly traded international telecommunications company, including Vice President and General Counsel, Executive Director, Legal and Executive Director, Operations and Corporate Services. Prior to joining Teleglobe, Mr. Wu was a Senior Counsel for Global One Communications LLC, the joint venture between Sprint Corporation, Deutsche Telekom and France Telecom, from March 1996 to March 1999. He also practiced law at Swidler & Berlin, Chtd and Baker & Botts, LLP. Mr. Wu holds a J.D. from the University of Virginia School of Law and a B.A. from Emory University.

         Laura L. Witt has served as the Chairman of the Board of Directors since January 2006. In September 1997, Ms. Witt joined ABS Capital Partners, a private equity investment partnership, and has served as a General Partner since January 2001. She also serves as a director of Metastorm, Inc. She has a B.A. from Princeton University and an M.B.A. from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania.

         Phillip A. Clough has served as a Director since January 2006. Mr. Clough is a Managing General Partner of ABS Capital Partners, and has been a General Partner of ABS Capital Partners since September 2001. Prior to joining ABS Capital Partners, Mr. Clough was President and Chief Executive Officer of Sitel Corporation, a publicly traded global provider of outsourced customer support services, from May 1998 to March 2001. Mr. Clough serves on the board of directors of Liquidity Services, Inc. and American Public Education, Inc. Mr. Clough holds a B.S. from the U.S. Military Academy at West Point and an M.B.A. from the Darden Graduate School of Business Administration at the University of Virginia.

         John T. Coleman has served as a Director since March 2006. Mr. Coleman served as President, Chief Operating Officer and a Director of Bose Corp., a provider of audio products, from July 2001 to July 2005. Mr. Coleman was Head of the College of Business and Law at University College Cork in Ireland from May 2006 until June 2007. He is a member of the board of advisors of the School of Economics in the University College Cork. Mr. Coleman holds a diploma in Personnel Management, a diploma in Training and Development, a diploma in Management Studies and an M.B.A. degree from the University of Ulster, Northern Ireland.

         Laurence Franklin has served as a Director since March 2006. Since January 2002, Mr. Franklin has served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Tumi Inc., a manufacturer and retailer of luxury travel, business and lifestyle accessories. Mr. Franklin also serves on the boards of two private companies. Mr. Franklin earned his B.A. from Colgate University and his M.S. from the New York University Graduate School of Business.

         Patrick W. Gross has served as a Director since January 2006. Mr. Gross is Chairman of the Lovell Group, a private business and technology advisory and investment firm that he founded in 2002. Mr. Gross was a founder of, and served as a principal executive officer from 1970 to September 2002 at American Management Systems, Inc., or AMS, a publicly traded information technology consulting, software development, and systems integration firm. Mr. Gross is a director of Capital One Financial Corporation, Career Education Corporation, Taleo Corporation, Liquidity Services, Inc. and Waste Management, Inc. He holds a B.S.E. from Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, a M.S.E. from the University of Michigan and an M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School of Business.

90


         John E. Lindahl has served as a Director since January 2006 and is Managing Partner at Norwest Equity Partners VIII, LP, or Norwest, a private equity firm, which he joined in 1984. Prior to joining Norwest, John worked at Norwest Bank for 16 years. He holds B.S. and B.A. degrees from the University of Minnesota.

        Our executive officers are appointed by our board of directors and serve until their successors have been duly elected and qualified or their earlier resignation or removal. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Code of Ethics

        We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics applicable to our principal executive, financial and accounting officers and all persons performing similar functions. A copy of that code will be available on our corporate website at www.rosettastone.com upon competion of this offering.

Composition of the Board of Directors; Classified Board

        Our board of directors currently consists of seven members, six of whom are non-employee members. Each director holds office until the election and qualification of his or her successor, or his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Our second amended and restated bylaws permit our board of directors to establish by resolution the authorized number of directors.

        Pursuant to the terms of our certificate of incorporation, our existing current directors were elected as follows:

        Upon the closing of this offering, all of our preferred stock will be automatically converted into our common stock and all of the contractual rights to appoint directors will be automatically terminated. Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be effective upon the closing of this offering, will provide that our board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors, each serving a staggered three-year term. As a result, commencing with our first annual meeting of stockholders after the completion of this offering, one class, which will be comprised of only a portion of our board of directors, will be elected at each annual meeting for three-year terms. Each of the current members of our board of directors intends to continue as a director after the closing of this offering and our board of directors will be classified as follows:

        Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will also provide that the number of authorized directors will be determined from time to time by resolution of the board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of authorized directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as reasonably possible, each class will consist of

91



one-third of the directors. The classification of the board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control of our company. Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will further provide for the removal of a director only for cause and by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of our directors.

Director Independence

        In September 2008, our board of directors undertook a review of the independence of each director and considered whether any director had a material relationship with us that could compromise his or her ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his or her responsibilities. As a result of this review, our board of directors determined that all of our directors, other than our chief executive officer, Tom Adams, were "independent directors" and met the independence requirements under the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange.

Committees of the Board of Directors

        Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a corporate governance and nominating committee.

    Audit Committee

        Our audit committee consists of Phillip A. Clough, Laurence Franklin and Patrick W. Gross, each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors. Mr. Gross is the chairperson of our audit committee. Our board of directors has determined that each member of our audit committee meets the requirements of financial literacy under the requirements of the New York Stock Exchange and SEC rules and regulations. Mr. Gross serves as our audit committee financial expert, as defined under SEC rules, and possesses financial sophistication as required by the New York Stock Exchange. Both Mr. Franklin and Mr. Gross are independent as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. Mr. Clough is not independent within the meaning of Rule 10A-3(b)(1) because of his affiliation with ABS Capital Partners and the present level of stock ownership of our company by funds affiliated with ABS Capital Partners. The test for independence under Rule 10A-3(b)(1) for the audit committee is different than the general test for independence of board and committee members. In accordance with Rule 10A-3(b)(1) and the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange, we plan to modify the composition of the audit committee within 12 months after the effectiveness of our registration statement relating to this offering so that all of our audit committee members will be independent as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) and under the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange.

        Our audit committee is responsible for, among other things:

92


        Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for the audit committee, which will be available on our website upon the completion of this offering.

    Compensation Committee

        Our compensation committee consists of Laura L. Witt, John T. Coleman and John E. Lindahl, each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors. Ms. Witt is the chairperson of our compensation committee. Our board of directors has determined that each member of our compensation committee meets the requirements for independence under the requirements of the New York Stock Exchange. The compensation committee is responsible for, among other things:

    Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee

        Our corporate governance and nominating committee consists of Laura L. Witt, John T. Coleman and Patrick W. Gross, each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors. Ms. Witt is the chairperson of this committee. Our board of directors has determined that each member of this committee satisfies the requirements for independence under the New York Stock Exchange rules.

        The corporate governance and nominating committee is responsible for, among other things:

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

        None of the members of our compensation committee is an officer or employee of our company. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

93


Director Compensation for the Year Ended December 31, 2007

        The following table summarizes the compensation of each member of our board of directors in 2007:

Name
  Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash
($)
  Option
Awards
($)(1)
  Total
($)
 

Laura L. Witt

  $   $   $  

Phillip A. Clough

             

John T. Coleman

    20,000 (2)   18,835 (5)   38,835  

Laurence Franklin

    20,000 (3)   18,835 (5)   38,835  

Patrick W. Gross

    10,000 (4)   23,708 (5)   33,708  

John E. Lindahl

             

Tom P. H. Adams

             


        In 2007, non-employee directors, other than those who are affiliated with ABS Capital Partners or Norwest, received an annual retainer for service on our board, payable quarterly in cash, and an option grant of 5,000 shares with an exercise price of $7.90 per share vesting 25% on April 1, 2009, and with the remainder vesting quarterly over the next three years. No director received fees for attending board meetings. Directors who are employees of ABS Capital Partners or Norwest did not receive any fees or option awards for their services as either directors or committee members. All directors were entitled to reimbursement for reasonable travel and other business expenses incurred in connection with attending meetings of the board of directors or committees of the board of directors.

        All of our non-employee directors, other than those who are affiliated with ABS Capital Partners or Norwest, also received a grant of stock options upon commencement of their board service. All options were granted under our 2006 Stock Option Plan and have a term of ten years. All options granted have a per share exercise price equal to the fair value of a share of our common stock underlying the options at the time of grant. Options vest in equal annual installments over four years, subject to the director's continued service on our board.

        We do not have a formal director compensation plan in effect for after the completion of this offering.

94



EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

    Overview

        The compensation committee of our board of directors has overall responsibility for the compensation program for our executive officers. Members of the committee are appointed by the board. Currently, the committee consists of three members of the board, none of whom are executive officers of our company.

        Our executive compensation program is designed to encourage our executives to focus on building stockholder value, maximizing rational growth and bottom line results.

        Our objective is to provide a competitive total compensation package to attract and retain key personnel and drive effective results. To achieve this objective, the compensation committee has implemented and maintains compensation plans that tie a substantial portion of the executives' overall compensation to key strategic financial and operational goals such as our annual revenue. Our executive compensation program provides for the following elements:

        A detailed description of these components is provided below.

    Elements of Our Executive Compensation Program

         Base Salary.     We utilize base salary as the primary means of providing compensation for performing the essential elements of an executive's job. We believe our base salaries are set at levels that allow us to attract and retain executives in competitive markets.

         Variable Pay.     Our variable pay compensation, in the form of an annual cash bonus, is intended to compensate our executives for meeting our corporate objectives and their individual performance objectives and to incentivize our executives to meet these objectives. In addition, our variable pay compensation is intended to reward and incentivize our executives for exceeding their objectives. These objectives may be both financial and non-financial and may be based on company, divisional or individual performance. These objectives are separated so that executives may be paid a bonus for meeting one objective and not be paid for failing to meet another objective. For financial objectives, the compensation committee typically sets a target level where the full 100% bonus can be earned and then also sets a slightly lower target where a partial bonus can be earned if the objective is almost achieved and a higher target where a substantially larger than 100% bonus can be earned for exceeding the 100% bonus target. In addition to the annual cash bonus plan, we may utilize discretionary cash bonuses to attract new executives or to reward executives for exemplary performance that is not necessarily rewarded by the cash bonus plan.

         Equity-Based Compensation.     Our equity-based compensation is intended to enhance our ability to retain talent over a longer period of time, to reward longer-term efforts that enhance future value, and to provide executives with a form of reward that aligns their interests with those of our stockholders. Executives whose skills and results we deem to be critical to our long-term success are eligible to

95



receive higher levels of equity-based compensation. Executives typically receive an equity award in the form of a stock option that vests over a period of time upon commencement of their employment. Thereafter, they may receive additional awards from time to time as the compensation committee determines consistent with the objectives described above.

         Benefits.     Our benefits, such as our basic health benefits, 401(k) plan, and life insurance, are intended to provide a stable array of support to executives and their families throughout various stages of their careers, and these core benefits are provided to all executives regardless of their individual performance levels. The 401(k) plan allows participants to defer up to 100% of their annual compensation, subject to the cap set by the Internal Revenue Code, which was $15,500 per person for 2007. The executives' elective deferrals are immediately vested and nonforfeitable upon contribution to the 401(k) plan. We currently provide matching contributions equal to 100% of an employee's individual contribution, up to a maximum of 4% of the participant's annual salary and subject to some other limits.

    Determining the Amount of Each Element of Compensation

         Overview.     The amount of each element of our compensation program is determined by our compensation committee on an annual basis taking into consideration our results of operations, long and short-term goals, individual goals, the competitive market for our executives, the experience of our compensation committee members with similar stage companies and general economic factors. Our compensation committee also utilizes third-party compensation studies to help provide a guide as to whether our compensation program is competitive with those of other companies with which we may compete for talent. Some of these studies are commissioned by our compensation committee exclusively for its use and paid for by the company. Our compensation committee also has access to a wide variety of publicly available data on compensation, as well as data available to the general public on a subscription basis, to help it determine if our compensation program is competitive. Our compensation committee members also consider their own experience from other similarly situated companies to help guide them in determining if our compensation program is competitive with our peers.

        As a private company, the compensation committee has not tied the compensation of our executive officers to the compensation of any particular peer group of comparable companies or tried to keep the compensation within any particular range of results from peer companies. Rather, the compensation studies and other data reviewed by the compensation committee are used solely to help the compensation committee members determine whether our compensation program is competitive with similarly sized companies in related industries.

        The peer group utilized by the compensation committee for comparative purposes in determining the 2007 compensation of the executives consisted of:

 
   
   
Blackboard Inc.   LeapFrog Enterprises Inc.   Shutterfly, Inc.
Blue Nile, Inc.   Learning Tree International Inc.   SumTotal Systems Inc.
DealerTrack Holdings Inc.   Plato Learning, Inc.   Taleo Corporation
Kenexa Corporation   Princeton Review Inc.   Unica Corporation
Laureate Education, Inc.   Renaissance Learning Inc.   Vocus, Inc.

        The peer group companies were selected because they were of a similar size to us at the time of the study or in related industries such as application software, internet retail, internet software and services, education services, leisure services and human resources and employment services. In addition, all of the peer group companies are public companies so were not directly comparable to us in 2007.

        In addition to this data, our chief executive officer provides input to the compensation committee on the performance and compensation levels of our executives, other than himself, but he does not have a vote on the compensation committee. Once the level of compensation is set for the year, the

96



compensation committee may revisit its decisions if there are material developments during the year, such as promotions, that may warrant a change in compensation. After the year is over, the compensation committee reviews the performance of the executive officers and key employees to determine the achievement of variable pay targets and to assess the overall functioning of our compensation plans against our goals.

         Base Pay.     Our compensation committee reviews our executives' base salaries on an annual basis taking into consideration the factors described above as well as changes in position or responsibilities. In the event of material changes in position, responsibilities or other factors, the compensation committee may consider changes in base pay during the year.

         Variable Pay.     Our compensation committee establishes an executive bonus plan on an annual basis and distributions are typically made within 90 days after the end of each calendar year after the compensation committee has determined if the goals have been achieved. However, the compensation committee has the authority to modify a bonus structure during the year if they deem appropriate. Examples of circumstances in which our compensation committee might consider revising a bonus plan include mergers, acquisitions, divestitures, board-approved budget revisions and other material changes in our company.

        Our executive bonus plan for 2007 provided a potential bonus for each executive based on financial and non-financial goals. For all executives, the potential award was based 50% on financial goals, 25% on company-level strategic goals and 25% on individual goals. The company-level financial goals, the company-level non-financial strategic goals and the individual goals each stand-alone and are evaluated separately so that some goals can be met and corresponding bonuses paid while other goals are not met and no corresponding bonus paid. The award of the financial bonus was based 10% on the achievement of the total budgeted 2007 sales, 10% on the achievement of the non-U.S. budgeted 2007 sales, 50% on achievement of the budgeted 2007 net marketing contribution, which we define as gross margin less total sales and marketing expense, and 30% on achievement of the budgeted 2007 adjusted EBITDA, which we define as income without option expenses, interest income, finance charges, business taxes, depreciation and amortization. The achievement of individual goals was based on an assessment of adherence to company values, such as teamwork and accountability, overall job competence and performance against individual objectives, as recommended by our chief executive officer and determined by the compensation committee, or in the case of the achievement of such goals by our chief executive officer, solely by the compensation committee.

        For 2007, the individual performance objectives of our named executive officers included the following:

        Mr. Adams: managing the launch of new branding and Version 3 of our solutions; managing company-wide system and process restructuring; managing the build-out of the infrastructure for our international business; managing the development of additional content and ancillary products and materials; and managing the preparation of our company for going public.

        Mr. Eichmann: managing the departments reporting to Mr. Eichmann, including keeping costs in line with budget, ensuring that operations run smoothly and maintaining focus on net contribution; supporting other departments, including launching new branding and Version 3 solutions and supporting a company-wide system and process restructuring; managing our international business; and managing our operations, including expansion of facilities and staff.

        Mr. Helman: building the finance and accounting organization in preparation for an initial public offering; supporting a company-wide system and process restructuring; developing a new financial model and forecasts; completing the 2007 audit; and preparing the 2008 budget.

97


        Mr. Long: building and releasing Version 3 of our solutions; localizing Version 3 solutions for release in international markets; building additional content and ancillary products and materials; and building the software development department.

        Mr. Wu: managing the legal department, including building the department, defending our company from intellectual property infringement and ensuring proper legal support for our company; supporting a company-wide system and process restructuring; and managing our patent filings in the United States and abroad.

        With respect to our 2007 financial goals, no bonus would be earned if we failed to achieve 90% of a financial target. If we achieved 90% of a financial target, 10% of the bonus would be earned. If we achieved 100% of a financial target, 100% of the bonus would be earned and if we achieved 125% or more of the target, 250% of the bonus would be earned. Between 90% and 100% and between 100% and 125% of the financial targets, the amount of the bonus earned would be proportional between the two points. However, no payment of any financial target bonus would be made if capital expenditures, determined in accordance with GAAP, exceeded 110% of the budgeted $14 million.

        Our compensation committee established aggressive financial targets for 2007 for purposes of developing incentive compensation plans. The targets included: total revenue of $157.3 million, a 72% increase from our reported 2006 results; non-U.S. revenue of $14.1 million, a 416% increase from our 2006 results; net marketing contribution, which represents revenue less cost of revenue and sales and marketing expenses, of $70.0 million, an 113% increase from our 2006 results; and adjusted EBITDA of $24.4 million, a 59% increase from our 2006 results.

        Our compensation committee set each executive's 2007 target bonus as a percentage of his 2007 annualized base salary as set forth in the table below.

Name
  2007
Annualized
Base
Salary
  Total
Target
Bonus
Opportunity
  Target
Bonus as
a Percentage
of Base
Salary
  Financial
Target
Bonus
  Non
Financial
Target
Bonus
  Individual
Goal
Target
Bonus
 

Tom P. H. Adams

  $ 275,000   $ 151,250     55 % $ 75,624   $ 37,813   $ 37,813  

Eric Eichmann

    237,500     118,750     50     59,374     29,688     29,688  

Brian D. Helman

    220,000     88,000     40     44,000     22,000     22,000  

Gregory W. Long

    200,000     80,000     40     40,000     20,000     20,000  

Michael C. Wu

    190,000     57,000     30     28,500     14,250     14,250  

        Our compensation committee determined that the financial targets were not met for 2007 and thus no related bonuses were paid. Since financial targets are bright-line objective standards, our compensation committee made this determination based upon a review of our 2007 financial information. The committee determined that the non-financial targets and individual targets were met and those bonuses were paid accordingly. See "—Summary Compensation Table" below for the actual amounts paid for fiscal year 2007 bonuses. Since company-level non-financial strategic goals and individual goals are less quantifiable, the determination that the non-financial company-level targets and individual targets were met for 2007 was made by our compensation committee based upon the committee members' independent knowledge of each individual's performance and the satisfaction of the specific goals and after consideration of presentations and recommendations regarding satisfaction of the targets by our chief executive officer Tom Adams, except with respect to his own individual goals. The individual goals and non-financial company-level strategic goals are intended to be challenging but not impossible to meet.

        In evaluating individual goals, our compensation committee considers each individual's overall job competence and adherence to company values in addition to his individual performance objectives. The committee evaluates each individual executive's overall performance and awards an overall bonus rather

98



than focusing on each individual criterion and awarding a portion of the bonus based on each individual criterion. Thus it may be possible to earn the maximum bonus even if every individual goal is not obtained if the executive's overall performance is strong. Achievement of these goals and the corresponding bonuses are not dependent on satisfaction of the financial goals and often are expected to have a longer range impact on our business and results of operations.

        Our compensation committee also has the authority to award discretionary bonuses. For 2007, Mr. Helman received a one-time $15,000 signing bonus in connection with his hiring and a $10,000 discretionary performance bonus and Mr. Wu received a $30,000 signing bonus in connection with his hiring.

        In determining the amounts of the signing bonuses, the compensation committee focuses on incentivizing the executive to join us and the amount is determined by negotiation with the executive, taking into consideration the perceived value of the executive, the supply of similar executives that may be available, broadly available third-party compensation data concerning similarly situated executives and the experience of the compensation committee and the chief executive officer with respect to signing bonuses and compensation of similarly situated executives. Discretionary performance bonuses for existing executives may be determined by the compensation committee at the end of the year to reward an executive's exemplary performance that is not otherwise compensated. In the case of Mr. Helman, the compensation committee determined it was appropriate to reward Mr. Helman for his work in upgrading our financial reporting and accounting functions, building the finance team and preparing for this offering. The amount was determined at the discretion of the compensation committee and was not based on any set formula.

    Allocation of Equity Compensation Awards

        In 2007, we granted options to purchase a total of 319,673 shares of common stock, of which a total of 97,170 shares were granted to our named executive officers, representing 30% of all options granted in 2007. Options granted to executives and other employees vest over a period of four years, with 1 / 4 of the shares vesting on the one-year anniversary of the begin vesting date, which is typically the first date of the calendar quarter following the date of grant, except for new hires whose begin vesting date is typically the date of hire, and in either case with 1 / 16 of the shares vesting at the end of each three-month period thereafter. Our compensation committee does not apply a rigid formula in allocating stock options to executives as a group or to any particular executive. Instead, our compensation committee exercises its judgment and discretion and considers, among other things, the role and responsibility of the executive, competitive factors, the amount of stock-based equity compensation already held by the executive, the non-equity compensation received by the executive and the total number of options to be granted to all participants during the year. The number of stock options granted to each executive is set forth in the "Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table."

        The options to purchase 82,170 shares of our common stock awarded to Mr. Helman in connection with his hiring were the result of a negotiation with Mr. Helman regarding his initial employment. The grant of options to purchase an additional 15,000 shares of our common share awarded to Mr. Eichmann was made in recognition of the greater role and responsibilities Mr. Eichmann will be assuming as we continue to grow, expand internationally and prepare to become a public company. The amount was determined at the discretion of the compensation committee and was not based on any set formula.

    Timing of Equity Awards

        Our compensation committee generally grants stock options to executives and current employees once per quarter on the date of the regularly scheduled compensation committee meeting. With respect to newly hired employees, our practice is typically to make stock grants at the first meeting of the compensation committee following such employee's hire date. We do not have any program, plan or

99



practice to time stock option grants in coordination with the release of material non-public information. As a privately held company, our compensation committee has historically determined the exercise price of stock options based on valuations determined by the board of directors, but will switch to the trading price of our common stock on the date of grant upon completion of this offering.

    Executive Equity Ownership

        We encourage our executives to hold a significant equity interest in our company. However, we do not have specific share retention and ownership guidelines for our executives. We have a policy that, once we become a publicly traded company following this offering, we will not permit our executives to sell short our stock, will prohibit our executives from holding our stock in a margin account, and will discourage the purchase and sale of exchange-traded options on our stock by our executives.

    Type of Equity Awards

        Our 2006 Stock Incentive Plan only provides for stock options. However, our 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan, permits us to issue stock options, restricted stock units, restricted stock, stock appreciation rights, performance units and performance shares.

    Severance and Change in Control Arrangements

        Each of our equity incentive plans provides for a potential acceleration of outstanding awards in the event that we undergo a change in control, as defined in such plans. See "—Employee Benefit Plans" below for a description of the change in control provisions contained in our equity incentive plans.

        In addition see "—Employment Arrangements with Tom P. H. Adams" and "—Payments Upon Termination or Upon Change in Control" below for a description of the severance and change in control arrangements we have with our named executive officers. The compensation committee believed that these arrangements were necessary to attract and retain our named executive officers. The terms of each arrangement were determined in negotiation with the applicable named executive officer in connection with his hiring and were not based on any set formula.

    Effect of Accounting and Tax Treatment on Compensation Decisions

        In the review and establishment of our compensation programs, we consider the anticipated accounting and tax implications to us and our executives. In this regard, following the completion of this offering, we may begin utilizing restricted stock and restricted stock units as additional forms of equity compensation incentives in response to changes in the accounting treatment of equity awards under SFAS 123R. While we consider the applicable accounting and tax treatment of alternative forms of equity compensation, these factors alone are not dispositive, and we also consider the cash and non-cash impact of the programs and whether a program is consistent with our overall compensation philosophy and objectives.

        Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code imposes a limit on the amount of compensation that we may deduct in any one year with respect to our chief executive officer and each of our next three most highly compensated executive officers, unless specific and detailed criteria are satisfied. Performance-based compensation, as defined in the Internal Revenue Code, is fully deductible if the programs are approved by stockholders and meet other requirements. We believe that grants of equity awards under our existing stock plans qualify as performance-based for purposes of satisfying the conditions of Section 162(m), thereby permitting us to receive a federal income tax deduction in connection with such awards. In general, we have determined that we will not seek to limit executive compensation so that it is deductible under Section 162(m). However, from time to time, we monitor whether it might be in our interests to structure our compensation programs to satisfy the requirements

100



of Section 162(m). We seek to maintain flexibility in compensating our executives in a manner designed to promote our corporate goals and therefore our compensation committee has not adopted a policy requiring all compensation to be deductible. Our compensation committee will continue to assess the impact of Section 162(m) on our compensation practices and determine what further action, if any, is appropriate.

    Role of Executives in Executive Compensation Decisions

        Our compensation committee generally seeks input from our chief executive officer, Tom Adams, when discussing the performance of and compensation levels for executives other than himself. The compensation committee also works with Mr. Adams and with our chief financial officer and the head of our human resources department in evaluating the financial, accounting, tax and retention implications of our various compensation programs. Neither Mr. Adams nor any of our other executives participates in deliberations relating to his or her own compensation.

Summary Compensation Table

        The following table provides information regarding the compensation of our chief executive officer, chief financial officer and each of our other three most highly compensated executive officers during 2007. We refer to these executive officers as our named executive officers.

Name and Principal Position
  Salary
($)
  Bonus
($)
  Option
Awards(1)
($)
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
  All Other
Compensation
($)
  Total
($)
 

Tom P. H. Adams

  $ 274,519   $   $ 388,303   $ 75,625   $ 617,477 (2) $ 1,355,924  
 

President and

                                     
 

Chief Executive Officer

                                     

Eric Eichmann

   
237,500
   
   
106,905
   
59,375
   
   
403,780
 
 

Chief Operating Officer

                                     

Brian D. Helman

   
173,462

(3)
 
25,000

(4)
 
74,179
   
44,000
   
42,609

(5)
 
359,250
 
 

Chief Financial Officer

                                     

Gregory W. Long

   
200,000
   
   
105,282
   
40,000
   
8,149

(6)
 
353,431
 
 

Chief Product Officer

                                     

Michael C. Wu

   
193,670
   
30,000

(7)
 
21,843
   
38,500
   
   
284,013
 
 

General Counsel and Secretary

                                     

(1)
The amounts in this column reflect the amounts we recorded under SFAS No. 123(R) as stock-based compensation in our financial statements for 2007 in connection with options we granted in 2007 and in prior years, adjusted to disregard the effects of any estimate of forfeitures related to service-based vesting but assuming, instead, that the executive will perform the requisite service for the award to vest in full. The assumptions we used in valuing options are described under the caption "Stock-Based Compensation" in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

(2)
This amount includes $605,070 in gain recognized resulting from a stock option exercise and $12,407 of 401(k) plan matching contributions.

(3)
Mr. Helman's annualized base salary of $220,000 was prorated based on his March 2007 start date.

101


(4)
Mr. Helman received a $15,000 one-time signing bonus upon commencement of his employment and a $10,000 performance-based discretionary bonus in 2007.

(5)
Mr. Helman received reimbursement for relocation expenses of $42,609 in 2007.

(6)
Mr. Long received a 401(k) matching contribution of $8,149 in 2007.

(7)
Mr. Wu received a $30,000 one-time signing bonus in 2007.

Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2007

        The following table sets forth each grant of plan-based awards to our named executive officers during 2007:

 
   
  Estimated Future
Payouts Under
Non-Equity Incentive
Plan Awards
   
   
   
 
 
   
  All Other
Option Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options
(#)
   
   
 
 
   
  Exercise or
Base Price of
Option Awards
($/Sh)
  Grant Date
Fair Value of
Option
Awards(1)
 
Name
  Grant
Date
  Threshold
($)
  Target
($)
  Maximum
($)
 

Tom P. H. Adams

      $ 7,563   $ 151,250   $ 264,688              

Eric Eichmann

    3/21/2007     5,938     118,750     207,813     15,000   $ 7.90   $ 86,502  

Brian D. Helman

    3/21/2007     4,400     88,000     154,000     82,170     7.90     473,858  

Gregory W. Long

        4,000     80,000     140,000              

Michael C. Wu

          2,850     57,000     99,750              

(1)
The amounts in this column reflect the aggregate amounts we will record under SFAS No. 123(R) as stock-based compensation in our financial statements over the entire life of the option in connection with options we granted in 2007, adjusted to disregard the effects of any estimate of forfeitures related to service-based vesting but assuming, instead, that the executive will perform the requisite service for the award to vest in full. The assumptions we used in valuing options are described under the caption "Stock-Based Compensation" in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2007 Fiscal Year-End

        The following table lists all outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2007.

 
  Number of Securities Underlying
Unexercised Options (#)
   
   
 
 
  Option
Exercise Price
($)
  Option
Expiration
Date
 
Name
  Exerciseable(1)   Unexerciseable(1)  

Tom P. H. Adams

    22,410     201,690   $ 5.00     5/22/2016  

Eric Eichmann

    25,000     75,000     5.00     9/5/2016  

        15,000     7.90     3/21/2017  

Brian D. Helman

        82,170     7.90     3/21/2017  

Gregory W. Long

    28,750     86,250     5.00     8/21/2016  

Michael C. Wu

        22,410     5.00     12/8/2016  

(1)
The options reflected in the table above vest as to one-fourth of the total number of shares on the one year anniversary of the begin vesting date specified in the award agreement and thereafter vest at the rate of one-sixteenth of the total number of shares per quarter. The begin vesting date was January 1, 2006 for Mr. Adams, October 1, 2006 (100,000 shares) for Mr. Eichmann, April 1, 2007 (15,000 shares) for Mr. Eichmann, March 12, 2007 for Mr. Helman, October 1, 2006 for Mr. Long and January 1, 2007 for Mr. Wu.

102


Option Exercises in 2007

        The following table provides information regarding option exercises by our named executive officers in 2007.

 
  Option Awards  
Name
  Number of
Shares
Acquired on
Exercise
(#)
  Value Realized
on Exercise
($)(1)
 

Tom P. H. Adams

    134,460   $ 605,070  

Eric Eichmann

         

Brian D. Helman

         

Gregory W. Long

         

Michael C. Wu

         


Pension Benefits

        None of our named executive officers participates in or has account balances in qualified or non-qualified defined benefit plans sponsored by us.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

        None of our named executive officers participates in or has account balances in non-qualified defined contribution plans or other deferred compensation plans maintained by us.

Stock Grants

        On                        , 2008 we issued to some of our key employees, including our named executive officers, an aggregate of                  shares of common stock. The recipients of those shares were allowed to elect to have us withhold a portion of their shares to satisfy their federal and state income tax withholding obligations. We withheld for award recipients an aggregate of             shares of our common stock from their awards to satisfy those obligations. We intend to hold these shares as treasury shares. We paid $            to federal and state tax authorities in satisfaction of these withholding obligations, which was equal to the number of shares withheld by us from grant recipients multiplied by $            , the midpoint of the range on the cover page of this prospectus. We restrict the transfer of the shares each recipient received, net of any shares withheld to satisfy tax obligations, for the following periods: 1/3 of each recipient's shares for six months; 1/3 of each recipient's shares for 12 months; and the remaining 1/3 of each recipient's shares for 18 months.

        The following table sets forth the stock grants to each of our named executive officers.

Name
  Number of
Shares Awarded
  Number of
Shares Withheld
  Tax Payment for
Shares Withheld
 

Tom P. H. Adams

              $    

Eric Eichmann

                   

Brian D. Helman

                   

Gregory W. Long

                   

Michael C. Wu

                   

103


Employment Arrangements with Tom P. H. Adams

        In May 2006, we entered into an employment agreement with Tom P. H. Adams, which provides that we will employ him as our president and chief executive officer during the term of the agreement. The term of the agreement was renewed in May 2008 for a one year period and will continue to renew for additional consecutive one year periods in May of each year unless we or Mr. Adams give notice not to renew at least 90 days prior to the renewal date or he or we terminate the agreement earlier in accordance with its terms. The agreement provides that Mr. Adams' base salary would be $250,000, subject to review and increase, but not decrease, by the board of directors from time to time. Mr. Adams' annual base salary was increased to $275,000 for 2007. The agreement also provides that Mr. Adams will be eligible to receive an annual bonus in accordance with our company bonus policy established by the board of directors from time to time, but no bonus amount is guaranteed. Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Adams was granted stock options for the purchase of 358,560 shares of our common stock at a price per share of $5.00. No additional stock option grants are required under the agreement.

        Under his employment agreement, Mr. Adams is entitled to severance benefits if his employment is terminated without cause or if he terminates his employment for good reason. Termination without cause is defined in the agreement as termination for a reason other than Mr. Adams' commission of a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude, an act involving dishonesty or fraud involving his duties, failure to perform his duties or gross negligence or willful misconduct involving his duties, material breach of his employment agreement, failure to comply with instructions given by our board of directors which affect our business, misconduct likely to injure our reputation, harassment of or discrimination against our employees, customers or vendors, misappropriation of our company's assets, willful violation of our policies, or issues involving his immigration status affecting his ability to continue his employment with us. Good reason is defined in the agreement as a material reduction in Mr. Adams' annual salary, duties, authority or responsibilities, our material breach of his employment agreement, or our relocation of him to an area outside of the Washington, D.C. or Harrisonburg, Virginia localities.

        If we terminate Mr. Adams' employment without cause or if he terminates his employment for good reason, we will be required to continue to pay his base salary for 15 months after the termination date if he signs a general release waiving any claims he may then have against us and agrees not to, and does not, compete against us during the period that he is receiving the severance payments.

Payments Upon Termination or Upon Change in Control

        All of the named executive officers other than Mr. Adams are employed at will, but some are entitled to severance benefits if they are terminated by us without cause or, in the case of Brian D. Helman, if he terminates his employment for good reason. For these executive officers, termination without cause means termination for a reason other than the commission of a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude, an act involving dishonesty or fraud involving their respective duties, failure to perform their respective duties or gross negligence or willful misconduct involving their respective duties, misconduct likely to injure our reputation, harassment of or discrimination against our employees, customers or vendors, misappropriation of our company's assets, or willful violation of our policies. Good reason is defined in Mr. Helman's agreement as a material reduction in his annual salary, duties, authority or responsibilities, our material breach of his employment agreement, or our relocation of him to an area outside of the Washington, D.C. or Harrisonburg, Virginia localities. All of the named executive officers are also entitled to accelerated vesting of their unvested options upon a change in control of our company.

104


        The following table sets forth information concerning the payments that would be received by each named executive officer upon a termination of employment without cause or upon a change in control. The table assumes the termination occurred on December 31, 2007, using the fair value of $14.55 for each share our common stock as of that date. The table below only shows additional amounts that the named executive officers would be entitled to receive upon termination, and does not show other items of compensation that may be earned and payable at such time such as earned but unpaid base salary or bonuses.

Name
  Severance Payment
Upon Termination
Without Cause
or for
Good Reason
  Accelerated Vesting of
Stock Options Upon
Change in Control
 

Tom P. H. Adams

  $ 353,419 (1) $ 1,926,140 (2)

Eric Eichmann

        816,000 (3)

Brian D. Helman

    154,000 (4)   546,431 (5)

Gregory W. Long

    200,000 (6)   823,688 (7)

Michael C. Wu

        214,016 (8)

105


Employee Benefit Plans

    2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan

        Our board of directors has adopted, and our stockholders have approved, the Rosetta Stone Inc. 2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan, or our 2008 Plan. Our 2008 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance stock, performance units, other stock-based awards and certain cash awards.

        We have reserved a total of            shares of our common stock, $0.00005 par value per share, for issuance under our 2008 Plan. There are currently            shares available for the grant of future awards under our 2008 Plan.

        Our employees who have substantial involvement with the management and growth of our company or its affiliates are eligible to receive awards under our 2008 Plan. In addition, the non-employee directors of our company and consultants, agents, representatives, advisors and independent contractors who render services to our company and its affiliates that are not in connection with the offer and sale of our company's securities in a capital raising transaction and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for our company's securities will be eligible to receive awards settled in shares of our common stock, other than incentive stock options, under our 2008 Plan.

        The maximum number of shares of our common stock with respect to which awards may be granted to a qualifying participant during a calendar year is                        .

        Our compensation committee will administer our 2008 Plan with respect to awards to employees and consultants and our board of directors will administer our 2008 Plan with respect to awards to directors. The committee has the power to determine the terms of the awards granted under our 2008 Plan, including the exercise price, the number of shares subject to each award and the exercisability of the awards. The committee also has full power to determine the persons to whom and the time or times at which awards will be made and to make all other determinations and take all other actions advisable for the administration of the plan.

        Under our 2008 Plan, the committee may grant:

        Under our 2008 Plan, the committee may also grant performance stock and performance unit awards. Performance stock and performance units are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals established by the committee are achieved or the awards

106



otherwise vest. It is intended that our 2008 Plan will conform with the standards of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code. The committee will establish organizational or individual performance goals which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and the value of performance stock and performance units to be paid out to participants. Payment under performance stock and performance unit awards may be made in cash or in shares of our common stock with equivalent value, or in some combination, as determined by the committee.

        The amount of, the vesting and the transferability restrictions applicable to any performance stock or performance unit award will be based upon the attainment of such performance goals as the committee may determine. A performance goal will be based on one or more of the following business criteria: earnings per share, earnings per share growth, total stockholder return, economic value added, cash return on capitalization, increased revenue, revenue ratios, per employee or per customer, net income, stock price, market share, return on equity, return on assets, return on capital, return on capital compared to cost of capital, return on capital employed, return on invested capital, stockholder value, net cash flow, operating income, earnings before interest and taxes, cash flow, cash flow from operations, cost reductions, cost ratios, per employee or per customer, proceeds from dispositions, project completion time and budget goals, net cash flow before financing activities, customer growth and total market value.

        Awards may be granted under our 2008 Plan in substitution for stock options and other awards held by employees of other corporations who are about to become employees of our company or any of its subsidiaries. The terms and conditions of the substitute awards granted may vary from the terms and conditions set out in our 2008 Plan to the extent our board of directors may deem appropriate.

        In the event of an occurrence of a change in control of our company, all then outstanding options, SARs and restricted stock awards granted under our 2008 Plan, other than restricted stock awards that are transferred or vest contingent upon the achievement of performance goals, will become fully vested and exercisable and all substantial risk of forfeiture restrictions applicable to the award shall lapse. A change in control under the 2008 Plan means the occurrence of any of the following events:

107


        The existence of outstanding awards will not affect in any way the right or power of our company to make any adjustments, recapitalizations, reorganizations or other changes in our company's capital structure or its business. If our company shall effect a capital readjustment or any increase or reduction of the number of shares of our common stock outstanding, without receiving compensation therefor in money, services or property, then the number and per share price of our common stock subject to outstanding awards under our 2008 Plan shall be appropriately adjusted.

        If we are not the surviving entity in any merger, consolidation or other reorganization; if we sell, lease or exchange or agree to sell, lease or exchange all or substantially all of our assets; if we are to be dissolved; or if we are a party to any other corporate transaction, then the committee may:

        After a merger or consolidation involving our company each holder of an award granted under our 2008 Plan shall be entitled to have his restricted stock appropriately adjusted based on the manner in which the shares of our common stock were adjusted under the terms of the agreement of merger or consolidation.

        Awards under our 2008 Plan shall be designed, granted and administered in such a manner that they are either exempt from the application of, or comply with, the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.

        Our board of directors may alter, amend, or terminate our 2008 Plan and the committee may alter, amend, or terminate any award agreement in whole or in part; however, no termination, amendment, or modification shall adversely affect in any material way any award previously granted, without the written consent of the holder.

        Our 2008 Plan became effective on                        , 2008. No awards may be granted under our 2008 Plan on or after                        , 2018, unless our 2008 Plan is subsequently amended, with the approval of stockholders, to extend the termination date.

    2006 Stock Incentive Plan

        Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, the Rosetta Stone Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan, or our 2006 Plan, in January 2006. The 2006 Plan allows for the grant of options to purchase our common stock to our employees, directors, consultants and advisors and those of our

108



affiliates. As expressly authorized by the 2006 Plan, our board of directors has delegated to the compensation committee of our board of directors the authority to make awards under our 2006 Plan and the authority to administer the plan.

        We will not issue any new awards under the 2006 Plan after the completion of this offering. The terms of the 2006 Plan, and the applicable stock option agreements, will continue to govern the terms and conditions of any outstanding stock options. As of September 30, 2008, options to purchase a total of 1,211,932 shares of our common stock were issued and outstanding under the 2006 Plan, and a total of 247,962 shares of our common stock had been issued upon the exercise of options granted under the 2006 Plan that had not been repurchased by us.

        The compensation committee has the authority to determine the terms and conditions of the awards granted under our 2006 Plan. The price at which shares of our common stock may be purchased under an option shall be determined by the compensation committee of our board of directors, but such price may not be less than the fair market value of the shares on the date the option is granted.

        Stock options granted under the 2006 Plan vest and become exercisable, unless otherwise specified in an award agreement, as to 25% of the shares subject to the option on the first anniversary of the date of grant, and thereafter vest and become exercisable as to 1 / 16 of the shares subject to the option at the end of each three-month period. An option issued under the 2006 Plan generally expires on the tenth anniversary of the date the option is granted, unless terminated earlier.

        After termination of a grantee's service to our company and its affiliates, he or she may exercise the vested portion of his or her option for the period of time stated in the option agreement. In all cases, however, the option agreement shall provide that the grantee shall have the right to exercise the vested portion of any option held at termination for at least 30 days following termination of his or her service for any reason other than cause and that the grantee shall have the right to exercise the option for at least six months if the grantee's service terminates due to death or a qualifying disability.

        An optionee shall not have any rights as a stockholder with respect to our common stock covered by an option until the date a stock certificate for such common stock is issued by our company.

        Our 2006 Plan provides that in the event of our acquisition or other change of control, we can make provisions for the continuation of awards outstanding at such time, or for the assumption and substitution of such awards by our successor. In lieu of the foregoing, with respect to options outstanding at the time of the acquisition, we can provide notice to participants that either they (i) must exercise their options within a period we specify in the notice and that the options will terminate upon the expiration of such period if not exercised or (ii) will receive a cash payment equal to the difference between the fair market value of the shares subject to such options over the exercise price of such options and that the options will terminate upon such payment. In addition, we may, but are not required to, accelerate the vesting and exercisability of the options in connection with the change of control.

        Our 2006 Plan restricts the transfer of and, if provided in an award agreement, grants us the right to repurchase, shares of our stock acquired under an option granted under the plan. Under the 2006 Plan, those rights will terminate on completion of this offering.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters

        Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be

109



personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

    any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

    any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

    unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

        Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and second amended and restated bylaws to be in effect upon the completion of this offering provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws also provide that we are obligated to advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under the provisions of Delaware law. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and other employees as determined by our board of directors. With specified exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including, among other things, attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain directors' and officers' liability insurance.

        The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and second amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder's investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

110



RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        Since January 1, 2005, there has not been, nor is there currently proposed, any transaction or series of similar transactions to which we were or are a party in which the amount involved exceeded or exceeds $120,000 and in which any of our directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation arrangements with directors and executive officers, which are described where required under the "Management" section of this prospectus, and the transactions described below.

Formation

        We were originally formed by ABS Capital Partners in December 2005 for the purpose of acquiring Fairfield & Sons, Ltd., which acquisition we completed in January 2006. Prior to our acquisition of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd., it was a privately held company unaffiliated with us, ABS Capital Partners or Norwest.

        In connection with our initial formation, we issued the following shares to the following directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons, after giving effect to the 20-for-1 stock split of our common stock completed in May 2006:

        After giving effect to the automatic conversion of each share of our preferred stock into 20 shares of our common stock upon completion of this offering, the effective per share purchase price of each of those shares was $5.

Acquisition of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd.

        The aggregate price paid to the stockholders of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. was approximately $65.6 million in cash, 63,412 shares of our Class B Convertible Preferred Stock and 47,619 shares of Class B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, and 246,560 shares of our common stock, after adjustment for the 20-for-1 stock split in May 2006, which was originally class A convertible common stock but has since been converted into non-designated common stock.

        In addition, Tom Adams, our chief executive officer, who was then serving as the chief executive officer of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd., received a cash bonus of $3.1 million pursuant to a bonus agreement he had with Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. Mr. Adams was not a stockholder of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd.

Board of Directors

        Prior to the completion of this offering, ABS Capital Partners had the right to appoint two of our directors and Norwest had the right to appoint one of our directors and to have them serve on various

111



committees. This right terminates upon completion of this offering. All three of these appointees will remain on our board following this offering, but we are under no contractual obligation to retain them.

Registration Rights

        ABS Capital Partners, Norwest and Tom Adams and all of the former stockholders of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. have registration rights with respect to the shares of capital stock that they hold beginning 180 days after completion of this offering. For a description of these registration rights, see "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights."

Conversion of Preferred Stock

        Effective upon the completion of this offering, each outstanding share of our preferred stock of all classes will automatically convert into 20 shares of our common stock, including those shares of our preferred stock held by ABS Capital Partners, Norwest and Tom Adams.

Stock Options Granted to and Employment Arrangements with Directors and Executive Officers

        For more information regarding the grant of stock options to directors and executive officers, please see "Management—Director Compensation," "—Executive Compensation" and "—Option Grants in 2007" and "Employment Arrangements with Tom P. H. Adams."

Indemnification Agreements

        We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our current directors and executive officers. These agreements require us to indemnify these individuals to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law against liabilities that may arise by reason of their service to us, and to advance expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. We also intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our future directors and executive officers.

Procedures for Related Party Transactions

        Under our code of business conduct and ethics, our employees, officers and directors are discouraged from entering into any transaction that may cause a conflict of interest for us. In addition, they must report any potential conflict of interest, including related party transactions, to their managers or our general counsel who then reviews and summarizes the proposed transaction for our audit committee. Pursuant to its charter, our audit committee must then approve any related-party transactions, including those transactions involving our directors. In approving or rejecting such proposed transactions, the audit committee considers the relevant facts and circumstances available and deemed relevant to the audit committee, including the material terms of the transactions, risks, benefits, costs, availability of other comparable services or products and, if applicable, the impact on a director's independence. Our audit committee will approve only those transactions that, in light of known circumstances, are in, or are not inconsistent with, our best interests, as our audit committee determines in the good faith exercise of its discretion. A copy of our code of business conduct and ethics and audit committee charter may be found at our corporate website www.rosettastone.com upon the completion of this offering.

112



PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

        The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of September 30, 2008 by:

        Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and includes voting or investment power with respect to the shares. Common stock subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2008 are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding the options. These shares, however, are not deemed outstanding for the purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

        Percentage of beneficial ownership is based on 12,647,702 shares of common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2008, which includes 11,159,780 shares of common stock that will be outstanding as of the completion of this offering as a result of the automatic conversion of each outstanding share of our preferred stock of all series into 20 shares of our common stock.

        Unless otherwise indicated to our knowledge, all persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to their shares of common stock, except to the extent authority is shared by spouses under applicable law. Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each listed stockholder is c/o Rosetta Stone Inc., 1101 Wilson Blvd., Suite 1130, Arlington, Virginia 22209.

 
  Number of Shares Beneficially Owned   Percentage of Shares Outstanding  
Name of Beneficial Owner
  Before
Offering
  Shares
Being
Offered
  Shares
Being
Offered
in Over-
Allotment
  After Offering
Assuming No
Exercise of
Over-
Allotment
Option
  After Offering
Assuming Full
Exercise of
Over-
Allotment
Option
  Before
Offering
  After Offering
Assuming No
Exercise of
Over-
Allotment
Option
  After Offering
Assuming Full
Exercise of
Over-
Allotment
Option
 

5% Stockholders

                                                 

Entities affiliated with ABS Capital Partners(1)

    5,812,400                             46.0 %     %     %

Norwest Equity Partners VIII, LP(2)

    3,800,000                             30.0              

Named Executive Officers:

                                                 

Tom P. H. Adams(3)

    366,510             366,510     366,510     2.9              

Eric Eichmann(4)

    56,625             56,625     56,625     *     *     *  

Brian D. Helman(5)

    30,814             30,814     30,814     *     *     *  

Gregory W. Long(6)

    57,500             57,500     57,500     *     *     *  

Michael C. Wu(7)

    9,804             9,804     9,804     *              

Non-Employee Directors:

                                                 

Patrick W. Gross(8)

    14,375             14,375     14,375     *              

John T. Coleman(9)

    11,250             11,250     11,250     *              

Laurence Franklin(10)

    11,250             11,250     11,250     *              

Laura L Witt(11)

    5,812,400                                            

Phillip A. Clough(12)

    5,812,400                                            

John E. Lindahl(13)

    3,800,000                                            

All of our directors and executive officers as a group (11 persons)(14)

    10,170,528                             80.2              

*
Represents less than one percent.

(1)
Includes:

(i)
5,143,380 shares of common stock held by ABS Capital Partners IV, L.P.;

113


(2)
Norwest is a limited partnership whose sole general partner is Itasca Partners VIII, LLC, or Itasca, and whose managing members are John E. Lindahl and Timothy C. DeVries and whose managing administrative member is John P. Whaley. All voting and dispositive power over these shares is held by Norwest acting by and through Itasca and its managing members. Each of the managing members, including Mr. Lindahl who serves on our board of directors, disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares. The address for these entities is 80 South 8 th  Street, Suite 3600, Minneapolis, MN 55402.

(3)
Includes 52,230 shares of our common stock subject to options which are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2008.

(4)
Includes 56,625 shares of our common stock subject to options which are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2008.

(5)
Includes 30,814 shares of our common stock subject to options which are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2008.

(6)
Includes 57,500 shares of our common stock subject to options which are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2008.

(7)
Consists of 9,804 shares of our common stock subject to options which are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2008.

(8)
Consists of 14,375 shares of our common stock subject to options which are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2008.

(9)
Consists of 11,250 shares of our common stock subject to options which are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2008.

(10)
Consists of 11,250 shares of our common stock subject to options which are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2008.

(11)
Consists of an aggregate of 5,812,000 shares held by the ABS Entities. Mr. Clough is a managing member of ABS Partners LLC, the general partner of the ABS Entities, Mr. Clough disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. See footnote 1.

(12)
Consists of an aggregate of 5,812,000 shares held by the ABS Entities. Ms. Witt is a managing member of ABS Partners LLC, the general partner of the ABS Entities. Ms. Witt disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares. See footnote 1.

(13)
Consists of 3,800,000 shares held by Norwest. Mr. Lindahl is a director of our company and is a managing member of Itasca, the sole general partner of Norwest. Mr. Lindahl disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares. See footnote 2.

(14)
Includes shares described in footnotes 3 through 10 above.

114



DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

        The following is a summary of our capital stock and provisions of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and second amended and restated bylaws, as they will be in effect upon the closing of this offering. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and second amended and restated bylaws, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

        Following the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 190,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.00005 par value per share, and 10,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share. As of September 30, 2008, we had outstanding 12,647,702 shares of our common stock, which includes 11,159,780 shares of common stock that will be outstanding as of the completion of this offering as a result of the automatic conversion of each of our outstanding shares of preferred stock of all series into 20 shares of our common stock. As of September 30, 2008, we had 62 common stockholders of record.

Common stock

    Dividend Rights

        Subject to preferences that may apply to shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of outstanding shares of our common stock are entitled to received dividends out of assets legally available at the times and in the amounts that our board of directors may determine from time to time.

    Voting Rights

        Each holder of common stock is entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. We have not provided for cumulative voting for the election of directors in our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation. This means that the holders of a majority of the shares voted can elect all of the directors then standing for election.

    No Preemptive, Conversion, Redemption or Sinking Fund Rights

        Our common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights and is not subject to conversion or redemption or any sinking fund provisions.

    Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions

        Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the holders of our common stock are entitled to share in all assets remaining after payment of all liabilities and the liquidation preferences of any outstanding preferred stock. Each outstanding share of common stock is, and all shares of common stock to be issued in this offering when they are paid for will be, fully paid and nonassessable.

Preferred Stock

        Following the closing of this offering, our board of directors will be authorized, subject to limitations imposed by Delaware law, to issue up to a total of 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series, without stockholder approval. Our board is authorized to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each series of preferred stock, and to fix the rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each series of preferred stock and any of its qualifications, limitations or restrictions. Our board can also increase or decrease the number of shares of any series

115



of preferred stock, but not below the number of shares of that series of preferred stock then outstanding, without any further vote or action by the stockholders.

Registration Rights

        According to the terms of our Registration Rights Agreement, ABS Capital Partners, Norwest, Madison Capital, Tom Adams and the former stockholders of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd., including Greg Keim, are entitled to demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registration rights. The stockholders who are a party to the Registration Rights Agreement will hold an aggregate of            shares of our common stock upon completion of this offering and the conversion of all existing series of our preferred stock into shares of our common stock as described in "Principal and Selling Stockholders."

    Demand Registration Rights

        At any time following 180 days after the date of this prospectus, ABS Capital Partners, Norwest and Madison Capital have the right, under our Registration Rights Agreement, to require that we register all or a portion, but not less than 20%, of the aggregate number of shares of common stock held by ABS Capital, Norwest and Madison Capital. We are not required to effect more than three registrations requested by these stockholders, or effect more than one in any nine-month period. The other stockholders who are a party to the Registration Rights Agreement may also include their shares in such registration. The underwriters of any underwritten offering have the right to limit the number of shares to be included in a registration statement filed in response to the exercise of these demand registration rights. We must pay all expenses, except for underwriters' discounts and commissions, incurred in connection with these demand registration rights.

    Piggyback Registration Rights

        If we register any securities for public sale after this offering, our stockholders with piggyback registration rights under our Registration Rights Agreement have the right to include their shares in the registration, subject to specified exceptions. The underwriters of any underwritten offering have the right to limit the number of shares registered by these holders. We must pay all expenses, except for underwriters' discounts and commissions, incurred in connection with these piggyback registration rights.

    Form S-3 Registration Rights

        ABS Capital Partners, Norwest and Madison Capital have the right, under our Registration Rights Agreement, to require that we register all or a portion of their shares of common stock on Form S-3 if we are eligible to file a registration statement on that form and the expected proceeds of such offering are at least $1,000,000. The other stockholders who are a party to the Registration Rights Agreement may also include their shares in any such registration. We must pay all expenses, except for underwriters' discounts and commissions, for all registrations on Form S-3.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

        The provisions of Delaware law and our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and second amended and restated bylaws, which will be effective upon the closing of this offering, may have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of our company in a coercive manner as described below. These provisions, summarized below, are expected to discourage and prevent coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of our company to first negotiate with our board of directors. They are also intended to provide our management with the flexibility to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability if our board of directors determines that a takeover is

116



not in our best interests or the best interests of our stockholders. These provisions, however, could have the effect of discouraging attempts to acquire us, which could deprive our stockholders of opportunities to sell their shares of common stock at prices higher than prevailing market prices. We believe that the benefits of these provisions, including increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure our company, outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging takeover proposals, because negotiation of takeover proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Delaware Law

        We will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regulating corporate takeovers. In general, those provisions prohibit a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

        Section 203 defines business combination to include the following:


        In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by any of these entities or persons. The statute could prohibit or delay mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts and, accordingly, may discourage attempts to acquire us.

Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

        Following the completion of this offering, our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and second amended and restated bylaws will provide for:

117


        The provisions described above are intended to promote continuity and stability in the composition of our board of directors and in the policies formulated by the board, and to discourage some types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened change of control. We expect these provisions would reduce our vulnerability to unsolicited acquisition attempts as well as discourage some tactics that may be used in proxy fights. Such provisions, however, could discourage others from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence, may also inhibit increases in the market price of our common stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. These provisions could also operate to prevent changes in our management.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

        The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is                        .

Listing

        We expect to apply for listing of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol "RST."

118



MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS
TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

        The following discussion summarizes the material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock by certain non-U.S. holders (as defined below). This discussion only applies to non-U.S. holders who purchase and hold our common stock as a capital asset for U.S. federal income tax purposes (generally property held for investment). This discussion does not describe all of the tax consequences that may be relevant to a non-U.S. holder in light of its particular circumstances.

        For purposes of this discussion, a "non-U.S. holder" means a person (other than a partnership) that is not for U.S. federal income tax purposes any of the following:

        This discussion is based upon provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, and Treasury regulations, rulings and judicial decisions as of the date hereof. These authorities may change, perhaps retroactively, which could result in U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences different from those summarized below. This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxes and does not describe any foreign, state, local or other tax considerations that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders in light of their particular circumstances. In addition, this discussion does not describe the U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences applicable to a non-U.S. holder who is subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws (including a United States expatriate, a "controlled foreign corporation," a "passive foreign investment company," a corporation that accumulates earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, a pass-through entity or an investor in a pass-through entity, or a tax-exempt organization or an insurance company). We cannot assure you that a change in law will not significantly alter the tax considerations that we describe in this discussion.

        If a partnership (or any other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our common stock, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner of that partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership holding our common stock, you should consult your tax advisors.

        THIS DISCUSSION IS PROVIDED FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND DOES NOT CONSTITUTE LEGAL ADVICE TO ANY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASER OF OUR COMMON STOCK. ADDITIONALLY, THIS DISCUSSION CANNOT BE USED BY ANY HOLDER FOR THE PURPOSE OF AVOIDING TAX PENALTIES THAT MAY BE IMPOSED ON SUCH HOLDER. IF YOU ARE CONSIDERING THE PURCHASE OF OUR COMMON STOCK, YOU SHOULD CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK IN LIGHT OF YOUR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES AND ANY

119



CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER THE LAWS OF APPLICABLE STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN TAXING JURISDICTIONS. YOU SHOULD ALSO CONSULT WITH YOUR TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING ANY POSSIBLE ENACTMENT OF LEGISLATION THAT WOULD AFFECT YOUR INVESTMENT IN OUR COMMON STOCK IN YOUR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES.

Distributions on Common Stock

        In general, if distributions are made with respect to our common stock, such distributions will be treated as dividends to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits as determined under the Code and will be subject to withholding as discussed below. Any portion of a distribution that exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits will first be applied to reduce the non-U.S. holder's basis in the common stock and, to the extent such portion exceeds the non-U.S. holder's basis, the excess will be treated as gain from the disposition of the common stock, the tax treatment of which is discussed below under "Dispositions of Common Stock." In addition, if we are a U.S. real property holding corporation, or a USRPHC, which we believe that we are not and do not expect to become, and any distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, we will need to choose to satisfy our withholding requirements either by treating the entire distribution as a dividend, subject to the withholding rules in the following paragraph (and withhold at a minimum rate of 10% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty), or by treating only the amount of the distribution equal to our reasonable estimate of our current and accumulated earnings and profits as a dividend, with the excess portion of the distribution subject to withholding as if such excess were the result of a sale of shares in a USRPHC (discussed below under "—Disposition of Common Stock").

        Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock will generally be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. But dividends that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by the non-U.S. holder within the United States (and, where a tax treaty applies, are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States) are not subject to the withholding tax, provided certain certification and disclosure requirements are satisfied. Instead, such dividends are subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis in the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a United States person as defined under the Code, unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise. Any such effectively connected dividends received by a foreign corporation may be subject to an additional "branch profits tax" at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

        A non-U.S. holder of our common stock who wishes to claim the benefit of an applicable treaty rate and avoid backup withholding, as discussed below, for dividends will be required to (a) complete Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (or other applicable form) and certify under penalty of perjury that such holder is not a United States person as defined under the Code and is eligible for treaty benefits, or (b) if our common stock is held through certain foreign intermediaries, satisfy the relevant certification requirements of applicable Treasury regulations. Special certification and other requirements apply to certain non-U.S. holders that are pass-through entities rather than corporations or individuals.

        A non-U.S. holder of our common stock eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the Internal Revenue Service.

120


Disposition of Common Stock

        Any gain realized by a non-U.S. holder on the disposition of our common stock will generally not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax unless:

        A non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point immediately above will be subject to tax on the net gain derived from the sale under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates, and if it is a corporation, may be subject to the branch profits tax equal to 30% of its effectively connected earnings and profits or at such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. An individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point immediately above will be subject to a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses, even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States. A non-U.S. holder described in the third bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates with respect to the gain recognized.

U.S. Federal Estate Tax

        Our common stock beneficially owned by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of death will generally be includable in the decedent's gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable treaty provides otherwise.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

        We must report annually to the Internal Revenue Service and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of dividends paid to such non-U.S. holder and the tax withheld with respect to such dividends, regardless of whether withholding was required. Copies of the information returns reporting such dividends and withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty.

        A non-U.S. holder will be subject to backup withholding for dividends paid to such non-U.S. holder unless such non-U.S. holder certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such non-U.S. holder is a United States person as defined under the Code), or such non-U.S. holder otherwise establishes an exemption.

        Information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding will apply to the proceeds of a sale of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain United States-related financial intermediaries, unless the beneficial owner certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the beneficial owner is a United States person as defined under the Code), and such owner otherwise establishes an exemption.

        Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holder's U.S. federal income tax liability provided the required information is furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.

121



SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

        Before this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. As described below, only a limited number of shares currently outstanding will be available for sale immediately after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options, in the public market after the restrictions lapse, or the possibility of such sales, could cause the prevailing market price of our common stock to fall or impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

        Upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding                 shares of our common stock, after giving effect to the conversion of each share of our outstanding preferred stock of all classes into 20 shares of our common stock, and assuming that there are no exercises of outstanding options after September 30, 2008. Of these shares, all of the                                     shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable in the public market without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless these shares are held by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Shares purchased by our affiliates may not be resold except pursuant to an effective registration statement or an exemption from registration, including the exemption under Rule 144 of the Securities Act described below.

        After this offering, and assuming no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option,                                     shares of our common stock held by existing stockholders will be restricted securities, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or 701 under the Securities Act. These rules are summarized below. Subject to the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rule 144 and Rule 701, these restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

Number of
shares
 
Date of availability for sale
                   180 to 214 days after the date of this prospectus

                

 

180 to 214 days after the date of this prospectus, upon the exercise of vested options

Lock-Up Agreements

        In connection with this offering, officers, directors, employees and stockholders, who together hold an aggregate of                 shares of our common stock, have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly sell or dispose of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, and in specific circumstances, up to an additional 34 days, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co., Incorporated. For additional information, see "Underwriting." In addition, each of our existing stockholders and option holders is subject to a 180 day lock-up in favor of our company pursuant to the terms of a registration rights agreement to which our stockholders are a party or the terms of their option award agreements.

Rule 144

        In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months will be entitled to sell any shares of our common stock that such person has beneficially owned for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, without regard to volume limitations. Sales of our common stock by any such person would be subject to the availability of current public information about us if the shares to be sold were beneficially owned by such person for less than one year.

122


        In addition, under Rule 144, a person may sell shares of our common stock acquired from us immediately upon the closing of this offering, without regard to volume limitations or the availability of public information about us, if:

        Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, our affiliates who have beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

        Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

        Any employee, officer or director of our company, or consultant to our company who purchased shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to sell them in reliance on Rule 701. Rule 701 permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. Rule 701 further provides that non-affiliates may sell these shares in reliance on Rule 144 without complying with the holding period, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares. However, all shares issued under Rule 701 are subject to lock-up agreements and will only become eligible for sale when the 180-day lock-up agreements expire.

Stock Plans

        We plan on filing a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering            shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options under our 2006 Plan and 2008 Plan and shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2008 Plan. We expect to file this registration statement as soon as practicable after this offering. However, no resale of these registered shares shall occur until after the 180-day lock-up period.

Registration Rights

        At any time after 180 days following this offering, certain holders of common stock may demand that we register their shares under the Securities Act or, if we file another registration statement under the Securities Act other than a Form S-8 covering securities issuable under our stock plans, may elect to include their shares in such registration. If these shares are registered, they will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act. For additional information, see "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights."

        We have agreed not to file any registration statements during the 180-day period after the date of this prospectus with respect to the registration of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable into common stock, other than one or more registration statements on Form S-8 covering securities issuable under our stock plans, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co., Incorporated.

123



UNDERWRITERS

        Under the terms and subject to the conditions in an underwriting agreement, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated is acting as representative, have severally agreed to purchase, and we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares indicated below:

Name
 
Number of Shares
 
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated        
William Blair & Company, L.L.C.         
Jefferies & Company, Inc.         
Piper Jaffray & Co.         
Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated        
       
  Total                       

        The underwriters and the representative are collectively referred to as the "underwriters" and the "representative," respectively. The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters' over-allotment option described below. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased, or, in the case of a default with respect to the shares covered by the underwriters' over-allotment described below, the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

        The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representative.

        The selling stockholders have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to                additional shares of common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter's name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

        The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to us and the selling stockholders. These amounts are

124



shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase up to an additional                shares of common stock.

 
  Total  
 
  Per Share   No Exercise   Full Exercise  

Public offering price

  $     $     $    

Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by:

                   
 

Us

  $     $     $    
 

The selling stockholders

  $     $     $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

  $     $     $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to selling stockholders

  $     $     $    

        The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $                        .

        The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares of common stock offered by them.

        We expect to apply to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol "RST."

        We and all directors and officers and the holders of all of our outstanding stock and stock options have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated on behalf of the underwriters and subject to certain exceptions, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

whether any such transaction described in the first two bullet points above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, we and each such person agree that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated on behalf of the underwriters, they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock.

        The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph to do not apply to, among other things:

        The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be extended if:

125


in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

        In order to facilitate the offering of the common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is "covered" if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A "naked" short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of common stock in the open market to stabilize the price of the common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

        We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make because of any of these liabilities.

        A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representative may agree to allocate a number of shares of common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representative to underwriters that may make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

        While the underwriters have not performed investment banking, commercial banking or advisory services for us, the underwriters may, from time to time in the future, engage in transactions with and perform services for us or our affiliates in the ordinary course of their business.

Pricing of the Offering

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representative. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price will be our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities, and other financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours. We cannot assure you, however, that the prices at which the shares will sell in the public market after this offering will not be lower than the initial public offering price or that an active trading market in our common stock will develop and continue after this offering.

126


Directed Share Program

        At our request, the underwriters have reserved five percent of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus for sale, at the initial public offering price, to directors, officers, employees, business associates and related persons of our company. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these individuals purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered by this prospectus.

European Economic Area

        In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each Manager has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Member State it has not made and will not make an offer of shares of our common stock to the public in that Member State, except that it may, with effect from and including such date, make an offer of shares of our common stock to the public in that Member State:

For the purposes of the above, the expression an "offer of shares of our common stock to the public" in relation to any shares of our common stock in any Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares of our common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares of our common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in that Member State.

United Kingdom

        Each Manager has represented and agreed that it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000) in connection with the issue or sale of the shares of our common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of such Act does not apply to us and it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of such Act with respect to anything done by it in relation to any shares of our common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

127



LEGAL MATTERS

        Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P., Houston, Texas, will pass upon the validity of the issuance of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. Cooley Godward Kronish LLP, Reston, Virginia, is representing the underwriters in this offering.


EXPERTS

        The consolidated balance sheets of Rosetta Stone Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2006 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders' equity (deficit), and cash flows of the predecessor, Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. and subsidiary, for the year ended December 31, 2005 and for the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006, and of Rosetta Stone Inc. and subsidiaries for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and for the year ended December 31, 2007, included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein in the registration statement (which report expresses an unqualified opinion on the financial statements and includes an explanatory paragraph referring to the adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 ). Such financial statements are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

        We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, including exhibits, under the Securities Act with respect to the common stock to be sold in this offering. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information in the registration statement or the exhibits. Statements made in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract, agreement or other document are only summaries. With respect to each contract, agreement or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, we refer you to the exhibit for a more complete description of the matter involved.

        We are not currently subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. As a result of the offering of the shares of our common stock, we will become subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance therewith, will file reports and other information with the SEC. You may read and copy all or any portion of the registration statement or any reports, statements or other information in the files at the public reference room of the SEC located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.

        You can request copies of these documents upon payment of a duplicating fee by writing to the SEC. You may call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of its public reference room. Our filings, including the registration statement, will also be available to you on the web site maintained by the SEC at http://www.sec.gov .

        We intend to furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing consolidated financial statements audited by our independent auditors, and to make available to our stockholders quarterly reports for the first three quarters of each year containing unaudited interim consolidated financial statements.

128



INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
  Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 
F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 
F-4

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

 
F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 
F-6

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 
F-7

F-1



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors
Rosetta Stone Inc.
Arlington, VA

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Rosetta Stone Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company" and "Successor") as of December 31, 2006 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders' equity (deficit), and cash flows for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2007. We have also audited the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders' equity (deficit), and cash flows of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. and subsidiary (the "Predecessor") for the year ended December 31, 2005 and the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's and the Predecessor's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company and the Predecessor are not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of their internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's and the Predecessor's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2006 and 2007, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2007 and of the Predecessor for the year ended December 31, 2005 and for the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

As discussed in Notes 2 and 16 to the consolidated financial statements, effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted the accounting provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 ("FIN No. 48").

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

McLean, Virginia
September 23, 2008, except for Note 20 as to which the date is October 6, 2008

F-2


ROSETTA STONE INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 
  As of December 31,    
   
 
 
  As of September 30,
2008
  Pro Forma
As of September 30,
2008
 
 
  2006   2007  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Assets:

                         

Current assets:

                         
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 16,917   $ 21,691   $ 27,775   $ 27,775  
 

Restricted cash

    10     393     39     39  
 

Accounts receivable (net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $267, $627, $1,072 and $1,072, respectively)

    8,672     11,852     22,543     22,543  
 

Inventory, net

    1,301     3,861     6,722     6,722  
 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    3,731     3,872     5,927     5,927  
 

Deferred income taxes

    348     848     848     848  
                   
   

Total current assets

    30,979     42,517     63,854     63,854  

Property and equipment, net

    7,398     13,445     14,685     14,685  

Goodwill

    34,199     34,199     34,199     34,199  

Intangible assets, net

    18,485     13,661     11,395     11,395  

Deferred income taxes

    5,286     6,085     6,085     6,085  

Other assets

    407     469     404     404  
                   
   

Total assets

  $ 96,754   $ 110,376   $ 130,622   $ 130,622  
                   

Liabilities and stockholders' equity:

                         

Current liabilities:

                         
 

Accounts payable

  $ 2,010   $ 4,636   $ 3,844   $ 3,844  
 

Accrued compensation

    3,425     4,940     7,691     7,691  
 

Other current liabilities

    8,833     11,421     18,253     18,253  
 

Deferred revenue

    6,842     12,045     15,583     15,583  
 

Current maturities of long-term debt—related party (Note 9)

    2,550     3,400     4,038     4,038  
                   
   

Total current liabilities

    23,660     36,442     49,409     49,409  

Long-term debt—related party (Note 9)

    13,309     9,909     6,725     6,725  

Deferred revenue

    1,263     894     965     965  

Other long-term liabilities

    54     6     5     5  
                   
   

Total liabilities

    38,286     47,251     57,104     57,104  

Commitments and contingencies (Note 15)

                         
 

Class B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock $0.001 par value; 48 shares authorized; 48, 48, zero and and zero shares issued and outstanding, liquidation preference of $4,762, $4,762, zero and zero at December 31, 2006, December 31, 2007, September 30, 2008 (unaudited) and pro forma September 30, 2008 (unaudited), respectively

    4,920     5,000          

Stockholders' equity:

                         
 

Class A, Series A-1 Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value; 269 shares authorized; 269, 269, 269 and zero shares issued and outstanding, liquidation preference of $26,876, $26,876, $26,876 and zero at December 31, 2006, December 31, 2007, September 30, 2008 (unaudited) and pro forma September 30, 2008 (unaudited), respectively

    26,876     26,876     26,876      
 

Class A, Series A-2 Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value; 178 shares authorized; 178, 178, 178 and zero shares issued and outstanding, liquidation preference of $17,820, $17,820, $17,820 and zero at December 31, 2006, December 31, 2007 and September 30, 2008 (unaudited) and pro forma September 30, 2008 (unaudited), respectively

    17,820     17,820     17,820      
 

Class B Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value; 115,000 shares authorized; 63, 63, 111 and zero shares issued and outstanding, liquidation preference of $6,341, $6,341, $11,341 and zero at December 31, 2006, 2007, September 30, 2008 (unaudited) and pro forma September 30, 2008 (unaudited), respectively

    6,341     6,341     11,341      
 

Class A Convertible Common Stock, $0.001, $0.001, $0.00005 and $0.00005 par value at December 31, 2006, 2007, September 30, 2008 (unaudited) and pro forma September 30, 2008 (unaudited), repectively; 900 shares authorized; zero shares issued and outstanding

                 
 

Class B Convertible Common Stock, $0.001, $0.001, $0.00005 and $0.00005 par value at December 31, 2006, 2007, September 30, 2008 (unaudited) and pro forma September 30, 2008 (unaudited), repectively; 20,000 shares authorized; zero shares issued and outstanding

                 
 

Non-Designated Common Stock, $0.001, $0.001, $0.00005 and $0.00005 par value at December 31, 2006, 2007, September 30, 2008 (unaudited) and pro forma September 30, 2008 (unaudited), respectively; 39,100 shares authorized; 1,240, 1,413, 1,488 and 12,648 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2006, 2007, September 30, 2008 (unaudited) and pro forma September 30, 2008 (unaudited), respectively

    1     1     1     2  
 

Additional paid-in capital

    6,601     8,613     10,112     66,148  
 

Accumulated income (loss)

    (4,049 )   (1,470 )   7,481     7,481  
 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (42 )   (56 )   (113 )   (113 )
                   
   

Total stockholders' equity

    53,548     58,125     73,518     73,518  
                   

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

  $ 96,754   $ 110,376   $ 130,622   $ 130,622  
                   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-3


ROSETTA STONE INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands except per share amounts)

 
   
   
  Sucessor  
 
  Predecessor  
 
   
   
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
 
   
  Period From
January 1, through
January 4,
2006
  Period From
January 4, through
December 31,
2006
   
 
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2005
  Year Ended
December 31,
2007
 
 
  2007   2008  
 
   
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Revenue:

                                     
 

Product

  $ 44,278   $ 178   $ 80,604   $ 119,897   $ 81,834   $ 124,988  
 

Subscription and service

    4,124     94     10,694     17,424     12,479     18,143  
                           
   

Total revenue

    48,402     272     91,298     137,321     94,313     143,131  

Cost of revenue:

                                     
 

Cost of product revenue

    7,772     199     11,549     19,055     13,499     17,869  
 

Cost of subscription and service revenue

    470     4     992     1,632     1,136     1,789  
                           
   

Total cost of revenue

    8,242     203     12,541     20,687     14,635     19,658  
                           

Gross margin

    40,160     69     78,757     116,634     79,678     123,473  
                           

Operating expenses:

                                     
 

Sales and marketing

    22,432     695     45,854     65,437     45,394     65,510  
 

Research and development

    2,819     41     8,117     12,893     9,524     13,308  
 

Acquired in-process research and development

            12,597              
 

General and administrative

    8,157     142     16,590     29,786     22,033     26,272  
 

Transaction-related expenses

        10,315                  
                           
     

Total operating expenses

    33,408     11,193     83,158     108,116     76,951     105,090  
                           

Income (loss) from operations

    6,752     (11,124 )   (4,401 )   8,518     2,727     18,383  

Other income and expense:

                                     
 

Interest income

    38         613     673     520     423  
 

Interest expense

            (1,560 )   (1,331 )   (1,025 )   (714 )
 

Other income

    134     3     60     154     186     81  
                           
     

Total other income (expense)

    172     3     (887 )   (504 )   (319 )   (210 )

Income (loss) before income taxes

    6,924     (11,121 )   (5,288 )   8,014     2,408     18,173  

Income tax provision (benefit)

    143         (1,240 )   5,435     2,106     9,222  
                           

Net income (loss)

    6,781     (11,121 )   (4,048 )   2,579     302     8,951  

Preferred stock accretion

            (159 )   (80 )   (60 )    
                           

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

  $ 6,781   $ (11,121 ) $ (4,207 ) $ 2,499   $ 242   $ 8,951  
                           

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

                                     
 

Basic

  $ 24,658   $ (37,194 ) $ (3.42 ) $ 1.91   $ 0.19   $ 6.14  
                           
 

Diluted

  $ 24,658   $ (37,194 ) $ (3.42 ) $ 0.20   $ 0.02   $ 0.69  
                           

Common shares and equivalents outstanding:

                                     
 

Basic weighted average shares

    0.275     0.299     1,230     1,310     1,278     1,458  
                           
 

Diluted weighted average shares

    0.275     0.299     1,230     12,718     12,642     12,960  
                           

Pro forma net income per common share:

                                     
 

Basic

                    $ 0.20         $ 0.71  
                                   
 

Diluted

                    $ 0.20         $ 0.69  
                                   

Pro forma common shares and equivalents outstanding:

                                     
 

Basic weighted average shares

                      12,470           12,618  
                                   
 

Diluted weighted average shares

                      12,718           12,960  
                                   

        See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-4


ROSETTA STONE INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

(in thousands)

 
  Class A,
Series A-1
Convertible
Preferred Stock
  Class A,
Series A-2
Convertible
Preferred Stock
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Class B
Convertible
Preferred Stock
  Class A
Convertible
Common Stock
  Class B
Convertible
Common Stock
  Non-Designated
Common Stock
  Predecessor
Common Stock
   
   
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
(loss)
   
 
 
   
   
  Total
Stockholders'
Equity
(Deficit)
 
 
  Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Accumulated
Income
(loss)
 
 
  Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount  

Predecessor
                                                                                                             

Balance—January 1, 2005

      $       $       $       $       $       $       $ 439   $   $ 5,701   $ 47   $ 6,187  
 

Comprehensive income:

                                                                                                             
   

Net income

                                                                6,781         6,781  
   

Change in unrealized gain on securities available-for-sale

                                                                    (47 )   (47 )
   

Foreign currency translation gain

                                                                    3     3  
                                                                           
   

Total comprehensive income

                                                                        6,737  
   

Dividends to stockholders

                                                                (3,939 )       (3,939 )
                                                                           

Balance—December 31, 2005

                                                        439         8,543     3     8,985  
                                                                           
 

Stock-based compensation expense related to issuance of common stock

                                                            5,930             5,930  
 

Comprehensive loss:

                                                                                                             
   

Net loss

                                                                (11,121 )       (11,121 )
                                                                           
   

Total comprehensive loss

                                                                        (11,121 )
                                                                           

Balance—January 4, 2006

      $       $       $       $       $       $       $ 439   $ 5,930   $ (2,578 ) $ 3   $ 3,794  
                                                                           
   

Successor
                                                                                                             

Balance—January 4, 2006

      $       $       $       $       $       $       $   $   $ (1 ) $   $ (1 )
 

Sale of Common and Preferred stock

    269     26,876     178     17,820             613     1     380                         4,966             49,663  
 

Stock issued for acquisition of subsidiary

                    63     6,341     247                                 1,233             7,574  
 

Conversion of Class A and B Convertible Common

                                                                                                           
   

Stock to Non-Designated Common Stock

                            (860 )   (1 )   (380 )       1,240     1                            
 

Stock-based compensation expense

                                                            561             561  
 

Accretion of Redeemable Convertible Class

                                                                                                           
     

B Preferred Stock to redemption value

                                                            (159 )           (159 )
 

Comprehensive loss:

                                                                                                           
   

Net loss

                                                                (4,048 )       (4,048 )
   

Foreign currency translation loss, net of tax of $14

                                                                    (42 )   (42 )
                                                                           
   

Total comprehensive loss

                                                                        (4,090 )
                                                                           

Balance—December 31, 2006

    269     26,876     178     17,820     63     6,341                     1,240     1             6,601     (4,049 )   (42 )   53,548  
 

Stock issued upon the exercise of stock options

                                            173                 765             765  
 

Stock-based compensation expense

                                                            1,327             1,327  
 

Accretion of Redeemable Convertible Class B Preferred Stock to redemption value

                                                            (80 )           (80 )
 

Comprehensive income (loss):

                                                                                                             
   

Net income

                                                                2,579         2,579  
   

Foreign currency translation loss, net of tax of $6

                                                                    (14 )   (14 )
                                                                           
   

Total comprehensive income

                                                                        2,565  
                                                                           

Balance—December 31, 2007

    269     26,876     178     17,820     63     6,341                     1,413     1             8,613     (1,470 )   (56 )   58,125  
 

Stock issued upon the exercise of stock options (unaudited)

                                            75                 359             359  
 

Stock-based compensation expense (unaudited)

                                                            1,140             1,140  
 

Expiration of redemption rights of Class B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (unaudited)

                    48     5,000                                                 5,000  
 

Comprehensive income:

                                                                                                             
   

Net income (unaudited)

                                                                8,951         8,951  
   

Foreign currency translation loss (unaudited)

                                                                    (57 )   (57 )
                                                                           
   

Total comprehensive income (unaudited)

                                                                        8,894  
                                                                           

Balance—September 30, 2008 (unaudited)

    269   $ 26,876     178   $ 17,820     111   $ 11,341       $       $     1,488   $ 1       $   $ 10,112   $ 7,481   $ (113 ) $ 73,518  
                                                                           

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-5


ROSETTA STONE INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 
  Predecessor   Successor  
 
   
  Period From
January 1,
through
January 4,
2006
  Period From
January 4,
through
December 31,
2006
   
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2005
  Year Ended
December 31,
2007
 
 
  2007   2008  
 
   
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Cash Flows From Operating Activities:

                                     
 

Net income (loss)

  $ 6,781   $ (11,121 ) $ (4,048 ) $ 2,579   $ 302   $ 8,951  
 

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to cash

                                     
   

provided by (used in) operating activities:

                                     
   

Stock-based compensation expense

        5,930     561     1,327     754     1,140  
   

Compensation expense related to put-options

            11     (7 )   (9 )    
   

Bad debt expense

    240         411     828     248     849  
   

Forgiveness of loans to stockholders

    93                      
   

Depreciation and amortization

    729     10     6,515     7,769     5,865     5,224  
   

Amortization of deferred financing costs

            105     104     77     78  
   

(Gain) loss on embedded derivative

            28     (29 )        
   

Acquired in-process research and development

            12,597              
   

Deferred income tax benefit

            (5,634 )   (1,299 )        
   

Loss on disposal of equipment

    7         90     193     173     14  
   

Interest earned on loans to stockholders

    (6 )                    
   

Net change in:

                                     
     

Restricted cash

            (10 )   (383 )   (25 )   354  
     

Accounts receivable

    (5,134 )   4,141     (5,190 )   (4,010 )   (3,704 )   (11,604 )
     

Inventory

    (112 )   (5 )   (520 )   (2,563 )   (1,520 )   (2,880 )
     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    (691 )   130     (2,556 )   (139 )   (1,637 )   (2,080 )
     

Other assets

    (87 )   63     (322 )   (169 )   (100 )   (12 )
     

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    4,408     1,214     930     2,630     518     (792 )
     

Accrued compensation

        4,439     (3,428 )   1,348     1,481     2,972  
     

Other current liabilities

            2,556     2,760     2,152     6,812  
     

Deferred revenue

    4,578     (47 )   3,044     4,830     464     3,682  
                           
       

Net cash provided by operating activities

    10,806     4,754     5,140     15,769     5,039     12,708  
                           

Cash Flows From Investing Activities:

                                     
   

Proceeds from sale of equipment

    3                      
   

Purchases of property and equipment

    (1,522 )       (3,665 )   (9,167 )   (8,052 )   (4,304 )
   

Purchase of securities-available-for-sale

    (2,790 )                    
   

Proceeds from sale of securities-available-for-sale

    4,368         7              
   

Purchase of intangible assets

            (12 )            
   

Acquisition, net of cash acquired

            2,437              
   

Loans to employees and stockholders

    (39 )   (2,503 )   (9 )            
   

Proceeds from employee and stockholder loans

    40         28     2     2      
                           
       

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    60     (2,503 )   (1,214 )   (9,165 )   (8,050 )   (4,304 )
                           

Cash Flows From Financing Activities:

                                     
   

Proceeds from stock issuance

            49,663              
   

Proceeds from the exercise of stock options

                765     810     359  
   

Proceeds from long-term debt

            17,000              
   

Debt issuance costs

            (517 )            
   

Payment of promissory note related to acquisition

            (51,924 )            
   

Payments under capital lease obligations

    (47 )   (2 )   (33 )   (16 )   (13 )   (8 )
   

Principal payments under long-term debt

    (631 )       (1,139 )   (2,550 )   (1,913 )   (2,550 )
   

Payment of dividends to stockholders

    (189 )   (3,750 )                
                           
       

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    (867 )   (3,752 )   13,050     (1,801 )   (1,116 )   (2,199 )
                           

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    9,999     (1,501 )   16,976     4,803     (4,127 )   6,205  

Effect of exchange rate changes in cash and cash equivalents

    (27 )       (59 )   (29 )   (176 )   (121 )
                           

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    9,972     (1,501 )   16,917     4,774     (4,303 )   6,084  

Cash and cash equivalents—beginning of period

    1,766     11,738         16,917     16,917     21,691  
                           

Cash and cash equivalents—end of period

  $ 11,738   $ 10,237   $ 16,917   $ 21,691   $ 12,614   $ 27,775  
                           

Supplemental Cash Flow Disclosure:

                                     
 

Cash paid during the periods for:

                                     
   

Interest

  $ 34   $   $ 1,246   $ 1,259   $ 651   $ 758  
                           
   

Income taxes, net

  $ 166   $   $ 5,608   $ 4,821   $ 3,754   $ 7,503  
                           
 

Noncash financing and investing activities:

                                     
   

Accrued liability for purchase of property and equipment

  $ 56   $   $ 413   $ 455   $ 865   $ 522  
                           
   

Accrued stock dividend

  $ 3,750   $   $   $   $   $  
                           
   

Issuance of stock for acquisition

  $   $   $ 12,336   $   $   $  
                           
   

Issuance of promissory note for acquisition

  $   $   $ 51,924   $   $   $  
                           
   

Settlement of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. stockholder receivables upon acquisition

  $   $   $ 5,940   $   $   $  
                           
   

Accrued liability for acquisition costs

  $   $   $ 1,105   $   $   $  
                           

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-6


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. NATURE OF OPERATIONS

        Rosetta Stone Inc. and subsidiaries ("Rosetta Stone," the "Company" or the "Successor") develops, markets and supports a suite of language learning software products under the Rosetta Stone brand name. The Company's software products are sold on a direct basis and through select retailers. The Company provides its software applications to customers through the sale of CD-ROM's and on line subscriptions. Rosetta Stone Inc. was incorporated on December 23, 2005 in the state of Delaware and acquired Rosetta Stone Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation, on January 4, 2006, as discussed in Note 4. Rosetta Stone Holdings Inc. acquired Rosetta Stone Ltd. (formerly Fairfield & Sons, Ltd.) and Rosetta Stone (UK), Limited (formerly Fairfield & Sons UK Limited), (collectively the "Predecessor") on January 4, 2006. The acquisition of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. occurred at 4:00 PM on January 4, 2006. Rosetta Stone Inc. has four wholly owned operating subsidiaries—Rosetta Stone Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation, Rosetta Stone Ltd., a Virginia corporation, Rosetta Stone (UK), a corporation incorporated under the laws of England and Wales, and Rosetta Stone Japan Inc., a company incorporated under the laws of Japan.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of Consolidation

        The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Rosetta Stone Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries subsequent to the closing on January 4, 2006 and Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. and subsidiary prior to the closing on January 4, 2006. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

        The accompanying unaudited interim consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2008, the consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2008, and the consolidated statement of changes in stockholders' equity (deficit) for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 are unaudited. These unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. In the opinion of the Company's management, the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and include all adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of the Company's statement of financial position, results of operations, and its cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2008. The results for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2008. All references to September 30, 2008 or to the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2008 in the notes to the consolidated financial statements are unaudited.

Unaudited Pro Forma Presentation

        The pro forma balance sheet as of September 30, 2008 and pro forma net income per common share for the year ended December 31, 2007, and the nine months ended September 30, 2007, reflect the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Company's Class A, Series A-1 and A-2, and Class B Convertible Preferred stock into an aggregate of 11,159,780 shares of common stock assuming the completion of the initial public offering had occurred.

F-7


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Use of Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires that management make certain estimates and assumptions. Significant estimates and assumptions have been made regarding the allowance for doubtful accounts, estimated sales returns, stock-based compensation, fair value of assets and liabilities acquired, fair value of intangibles and goodwill, fair value of stock issued, fair values of embedded derivatives and put options, inventory reserve, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent litigation. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

Revenue Recognition

        Revenue is primarily derived from the sale of packaged software and audio practice products, online software subscriptions and professional services. Revenue is recognized for software products and related services in accordance with the Statement of Position ("SOP") No. 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition , as amended by SOP No. 98-9, Modification of SOP No. 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition, with Respect to Certain Transactions , and the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") Staff Accounting Bulletin ("SAB") No. 101, Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements , as amended by SAB No. 104, Revenue Recognition, Corrected Copy .

        Revenue is recognized when all of the following criteria are met: there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement; the product has been delivered or services have been rendered; the fee is fixed and determinable; and collectability is probable. Revenues from packaged software and audio practice products and online software subscriptions are recorded net of discounts.

        Revenue is recognized from the sale of packaged software and audio practice products when the product has been delivered, assuming the remaining revenue recognition criteria have been met. Software products include sales to end user customers and resellers. In most cases, revenue from sales to resellers is not contingent upon resale of the software to the end user and is recorded in the same manner as all other product sales. Revenue from sales of packaged software products are recognized as the products are shipped and title passes. A limited amount of packaged software products are sold to resellers on a consignment basis. Revenue is recognized for these consignment transactions once the end-user sale has occurred, assuming the remaining revenue recognition criteria have been met. Customers are permitted to make payments for packaged software purchases in installments over a period of time, which typically ranges between three and five months. Given that these installment payment plans are for periods less then twelve months and a successful collection history has been established, revenue is recognized at the time of sale, assuming the remaining revenue recognition criteria have been met. Packaged software is provided to customers with a six-month right of return. We also allow our retailers to return unsold products, subject to some limitations. In accordance with SFAS No. 48, Revenue Recognition When Right of Return Exists , product revenue is reduced for estimated returns, which are based on historical returns rates.

        Revenue for software license agreements sold via online software subscriptions as hosting agreements are recognized in accordance with EITF No. 00-3: Application of AICPA Statement of Position 97-2 to Arrangements That Include the Right to Use Software Stored on Another Entity's Hardware . Revenue for online software subscriptions is recognized ratably over the term of the subscription period, assuming all revenue recognition criteria have been met, which typically ranges between three and twelve months. Some online licensing arrangements include a specified number of

F-8


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


licenses that can be activated over a period of time, which typically ranges between twelve and twenty-four months. Revenue for these arrangements is recognized on a per license basis ratably over the term of the individual license subscription period, assuming all revenue recognition criteria have been met, which typically ranges between three and twelve months. Revenue for set-up fees related to online licensing arrangements is recognized ratably over the term of the online licensing arrangement, assuming all revenue recognition criteria have been met. Accounts receivable and deferred revenue are recorded at the time a customer enters into a binding subscription agreement and the subscription services are made available to the customer. Amounts received in advance of revenue recognition are classified as deferred revenue.

        In connection with packaged software product sales and online software subscriptions, technical support is provided to customers, including customers of resellers, at no additional charge. As the fee for technical support is included in the initial licensing fee, the technical support and services are generally provided within one year, the estimated cost of providing such support is deemed insignificant and no unspecified upgrades/enhancements are offered, technical support revenues are recognized together with the software product and license revenue. Costs associated with the technical support are accrued at the time of sale.

        In connection with packaged software product sales and online software subscriptions, accessory products, such as headsets, are provided to customers at no additional charge. In accordance with SOP 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition , and EITF 00-21, Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables , the headset and software are accounted for as separate elements or units of accounting. Revenue is recognized upon the delivery of both the software and accessory products.

        Revenue from the sale of packaged software products with specific upgrade rights is recognized in accordance with SOP 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition . Revenue recognition for these sales is deferred until the earlier of the point at which sufficient vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) exist for the specific upgrade right or all elements of the arrangement have been delivered. As of December 31, 2007, the Company had not delivered specified upgrade rights and had not yet established VSOE for these upgrade rights. The Company had zero and $2.4 million of deferred revenue related to these agreements at December 31, 2006 and 2007, respectively. As of September 30, 2008, the Company had $0.3 million of deferred revenue related to these agreements.

        In accordance with EITF No. 01-9, Accounting for Consideration Given by a Vendor to a Customer or a Reseller of the Vendor's Product , cash sales incentives to resellers are accounted for as a reduction of revenue, unless a specific identified benefit is identified and the fair value is reasonably determinable.

        The Company and the Predecessor have been engaged to develop language learning software for certain endangered languages under fixed fee arrangements. These arrangements also include contractual periods of post-contract support ("PCS") and online hosting services ranging from one to ten years. Revenue will be recognized ratably once the PCS and online hosting periods begin, over the longer of the PCS or online hosting period. When the current estimates of total contract revenue and contract cost indicate a loss for a fixed fee arrangement, a provision for the entire loss on the contract is recorded.

F-9


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Cash and Cash Equivalents

        Cash and cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less and demand deposits with financial institutions.

Restricted Cash

        Restricted cash is restricted for the reimbursement of funds to employees under the Company's flexible benefit plan, and security for a credit card processing vendor.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

        Accounts receivable consist of amounts due to the Company from its normal business activities. The Company provides an allowance for doubtful accounts to reflect the expected non-collection of accounts receivable based on past collection history and specific risks identified.

Inventories

        Inventories are stated at the lower of cost, determined on a first-in first-out basis, or market. The Company reviews inventory for excess quantities and obsolescence based on its best estimates of future demand, product lifecycle status and product development plans. The Company uses historical information along with these future estimates to reserve for obsolete and potential obsolete inventory.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

        Accounts receivable and cash and cash equivalents subject the Company to its highest potential concentrations of credit risk. The Company reserves for credit losses and does not require collateral on its trade accounts receivable. In addition, the Company maintains cash and investment balances in accounts at various banks and brokerage firms. The Company is insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation for up to $100,000 at each bank. The Company's cash and cash equivalents may exceed the insured limits at times. The Company has not experienced any losses on cash and cash equivalent accounts to date and the Company believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risk related to cash. The Company sells products to retailers, resellers, government agencies, and individual consumers and extends credit based on an evaluation of the customer's financial condition, without requiring collateral. Exposure to losses on receivables is principally dependent on each customer's financial condition. The Company monitors its exposure for credit losses and maintains allowances for anticipated losses. No customer accounted for more than 10% of Predecessor revenue during the year ended December 31, 2005 or the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006. No customer accounted for more than 10% of the Company's revenue for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006, for the year ended December 31, 2007, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2008. The Company had one customer that accounted for 14% and 27% of accounts receivable at December 31, 2006 and 2007, respectively, and two customers that accounted for 29% of accounts receivable at September 30, 2008.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        The carrying value of the Company's financial instruments, which include cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and other accrued expenses,

F-10


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


approximate their fair values due to their short maturities. Based on borrowing rates currently available to the Company for loans with similar terms, the carrying value of debt approximates fair value at December 31, 2006 and 2007, and September 30, 2008.

Property, Equipment and Software

        Property, equipment, and software are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation on property, leasehold improvements, equipment, and software is computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets, as follows:

Software

  3 years

Computer equipment

  3 - 5 years

Automobiles

  5 years

Furniture and equipment

  5 - 7 years

Building

  39 years

Building improvements

  15 years

Leasehold improvements

  4 - 7 years

Assets under capital leases

  lesser of lease term or economic life

        Expenses for repairs and maintenance that do not extend the life of equipment are charged to expense as incurred. Expenses for major renewals and betterments, which significantly extend the useful lives of existing property and equipment, are capitalized and depreciated. Upon retirement or disposition of property and equipment, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is recognized.

Intangible Assets

        Intangible assets consist of acquired technology, including developed and core technology, customer related assets, trade name and trademark and other intangible assets. Those intangible assets with finite lives are recorded at cost and amortized on a straight line basis over their expected lives in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets ("SFAS No. 142"). On an annual basis, the Company reviews its indefinite lived intangible assets for impairment based on the fair value of indefinite lived intangible assets as compared to the carrying value in accordance with SFAS No. 142. In the event the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the assets, the assets are written down to their fair value. There has been no impairment of intangible assets during any of the periods presented.

Goodwill

        In accordance with SFAS No. 142, goodwill is not amortized and is tested for impairment annually on June 30th and whenever events and circumstances occur indicating goodwill might be impaired. As of June 30, 2006, 2007 and 2008, the Company reviewed the goodwill for impairment and determined that no impairment of goodwill was identified during any of the periods presented.

Valuation of Long-Lived Assets

        In accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-lived Assets ("SFAS No. 144"), the Company evaluates the recoverability of its long-lived assets. SFAS No. 144

F-11


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


requires recognition of impairment of long-lived assets in the event that the net book value of such assets exceeds the future undiscounted net cash flows attributable to such assets. Impairment, if any, is recognized in the period of identification to the extent the carrying amount of an asset exceeds the fair value of such asset. Based on its analysis, the Company believes that no impairment of its long-lived assets was indicated as of December 31, 2006 and 2007, and September 30, 2008.

Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity

        The Company issues financial instruments that have characteristics of both liabilities and equity. The Company accounts for these arrangements in accordance with SFAS No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity ("SFAS No. 150"), as well as related interpretations of this standard. Financial instruments falling within the scope of SFAS No. 150 consist of certain stock put options. In accordance with SFAS No. 150, these instruments are classified as liabilities, measured at fair value, and gains or losses arising from changes in fair value are recognized in current period earnings.

Derivative Instruments

        The Company enters into financing arrangements that consist of freestanding derivative instruments or are hybrid instruments that contain embedded derivative features. The Company accounts for these arrangements in accordance with SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities ("SFAS No. 133") and Emerging Issues Task Force ("EITF") No. 00-19 Accounting for Derivative Instruments Indexed to, and Potentially Settled in, a Company's Own Stock ("EITF No. 00-19"), as well as related interpretation of these standards. In accordance with these standards, derivative instruments are recognized as either assets or liabilities in the balance sheet and are measured at fair values with gains or losses recognized in earnings. Embedded derivatives that are not clearly and closely related to the host contract are bifurcated and are recognized at fair value with changes in fair value recognized as either a gain or loss in earnings. The Company determines the fair value of derivative instruments and hybrid instruments based on available market data using appropriate valuation models, giving consideration to all of the rights and obligations of each instrument.

Stock Split

        On May 9, 2006, the Company completed a twenty-for-one split of its Class A Convertible Common Stock, Class B Convertible Common Stock and Non-Designated Common Stock. Shares of the Preferred Stock were not affected by the split except that their conversion ratios were adjusted accordingly. All Class A Convertible Common Stock, Class B Convertible Common Stock and Non-Designated Common Stock shares referenced throughout the consolidated financial statements are shown as affected for the split.

Guarantees

        Indemnifications are provided of varying scope and size to certain institutional customers against claims of intellectual property infringement made by third parties arising from the use of its products. Neither the Company nor the Predecessor have incurred any costs or accrued any liabilities as a result of such obligations.

F-12


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Cost of Revenue

        Cost of revenue consists of the direct and indirect costs to produce and distribute Rosetta Stone software. Inventory related costs include materials purchasing, inbound freight, inventory receiving, production assembly of boxed products, product royalty fees, storage of inventory, inventory obsolescence and inventory shrinkage. Distribution related costs include out-bound freight, fulfillment partner fees, internal shipping labor and packaging materials. Other costs included in cost of revenue include credit card processing fees, amortization of certain intangible assets, depreciation of fixed assets used, and the cost of technical support for customers.

Research and Development

        Research and development expenses include employee compensation costs, professional services fees and overhead costs associated with product development. Software products are developed for sale to external customers. The Company considers technological feasibility to be established when all planning, designing, coding, and testing has been completed according to design specifications. The Company has determined that technological feasibility for its software products is reached shortly before the products are released to manufacturing. Costs incurred after technological feasibility is established have not been material, and accordingly, the Company has expensed all research and development costs when incurred.

Transaction-Related Expenses

        Transaction-related expenses were incurred by Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. (Predecessor) during the period from January 1, 2006 to January 4, 2006 relating to the acquisition by Rosetta Stone Inc. (Successor) on January 4, 2006. Included in the expense were $5.9 million in expense related to restricted common stock, $3.1 million in cash bonuses and $1.2 million in acquisition-related bank fees.

Software Developed for Internal Use

        Product development also includes certain software products for internal use. Development costs for internal use software are expensed as incurred until the project reaches the application development stage, in accordance with SOP No. 98-1, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use . Internal-use software is defined to have the following characteristics: (a) the software is internally developed, or modified solely to meet the entity's internal needs, and (b) during the software's development or modification, no substantive plan exists or is being developed to market the software externally. Internally developed software is amortized over a three-year useful life.

        For the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company capitalized $0.6 million and $1.1 million in internal-use software, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2008, the Company capitalized $0.2 million in internal-use software, respectively.

        For the year ended December 31, 2005 and the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006, the Predecessor recorded amortization expense relating to internal-use software of $25,000 and zero, respectively. For the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company recorded amortization expense relating to internal-use software of $0.2 million and $0.4 million, respectively. Amortization expense relating to internal-use software for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2008 was $0.3 million and $0.4 million, respectively.

F-13


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Income Taxes

        For the year ended December 31, 2005 and the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006, no provision had been made for federal income taxes on the operations of the Predecessor, which was treated as S Corporation for purposes of federal and most state income taxes. Federal and most state income taxes were the responsibility of the Predecessor's stockholders, who were responsible for reporting their allocable shares of the Predecessor's income and deductions in their respective income tax returns. Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2005 and for the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006 was related to state income taxes from states that do not recognize the S Corporation status.

        For the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006, the year ended December 31, 2007, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2008, the Company accounted for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes ("SFAS No. 109"), which provides for an asset and liability approach to accounting for income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities represent the future tax consequences of the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of assets and liabilities versus the tax bases of assets and liabilities. Under this method, deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences, and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The impact of tax rate changes on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in the year that the change is enacted.

        In June 2006, the FASB issued FIN No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 ("FIN No. 48"), which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise's financial statements in accordance with SFAS No. 109. FIN No. 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. This Interpretation also provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosures, and transition. FIN No. 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The adoption of FIN No. 48 did not have a material impact on the Company's financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Stock-Based Compensation

        The Company accounts for its stock based compensation in accordance with SFAS No. 123R, Share-Based Payments ("SFAS No. 123(R)"). Under SFAS No. 123(R), all stock-based awards, including employee stock option grants, are recorded at fair value as of the grant date and recognized as expenses in the statement of operations on a straight-line basis over the option's vesting period.

        As of December 31, 2007 and September 30, 2008, there were approximately $3.8 million and $4.1 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to non-vested stock option awards that is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.61 and 2.25 years, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2005, no stock-based employee compensation cost was reflected in Predecessor net income as no stock options had been granted. For the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006, $5.9 million in stock-based compensation expense was recognized in Predecessor net income related to change of control stock agreements issued in connection with the acquisition further detailed in Note 4 of these consolidated financial statements.

F-14


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

        The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black Scholes option pricing model. For the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006, the year ended December 31, 2007 and the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2008, the fair value of options granted was calculated using the following assumptions:

 
  Period from
January 4, through
December 31,

  Year Ended
December 31,

  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
  2006   2007   2007   2008
 
   
   
  (unaudited)

Expected stock price volatility

  61% - 67%   62% - 70%   65% - 67%   57% - 62%

Expected term of options

  5 years   6 years   6 years   6 years

Expected dividend yield

       

Risk-free interest rate

  4.53% - 4.94%   3.50% - 4.96%   4.34% - 4.96%   2.69% - 3.36%

        Since the Company's stock is not publicly quoted and the Company has a limited history of stock option activity, the Company reviewed a group of comparable industry-related companies to estimate its expected volatility over the most recent period commensurate with the estimated expected term of the awards. In addition to analyzing data from the peer group, the Company also considered the contractual option term and vesting period when determining the expected option life and forfeiture rate. For the risk-free interest rate, the Company uses a U.S. Treasury Bond rate consistent with the estimated expected term of the option award.

        The following table presents the stock-based compensation expense included in the related financial statement line items (in thousands):

 
  Predecessor   Successor  
 
  Year Ended
December 31,

  Period From
January 1,
through
January 4,

  Period from
January 4,
through
December 31,

  Year Ended
December 31,

  Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2005   2006   2006   2007   2007   2008  
 
   
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Cost of revenue

  $   $   $ 1   $ 2   $ 1   $ 1  

Sales and marketing

            59     189     99     112  

Research and development

            128     360     214     344  

General and administrative

            373     776     440     683  

Transaction-related expenses

        5,930                  
                           

Total

  $   $ 5,930   $ 561   $ 1,327   $ 754   $ 1,140  
                           

Net Income (Loss) Per Share

        Net income (loss) per share is computed under the provisions of SFAS No. 128, Earnings Per Share ("SFAS No. 128"). Basic income (loss) per share is computed using net income (loss) and the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per share reflect the weighted average number of common shares outstanding plus any potentially dilutive shares outstanding during the period. Potentially dilutive shares consist of shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options (using the treasury stock method) and conversion of preferred shares (using the as-converted method). Common equivalent shares are excluded from the diluted computation if their effect is anti-dilutive.

F-15


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

        The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per common share (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 
  Predecessor   Successor  
 
  Year Ended
December 31,

  Period from
January 1,
through
January 4,

  Period from
January 4,
through
December 31,

  Year Ended
December 31,

  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2005   2006   2006   2007   2007   2008  
 
   
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Numerator:

                                     

Net income (loss)

  $ 6,781   $ (11,121 ) $ (4,048 ) $ 2,579   $ 302   $ 8,951  
 

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

            (159 )   (80 )   (60 )    
                           

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

  $ 6,781   $ (11,121 ) $ (4,207 ) $ 2,499   $ 242   $ 8,951  
                           

Denominator:

                                     
 

Weighted average number of common shares:

                                     
   

Basic

    0.275     0.299     1,230     1,310     1,278     1,458  
                           
   

Diluted

    0.275     0.299     1,230     12,718     12,642     12,960  
                           

Income (loss) per common share:

                                     
   

Basic

  $ 24,658   $ (37,194 ) $ (3.42 ) $ 1.91   $ 0.19   $ 6.14  
                           
   

Diluted

  $ 24,658   $ (37,194 ) $ (3.42 ) $ 0.20   $ 0.02   $ 0.69  
                           

Pro forma:

                                     

Numerator:

                                     

Net income (loss)

                    $ 2,579         $ 8,951  
                                   

Denominator:

                                     
 

Pro forma weighted average number of common shares:

                                     
   

Basic

                      12,470           12,618  
                                   
   

Diluted

                      12,718           12,960  
                                   

Pro forma net income per common share:

                                     
 

Basic

                    $ 0.20         $ 0.71  
                                   
 

Diluted

                    $ 0.20         $ 0.69  
                                   

        For the year ended December 31, 2005 and the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006, there were no Predecessor common stock equivalents shares. For the period from January 4, 2006 to December 31, 2006, the 11,160 shares of Convertible Preferred stock and outstanding stock options were not included in the diluted net loss per share calculation, as they were anti-dilutive.

F-16


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

        For the year ended December 31, 2007 and the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2008, the following common equivalent shares were included in the calculation of the Company's diluted net income per share (in thousands):

 
  Predecessor   Successor  
 
  Year Ended
December 31,

  Period from
January 1, to
January 4,

  Period from
January 4, to
December 31,

  Year Ended
December 31,

  Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2005   2006   2006   2007   2007   2008  
 
   
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Equity instruments:

                                     
 

Convertible preferred stock

                11,160     11,160     11,160  
 

Stock options

                248     204     342  
                           

Total common stock equivalent shares

                11,408     11,364     11,502  
                           

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

        Comprehensive income (loss) consists of net income (loss) and other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) refers to revenues, expenses, gains, and losses that are not included in net income (loss), but rather are recorded directly in stockholders' equity. For the year ended December 31, 2005 and the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006, Predecessor comprehensive income (loss) consisted of net income (loss), unrealized gains (losses) on marketable equity securities and foreign currency translation gains (losses). For the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006, for the year ended December 31, 2007 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2008, the Company's comprehensive income (loss) consisted of net income (loss) and foreign currency translation gains (losses).

Foreign Currency Translation and Transactions

        The functional currency of the Company's foreign subsidiaries and Predecessor foreign subsidiary is their local currency. Accordingly, assets and liabilities of the foreign subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates in effect on the balance sheet date. Income and expense items are translated at average rates for the period. Translation adjustments are recorded as a component of other comprehensive income (loss) in stockholders' equity.

        Cash flows of consolidated foreign subsidiaries, whose functional currency is the local currency, are translated to U.S. dollars using average exchange rates for the period. The Company reports the effect of exchange rate changes on cash balances held in foreign currencies as a separate item in the reconciliation of the changes in cash and cash equivalents during the period.

        Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in other income and expense. Foreign currency transaction gains were $40,000 and $0.1 million for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2007, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2008 foreign currency transaction gains were approximately $0.2 million and $0.1 million, respectively. The Predecessor foreign currency transaction loss was $42,000 for the year ended December 31, 2005.

F-17


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

        In September 2006, FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements ("SFAS No. 157"). SFAS No. 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. Accordingly, SFAS 157 does not require any new fair value measurements, but will potentially require additional disclosures. In February 2008, FASB issued a final FASB Staff Position ("FSP") FAS No. 157-2, Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157 ("FSP 157-2"). FSP 157-2 delays the effective date of SFAS 157, for all nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities, except those that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis. In addition, FSP 157-2 removes certain leasing transactions from the scope of SFAS No. 157. The effective date of SFAS No. 157 for nonfinancial assets and liabilities has been delayed by one year to fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008 and interim periods within those fiscal years. SFAS No. 157 for financial assets and liabilities is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and interim periods within those fiscal years. The adoption of SFAS No. 157 for financial assets and liabilities did not have a material impact on the Company's financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows as of January 1, 2008. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of SFAS No. 157 for non-financial assets and liabilities on its financial statements, but does not believe there will be a material impact.

        In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities—Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 ("SFAS No. 159"). SFAS No. 159 permits an entity to elect fair value as the initial and subsequent measurement attribute for many financial assets and liabilities. Entities electing the fair value option would be required to recognize changes in fair value in earnings. Entities electing the fair value option are required to distinguish, on the face of the statement of financial position, the fair value of assets and liabilities for which the fair value option has been elected and similar assets and liabilities measured using another measurement attribute. SFAS No. 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The adjustment to reflect the difference between the fair value and the carrying amount would be accounted for as a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the date of initial adoption. The adoption of SFAS No. 159 did not impact the Company's consolidated financial statements as of January 1, 2008.

        In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R), Business Combinations ("SFAS No. 141(R)"), which replaces FAS No. 141. SFAS No. 141(R) establishes principles and requirements for how an acquirer in a business combination recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any controlling interest; recognizes and measures the goodwill acquired in the business combination or a gain from a bargain purchase; and determines what information to disclose to enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. FAS No. 141(R) is to be applied prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after an entity's fiscal year that begins after December 15, 2008. The Company will assess the impact of SFAS No. 141(R) if and when a future acquisition occurs.

        In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements—an amendment of ARB No. 51 ("SFAS No. 160"). SFAS No. 160 establishes new accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. Specifically, this statement requires the recognition of a noncontrolling interest (minority interest) as equity in the consolidated financial statements and separate from the

F-18


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

parent's equity. The amount of net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest will be included in consolidated net income on the face of the income statement. SFAS No. 160 clarifies that changes in a parent's ownership interest in a subsidiary that do not result in deconsolidation are equity transactions if the parent retains its controlling financial interest. In addition, this statement requires that a parent recognize a gain or loss in net income when a subsidiary is deconsolidated. Such gain or loss will be measured using the fair value of the noncontrolling equity investment on the deconsolidation date. SFAS No. 160 also includes expanded disclosure requirements regarding the interests of the parent and its noncontrolling interest. SFAS No. 160 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning on or after December 15, 2008. Earlier adoption is prohibited. The Company believes the adoption of SFAS No. 160 will not have a material impact on the Company's financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

        In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities—an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 ("SFAS No. 161"). SFAS No. 161 requires enhanced disclosures about an entity's derivative and hedging activities. This Statement is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008. Entities are required to provide enhanced disclosures about (a) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, (b) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under SFAS No. 133 and its related interpretations and (c) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity's financial position, financial performance and cash flows. The Company does not expect the adoption of SFAS No. 161 to have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements.

        In May 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 162, The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles ("SFAS No. 162"). SFAS 162 identifies the sources of accounting principles and provides the framework for selecting the principles used in the preparation of financial statements of nongovernmental entities that are presented in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. SFAS No. 162 is effective 60 days following the SEC approval of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board amendments to AU Section 411, The Meaning of Present Fairly in Conformity with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of SFAS No. 162 on its financial statements, but does not believe there will be a material impact.

3. INVENTORY

        Inventory consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  As of December 31,   As of
September 30,

 
 
  2006   2007   2008  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Raw materials

  $ 951   $ 1,715   $ 3,915  

Finished goods

    540     2,624     3,551  
               

    1,491     4,339     7,466  

Reserve for obsolete inventory

    (190 )   (478 )   (744 )
               

Inventory, net

  $ 1,301   $ 3,861   $ 6,722  
               

F-19


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4. ACQUISITIONS

        On January 4, 2006, Rosetta Stone Inc., through its wholly owned subsidiary, Rosetta Stone Holdings Inc., which it formed prior to the acquisition on January 4, 2006, acquired all of the outstanding stock of Rosetta Stone Ltd. (formerly Fairfield & Sons, Ltd.) along with its wholly owned subsidiary Rosetta Stone (UK) Limited (formerly Fairfield & Sons, Limited).

        Rosetta Stone Ltd. developed, marketed and supported a suite of language learning software products under the Rosetta Stone brand name. As a result of the acquisition of all outstanding stock of Rosetta Stone Ltd., Rosetta Stone Inc. acquired all of the assets and assumed all the liabilities of Rosetta Stone Ltd. The assets acquired by Rosetta Stone Inc. included intellectual property, trade receivables, inventory, contracts, equipment and other tangible personal property. The liabilities assumed by Rosetta Stone Inc. related to trade payables, accrued expenses and future customer support and services. The results of the acquired operations are included in the consolidated results of operations subsequent to the closing of the acquisition and the closing of the Predecessor's accounting records on January 4, 2006.

        This acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting in accordance with SFAS No. 141, Business Combination ("SFAS No. 141"). The purchase price consisted of $51.9 million funded in the form of a promissory note, $7.8 million in escrow, $5.9 million for settlement of Fairfield & Sons Ltd. stockholder receivables, 63,412 shares of Class B Convertible Preferred Stock, 47,619 shares of Class B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, and 246,560 shares Class A Convertible Common Stock, as well as $1.1 million of transaction and direct acquisition costs. The promissory note was paid on January 5, 2006. Total interest paid on the promissory note was $3,000. The $7.8 million held in escrow was disbursed 30 days after the completion of the Company's December 31, 2006 financial statement audit, upon the delivery of joint written instructions to the escrow agent. The escrow was subject to adjustments for changes in net working capital as defined in the agreement and certain tax and other indemnifications. The Company submitted an indemnification claim for certain required tax payments made by the Company on behalf of the Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. stockholders in the amount of $1.0 million, which are included in the December 31, 2006 balance of other current assets. No other indemnification claims have been submitted. During 2007, the Company made tax payments on behalf of the Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. stockholders in the amount of $1.1 million, of which $1.0 million was reimbursed by the stockholders' from the escrow and $87,000 is included in the December 31, 2007 balance of other current assets.

        Rosetta Stone Inc. paid a total purchase price of approximately $79.1 million for the net assets acquired. The fair value of the Rosetta Stone Inc. stock issued was $12.3 million, which was based on the fair value of the common and preferred stock purchased by the investors in capitalizing Rosetta Stone Inc. Components of the total purchase price are detailed below (in thousands):

Promissory note payable

  $ 51,924  

Amounts paid to escrow

    7,800  

Rosetta Stone stock issued

    12,336  

Settlement of Fairfield & Sons Ltd. stockholder receivables

    5,940  

Direct acquisition costs

    1,105  
       
 

Total purchase price

  $ 79,105  
       

        Under the purchase method of accounting, the total purchase price was allocated to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed on the basis of their respective estimated fair

F-20


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4. ACQUISITIONS (Continued)


values at the date of acquisition. The valuation of the identifiable intangible assets and their useful lives acquired reflects management's estimates.

        The summary of fair value assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the acquisition is as follows (in thousands):

Tangible assets:

       
 

Cash

  $ 10,237  
 

Accounts receivable

    3,874  
 

Receivable from Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. stockholders

    6,274  
 

Other current assets

    1,489  
 

Property and equipment

    4,643  
 

Other assets

    99  

Intangible assets:

       
 

Trade name/trademark

    10,607  
 

Core technology

    2,453  
 

Customer relationships

    10,739  
 

In-process research and development

    12,597  
 

Goodwill

    34,199  
       

Total assets acquired

    97,211  
       

Liabilities:

       
 

Deferred revenue

    (5,057 )
 

Accounts payable

    (1,071 )
 

Accrued expenses

    (11,917 )
 

Capital leases

    (61 )
       

Total liabilities assumed

    (18,106 )
       

Net assets acquired

  $ 79,105  
       

        A total of $36.4 million was allocated to amortizable intangible assets consisting of existing trade names and trademarks, core technology and customer relationships. A total of $34.2 million was allocated to goodwill. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible and amortizable intangible assets acquired.

        Of the total purchase price, $12.6 million was allocated to in-process research and development ("IPR&D") and was expensed during the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006. Projects that qualify as IPR&D represent those that have not yet reached technological feasibility and which have no alternative future use. The value of IPR&D was determined based upon the stage of completion and risk associated with the project, additional cost estimates to develop the purchased IPR&D into commercially viable products, estimates of net cash flows attributable to the projects when completed, and the discount rate.

F-21


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

5. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

        Property and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  As of December 31,    
 
 
  As of
September 30, 2008
 
 
  2006   2007  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Land

  $ 390   $ 390   $ 390  

Buildings and improvements

    2,346     4,933     5,431  

Leashold improvements

    794     1,108     1,525  

Computer equipment

    2,439     4,658     5,211  

Software

    1,815     4,716     7,103  

Furniture and equipment

    783     1,663     1,922  
               

    8,567     17,468     21,582  

Less: accumulated depreciation

    (1,169 )   (4,023 )   (6,897 )
               

Property and equipment, net

  $ 7,398   $ 13,445   $ 14,685  
               

        The Company leases certain computer equipment, software and machinery under capital lease agreements, with bargain purchase options at the end of the lease term. As of December 31, 2006 and 2007, and September 30, 2008 leased computer equipment and software included in property and equipment above was $44,000, $44,000 and $44,000, respectively.

        Depreciation expense for the year ended December 31, 2005 and the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006 was $0.7 million and $10,000 for the Predecessor, respectively. The Company recorded depreciation expense for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and for the year ended December 31, 2007 in the amount of $1.2 million and $2.6 million, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2008 depreciation expense was $1.8 million and $2.6 million, respectively.

        Amortization of capital leases for the year ended December 31, 2005 and the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006 included in Predecessor depreciation expense was $47,000 and $1,000, respectively. The Company recorded amortization of capital leases for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and for the year ended December 31, 2007 included in depreciation expense in the amount of $31,000 and $9,000, respectively. The Company recorded amortization of capital leases for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2008 included in depreciation expense in the amount of $8,400 and $1,900, respectively.

6. GOODWILL

        The Company acquired Rosetta Stone Ltd. (formerly Fairfield & Sons, Ltd.) and subsidiary on January 4, 2006, as detailed in Note 4. As a result of the acquisition, the Company recorded goodwill in the amount of $34.2 million. The Company had no acquisition activity during 2005, 2007 or for the nine months ended September 30, 2008.

        The Company tests goodwill for impairment annually on June 30 of each year at the reporting unit level using a fair value approach, in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 142. If an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value, goodwill will be evaluated for impairment between annual tests. The Company's annual testing resulted in no impairments of goodwill during the period January 4, 2006 through

F-22


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

6. GOODWILL (Continued)


December 31, 2006, the year ended December 31, 2007 and the nine months ended September 30, 2008. For tax purposes, the goodwill balance of $34.2 million will be amortized over a period of 15 years.

7. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

        Intangible assets consisted of the following items as of the dates indicated (in thousands):

 
  As of December 31, 2006   As of December 31, 2007   As of September 30, 2008  
 
  Gross
Carrying
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Net
Carrying
Amount
  Gross
Carrying
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Net
Carrying
Amount
  Gross
Carrying
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Net
Carrying
Amount
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Trade name / trademark

  $ 10,607   $   $ 10,607   $ 10,607   $   $ 10,607   $ 10,607   $   $ 10,607  

Core technology

    2,453     (1,213 )   1,240     2,453     (2,439 )   14     2,453     (2,453 )    

Customer relationships

    10,739     (4,113 )   6,626     10,739     (7,706 )   3,033     10,739     (9,956 )   783  

Website

    12         12     12     (5 )   7     12     (7 )   5  
                                       

Total

  $ 23,811   $ (5,326 ) $ 18,485   $ 23,811   $ (10,150 ) $ 13,661   $ 23,811   $ (12,416 ) $ 11,395  
                                       

        During 2006, the Company recorded additions to intangible assets of $23.8 million, which was associated with the acquisition of Rosetta Stone Ltd. and subsidiary, as detailed in Note 4, and website rights purchased for $12,000. The estimated lives of the acquired core technology and customer relationships are between 18 to 36 months. The intangible asset associated with the trade name and trademark has an indefinite useful life. The estimated life of the website rights is 60 months. The Company did not record any additions to intangible assets during 2005, 2007 or for the nine months ended September 30, 2008. The Company computes amortization of intangible assets on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life. Below are the estimated useful lives of the intangible assets acquired:

 
  Weighted-Average Life

Trade name / trademark

  Indefinite

Core technology

  24 months

Customer relationships

  33 months

Website

  60 months

        Amortization of intangible assets for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2007 totaled $5.3 million and $4.8 million, respectively. Amortization of intangible assets for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2008 was $3.8 million and $2.3 million, respectively. For the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2007, $1.2 million and $1.2 million of amortization expense was included in cost of revenue, and $4.1 million and $3.6 million was included in sales and marketing, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2008, $0.9 million and $13,000 of the amortization expense was included in cost of revenue, and $2.8 million and $2.3 million was included in sales and marketing, respectively.

F-23


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

7. INTANGIBLE ASSETS (Continued)

        The following table summarizes the estimated future amortization expense related to intangible assets as of December 31, 2007 and for the remaining three months of 2008 and years thereafter (in thousands):

 
  As of
December 31,
2007
  As of
September 30,
2008
 
 
   
  (unaudited)
 

2008

  $ 3,016   $ 750  

2009

    35     35  

2010

    2     2  
           

Total

  $ 3,053   $ 787  
           

8. OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

        The following table summarizes other current liabilities (in thousands):

 
  As of December 31,    
 
 
  As of
September 30,
2008
 
 
  2006   2007  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Marketing expenses

  $ 1,821   $ 2,711   $ 3,374  

Professional and consulting fees

    1,665     2,018     2,231  

Sales return reserve

    858     1,688     3,762  

Other

    4,489     5,004     8,886  
               

  $ 8,833   $ 11,421   $ 18,253  
               

9. BORROWING AGREEMENT

        On January 4, 2006, the Company entered into a Credit Agreement that provides the Company a $4.0 million revolving credit facility ("Revolver") and a $17.0 million term loan ("Term Loan"). The Credit Agreement was amended on August 2, 2007 and April 23, 2008 to amend certain covenants, terms, and definitions. Under the credit agreement, all amounts outstanding under the Revolver and the Term Loan accrue interest at the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin or the LIBOR Rate plus the Applicable Margin, as specified by the Company. The Company has the ability to convert the loans or a portion of the loans from one interest rate method to the other without penalty. The Base Rate is defined as the greater of the published prime rate or the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.5%. The

F-24


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

9. BORROWING AGREEMENT (Continued)


Applicable Margin for any period is indexed to the Company's debt-to-Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization ("EBITDA") ratio as follows:

    Debt-to-EBITDA ratio greater than or equal to 1.5-to-1:

      Base Rate Applicable Margin is equal to 2%
      LIBOR Rate Applicable Margin is equal to 3%

    Debt-to-EBITDA ratio less than 1.5-to-1:

      Base Rate Applicable Margin is equal to 1.75%
      LIBOR Rate Applicable Margin is equal to 2.75%

        The Applicable Margin increases by two percentage points per annum at any time that an event of default exists under the terms of the Credit Agreement. Events of default include, among other things, the failure to deliver audited financial statements to the lender within 120 days after the Company's year-end. The Company has determined that the increase in interest rate due to the failure to deliver audited financial statements to the lender within 120 days after the Company's year-end is a feature that has risks and characteristics that are not clearly and closely related to the economic risks and characteristics of the debt-host contract. Therefore, this feature is an embedded derivative that must be bifurcated from the Credit Agreement and accounted for separately as an asset or liability at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized as either gain or loss. Upon issuance, the fair value of the embedded derivative feature was $3,000. During the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company recorded a gain (loss) on derivative totaling $(28,000) and $29,000 in other income (expense) in the Consolidated Statement of Operations, respectively, resulting in a derivative liability of $31,000 and $2,000 as of December 31, 2006 and 2007, respectively, which is included in the Consolidated Balance Sheet in other long-term liabilities.

        Upon inception of the Credit Agreement, the Company allocated the proceeds of the $17.0 million Term Loan received to the Term Loan and the embedded derivative feature based on the fair value of the derivative. As a result of such allocation, the Company determined the initial carrying value of the Term Loan was $17.0 million. The debt discount in the amount of $3,000 resulting from the allocation of proceeds is being amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method over the term of the Term Loan. The Company recognized amortization of $1,000 for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2007, respectively, which is included in interest expense in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

F-25


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

9. BORROWING AGREEMENT (Continued)

        Long-term borrowings consist of the following (in thousands):

 
  December 31,    
 
 
  September 30,
2008
 
 
  2006   2007  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Term Loan, quarterly payments through December 2010

  $ 15,861   $ 13,311   $ 10,763  

Revolver, quarterly payments through December 2010

   
   
   
 
               

    15,861     13,311     10,763  

Less current portion

    (2,550 )   (3,400 )   (4,038 )
               

    13,311     9,911     6,725  

Less debt discount

    (2 )   (2 )    
               

Total

  $ 13,309   $ 9,909   $ 6,725  
               

        As of December 31, 2007 and September 30, 2008, the interest rate on the term loan was 7.56% and 5.4%, respectively. The Company had no borrowings under the Revolver or letters of credit outstanding as of December 31, 2006, 2007 or September 30, 2008.

        The Term Loan allows for voluntary prepayments without penalties or premium. The Term Loan has escalating installment payments. Mandatory prepayments are required under certain conditions, including the receipt of proceeds from a disposition, the issuance of equity securities and excess cash flows as defined in the agreement. Future payments under the Term Loan are subject to change due to the possible effects of the mandatory prepayment provisions.

        The following table summarizes the expected future payments under the Term Loan as of December 31, 2007 and September 30, 2008 and years thereafter (in thousands):

 
  As of December 31, 2007   As of September 30, 2008  
Periods Ending December 31,
  Installment
Payments
  Mandatory
Prepayments
  Total
Payments
  Installment
Payments
  Mandatory
Prepayments
  Total
Payments
 
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

2008

  $ 3,400   $   $ 3,400   $ 852   $   $ 852  

2009

    4,250         4,250     4,250         4,250  

2010

    5,661         5,661     5,661         5,661  
                           

Total

  $ 13,311   $   $ 13,311   $ 10,763   $   $ 10,763  
                           

        Substantially all the Company's assets are pledged as collateral under the Credit Agreement. The Term Loan contains financial covenants tested on a quarterly basis which started March 31, 2006 and are applicable for the term of the loan. The primary covenants in the Term Loan are limitations on liens and encumbrances, restrictions on investments, restrictions on capital expenditures, limitations on the sale of certain assets, minimum EBITDA thresholds and compliance with financial ratios (e.g, Debt to EBITDA ratio, Interest Expense to EBITDA ratio and fixed charge coverage ratio). In addition, the Company is required to provide an audited annual report to the lender within 120 days following the close of the fiscal year. Non-compliance with debt covenants can potentially result in a two percentage

F-26


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

9. BORROWING AGREEMENT (Continued)


point increase in the Applicable Margin in the Term Loan and Revolver or possibly the Term Loan becoming immediately due and the termination of the Revolver.

        Interest expense for both the year ended December 31, 2005 and the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006 was zero. For the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company incurred interest expense related to the Term Loan of $1.5 million and $1.2 million, respectively. The Company incurred interest expense related to the Term Loan of $0.9 million and $0.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2008, respectively.

        The Company did not incur any interest expense related to the Revolver during the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006, the year ended December 31, 2007, and the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2008, respectively. For the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company recorded fees associated with the unused portion of the Revolver of $20,000 and $25,000, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2008 the Company recorded fees associated with the unused portion of the Revolver of $10,000 and $10,000, respectively. The lender is also a stockholder, holding approximately 1.6% of the Company's common stock on an as converted basis as of December 31, 2007 and September 30, 2008.

10. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

        On January 4, 2006, the Company established the Rosetta Stone Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (the "Stock Plan") under which the Company's Board of Directors, at its discretion, can grant stock options to employees and certain directors of the Company and affiliated entities. The Stock Plan initially authorized the grant of stock options for up to 1,494,000 shares of common stock. On May 28, 2008, the Board of Directors authorized the grant of additional stock options for up to 150,000 shares of common stock under the Stock Plan, resulting in total stock options available for grant under the Stock Plan of 1,644,000 as of September 30, 2008. The stock options granted under the Stock Plan generally expire at the earlier of a specified period after termination of service or the date specified by the Board or its designated Committee at the date of grant, but not more than ten years from such grant date. Stock issued as a result of exercises of stock options will be issued from the Company's authorized available stock.

        In accordance with SFAS No. 123(R), the fair value of stock-based awards to employees is calculated as of the date of grant. Compensation expense is then recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award. The Company uses the Black-Scholes pricing model, which requires the use of estimates, including future stock price volatility, expected term and forfeitures. Stock-based compensation expense recognized is based on the estimated portion of the awards that are expected to vest. Estimated forfeiture rates were applied in the expense calculation.

F-27


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

10. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (Continued)

        The following table summarized the Company's stock option activity from January 4, 2006 (plan inception) to September 30, 2008:

 
  Shares
Available
for Grant
  Options
Outstanding
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
  Weighted
Average
Contractual
Life (years)
  Aggregate
Instrinsic
Value
 

Balance at January 4, 2006

    1,494,000                   $  
 

Options granted

    (1,327,210 )   1,327,210   $ 5.00              
 

Options exercised

                         
 

Options cancelled

    149,340     (149,340 )   5.00              
                             

Balance at December 31, 2006

    316,130     1,177,870     5.00     9.46     3,415,823  
 

Options granted

    (319,673 )   319,673     9.46              
 

Options exercised

        (183,642 )   5.00              
 

Options cancelled

    164,898     (164,898 )   5.89              
                             

Balance at December 31, 2007

    161,355     1,149,003     6.11     8.70     9,695,391  
 

Options granted

    (233,680 )   233,680     14.81              
 

Options exercised

        (78,411 )   5.14              
 

Options cancelled

    92,340     (92,340 )   10.43              
 

Additional option grants authorized

    150,000                      
                             

Balance at September 30, 2008 (unaudited)

    170,015     1,211,932     7.52     8.22     13,288,930  
                             

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2007

          1,054,839     6.01     8.52     9,013,247  
                               

Vested and expected to vest at September 30, 2008

          1,145,299     7.31     8.18     12,810,070  
                               

F-28


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

10. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (Continued)

        The following tables summarize the status of options outstanding under the Company's stock option plan as of December 31, 2007 and September 30, 2008 and option grants made during the period from October 1, 2007 through September 30, 2008:

 
  Outstanding   Exercisable  
Range of Exercise Prices
  Number
Outstanding
as of
12/31/07
  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (in years)
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
  Number
Exercisable
as of
12/31/07
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 

$  5.00 - $  5.00

    862,913     8.48   $ 5.00     238,163   $ 5.00  

$  7.90 - $  7.90

    172,110     9.22     7.90     1,987     7.90  

$  9.50 - $  9.50

    56,150     9.43     9.50          

$13.78 - $14.55

    57,830     9.54     14.12          
                             

$  5.00 - $14.55

    1,149,003     8.70     6.11     240,150     5.02  
                             

 

 
  Outstanding   Exercisable  
Range of Exercise Prices
  Number
Outstanding
as of
9/30/08
  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (in years)
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
  Number
Exercisable
as of
9/30/08
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 
(unaudited)
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

$5.00 - $5.00

    764,675     7.74   $ 5.00     347,163   $ 5.00  

$7.90 - $7.90

    163,197     8.46     7.90     59,338     7.90  

$9.50 - $9.50

    39,940     8.68     9.50     11,274     9.50  

$13.47 - $14.55

    139,950     9.33     13.99     7,702     14.17  

$14.56 - $15.13

    76,420     9.58     15.13          

$15.14 - $18.49

    27,750     9.88     18.49          
                             

$5.00 - $18.49

    1,211,932     8.22     7.52     425,477     5.69  
                             

 

Grant Date
  Number of
Options Granted
  Exercise Price   Common Stock
Fair Market Value
Per Share
at Grant
Date
  Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
Per Share
at Grant Date
 

November 28, 2007

    26,330   $ 14.55   $ 14.55   $  

December 17, 2007

    17,060     13.78     14.69     15,525  

February 8, 2008

    44,190     14.55     15.13     25,630  

April 29, 2008

    76,420     15.13     13.47      

May 28, 2008

    85,320     13.47     13.47      

August 19, 2008

    27,750     18.49     18.49      

        The weighted average remaining contractual term and the aggregate intrinsic value for options outstanding at December 31, 2007 and September 30, 2008 was 8.70 years and $9.7 million and 8.22 years and $13.3 million, respectively. The weighted average remaining contractual term and the aggregate intrinsic value for options exercisable at December 31, 2007 and September 30, 2008 was 8.24 years and $2.3 million and 7.88 years and $5.4 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2006, no

F-29


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

10. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (Continued)


options were exercisable or vested. As of December 31, 2007 and September 30, 2008 total options of 240,000 and 425,000 were vested and exercisable with a weighted average exercise price of $5.02 and $5.69, respectively.

        The weighted average grant-date fair value per share of all stock options granted was $3.94, $6.55 and $8.29 for the period January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2007 and the nine months ended September 30, 2008, respectively. The Company did not grant stock options prior to 2006.

        The aggregate intrinsic value disclosed above represents the total intrinsic value (the difference between the fair market value of the Company's common stock as of December 31, 2007 and September 30, 2008, and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money options) that would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options on December 31, 2007 and September 30, 2008. This amount is subject to change based on changes to the fair market value of the Company's common stock.

Liquidity Performance Award Plan

        In May 2006, the Company adopted the Rosetta Stone Inc. Liquidity Performance Award Plan to provide a bonus to its key employees in the event of an acquisition of the Company, an acquisition of substantially all of the assets of the Company, an initial public offering of the Company's common stock, a liquidation of the Company or any other transaction resulting in liquidating distributions to any holders of its preferred stock.

11. COMMON STOCK

        In 2005, the Predecessor issued 23.6657 shares of restricted Common Stock in connection with Change of Control Agreements. The restrictions on these shares were to lapse only upon the event of a change in control, and the shares were to expire if a change in control did not occur prior to June 2006. These issuances resulted in no compensation expense for 2005 as the change in control was not considered probable until it occurred on January 4, 2006, at which time a compensation charge of $5.9 million was recorded as a transaction-related expense equal to the estimated fair market value of the common stock issued on such date, which was determined based upon the selling price of the shares sold to Rosetta Stone Inc. on that same date.

        On January 4, 2006, the Company issued 613,240 shares of Class A Convertible Common Stock, par value $0.001, for proceeds of $3.1 million and 380,000 shares of Class B Convertible Common Stock, par value $0.001, for proceeds of $1.9 million. In connection with the acquisition of Rosetta Stone Ltd. on January 4, 2006, the Company issued 246,560 shares of Class A Convertible Common Stock, par value $0.001, to stockholders of Rosetta Stone Ltd. and 20,000 shares of Class A Convertible Common Stock to Madison Capital Funding LLC, its lender.

        On May 9, 2006, the Company completed a twenty-for-one split of its Class A Convertible Common Stock, Class B Convertible Common Stock and Non-Designated Common Stock. All shares referenced throughout the consolidated financial statements are shown as affected for the split. Additionally, on May 9, 2006, each share of Class A Common Stock was automatically converted, upon the declaration of the stock split, into an equal number of shares of Class B Convertible Common Stock and each share of Class B Convertible Common Stock was automatically converted into an equal number of shares of Non-Designated Common Stock, upon the completion of the Class A conversion.

F-30


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

11. COMMON STOCK (Continued)


As of December 31, 2007 and September 30, 2008, all shares of Class A Convertible Common Stock and Class B Convertible Common Stock had been converted into an equal number of Non-Designated shares of Common Stock.

        At December 31, 2007 and September 30, 2008, the Company had the authority to issue 60,000,000 shares of common stock, of which 900,000 shares were designated as Class A Convertible Common Stock, 20,000,000 shares are designated Class B Convertible Common Stock and 39,100,000 are non-designated, collectively referred to as "Common Stock." On February 28, 2008, the Company changed the par value of its Class A Convertible Common Stock, Class B Convertible Common Stock and Non-Designated Common Stock from $0.001 to $0.00005 per share. At December 31, 2006 and 2007 and September 30, 2008, 1,240,000, 1,412,503 and 1,487,922 shares of Non-Designated Common Stock were issued and outstanding, respectively.

Dividends

        Holders of each class of Common Stock are entitled to dividends, in cash or stock in the same form and per share amount as declared by the Board of Directors.

Liquidation

        In the event of any dissolution, liquidation, or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Common Stock are entitled to participate in the distribution of assets of the Company remaining after the provision for payment of all debts and liabilities of the Company and after the Company has paid or set aside for payment on behalf of any class of stock having preference over the common stock in the event of dissolution, liquidation or winding up.

Voting Rights

        Each holder of Common Stock is entitled to cast one vote for each outstanding share of common stock on any matter properly considered and acted upon by the stockholders, except in a vote for the election or removal of one or more directors of the Company for which the Common Stock may be voted, at which each holder of one share of Common Stock is entitled to cast 0.653775 votes, and one vote for each outstanding share of Class B Convertible Common Stock.

Class A Convertible Common Stock

        Each share of Class A Convertible Common Stock is automatically converted into an equal number of shares of Class B Convertible Common Stock upon involuntary conversion of any of the shares of the Company's Preferred Stock, issuance of shares of Class B Convertible Common Stock in connection with the exercise of stock options or warrants, the declaration or payment of dividends upon Class B Convertible Common Stock, an offer by the Company to Class B Convertible Common Stock holders for additional shares of stock or other rights, a capital reorganization or reclassification of the capital stock of the Company, merger or sale of the Company, a liquidation event, or closing of an initial underwritten public offering.

F-31


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

11. COMMON STOCK (Continued)

Class B Convertible Common Stock

        Each share of Class B Convertible Common Stock is automatically converted into an equal number of Non-designated Common Stock upon the conversion of all shares of Class A Convertible Common Stock.

12. CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

        At December 31, 2006 and 2007, the Company had outstanding shares of Class A, Series A-1 Convertible Preferred Stock, Class A Series A-2 Convertible Preferred Stock, Class B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, Class B Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share, collectively referred to as "Preferred Stock". As of January 1, 2008, the holders of the Class B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock did not elect to redeem such shares; consequently the redemption right expired. At September 30, 2008, the Company had outstanding shares of Class A, Series A-1 Convertible Preferred Stock, Class A Series A-2 Convertible Preferred Stock and Class B Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share.

Class A—Convertible Preferred Stock

        On January 4, 2006, Rosetta Stone Inc. issued 446,958 shares of Class A Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share, of which 268,758 shares were designated as Series A-1 and 178,200 as Series A-2 (the "Class A Preferred Stock"), in a private, unregistered offering to "qualified institutional buyers" pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933. The Class A Preferred Stock was sold for $100 per share for proceeds of $44.7 million.

        The Class A Preferred Stock is not redeemable under any circumstances, and is convertible only into Class B Common Stock either at the option of the holders or mandatorily as described below.

Class B—Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Convertible Preferred Stock

        On January 4, 2006, Rosetta Stone Inc. issued 63,412 shares of Class B Convertible Preferred Stock, and 47,619 shares of Class B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (collectively "Class B Convertible Preferred Stock") $0.001 par value per share, in addition to the Class A Convertible, Common Stock discussed in Note 11, for the acquisition of Rosetta Stone Ltd. and subsidiary. The Class B Preferred Stock was redeemable at the option of the holders up to a maximum aggregate redemption price of $5.0 million. Since the redemption price was based on 105% of stated value, $4.8 million of stated value, or 47,619 shares, was subject to redemption, thus 63,412 shares with a stated value of $6.3 million were not subject to potential redemption.

Dividends

        Holders of each class of Preferred Stock are entitled to dividends, on a pari passu basis, in cash or stock in the same form and per share amount as the common stockholders or holder of any other junior stock, except for participating dividends when declared by the Board.

        Participating dividends payable in common stock or a class of stock convertible into common stock are to equal the dividends per share payable on the number of shares of common stock into which each share of preferred stock would be convertible on the record date for determining eligibility to receive such dividends, when declared by the Board of Directors.

F-32


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

12. CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK (Continued)

        Participating dividends payable in common stock or a class of stock not convertible into common stock are calculated at a rate per share of preferred stock determined by dividing the amount of the dividend payable on each share of such class or series of junior stock by the original issue price of such stock and multiplying such fraction by the Stated Value of the Preferred Stock, which for purposes of this calculation is equal to $100.00 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, stock distribution, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting the Preferred Stock. No dividends were declared or paid during the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006, the year ended December 31, 2007, and the nine months ended September 30, 2008.

Liquidation Preference

        Upon any liquidation of the Company, holders of each class of Preferred Stock, on a pari passu basis, are entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company or proceeds available for distribution to its stockholders, before any payment shall be made to the holders of any Common Stock or other junior stock, an amount per share in cash, or in the case of a merger or consolidation or share exchange in which the consideration to be received by all other holders of the Company's capital stock is other than cash, at the Company's election, publicly-traded securities in lieu of cash, equal to the greater of the stated value of $100 per share plus any dividends accrued and unpaid, or the amount per share holders of Preferred Stock would receive if they all had converted their shares of each class of Preferred Stock into Common Stock immediately prior to such liquidation.

Voting Rights

        Each issued and outstanding share of Preferred Stock is entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which each such share of Preferred Stock is convertible, other than with respect to the removal of the Series A-1 Directors and Series A-2 Director, as detailed below.

        The holders of a majority of Class A, Series A-1 Preferred Stock have the exclusive right, voting separately, to elect two directors to the Board of Directors. The Company will not, without first obtaining the affirmative vote of seventy-five percent of the outstanding shares of Class A, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, amend, alter or repeal the rights of the holders of a majority of the Class A, Series A-1 Preferred Stock to elect, remove and replace a Series A-1 Director.

        The holders of a majority of the Class A, Series A-2 Preferred Stock have the exclusive right, voting separately, to elect one director to the Board of Directors. The Company will not, without first obtaining the affirmative vote of seventy-five percent of the outstanding shares of Class A, Series A-2 Preferred Stock, amend, alter or repeal the rights of the holders of a majority of the Class A, Series A-2 Preferred Stock to elect, remove and replace a Class A, Series A-2 Director.

Conversion

        Each share of Preferred Stock may be converted at any time by the holder into shares of Class B Convertible Common Stock at a rate equal to the stated value of $100 per share divided by the conversion price which is initially set at $100 per share and is adjustable for dilution, splits, and combinations. Each share of Class B Convertible Common Stock was automatically converted into an equal number of shares of non-designated Common Stock upon the conversion of all shares of Class A

F-33


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

12. CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK (Continued)


Convertible Common Stock into an equal number of shares of non-designated Common Stock, which occurred in connection with the May 2006 stock split. As of December 31, 2006 and 2007, and September 30, 2008, each share of Preferred Stock was convertible into twenty shares of common stock.

        The outstanding shares of Preferred Stock will automatically convert into non-designated Common Stock (i) upon the consummation of a qualified underwritten public offering, defined as a pre-money equity value to the Company of at least $200 million and in which the aggregate proceeds to the Company are not less than $30 million; (ii) upon the vote of at least 75% of the shares of the applicable class then outstanding; or (iii) once 75% of the shares of the applicable class have been converted. Additionally, each series of convertible Preferred Stock has an anti-dilution clause that allows for the number of shares to be issued upon conversion to be adjusted in the event that the Company sells Common Stock at a price that is less than the original issue price of the respective series of Preferred Stock. Cumulative declared and unpaid dividends from the date of issuance are paid on conversion in cash or common stock at the Company's option.

Redemption

        The Class B Convertible Preferred Stock was redeemable at the option of the holders, subject to certain conditions, up to a maximum aggregate redemption price of $5.0 million. Since the redemption price was based on 105% of stated value, $4.8 million of stated value, or 48 shares, were subject to redemption.

        On June 30, 2007 and December 31, 2007, the holders of the Class B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock had the right to vote to redeem such shares at 105% of the Stated Value of $100 per share, subject to an aggregate redemption amount of $5.0 million, but only if, and to the extent that (i) such redemption did not violate any applicable provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, (ii) such redemption did not conflict with or cause the Corporation to be in default or non-compliance under any financing agreement or arrangement, (iii) the Board of Directors, by unanimous vote, determined that such redemption could be accomplished through access to reasonably priced capital or adequate internal liquidity, (iv) the Board of Directors determined in good faith such redemption would not interfere with or delay a Qualified Public Offering for which a registration statement either had been filed with the SEC or, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, would be filed within six months of the Redemption Date, and (v) the maximum aggregate Class B Redemption Price did not exceed $5.0 million. The Stated Value was the initial purchase price of $100 per share. During 2007, the holders of the Class B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock did not elect to redeem such shares; consequently the redemption right expired on January 1, 2008.

13. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN

        On January 4, 2006, the Company assumed the Rosetta Stone Ltd. defined contribution 401(k) Plan (the "Plan") in conjunction with the acquisition of Rosetta Stone Ltd., as detailed in Note 4. The Company matches employee contributions to the Plan up to 4% of their compensation that vest immediately. The Company recorded expenses for the Plan totaling $0.4 million and $0.6 million for period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006, and the year ended December 31, 2007, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2008, the Company recorded expenses for the Plan totaling $0.5 million and $0.7 million, respectively.

F-34


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

14. PUT OPTIONS

        On May 22, 2006, the Company issued put options to three officers that give such officers the right to put shares of Class A Preferred Stock to the Company at the initial issuance price of the shares of $100 up to a maximum amount of $250,000 for each officer. Each put option is exercisable only upon termination, as defined, of such officer's employment with the Company. Under the provisions of SFAS No. 150, the put options must be classified as liabilities and measured at fair value with gains and losses arising from changes in fair value recognized in earnings. Upon issuance, the put options had an aggregate fair value of $45,000 which was recorded as a liability and recognized as compensation expense. As of December 31, 2006 and 2007, the aggregate fair value of the put options was $11,000 and $4,000, respectively. During the period from issuance through December 31, 2006, the year ended December 31, 2007 and the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2008, the Company recognized a reduction in compensation expense of $34,000, $7,000, $9,000 and zero arising from the change in fair value, respectively.

15. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Operating Leases

        The Company leases many kiosks, copiers, parking spaces, buildings, a warehouse and office space under operating lease and site license arrangements, some of which contain renewal options. The rental payments under some kiosk site licenses are based on a minimum rental plus a percentage of the kiosk's sales in excess of stipulated amounts. Kiosk site licenses range from a period of one month to five years. Building, warehouse and office space leases range from three months to 85 months. Certain leases also include lease renewal options.

        The following table summarizes future minimum operating lease payments as of December 31, 2007 and September 30, 2008 and the years thereafter (in thousands):

 
  As of
December 31,
2007
  As of
September 30,
2008
 
 
   
  (unaudited)
 

Periods Ending December 31,

             

2008

  $ 2,805   $ 2,330  

2009

    1,014     1,917  

2010

    845     855  

2011

    657     665  

2012

    475     480  

2013 and thereafter

    218     264  
           

  $ 6,014   $ 6,511  
           

        Total expenses under operating leases were $3.7 million and $5.5 million during the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2007, respectively, and $4.0 million and $6.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2008, respectively.

        The Company accounts for its leases under the provisions of SFAS No. 13, Accounting for Leases , and subsequent amendments, which require that leases be evaluated and classified as operating leases or capital leases for financial reporting purposes. Certain operating leases contain rent escalation clauses, which are recorded on a straight-line basis over the initial term of the lease with the difference

F-35


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

15. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)


between the rent paid and the straight-line rent recorded as either a deferred rent asset or liability depending on the calculation. Lease incentives received from landlords are recorded as deferred rent liabilities and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the lease term as a reduction to rent expense. The deferred rent liability was $0.5 million, $0.5 million and $0.9 million at December 31, 2006, 2007 and September 30, 2008, respectively. The deferred rent asset was $0.2 million, $0.2 million and $5,000 at December 31, 2006, 2007 and September 30, 2008, respectively. The deferred rent asset is classified in prepaid and other assets as all associated leases have less than one year remaining on their term.

Capital Leases

        The following is a schedule of future minimum lease payments under capital leases together with the present value of the net minimum lease payments as of December 31, 2007 and September 30, 2008 and the years thereafter (in thousands):

 
  As of
December 31,
2007
  As of
September 30,
2008
 
 
   
  (unaudited)
 

2008

  $ 12   $ 2  

2009

    2     2  
           

Total minimum lease payments

    14     4  
 

Less: amount representing interest

    (2 )    
           

Present value of net minimum lease payments

    12     4  
 

Less: current portion

    (10 )   (4 )
           

Long-term portion of the present value of net minimum payments under capital leases

  $ 2   $  
           

Royalty Agreement

        On December 28, 2006 the Company entered into an agreement to license software from a vendor for incorporation in software products that the Company is developing. The agreement required a one-time, non-refundable payment of $0.3 million, which was expensed in full as research and development costs during the period January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 because the products in which the licensed software were to be incorporated into had not yet reached technological feasibility. In addition, the agreement specifies that, in the event the software is incorporated into specified Company software products, royalties will be due at a rate of 20% of sales for those products up to an additional amount totaling $0.4 million. There were no additional royalty payments made under this agreement in 2007 or the nine months ended September 30, 2008.

Employment Agreements

        The Company has agreements with certain of its executives and key employees which provide guaranteed severance payments upon termination of their employment without cause. The severance payments range from six to fifteen months of base salary.

Litigation

        The Company is involved in various litigation matters arising out of the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, the amount of liability, if any, resulting from the final resolution of these matters will not have a material adverse impact on the Company's results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

F-36


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

16. INCOME TAXES

        The following table summarizes the significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2006 and 2007 (in thousands):

 
  As of
December 31,
 
 
  2006   2007  

Deferred tax assets:

             
 

Inventory

  $ 49   $ 204  
 

Amortization and depreciation

    5,089     5,408  
 

Net operating loss carryforwards

    663     2,747  
 

Deferred revenue

        349  
 

Accrued liabilities

    725     1,348  
 

Stock-based compensation

    212     385  
 

Bad debt reserve

    97     208  
 

Other

    11      
           

    6,846     10,649  
 

Valuation allowance

    (687 )   (2,980 )
           

    6,159     7,669  

Deferred tax liabilities:

             
 

Prepaid expenses

    511     713  
 

Foreign currency translation loss

    14     20  
 

Other

        3  
           

    525     736  
           

Net deferred tax assets

  $ 5,634   $ 6,933  
           

Net deferred tax assets as of December 31 are classified as follows:

             
 

Current

  $ 348   $ 848  
 

Non-current

    5,286     6,085  
           
 

Total

  $ 5,634   $ 6,933  
           

        At December 31, 2007, the Company had $7.4 million of net operating loss ("NOL") carryforwards for United Kingdom income tax purposes that do not expire, with a tax value of $2.1 million. The Company also had $1.6 million of NOL carryforwards for Japanese income tax purposes which expire in 2013 and 2014, with a tax value of $0.7 million. SFAS No. 109 requires that a valuation allowance be established when it is more likely than not that all or a portion of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. The foreign pretax losses incurred in the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the year ended December 31, 2007, provide sufficient negative evidence under the provisions of SFAS No. 109 for the Company to determine that a valuation allowance of $3.0 million against the deferred tax assets associated with its foreign operations is appropriate. The increase of $2.3 million in the valuation allowance is due to the additional losses in the United Kingdom and Japan incurred in the year ended December 31, 2007. The valuation allowance will offset assets associated with future foreign tax deductions as well as carryforward items. Although management believes that these assets could ultimately be fully utilized, future performance cannot be assured. Future reversal of the

F-37


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

16. INCOME TAXES (Continued)


valuation allowance associated with NOLs acquired on January 4, 2006 in the amount of $144,000, would adjust goodwill recorded in connection with the acquisition. See Note 4—Acquisitions.

        The components of income (loss) before income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

 
  Predecessor   Successor  
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2005
  Period from
January 1, through
January 4,
2006
  Period from
January 4, through
December 31,
2006
  Year Ended
December 31,
2007
 

United States

  $ 7,637   $ (11,121 ) $ (2,666 ) $ 14,825  

Foreign

    (713 )       (2,622 )   (6,811 )
                   

Income (loss) before income taxes

  $ 6,924   $ (11,121 ) $ (5,288 ) $ 8,014  
                   

        The provision (benefit) for taxes on income (loss) consists of the following (in thousands):

 
  Predecessor   Successor  
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2005
  Period from
January 1, through
January 4,
2006
  Period From
January 4, through
December 31,
2006
  Year Ended
December 31,
2007
 

Current:

                         
 

Federal

  $   $   $ 3,902   $ 5,311  
 

State

    143         506     1,429  
 

Foreign

                 
                   
   

Total current

  $ 143   $   $ 4,408   $ 6,740  
                   

Deferred:

                         
 

Federal

  $   $   $ (5,230 ) $ (944 )
 

State

            (418 )   (361 )
 

Foreign

                 
                   
   

Total deferred

            (5,648 )   (1,305 )
                   
   

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

  $ 143   $   $ (1,240 ) $ 5,435  
                   

F-38


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

16. INCOME TAXES (Continued)

        Reconciliation of income tax expense (benefit) computed at the U.S. federal statutory rate to income tax expense (benefit) is as follows (in thousands):

 
  Predecessor   Successor  
 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2005
  Period from
January 1, through
January 4,
2006
  Period from
January 4, through
December 31,
2006
  Year Ended
December 31,
2007
 

Income tax expense (benefit) at statutory federal rate

  $   $   $ (1,857 ) $ 2,805  

State income tax expense (benefit), net of federal income tax effect

    143         (83 )   568  

Domestic production activities deduction

            (126 )   (348 )

Extraterritorial income exclusion

            (39 )    

Nondeductible intercompany interest

                122  

Other nondeductible expenses

            47     92  

Tax rate differential on foreign taxable losses

            384     (53 )

Increase in valuation allowance

            540     2,293  

Other

            (106 )   (44 )
                   

Income tax expense (benefit)

  $ 143   $   $ (1,240 ) $ 5,435  
                   

        The Company adopted FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 ("FIN 48") on January 1, 2007. FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise's financial statements in accordance with FASB Statement No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes . FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 also provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition.

        At the adoption date and as of December 31, 2007, the Company had no material unrecognized tax benefits and no adjustments to liabilities or operations were required under FIN 48. The Company's practice is to recognize interest and penalty expense related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense, which were zero at the adoption date and for the year ended December 31, 2007.

        The Company is subject to taxation in the United States and various states and foreign jurisdictions. The Company's tax years 2005 and 2006 are subject to examination by the tax authorities. There were no income tax examinations in process as of December 31, 2007. While the ultimate results cannot be predicted with certainty, the Company's management believes that examinations, if any, will not have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial condition or results of operations, and that the accrued tax liabilities are adequate for all years.

        The Company made income tax payments of $5.6 million and $4.8 million in 2006 and 2007, respectively.

F-39


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

17. SEGMENT INFORMATION

        The Company operates, and the Predecessor operated, as one operating segment as the principal business activity relates to selling language learning software. The chief operating decision maker, the Chief Executive Officer, evaluates the performance of the Company, and evaluated the performance of the Predecessor, based upon software revenues.

        Products and services are sold primarily in the United States, but are also sold through direct and indirect sales channels in other countries, primarily in Japan and Europe. Less than 5% of the Company and Predecessor's revenues were generated from sales outside of the United States for the year ended December 31, 2005, the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006, the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006, the year ended December 31, 2007, and the nine months periods ended September 30, 2007 and 2008. As of December 31, 2006 and 2007 and September 30, 2008, the Company had $71,000, $0.2 million and $0.4 million, respectively, of long-lived assets held outside of the United States.

        No single customer accounted for more than 10% of the Company's revenue for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006, the year ended December 31, 2007 and the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2008.

18. RELATED PARTIES

        During the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006, the Company incurred $40,000 in architectural professional fees from a minority stockholder. The Predecessor did not have any related party transactions for the year ended December 31, 2005 or the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006. As of December 31, 2006 and 2007, and September 30, 2008, the Company had outstanding receivables from stockholders of zero, $87,000 and $0.2 million, and outstanding receivables from employees in the amount of $3,000, zero and zero, respectively.

        In connection with the acquisition of Fairfield & Sons Ltd. on January 4, 2006, the Company paid approximately $37,000 in transaction-related fees on behalf of its two largest stockholders.

F-40


ROSETTA STONE INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

19. VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

        The following table includes the Company's valuation and qualifying accounts for the respective periods (in thousands):

 
  Predecessor   Successor  
 
  Year Ended
December 31,

  Period from
January 1, through
January 4,

  Period from
January 4, through
December 31,

  Year Ended
December 31,

 
 
  2005   2006   2006   2007  

Allowance for doubtful accounts:

                         
 

Beginning balance

  $ 201   $ 227   $   $ 267  
 

Charged to costs and expenses

    425         411     828  
 

Deductions—accounts written off

    (399 )       (144 )   (468 )
                   
 

Ending balance

    227     227     267     627  
                   

Sales return reserve:

                         
 

Beginning balance

    186     525     525     858  
 

Charged to costs and expenses

    2,506     13     5,447     10,413  
 

Deductions—reserves utilized

    (2,167 )   (13 )   (5,114 )   (9,583 )
                   
 

Ending balance

    525     525     858     1,688  
                   

Reserve for excess and obsolete inventory:

                         
 

Beginning balance

    45     13         190  
 

Charged to costs and expenses

    130         471     1,677  
 

Deductions—reserves utilized

    (162 )       (281 )   (1,389 )
                   
 

Ending balance

    13     13     190     478  
                   

Deferred income tax asset valuation allowance:

                         
 

Beginning balance

        147     147     687  
 

Charged to costs and expenses

    147         540     2,293  
 

Deductions

                 
                   
 

Ending balance

  $ 147   $ 147   $ 687   $ 2,980  
                   

20. SUBSEQUENT EVENT

        On October 6, 2008, the Company entered into an operating sublease agreement (the "Lease") for additional office space in Arlington, Virginia. The Lease is for a five year period terminating on December 31, 2013 with total rental payments of $7.5 million. Rents range from $117,000 per month for the first year of the Lease term to $132,000 per month in the final year of the Lease term. The Company provided the landlord a security deposit of $352,000 in the form of a letter of credit. The Company has the option to renew this Lease for an additional three-year period.

F-41


LOGO



PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

        The following table sets forth the expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions, all of which are payable by the Registrant in connection with the sale and distribution of the shares of common stock being registered hereby, including the shares being offered for sale by the selling stockholders. All amounts shown are estimates, except the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, FINRA filing fee and the initial NYSE listing fee.

 
  Amount
to be paid
 

SEC registration fee

  $ 4,520  

FINRA filing fee

    12,000  

Initial NYSE listing fee

    *  

Legal fees and expenses

    *  

Accounting fees and expenses

    *  

Printing expenses

    *  

Blue sky qualification fees and expenses

    *  

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

    *  

Miscellaneous expenses

    *  
       

Total

  $ *  
       

      *
      To be provided by amendment.

Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers

        We are incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award, or a corporation's board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers under certain circumstances and subject to certain limitations. The terms of Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law are sufficiently broad to permit indemnification under some circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement of expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act.

        As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Registrant's second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, includes a provision that eliminates the personal liability of its directors for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability:

    for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Registrant or its stockholders;

    for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

    under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regarding unlawful dividends, stock purchases and redemptions; or

    for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

        As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Registrant's second amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, provide that:

    the Registrant is required to indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to limited exceptions where indemnification is not permitted by applicable law;

II-1


    the Registrant is required to advance expenses, as incurred, to its directors and officers in connection with a legal proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law; and

    the rights conferred in the second amended and restated bylaws are not exclusive.

        In addition, the Registrant has entered into indemnity agreements with each of its current directors and officers. These agreements provide for the indemnification of the Registrant's officers and directors for all expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with any action or proceeding brought against them by reason of the fact that they are or were agents of the Registrant. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving a director, officer or employee of the Registrant regarding which indemnification is sought, nor is the Registrant aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

        The Registrant intends to obtain directors' and officers' insurance to cover its directors and officers for specific liabilities, including coverage for public securities matters.

        The indemnification provisions in the Registrant's second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and second amended and restated bylaws and the indemnity agreements entered into between the Registrant and each of its directors and officers may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the Registrant's directors and officers for liabilities arising under the Securities Act.

        Reference is also made to section 10 of the underwriting agreement in Exhibit 1.1 hereto, which provides for the indemnification by the underwriters of the Registrant and its executive officers, directors and controlling persons against certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act, in connection with matters specifically provided for in writing by the underwriters for inclusion in this Registration Statement.

        See also the undertakings set out in response to Item 17 of this Registration Statement.

        Reference is made to the following documents filed as exhibits to this Registration Statement regarding relevant indemnification provisions described above and elsewhere herein:

Exhibit document
  Number

Form of Underwriting Agreement

  1.1

Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be effective upon the closing of the offering

  3.2

Second Amended and Restated Bylaws to be effective upon the closing of the offering

  3.4

Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into among Registrant and its directors and executive officers

  10.7

Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

        In the three years preceding the filing of this Registration Statement, we have issued the following securities that were not registered under the Securities Act:

        In January 2006, in connection with our formation, we issued the following shares of our capital stock:

    Funds associated with ABS Partners IV, L.L.C. invested $29,062,000 and received 261,558 shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock and 581,240 shares of our common stock.

    Norwest Equity Partners VIII, LP invested $19,000,000 and received 171,000 shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock and 380,000 shares of our common stock.

II-2


    Tom Adams, our chief executive officer, invested $600,000 and received 2,700 shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock, 2,700 shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock, and 12,000 shares of our common stock.

        The share totals above give effect to the conversion of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock into our undesignated common stock and the twenty-for-one stock split of common stock in May 2006.

        After giving affect to the conversion of each share of our preferred stock into 20 shares of our common stock upon completion of this offering, the effective per share price of each of those shares was $5.

        In January 2006, in connection with the acquisition of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd., we issued to its stockholders 12,328 shares of our Class A Common Stock, which has been converted into 246,560 shares of our common stock and 111,031 shares of our Class B Preferred Stock.

        The sales and issuances of securities above were determined to be exempt from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D thereunder as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering. The purchasers in such transactions were all accredited investors and represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for resale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to the share certificates and other instruments issued in such transactions. The sales of these securities were made without general solicitation or advertising, and there were no underwriters used in connection with the sale of these securities. All of the foregoing securities are deemed restricted securities for the purposes of the Securities Act.

        From time to time we have granted stock options and shares of common stock upon the exercise of stock options to employees, directors and consultants in compliance with Rule 701. These grants are as follows:

    From May 22, 2006 to February 2, 2007, we issued options to purchase 1,327,210 shares of common stock to our employees, consultants and other service providers under our 2006 stock option plan with an exercise price of $5.00 per share.

    From March 21, 2007 to April 20, 2007, we issued options to purchase 194,530 shares of common stock to our employees, consultants and other service providers under our 2006 stock option plan with an exercise price of $7.90 per share.

    From June 5, 2007 to August 3, 2007, we issued options to purchase 60,480 shares of common stock to our employees, consultants and other service providers under our 2006 stock option plan with an exercise price of $9.50 per share.

    On August 22, 2007, we issued options to purchase 21,470 shares of common stock to our employees, consultants and other service providers under our 2006 stock option plan with an exercise price of $13.78 per share.

    On November 28, 2007, we issued options to purchase 26,330 shares of common stock to our employees, consultants and other service providers under our 2006 stock option plan with an exercise price of $14.55 per share.

    On December 17, 2007, we issued options to purchase 17,060 shares of common stock to our employees, consultants and other service providers under our 2006 stock option plan with an exercise price of $13.78 per share.

    On February 8, 2008, we issued options to purchase 44,190 shares of common stock to our employees, consultants and other service providers under our 2006 stock option plan with an exercise price of $14.55 per share.

II-3


    On April 29, 2008, we issued options to purchase 76,420 shares of common stock to our employees, consultants and other service providers under our 2006 stock option plan with an exercise price of $15.13 per share.

    On May 28, 2008, we issued options to purchase 85,320 shares of common stock to our employees, consultants and other service providers under our 2006 stock option plan with an exercise price of $13.47 per share.

    On August 19, 2008, we issued options to purchase 27,750 shares of common stock to our employees, consultants and other service providers under our 2006 stock option plan with an exercise price of $18.49 per share.

        Since our inception in December 2005, options have been exercised to acquire 262,382 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $5.04 per share.

        The sales and issuances of securities listed above were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act by virtue of Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to compensation benefits plans and contracts relating to compensation. All of the foregoing securities are deemed restricted securities for the purposes of the Securities Act.

II-4



Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(A)  Exhibits

 
   
  Index to exhibits
 

1.1

 

*

 

Form of Underwriting Agreement

 

2.1

     

Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of January 4, 2006, by and among Fairfield & Sons, Ltd., Rosetta Stone Inc., Rosetta Stone Holdings Inc., the Shareholders of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd., Tom Adams, and Eugene Stoltzfus

 

3.1

     

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as currently in effect

 

3.2

     

Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, to be effective upon the closing of the offering

 

3.3

 

**

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant dated as of January 4, 2006, as currently in effect

 

3.4

     

Second Amended and Restated Bylaws, to be effective upon the closing of the offering

 

4.1

 

*

 

Specimen certificate evidencing shares of common stock

 

4.2

     

Subscription Agreement dated as of January 4, 2006, by and among Rosetta Stone Inc., ABS Capital Partners IV, L.P., ABS Capital Partners IV A,  L.P., ABS Capital Partners Offshore, L.P., ABS Capital Partners Special Offshore, L.P., Norwest Equity Partners VIII, L.P., Madison Capital Funding LLC, and Tom Adams

 

4.3

     

Registration Rights Agreement dated as of January 4, 2006 among Rosetta Stone Inc. and the Investor Shareholders and other Shareholders listed on Exhibit A Thereto

 

5.1

 

*

 

Opinion of Fulbright & Jaworski, L.L.P.

 

10.1+

 

**

 

2006 Incentive Option Plan

 

10.2+

 

*

 

2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan

 

10.3+

 

**

 

Director Form of Option Award Agreement under the 2006 Plan

 

10.4+

 

**

 

Executive Form of Option Award Agreement under the 2006 Plan

 

10.5+

 

**

 

Standard Form of Option Award Agreement under the 2006 Plan

 

10.6+

 

*

 

Form of Option Award Agreement under the 2008 Plan

 

10.7

 

**

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into with each director and executive officer

 

10.8+

 

*

 

Executive Employment Agreement between Registrant and Tom Adams

 

10.9

 

**

 

Credit Agreement dated as of January 4, 2006 between Rosetta Stone Holdings, Inc., as borrower, and Madison Capital Funding LLC, as agent, as amended

 

10.10

     

Lease Agreement dated as of February 26, 2006, by and between Premier Flex Condos, LLC and Fairfield Language Technologies, Inc., as amended

 

10.11

     

Sublease Agreement dated as of October 6, 2008, by and between The Corporate Executive Board Company and Rosetta Stone Ltd.

 

10.12

 

*

 

Software License Agreement by and between The Regents of the University of Colorado and Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. dated as of December 22, 2006

 

21.1

 

**

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

23.1

     

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accounting firm

 

23.2

 

*

 

Consent of Fulbright & Jaworski, L.L.P. (included in Exhibit 5.1)

 

24.1

 

**

 

Power of Attorney (included on signature page of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on September 23, 2008)

 

99.1

 

**

 

Consent of The Nielsen Company dated September 18, 2008

 

99.2

 

**

 

Consent of Global Market Insite Inc. dated September 17, 2008

 

99.3

 

**

 

Consent of Euromonitor International Inc. dated September 22, 2008

 

99.4

 

**

 

Consent of Global Industry Analysts, Inc. dated September 17, 2008


*
To be filed by amendment.

**
Previously filed.

+
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

II-5


(B)  Financial Statement Schedule

        All schedules have been omitted because the information required to be presented in them are not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or related notes.

Item 17.    Undertakings

        The undersigned hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the DGCL, our Certificate of Incorporation or our Bylaws, the underwriting agreement or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by us of expenses incurred or paid by one of our directors, officers, or controlling persons in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered hereunder, we will, unless in the opinion of our counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by us is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        We hereby undertake that:

    For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by us pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

    For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and this offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-6



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Arlington, Commonwealth of Virginia, on November 4, 2008.

  Rosetta Stone Inc.

 

By:

 

/s/ 
TOM P. H. ADAMS

Tom P. H. Adams
Chief Executive Officer

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/  TOM P. H. ADAMS

Tom P. H. Adams
  Chief Executive Officer (Principal
Executive Officer) and Director
  November 4, 2008


/s/ 
BRIAN D. HELMAN

Brian D. Helman


 


Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)


 


November 4, 2008

/s/ 
LAURA L. WITT

Laura L. Witt

 

Director

 

November 4, 2008

/s/ 
PHILLIP A. CLOUGH

Phillip A. Clough

 

Director

 

November 4, 2008

*

John T. Coleman

 

Director

 

November 4, 2008

/s/ 
LAURENCE FRANKLIN

Laurence Franklin

 

Director

 

November 4, 2008

/s/ 
PATRICK W. GROSS

Patrick W. Gross

 

Director

 

November 4, 2008

/s/ 
JOHN E. LINDAHL

John E. Lindahl

 

Director

 

November 4, 2008
*By:   /s/  TOM P. H. ADAMS

Tom P. H. Adams
Attorney-in-Fact

II-7



Index to Exhibits

 
   
   
 

1.1

 

*

 

Form of Underwriting Agreement

 

2.1

     

Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of January 4, 2006, by and among Fairfield & Sons, Ltd., Rosetta Stone Inc., Rosetta Stone Holdings Inc., the Shareholders of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd., Tom Adams, and Eugene Stoltzfus

 

3.1

     

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as currently in effect

 

3.2

     

Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, to be effective upon the closing of the offering

 

3.3

 

**

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant dated as of January 4, 2006, as currently in effect

 

3.4

     

Second Amended and Restated Bylaws, to be effective upon the closing of the offering

 

4.1

 

*

 

Specimen certificate evidencing shares of common stock

 

4.2

     

Subscription Agreement dated as of January 4, 2006, by and among Rosetta Stone Inc., ABS Capital Partners IV, L.P., ABS Capital Partners IV A,  L.P., ABS Capital Partners Offshore, L.P., ABS Capital Partners Special Offshore, L.P., Norwest Equity Partners VIII, L.P., Madison Capital Funding LLC, and Tom Adams

 

4.3

     

Registration Rights Agreement dated as of January 4, 2006 among Rosetta Stone Inc. and the Investor Shareholders and other Shareholders listed on Exhibit A Thereto

 

5.1

 

*

 

Opinion of Fulbright & Jaworski, L.L.P.

 

10.1+

 

**

 

2006 Incentive Option Plan

 

10.2+

 

*

 

2008 Omnibus Incentive Plan

 

10.3+

 

**

 

Director Form of Option Award Agreement under the 2006 Plan

 

10.4+

 

**

 

Executive Form of Option Award Agreement under the 2006 Plan

 

10.5+

 

**

 

Standard Form of Option Award Agreement under the 2006 Plan

 

10.6+

 

*

 

Form of Option Award Agreement under the 2008 Plan

 

10.7

 

**

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into with each director and executive officer

 

10.8+

 

*

 

Executive Employment Agreement between Registrant and Tom Adams

 

10.9

 

**

 

Credit Agreement dated as of January 4, 2006 between Rosetta Stone Holdings, Inc., as borrower, and Madison Capital Funding LLC, as agent, as amended

 

10.10

     

Lease Agreement dated as of February 26, 2006, by and between Premier Flex Condos, LLC and Fairfield Language Technologies, Inc., as amended

 

10.11

     

Sublease Agreement dated as of October 6, 2008, by and between The Corporate Executive Board Company and Rosetta Stone Ltd.

 

10.12

 

*

 

Software License Agreement by and between The Regents of the University of Colorado and Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. dated as of December 22, 2006

 

21.1

 

**

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

23.1

     

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accounting firm

 

23.2

 

*

 

Consent of Fulbright & Jaworski, L.L.P. (included in Exhibit 5.1)

 

24.1

 

**

 

Power of Attorney (included on signature page)

 

99.1

 

**

 

Consent of The Nielsen Company dated September 18, 2008

 

99.2

 

**

 

Consent of Global Market Insite Inc. dated September 17, 2008

 

99.3

 

**

 

Consent of Euromonitor International Inc. dated September 22, 2008

 

99.4

 

**

 

Consent of Global Industry Analysts, Inc. dated September 17, 2008


*
To be filed by amendment.

**
Previously filed.

+
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

II-8




QuickLinks

TABLE OF CONTENTS
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
RISK FACTORS
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
USE OF PROCEEDS
DIVIDEND POLICY
CAPITALIZATION
DILUTION
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
BUSINESS
MANAGEMENT
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
UNDERWRITERS
LEGAL MATTERS
EXPERTS
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ROSETTA STONE INC. CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (in thousands, except per share amounts)
ROSETTA STONE INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (in thousands except per share amounts)
ROSETTA STONE INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT) (in thousands)
ROSETTA STONE INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (in thousands)
ROSETTA STONE INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
PART II INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
SIGNATURES
Index to Exhibits

Exhibit 2.1

 

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

by

 

and

 

among

 

FAIRFIELD & SONS, LTD.,

 

ROSETTA STONE INC.,

 

ROSETTA STONE HOLDINGS INC.,

 

the SHAREHOLDERS of FAIRFIELD & SONS, LTD.,

 

TOM ADAMS

 

and, solely for purposes of Section 7.7,

 

EUGENE STOLTZFUS as the Shareholders’ Representative

 

Dated: January 4, 2006

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS

1

 

 

ARTICLE 2. PURCHASE AND SALE OF SHARES

12

 

2.1

Purchase and Sale of the Shares

12

 

2.2

Purchase Price

12

 

2.3

The Closing

12

 

2.4

Reserved

14

 

2.5

Post-Closing Audit

14

 

2.6

Post-Closing Adjustment of Purchase Price; Taxation of Payments

15

 

2.7

Allocation of Payments

16

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SHAREHOLDERS, THE BUYER AND PARENT

16

 

3.1

Representations and Warranties of the Shareholders

16

 

3.2

Additional Representations and Warranties of the Individual Investors

18

 

3.3

Representations and Warranties of the Buyer and Parent

18

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES CONCERNING THE COMPANY

21

 

4.1

Organization; Good Standing

21

 

4.2

Subsidiaries

21

 

4.3

Capitalization

21

 

4.4

Directors, Officers and Employees

22

 

4.5

Financial Statements; Projections

22

 

4.6

No Liabilities

23

 

4.7

Accounts Receivable

23

 

4.8

Taxes

23

 

4.9

Conduct of Business; Absence of Material Adverse Change

25

 

4.10

Title to Property and Assets

27

 

4.11

Insurance

27

 

4.12

Debt Instruments; Credit Enhancements

27

 

4.13

Intellectual Property

27

 

4.14

Leases

29

 

4.15

Material Contracts

30

 

4.16

Books and Records

31

 

4.17

Litigation; Disputes

31

 

4.18

Labor Relations

32

 

4.19

Pension and Benefit Plans

32

 

4.20

Environmental

35

 

4.21

Transactions with Related Parties

36

 

i



 

 

4.22

Restrictions and Consents

36

 

4.23

Authorization; No Conflict

36

 

4.24

Absence of Violation

36

 

4.25

Compliance with Law; Approvals

37

 

4.26

Copies of Documents

38

 

4.27

Binding Obligation

38

 

4.28

Status of Shares

38

 

4.29

Offering of Shares

38

 

4.30

Disclosure

38

 

4.31

Investment Company

38

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 5. OTHER AGREEMENTS

39

 

5.1

Public Disclosures

39

 

5.2

Restrictive Covenants

39

 

5.3

Further Assurances; Additional Documents

41

 

5.4

Escrow Distributions

41

 

5.5

Tax Matters

42

 

5.6

Conduct of Business Pending Closing

45

 

5.7

Prohibited Actions Pending Closing

46

 

5.8

Preparation and Delivery of 2005 and 2006 Audit

48

 

5.9

Employee Bonus Payment

48

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 6. CLOSING CONDITIONS

48

 

6.1

Conditions Precedent to the Buyer’s Obligations

48

 

6.2

Conditions Precedent to the Seller Parties’ Obligations

51

 

6.3

Termination of Agreement

52

 

6.4

Effect of Termination

53

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 7. INDEMNIFICATION

53

 

7.1

Survival of Representations and Warranties and Covenants

53

 

7.2

Indemnification Provisions for Parent’s and the Buyer’s Benefit

54

 

7.3

Notice of Claims

54

 

7.4

Third Party Claims

54

 

7.5

Limitations on Indemnification Liability

55

 

7.6

Payment of Claims

56

 

7.7

Shareholders’ Representative

57

 

7.8

Tax Treatment of Indemnity Payments

60

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 8. MISCELLANEOUS

61

 

8.1

Expenses

61

 

8.2

Notices

61

 

8.3

Entire Agreement

63

 

8.4

HSR

63

 

8.5

Amendments and Waivers

63

 

ii



 

 

8.6

Successors and Assigns

64

 

8.7

Governing Law

64

 

8.8

Submission to Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process

64

 

8.9

Severability

64

 

8.10

Titles and Subtitles

64

 

8.11

Third Party Beneficiaries

64

 

8.12

Remedies

65

 

8.13

Interpretation

65

 

8.14

Counterparts

65

 

iii



 

ATTACHMENTS

 

Exhibits

 

Exhibit A

Form of Escrow Agreement

Exhibit B

Form of Shareholders’ Agreement

Exhibit C

Form of Registration Rights Agreement

Exhibit D

Form of Promissory Note

Exhibit E

List of the Shareholders and Ownership of Shares

Exhibit F

Form of Legal Opinion of Covington & Burling

Exhibit G

Form of Legal Opinion of Blankingship & Keith

Exhibit H

Form of Joinder Agreement

Exhibit I

Form of the Amendment to the Amended and Restated Change of Control Bonus Agreements

Exhibit J

Form 8023 in Respect of Each Shareholder’s 338(h)(10) Election

 

 

Schedules

 

 

Schedule 1

Funded Indebtedness

Schedule 2.2

Estimated December 31 Balance Sheet

Schedule 2.7

Allocation of Payments to Sellers

Schedule 3.1

Disclosure Schedules Relating to Representations and Warranties of the Shareholders

Schedule 3.1(f)

Disclosure of Fees of BNY Capital Markets, Inc.

Schedule 3.2

Disclosure Schedules Relating to Additional Representations and Warranties of the Individual Investors

Schedule 3.3

Disclosure Schedules Relating to Representations and Warranties of Buyer and Parent

Schedule 3.3(f)

Pre-Closing Capitalization of Parent

Schedule 6.1(d)

Consents and Approvals Obtained and Notices Provided by the Seller Parties

Schedule 6.1(l)

Liens Released Prior to Closing

Schedule 6.1(q)

List of Individuals Subject to Amendments to Amended and Restated Change of Control Bonus Agreements

 

 

 

Company Disclosure Schedules with Attachments

 

iv



 

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

This STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of January 4, 2006, by and among Fairfield & Sons, Ltd., a Virginia corporation (the “ Company ”), Rosetta Stone Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Parent ”), Rosetta Stone Holdings lnc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Buyer ”), the holders of the Company’s Common Stock (each a “ Shareholder and together the “ Shareholders ”), Tom Adams and, solely for purposes of Section 7.7 hereof, Eugene Stoltzfus (the “ Shareholders’ Representative ”). The Shareholders, together with Tom Adams, are sometimes referred to individually as a “ Seller and collectively as the “ Sellers and together with the Company, as the “ Seller Parties .” The Parent, the Buyer, the Company and the Seller Parties are sometimes referred to individually as a “ Party and collectively as the “ Parties .

 

RECITALS:

 

A.          The Company is engaged in the business of producing and selling software used for learning foreign languages, including learning English as a foreign language (the “ Business ”) .

 

B.           The Sellers own all of the outstanding shares of the Company’s capital stock (the “ Shares ) in the amounts set forth in Exhibit E .

 

C.           The Parent owns all of the outstanding shares of the Buyer’s capital stock.

 

D.          ABS, Norwest and Lender, together, own all of the outstanding shares of the Parent’s capital stock.

 

E.           The Buyer desires to purchase from the Sellers, and the Sellers desire to sell to the Buyer, all of the Shares for an aggregate consideration of (i) $65,664,100 in cash, as adjusted pursuant to the provisions set forth herein, and (ii) shares of capital stock of Parent, consisting of 111,031 shares of Parent’s Class B Convertible Preferred Stock and 12,328 shares of Parent’s Class A Common Stock, in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

F.           The Parties intend that, for financial reporting purposes, the purchase of the Shares shall be deemed to have occurred as of January 1, 2006.

 

AGREEMENT:

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual promises herein made and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, each Party, intending to be legally bound, agrees as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1.

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1940 Act means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 



 

2005 Audit means an audit of Parent’s consolidated financial statements for its fiscal year ending December 31, 2005 conducted by the Company’s independent auditors.

 

2006 Audit means an audit of Parent’s consolidated financial statements for its fiscal year ending December 31, 2006 conducted by the Company’s independent auditors.

 

ABS means collectively ABS Capital Partners IV, L.P., ABS Capital Partners IV-A, L.P., ABS Capital Partners IV Offshore, L.P. and ABS Capital Partners IV Special Offshore, L.P.

 

Accounting Firm means a firm of certified independent public accountants of national standing.

 

Accounting Referee is defined in Section 5.5(a)(iii) .

 

Action means any action, suit, proceeding, investigation, claim or arbitration.

 

Adjustment Deficit is defined in Section 2.6(a) .

 

Adjusted Cash Consideration is defined in Section 2.2 .

 

Adjusted Consideration is defined in Section 2.2 .

 

Adjustment Documents is defined in Section 2.5(a) .

 

Affiliate or “ Affiliated with respect to any specified Person, means a Person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “ control (and its derivatives) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting Equity Interests, as trustee or executor, by contract or otherwise.

 

Agreement is defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Amendments to the Amended and Restated Change of Control Bonus Agreements means the Amendments to the Amended and Restated Change of Control Bonus Agreements between the Company and the individuals listed on Schedule 6.1(q) .

 

Approvals has the meaning set forth in Section 4.25(c) .

 

Assets means assets of every kind and everything that is or may be available for the payment of liabilities (whether inchoate, tangible or intangible), including, without limitation, real and personal property.

 

Base Cash Consideration is defined in Section 2.2 .

 

Base Consideration ” is defined in Section 2.2 .

 

BNY means BNY Capital Markets, Inc.

 

2



 

Business is defined in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Business Day means any day (other than Saturday or Sunday) on which banks in New York City, New York are open for business.

 

Buyer is defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Buyer Expenses is defined in Section 8.1 .

 

C Corporation States means the jurisdictions listed on Section 4.8 of the Company Disclosure Schedules.

 

Capital Expenditures means amounts used to acquire or improve long-term assets such as property, plant or equipment and excludes rental payments under operating leases.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents means the cash and cash equivalents of the Company and the Subsidiary (including marketable securities and short term investments) calculated in accordance with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with the preparation of the Financial Statements.

 

Change of Control Bonus Payment means the aggregate amount of cash paid to Tom Adams pursuant to the Amendment to the Amended and Restated Change of Control Bonus Agreement between Tom Adams and the Company.

 

Change of Control Stock Awards means the award of shares of the Company’s Common Stock pursuant to the Amendments to the Amended and Restated Change of Control Bonus Agreements.

 

Claim is defined in Section 7.3 .

 

Closing is defined in Section 2.3(a) .

 

Closing Adjustments is defined in Section 2.2 .

 

Closing Date is defined in Section 2.3(a) .

 

Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Commitment means (a) any option, warrant, convertible security, exchangeable security, subscription right, conversion right, exchange right or other contract that could require a Person to issue any of its Equity Interests or to sell any Equity Interests that it owns in another Person, (b) any other security convertible into, exchangeable or exercisable for, or representing the right to subscribe for any Equity Interest of a Person or owned by a Person, (c) any statutory pre-emptive right or pre-emptive right granted under a Person’s Organizational Documents and (d)  any stock appreciation right, phantom stock, profit participation or other similar right with respect to a Person.

 

3


 

Common Stock means the Company’s common stock.

 

Company is defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Company Disclosure Schedules is defined in the introductory paragraph of ARTICLE 4 .

 

Company Expenses is defined in Section 8.1 .

 

Company Knowledge Persons means Eugene Stoltzfus, Robert Bland, Greg Keim, John Fairfield, Ruth Jost, Steve Hertzenberg, Mike Fulkerson, Tom Adams, Matthew Schenck, Kathryn Fairfield and Sherry Gohdes.

 

Confidential Information means any information (in whatever form, whether written, oral, electronic or otherwise) concerning the businesses and affairs of a Disclosing Party and all analyses, compilations, forecasts, studies or other documents which contain or reflect any such information; provided, however, that the term “ Confidential Information shall not include information which is or becomes publicly available (a) other than as a result of disclosure by a Receiving Party or its Representatives or (b) on a nonconfidential basis from a source (other than such Disclosing Party or its Representatives) which, to the Knowledge of such Receiving Party, is not prohibited from disclosing such information to such Receiving Party by any legal, contractual or fiduciary obligation to such Disclosing Party.

 

Confirmation Date is defined in Section 2.5(e) .

 

Contract means any enforceable written contract, agreement, arrangement, commitment, letter of intent, memorandum of understanding, promise, obligation, right, instrument, document or other similar understanding.

 

Copyrights means all copyrights anywhere in the world, whether registered or unregistered, in both published works and unpublished works and pending applications to register the same.

 

D&T is defined in Section 2.5(a) .

 

Defined Benefit Plan means a Plan that is or was a “defined benefit plan” as such term is defined in Section 3(35) of ERISA.

 

Disclosing Party means a Party that discloses Confidential Information to a Receiving Party or to any Representative of such Receiving Party.

 

DOL means the United States Department of Labor.

 

Employee Agreement means each management, employment, severance, consulting, non-compete, confidentiality, separation or similar contract between the Company or the Subsidiary and any employee, consultant, independent contractor or other individual providing services to the Company or the Subsidiary.

 

4



 

Employee Benefit Plan means each “employee benefit plan” within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA and any other benefit program or practice providing for bonuses, incentive compensation, vacation pay, severance pay, insurance, equity compensation or any other perquisite or benefit sponsored or maintained by the Company or the Subsidiary or with respect to which the Company or the Subsidiary may have any liability.

 

Employee Bonus Amount is defined in Section 5.9 .

 

Employee Pension Benefit Plan is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA.

 

Encumbrance means any mortgage, lien, pledge, encumbrance, security interest, deed of trust, option, encroachment, reservation, order, decree, judgment, condition, restriction, charge, agreement, claim or equity of any kind, except for liens for taxes incurred and not yet payable.

 

Engagement Letter means the letter agreement between the Company and BNY dated February 26, 2004, as amended.

 

Environmental Law means any Laws (including, without limitation, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act), including any regulations promulgated pursuant to such Laws, now in effect or in effect prior to the Closing relating to the generation, production, installation, use, storage, treatment, transportation, release, threatened release, or disposal of Hazardous Materials, or noise control, or the protection of human health, safety, natural resources, or the environment.

 

Equity Interest means (a) with respect to a corporation, any and all shares of capital stock of such corporation and any Commitments with respect thereto, (b) with respect to a partnership, limited liability company, trust or similar Person, any and all units, interests or other partnership/limited liability company interests, and any Commitments with respect thereto and (c) any other direct or indirect equity ownership or participation in a Person.

 

ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Escrow Agent means U.S. Bank Trust National Association, a national banking association.

 

Escrow Agreement means, an Escrow Agreement by and among the Parties and the Escrow Agent, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A , to be entered into on or prior to the Closing.

 

Escrow Fund means the Escrow Sum together with all interest accrued thereon.

 

Escrow Sum is defined in Section 2.3(c) .

 

Escrow Termination Date is defined in Section 5.4(a) .

 

5



 

ESOP means an Employee Stock Ownership Plan within the meaning of Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code.

 

Estimated December 31 Balance Sheet is defined in Section 2.2 .

 

Estimated Net Working Capital means an estimate of Net Working Capital as shown on the Estimated December 31 Balance Sheet.

 

Final Adjusted Consideration ” is defined in Section 2.5(c) .

 

Financial Forecast means the financial forecast, dated September 16, 2005, previously furnished by the Company to the Buyer.

 

Financial Statements ” is defined in Section 4.5(a) .

 

Funded Indebtedness means (i) all indebtedness of the Company for borrowed money under its Revolving Loan Agreement with SunTrust Bank, as amended; (ii) the total amount of all obligations of the Company under its capital leases, real property mortgage and promissory notes; and (iii) any interest accrued by the Company on the amounts referred to in (i) and (ii) hereof. All Funded Indebtedness is specifically set forth on Schedule I .

 

GAAP means United States generally accepted accounting principles.

 

Governmental Body means any legislature, agency, bureau, branch, department, division, commission, court, tribunal, magistrate, justice, multi-national organization, quasi-governmental body or other similar recognized organization or body of any federal, state, county, municipal, local or foreign government or other similar recognized organization or body exercising similar powers or authority.

 

Hazardous Material means any wastes, substances, radiation, or materials (whether solids, liquids or gases): (i) which are hazardous, toxic, explosive or radioactive; (ii) which are defined as “pollutants,” “contaminants,” “hazardous materials,” “hazardous wastes,” “hazardous substances,” “toxic substances,” “radioactive materials,” “solid wastes,” or other similar designations in, or are otherwise regulated under, any Environmental Laws; (iii) the presence of which on the Real Property cause or threaten to cause a nuisance pursuant to applicable statutory or common law upon the Real Property or to adjacent properties; (iv) which contain without limitation polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, lead-based paints, urea-formaldehyde foam insulation, or petroleum or petroleum products (including, without limitation, crude oil or any fraction thereof); or (v) which pose a hazard to human health, safety, natural resources, industrial hygiene, or the environment, or an impediment to working conditions.

 

Indemnified Person ” is defined in Section 7.2 .

 

Indemnitors ” is defined in Section 7.3 .

 

Independent Accounting Firm ” is defined in Section 2.5(c) .

 

6



 

Individual Investors means those Shareholders who have elected to receive shares of Parent as part or all of the consideration for Shares they are selling pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Initial Cash Distribution is defined in Section 2.3(d) .

 

Initial Distribution is defined in Section 2.3(c)(ii) .

 

Intellectual Property ” is defined in Section 4.13(a) .

 

IRS means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

 

Joinder Agreement means the Joinder Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between the Company, Buyer and the Lender, in the form of Exhibit H hereto.

 

Knowledge means (a) with respect to each of the Shareholders, the actual knowledge, and the knowledge that could have been obtained through reasonable inquiry, of such Shareholder and (b) with respect to the Company and the Subsidiary, the actual knowledge, and the knowledge that could have been obtained through reasonable inquiry, of the Company Knowledge Persons.

 

Law means any law (statutory, common or otherwise), constitution, treaty, convention, ordinance, equitable principle, code, rule, regulation, executive order or other similar authority enacted, adopted, promulgated or applied by any Governmental Body, each as amended and now in effect.

 

Lender means Madison Capital Funding LLC.

 

Lien means any mortgage, hypothecation, lien, pledge, assignment, encumbrance, security interest, deed of trust, option, encroachment, reservation, order, decree, judgment, condition, restriction, charge, agreement, preference, participation interest, priority or security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind.

 

Loss means all of the following, incurred by any Indemnified Person, whether or not involving a third-party claim or any other claim: liability, obligation, loss, cost or damage, claim, cost, deficiency, or expense (including losses related to business interruptions, costs of investigation and defense, penalties and reasonable legal fees and costs).

 

Marks means all fictitious business names, trading names, corporate names, registered and unregistered trademarks, service marks and applications, anywhere in the world.

 

Mass-Market Shrink Wrap Software means any shrink-wrap, click-wrap or similar substantially non-negotiated license to use mass-market software or to use a mass-market electronic interactive service, including but not limited to the licenses, user agreements or similar agreements consumers enter to become authorized to use the Company’s products.

 

Material Adverse Effect means, with respect to the Company, any change, circumstance, event or effect that would be materially adverse to the business, operations,

 

7



 

prospects, assets (including intangible assets), liabilities (including contingent liabilities) or the condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company and the Subsidiary, taken as a whole; provided that any change relating to the United States economy or securities markets in general shall not be deemed to constitute of be taken into account in determining whether there has been or will be a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Material Contract is defined in Section 4.15(a) .

 

Most Recent Balance Sheet is defined in Section 4.5(a) .

 

Multiemployer Plan means a “multiemployer plan” as such term is defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA.

 

Net Working Capital is defined in Section 2.5(b)(e) .

 

Norwest means Norwest Equity Partners VIII, LP.

 

Notifier is defined in Section  7.4 .

 

Objection Notice is defined in Section 2.5(b) .

 

Order means any order, ruling, decision, verdict, decree, writ, subpoena, mandate, precept, command, directive, consent, approval, award, judgment, injunction or other similar determination or finding by, before, or under the supervision of any Governmental Body, arbitrator or mediator.

 

Ordinary Course of Business means, with respect to the Company, the ordinary course of the Company’s business consistent with the Financial Forecast, in substantially the same manner as presently conducted and consistent with past practice.

 

Organizational Documents means the articles of incorporation, certificate of incorporation, certificate of formation, bylaws, operating agreement, certificate of limited partnership, partnership agreement and all other similar documents, instruments or certificates executed, adopted or filed in connection with the creation, formation or organization of a Person, including any amendments thereto.

 

Other Arrangement means a benefit program or practice, other than a benefit program or practice of Fairfield & Sons Limited, providing for bonuses, incentive compensation, vacation pay, severance pay, insurance, restricted stock, stock options, employee discounts, company cars, tuition reimbursement, or any other perquisite or benefit (including, without limitation, any fringe benefit under Section 132 of the Code) to employees, officers or independent contractors that is not a Plan.

 

Parent is defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Party and “ Parties are defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Patents means all patents and patent applications anywhere in the world.

 

8



 

Permit means any permit, license, consent, certificate, authorization or approval required by any Law or Governmental Body.

 

Permitted Encumbrances means (i) liens with respect to Taxes and other governmental obligations not yet due and payable or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which appropriate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP; (ii) deposits or pledges made in connection with, or to secure payment of, utilities or similar services, workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance, old age pensions or other social security obligations; (iii) encumbrances arising out of leasehold interests; (iv) mechanics’, materialmens’, repairmens’, warehousemens’, carriers’ or contractors’ liens or encumbrances or any similar lien or encumbrance created by statute for amounts not yet due and payable (v) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar charges and (vi) encumbrances not interfering with the Ordinary Course of Business of the Company.

 

Person means any individual, partnership, limited liability company, corporation, association, joint stock company, trust, entity, joint venture, labor organization, unincorporated organization or Governmental Body.

 

Plan means any plan, program or arrangement, whether or not written, that is or was an “employee benefit plan” as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA (other than a plan described in Section 4(b)(4) of ERISA) and (a) which was or is established or maintained by the Company; (b) to which the Company contributed or was obligated to contribute or to fund or provide benefits; or (c) which provides or promises benefits to any individual who performs or who has performed services for the Company and because of those services is or has been (i) a participant therein or (ii) entitled to benefits thereunder.

 

Post-Closing Balance Sheet is defined in Section 2.5(a) .

 

Pre-Change of Control Bonus Equity Percentage means, with respect to each Seller, the percentage of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company owned by such Seller immediately prior to the Closing as reflected on Schedule 2.7 hereto.

 

Pre-Closing Tax Period means any Taxable Period or portion thereof ending on or before the Closing Date.

 

Promissory Note is defined in Section 2.3(c)(ii) .

 

Purchase Price is defined in Section 2.2 .

 

Qualified Plan is defined in Section 4.19(g) .

 

Real Property means the real property owned or leased by the Company as of the date hereof, and any additional real property owned or leased since that date, and, for purposes of Section 4.20 , any real property formerly owned or operated by the Company or any predecessor in interest thereto.

 

Receiving Party means a Party or any Representative of such Party that receives Confidential Information from a Disclosing Party.

 

9



 

Registration Rights Agreement means the Registration Rights Agreement among Parent, ABS, Norwest, the Lender, Tom Adams and the Individual Investors, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C , to be entered into on the Closing Date.

 

Release shall mean any presence, emission, spill, seepage, leak, escape, leaching, discharge, injection, pumping, pouring, emptying, dumping, disposal, migration, or release of Hazardous Materials from any source into or upon the environment, including the air, soil, improvements, surface water, groundwater, the sewer, septic system, storm drain, publicly owned treatment works, or waste treatment, storage or disposal system.

 

Representatives means, with respect to a Person, such Person’s Affiliates, officers, directors, managers, employees, agents, consultants, financial advisers, attorneys, accountants or other representatives.

 

Representing Entity is defined in Section 3.3 .

 

Representing Party is defined in the introductory paragraph of ARTICLE 4 .

 

Restricted Period is defined in Section 5.2(a) .

 

Scheduled Company Intellectual Property is defined in Section 4.13(b) .

 

Schedules means the Schedules to this Agreement.

 

Section 338(h)(10) Election is defined in Section 5.5(a)(i) .

 

Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Seller and “ Sellers ” and defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Seller Parties is defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Shareholders is defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Shareholders’ Agreement means the Shareholders’ Agreement among Parent, ABS, Norwest, the Lender, Tom Adams and the Individual Investors, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B , to be entered into on the Closing Date.

 

Shareholders’ Representative ” is defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Shares is defined in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Software means programs used to operate computers and related devices, together with the documentation associated with a computer program, such as manuals, diagrams and operating instructions.

 

Stock Consideration is defined in Section 2.2 .

 

10



 

Stock Options means options issued pursuant to one or more stock option plans of the Company to purchase shares of Common Stock.

 

Straddle Period means a Taxable Period commencing before and ending after the Closing Date.

 

Subsidiary means Fairfield & Sons Limited, a private limited company incorporated in the United Kingdom.

 

SunTrust Bank means SunTrust Bank, a Georgia banking corporation.

 

Survival Period is defined in Section 7.1 .

 

Tax means any federal, state, local or foreign income, gross receipts, license, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, windfall profits, capital stock, franchise, profits, withholding, social security, unemployment, real property, personal property, sales, use, transfer, value added, alternative or add-on minimum or estimated tax, including any interest, penalty, or addition thereto.

 

Tax Proceeding means any action, audit, hearing, investigation, litigation, suit (whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigate, or informal) relating to Taxes or Tax Returns initiated or continued by a Taxing Authority.

 

Tax Return means any return, declaration, report, claim for refund or information return or statement relating to Taxes required to be filed with any Governmental Body, including any schedule or attachment thereto, and including any amendment thereof.

 

Taxable Period means any taxable year or other period with respect to which any Tax may be imposed under any applicable statute, rule or regulation.

 

Taxing Authority means any governmental agency, board, bureau, body, department, or authority of any United States federal, state or local jurisdiction or any foreign jurisdiction having jurisdiction with respect to any Tax.

 

Third Party Intellectual Property Rights is defined in Section 4.13(b) .

 

Threshold ” is defined in Section 7.5(c) .

 

Trade Secrets means all know-how, trade secrets, Confidential Information, customer lists, Software (source code and object code), technical information, data, process technology, plans, drawings and blue prints, anywhere in the world.

 

Transaction Documents means this Agreement, the Escrow Agreement, the Shareholders’ Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

Welfare Plan means an “employee welfare benefit plan” as such term is defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA.

 

11


 

ARTICLE 2.

 

PURCHASE AND SALE OF SHARES

 

2.1                                Purchase and Sale of the Shares .

 

On and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Buyer agrees to purchase from the Sellers, and the Sellers agree to sell to the Buyer, the Shares for the consideration specified in Section 2.2 .

 

2.2                                Purchase Price .

 

The purchase price for the Shares (the “ Purchase Price ”) consists of a combination of (1) an amount equal to $65,664,100 in cash (the “ Base Cash Consideration ”), subject to any adjustment required to be made after Closing pursuant to ARTICLE 2 (as adjusted, the “ Adjusted Cash Consideration ”) and (2) capital stock of Parent (the Stock Consideration ”), consisting of 111,031 shares of Class B Convertible Preferred Stock and 12,328 shares of Class A Common Stock (the “ Stock Consideration ,” together with the Base Cash Consideration, the “ Base Consideration ”, and together with the Adjusted Cash Consideration, the “ Adjusted Consideration ”) . The Parties hereto agree that the aggregate fair market value of the Stock Consideration as of the date hereof is, and for all other purposes under this ARTICLE 2 shall be deemed to be, $12,335,900. The Parties further agree that the Base Consideration is calculated based on a balance sheet and related schedules (the “ Estimated December 31 Balance Sheet ”) attached hereto as Schedule 2.2 , which includes (A) a consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of December 31, 2005, (B) a statement of the calculation of Estimated Net Working Capital, (C) a schedule of certain items (the “ Closing Adjustments ”) and (D) a statement showing the amount of Funded Indebtedness of the Company immediately prior to Closing.

 

2.3                                The Closing .

 

(a) The closing of the purchase and sale of the Shares (the “ Closing ”) will take place at the offices of Hogan & Hartson L.L.P., 11l South Calvert Street, Baltimore, Maryland, at 4:00 p.m., Baltimore, Maryland time, on January 4, 2006 assuming the prior satisfaction (except to the extent waived by the Party entitled to do so) of all conditions (other than conditions with respect to actions that the respective Parties will take at the Closing) set forth in ARTICLE 6 , or on such other date, and at such other time or place, as the Parties may mutually agree. The date on which the Closing actually occurs is referred to herein as the “ Closing Date .

 

(b)  Deliveries at Closing . At the Closing, (i) the Shareholders will deliver to the Buyer the stock certificates representing the Shares, together with stock powers executed in blank, and the various certificates, instruments, and documents referred to in Section 6.1 below, and (ii) the Buyer will deliver to the Shareholders or the Escrow Agent (as appropriate) the Purchase Price in accordance with Section 2.3(c)  and Section 2.7 , and the various certificates, instruments, and documents referred to in Section 6.2 below.

 

12



 

(c)  Payments at Closing . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, at the Closing the Buyer will make the following payments:

 

(i)                         An amount of cash equal to 10% of the Base Consideration (the “ Escrow Sum ”) shall be delivered to the Escrow Agent at Closing to be held in escrow pursuant to the Escrow Agreement as security for the payment of all amounts, if any, owing by the Sellers to the Buyer for any post-Closing purchase price adjustment pursuant to Section 2.6 , expenses of the Shareholders’ Representative pursuant to Section 7.7(k ), or for indemnification claims pursuant to Section 5.5(c) and ARTICLE 7 .

 

(ii)                      (A) The Stock Consideration and (B) the Initial Cash Distribution, (together, the “ Initial Distribution ”) in each case shall be paid, in accordance with Section 2.7 , by delivery of a promissory note, in the form attached as Exhibit D hereto (the “ Promissory Note ”), payable on the Business Day immediately after the Closing Date, to the Shareholders.

 

(iii)                   Ninety percent (90%) of the Change of Control Bonus Payment payable in cash, if not previously paid, net of all applicable Taxes and withholding amounts, shall be paid to the Company for payment to Tom Adams.

 

(iv)                  An amount of cash equal to the sum of all applicable employment Taxes and withholding amounts, including both employee and employer Taxes and withholding amounts, reserved for in respect of any Employee Bonus Amount, if not previously paid, shall be paid to the Company for payment over to appropriate tax authorities as prescribed by law and regulation.

 

(v)                     An amount of cash equal to the sum of all applicable employee employment Taxes and withholding amounts reserved for (1) in Section 2.3(c)(iii)  above and (2) in respect of any Change of Control Stock Awards, if not previously paid, shall be paid to the Company for payment over to appropriate tax authorities as prescribed by law and regulation.

 

(d)  Definition . For purposes of this Section 2.3 , Initial Cash Distribution means an amount equal to the Base Cash Consideration less (A) the Employee Bonus Amount plus any employer Taxes and withholding with respect to such amount, (B) ninety percent (90%) of the Change of Control Bonus Payment payable in cash if actually paid to Tom Adams pursuant to Section 2.3(c)(iii)  (including amounts reserved for employee Taxes and withholding), (C) amounts necessary to pay employee Taxes and withholding in respect of Change of Control Stock Awards, if not previously paid, and (D) the Escrow Sum. The amount of the Initial Cash Distribution is set forth on Schedule 2.7.

 

13



 

2.4                                Reserved .

 

2.5                                Post- Closing Audit .

 

(a) Within one hundred fifty (150) days following the Closing Date, Buyer will cause Deloitte and Touche LLP (“ D&T ”), the Company’s certified public accountants, to prepare and deliver to the Buyer, Parent and the Shareholders’ Representative (A) an audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of December 31, 2005, which shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied (the “ Post-Closing Balance Sheet ”), (B) a statement of the calculation of Net Working Capital based on the Post-Closing Balance Sheet together with a statement verifying the Closing Adjustments (based upon agreed-upon procedures carried out by D&T), (C) a statement showing the amount of Funded Indebtetdness of the Company immediately prior to the Closing, and (D) a statement of the calculation of the Adjusted Cash Consideration and the Adjusted Consideration, applying any reductions thereto contemplated by Section 2.6 , based on the Post-Closing Balance Sheet and related statements (with the Post-Closing Balance Sheet and all such statements, collectively, the Adjustment Documents ”). The Shareholders’ Representative and the Buyer shall cooperate in good faith with each other and with D&T in connection with the preparation and audit of the Adjustment Documents, and the Company shall provide D&T with reasonable on-site access to the personnel, properties, books, records, schedules, analyses, working papers and other information relating to the Business. The cost of preparing the Adjustment Documents shall be paid by the Company.

 

(b) The Adjustment Documents shall be final and binding on the Parties unless, within thirty (30) days after the Shareholders’ Representative’s receipt thereof, the Shareholders’ Representative provides the Buyer with a written notice of objection with respect to the Adjustment Documents (an “ Objection Notice ”). The Objection Notice shall (A) be prepared by the Shareholders’ Representative in good faith and (B) specify in reasonable detail the nature of any objection so asserted and the Shareholders’ Representative’s calculation of the Adjusted Cash Consideration and the Adjusted Consideration. Any item in the Adjustment Documents that is not objected to in an Objection Notice will be final and binding on the Parties.

 

(c) During the twenty (20) Business Day period following the date on which an Objection Notice is given, the Shareholders’ Representative and the Buyer shall meet in an effort to resolve any objections contained therein. During the period from and after the date of delivery of the Adjustment Documents through the Confirmation Date, the Shareholders’ Representative, the Buyer and D&T shall have reasonable on-site access to the personnel, properties, books, records, schedules, analyses, working papers and other information relating to the Business and shall be permitted to review and make copies reasonably required of (i) the working papers of the Company and the non-proprietary working papers of the Company’s independent auditors (if any) and (ii) any supporting schedules, analyses or other documentation relating to the preparation of the Adjustment Documents. If the Shareholders’ Representative and the Buyer are unable to resolve any dispute set forth in an Objection Notice within such twenty (20) Business Day period, then such items specified in the Objection Notice remaining unresolved at the conclusion

 

14



 

of such period shall be submitted for final determination to an Accounting Firm mutually agreed upon by the Shareholders’ Representative and the Buyer, provided, however , that if the Shareholders’ Representative and the Buyer cannot agree on such an Accounting Firm, then each shall select an Accounting Firm and such Accounting Firms shall select a third Accounting Firm (the Accounting Firm mutually agreed upon by the Shareholders’ Representative and the Buyer or such other Accounting Firm being the “ Independent Accounting Firm ”). The Independent Accounting Firm shall make a final determination in writing as to all such items within sixty (60) days after its appointment, and such determination shall be final and binding on the Parties. The Independent Accounting Firm shall act as an expert and not as an arbitrator to determine, based on the provisions of this Agreement, the items submitted to the Independent Accounting Firm.

 

(d) The Independent Accounting Firm’s fees and expenses shall be borne by the Shareholders’ Representative and the Buyer in inverse proportion as the Shareholders’ R epresentative and the Buyer prevail on the matters resolved by the Independent Accounting Firm. The allocation of such fees and expenses shall be determined by the Independent Accounting Firm at the time of the Independent Accounting Firm’s resolution of the matters set forth in the Objection Notice.

 

(e) “ Net Working Capital ” shall mean the difference between the Company’s total current assets and its total current liabilities, each as defined by and determined in accordance with GAAP, as in existence as of December 31, 2005 and as shown in the Post-Closing Balance Sheet as conclusively determined in accordance with this Section 2.5 . The “ Final Adjusted Consideration shall be the Base Consideration as adjusted to reflect the Adjustment Deficit, if applicable, in accordance with Section 2.6 . The “ Confirmation Date shall be the date upon which the Post-Closing Balance Sheet and calculation of the Final Adjusted Consideration are deemed to be accepted by the Shareholders’ Representative and the Buyer pursuant to this Section 2.5 .

 

2.6                                Post-Closing Adjustment of Purchase Price; Taxation of Payments .

 

(a) In the event that (i) Net Working Capital adjusted for the verified Closing Adjustments shown on the Adjustment Documents is less than Estimated Net Working Capital (adjusted for the Closing Adjustments that are part of the Estimated December 31 Balance Sheet) by greater than $750,000, and/or (ii) the amount of Funded Indebtedness of the Company shown on the Adjustment Documents is greater than the amount of Funded Indebtedness immediately prior to the Closing, the Base Cash Consideration shall be reduced on a dollar-for-dollar basis by the amount of all such differences, and the amount of the reduction (the “ Adjustment Deficit ”) shall be paid to the Buyer within five (5) Business Days after the Confirmation Date from the Escrow Fund (to the extent available). Following that payment, the Shareholders’ Representative shall, within three (3) Business Days after the Confirmation Date, give written notice to the Sellers of the amount of that payment from the Escrow Fund as well as the amount of any payment required should the Adjustment Deficit exceed the amount of the Escrow Sum. Within twenty (20) days after his, her or its receipt of such written notice from the Shareholders’ Representative, (i) each Shareholder, severally but not jointly, shall be obligated to pay to

 

15



 

the Buyer the amount by which the Adjustment Deficit exceeded the Escrow Sum based on the Pre-Change of Control Bonus Equity Percentage of such Shareholder, and (ii) each Seller, severally but not jointly, shall be obligated to pay to the Escrow Agent ninety percent (90%) of the amount of the payment from the Escrow Sum required hereunder less ten percent (10%) of any amount paid to the Buyer pursuant to the preceding subsection (i), based on the percentage of the total Escrow Fund to be distributed to such Seller upon a distribution pursuant to Schedule 2.7 .

 

(b) Unless otherwise required by applicable Law, for purposes of all Taxes and Tax Returns the Parties shall treat all payments made pursuant to this Section 2.6 as an adjustment to the Base Consideration.

 

2.7                                Allocation of Payments .

 

Any payments made by Buyer to the Shareholders under this Agreement shall be made, unless otherwise specified by this Agreement, in accordance with the allocation of cash and stock consideration set forth on Schedule 2.7 .

 

ARTICLE 3.

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF
THE SHAREHOLDERS, THE BUYER AND PARENT

 

3.1                                Representations and Warranties of the Shareholders .

 

Subject to the exceptions disclosed on Schedule 3.1 (which exceptions contain references to the appropriate paragraphs of this Section 3.1 ), each of the Shareholders, severally but not jointly, represents and warrants, as to such Shareholder only, to the Buyer and Parent as follows:

 

(a)  Ownership of Shares .   The Shareholder holds of record and owns beneficially the number of Shares set forth opposite his, her or its name on Exhibit E , free and clear of any Liens. There are no proxies or voting agreements to which the Shareholder is a party with respect to any shares of the capital stock of the Company.

 

(b)  Power and Authority; Execution .   The Shareholder has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party and to perform and consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The Shareholder has taken all actions necessary to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents to which it is party, the performance of its obligations hereunder and thereunder and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. This Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents to which the Shareholder is a party have been or will be duly executed and delivered by the Shareholder.

 

(c)  Enforceability .     This Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents to which the Shareholder is a party constitutes, or will constitute upon execution thereof, the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Shareholder, enforceable against the

 

16



 

Shareholder in accordance with their respective terms, except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by general principles of equity applicable to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws generally.

 

(d)  No Violation .   Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents to which the Shareholder is a party, nor the Shareholder’s consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, will (i) result in a violation of any Law or Order applicable to the Shareholder or (ii) result in the creation or imposition of any Lien of any nature whatsoever upon the Shares or upon any of the Assets of the Company or the Subsidiary, under any provision of any loan or credit agreement, bond, debenture, note, mortgage, indenture, guarantee, lease or other agreement or instrument to which the Shareholder is a party or is bound or by or to which such Shareholder’s assets are bound or subject.

 

(e)  Consents and Approvals .   No filing by the Shareholder or registration by the Shareholder with, and no consent or approval of any Governmental Body or other party in respect of the Shareholder is necessary for the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation by the Shareholder of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents to which the Shareholder is a party, other than any filings, registrations, consents or approvals which have previously been obtained or made (and each of which is in full force and effect).

 

(f)  Brokers’ Fees .   No agent, broker, investment banker, finder, financial advisor or other Person, other than BNY (whose fees are described on Schedule 3.1(f) ) is or will be entitled to any broker’s or finder’s fee or any other commission or similar fee from the Shareholder in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(g)  Litigation .   As of the date hereof, there is no Action before any Governmental Body pending or, to the Shareholder’s Knowledge, threatened, that questions the validity of this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents to which the Shareholder is a party, or the Shareholder’s right to enter into this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

 

(h)  U.S. Citizen or Resident .   The Shareholder is not and has not been a nonresident alien within the meaning of Sections 1361(b)(1)(C) and 7701(b) of the Code at any time that the Shareholder has owned Shares of the Company.

 

(i)  No Interest in Parent .   Apart from the Stock Consideration, if any, the Shareholder is to receive pursuant to the provisions of ARTICLE 2 of this Agreement, the Shareholder owns no interest directly or indirectly in Parent.

 

(j)  Status of Shares .   The Shares to be purchased by the Buyer on the Closing from the Shareholder in accordance with this Agreement will be free and clear of all Liens when purchased, except for restrictions on transfer under applicable federal and state securities laws.

 

17



 

(k)  Transfer of Shares .   Upon issuance of the Promissory Note by Buyer, all of the Shares of the Company held by the Shareholder shall be automatically and irrevocably transferred to Buyer by the Shareholder.

 

3.2                                Additional Representations and Warranties of the Individual Investors .

 

Subject to the exceptions disclosed on Schedule 3.2 (which exceptions contain references to the appropriate paragraphs of this Section 3.2 ), each of the Individual Investors, severally but not jointly, represents and warrants, as to such Individual Investor only, to the Buyer and Parent that such Individual Investor:

 

(a) has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it, alone or together with any purchaser’s representative it has designated, is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Stock Consideration contemplated hereby, and is able to bear indefinitely the economic risk of such investment;

 

(b) has had the opportunity to meet with certain of Parent’s and the Company’s officers and representatives to discuss Parent’s and the Company’s business, assets, liabilities and financial condition;

 

(c) is acquiring the Stock Consideration for its own account for investment purposes only, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act;

 

(d) understands that the Stock Consideration has not been registered under the Securities Act and cannot be sold unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption therefrom; and

 

(e) is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act or, if not, has appointed SunTrust Bank as such Individual Investor’s purchaser’s representative for purposes of Regulation D under the Securities Act.

 

3.3                                Representations and Warranties of the Buyer and Parent .

 

Except as disclosed on Schedule 3.3 (which exceptions contain references to the appropriate paragraphs of this Section 3.3) , Buyer and Parent (each a “ Representing Entity ”), jointly and severally, represent and warrant to the Sellers as follows:

 

(a)  Organization .   The Representing Entity is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the State of Delaware. The Representing Entity has made available to the Company complete and correct copies of its certificate of incorporation and bylaws, with all amendments thereto, as in effect on the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date.

 

(b)  Power and Authority; Execution .   The Representing Entity has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and each of the other Transaction

 

18



 

Documents to which it is a party and to perform and consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The Representing Entity has taken all actions necessary to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents to which it is party, the performance of its obligations hereunder and thereunder and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. This Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents to which the Representing Entity is a party have been or will be duly executed and delivered by the Representing Entity.

 

(c)  Enforceability .   This Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents to which the Representing Entity is a party constitutes, or will constitute upon execution thereof, the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Representing Entity, enforceable against it in accordance with their respective terms, except the enforceability thereof may be limited by general principles of equity and applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws generally.

 

(d)  Consents and Approvals .   No filing or registration with, and no consent or approval of any Governmental Body or third party is necessary for the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Representing Entity and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party and the consummation by the Representing Entity of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents to which the Representing Entity is a party, other than any filings, registrations, consents or approvals which previously have been obtained or made (and each of which is in full force and effect).

 

(e)  No Violation .   Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents to which the Representing Entity is a party, nor the Representing Entity’s consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, will (i) result in a violation of the Representing Entity’s Organizational Documents, (ii) result in a violation of any Law or Order applicable to the Representing Entity or (iii) result in the creation or imposition of any Lien of any nature whatsoever upon the assets or properties of the Representing Party, under any provision of any loan or credit agreement, bond, debenture, note, mortgage, indenture, guarantee, lease or other agreement or instrument to which the Representing Party is a party or is bound or by or to which such Representing Entity’s assets are bound or subject.

 

(f)  Capitalization .     Immediately prior to the Closing, the authorized and issued and outstanding capital stock (including outstanding Commitments) of the Parent, including the number of shares, options, warrants or similar rights held by each holder thereof, shall be as set forth in Schedule 3.3(f) . The Parent owns, free and clear of any Liens whatsoever, 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Buyer. All issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of each Representing Entity has been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.3(f) , no shares of capital stock of either Representing Entity have been reserved for any purpose. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.3(f) , there are no outstanding securities convertible into or exchangeable for the capital stock of either Representing Entity, or warrants to purchase or to subscribe for any shares of such stock

 

19



 

or other securities of either Representing Entity. There are no outstanding agreements affecting or relating to the voting, issuance, purchase, redemption, repurchase, transfer or registration for sale under the Securities Act of any securities of the Company, except as contemplated hereunder or described on Schedule 3.3(f) . The rights, privileges and preferences of each Representing Entity’s capital stock as of the Closing shall be as stated in the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of each Representing Entity.

 

(g)  Brokers’ Fees .     No agent, broker, investment banker, finder, financial advisor or other Person is or will be entitled to any broker’s or finder’s fee or any other commission or similar fee from the Representing Entity in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(h)  Litigation .     As of the date hereof, there is no Action before any Governmental Body pending or, to the Representing Entity’s Knowledge, threatened, to which the Representing Entity is a party, that questions the validity of this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents to which the Representing Entity is a party, or the Representing Entity’s right to enter into this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

 

(i)  Investment Purposes .     The Buyer:

 

(i)                             has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Shares contemplated hereby, and is able to bear indefinitely the economic risk of such investment;

 

(ii)                          has had the opportunity to meet with certain of the Company’s officers and representatives to discuss the Company’s business, assets, liabilities and financial condition;

 

(iii)                       is acquiring the Shares for its own account for investment purposes only, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act; and

 

(iv)                      understands that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act and cannot be sold unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption therefrom.

 

(j)  Special Purpose Vehicle .     Except for the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, neither the Parent nor the Buyer has conducted any business since its formation. Neither Representing Party has ever had any employees, consultants or independent contractors. Neither the Parent nor the Buyer is a member of or participant in any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity. Other than the Buyer, the Parent has no Subsidiaries and does not own or control, directly or indirectly, any shares of capital stock of any other Person. The Buyer has no Subsidiaries and does not own or control, directly or indirectly, any shares of capital stock of any other Person.

 

20


 

ARTICLE 4.

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES CONCERNING THE COMPANY

 

The Company and, solely with respect to Sections 4.3 and 4.8 , each of the Sellers (each a “ Representing Party ”), severally but not jointly, represent and warrant to the Buyer and Parent, subject to such exceptions as are specifically disclosed in the Schedules to this Agreement referencing the appropriate section and paragraph numbers of this ARTICLE 4 (collectively, the Company Disclosure Schedules ), which disclosures shall provide an exception or otherwise qualify or respond to the representations or warranties of the Representing Party specifically referred to in such disclosure, as follows:

 

4.1          Organization; Good Standing .

 

The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia and the Subsidiary is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the United Kingdom. The Company and the Subsidiary have all requisite corporate power and authority to own, operate and lease their Assets; to carry on their business as currently conducted; to execute and deliver this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party; and in each case, to carry out the transactions contemplated hereby. The Company has made available to Buyer complete and correct copies of the articles of incorporation and bylaws of the Company and organizational documents of the Subsidiary, with all amendments thereto, as in effect on the date of this Agreement. The Company and the Subsidiary are duly qualified to conduct business as a foreign corporation and are in good standing in each jurisdiction where, because of the nature of its activities or properties, such qualification is required, except for such jurisdictions where the failure to so qualify could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth in the Company Disclosure Schedule, the Company and the Subsidiary are not qualified to conduct business in any other jurisdiction, and neither the nature of the business conducted by the Company and the Subsidiary nor the character of the Assets owned, leased or otherwise held by them makes any such qualification necessary.

 

4.2          Subsidiaries .

 

Except for the Subsidiary, the Company has no subsidiaries and no equity investment or other interest in, nor has the Company made advances or loans to, any corporation, association, partnership, joint venture or other entity.

 

4.3          Capitalization .

 

The Company Disclosure Schedules set forth the authorized and issued and outstanding capital stock (including outstanding Commitments) of the Company before giving effect to the transactions contemplated hereby, including the name of each holder thereof and the number of shares and Commitments held by each such holder. All issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable. Except as set forth on the Company Disclosure Schedules, no shares of capital stock of the Company have been reserved for any purpose. Except as set forth on the

 

21



 

Company Disclosure Schedules, there are no outstanding securities convertible into or exchangeable for the capital stock of the Company, or warrants to purchase or to subscribe for any shares of such stock or other securities of the Company. There are no outstanding agreements affecting or relating to the voting, issuance, purchase, redemption, repurchase, transfer or registration for sale under the Securities Act of any securities of the Company, except as contemplated hereunder or described on the Company Disclosure Schedules. The rights, privileges and preferences of the Company’s capital stock immediately prior to the Closing shall be as stated in the articles of incorporation and bylaws of the Company. Except as set forth on the Company Disclosure Schedules, all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Subsidiary are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and are owned by the Company free and clear of any Commitments. No shares of capital stock of the Subsidiary have been reserved for any purpose. There are no outstanding securities convertible into or exchangeable for the capital stock of the Subsidiary, or warrants to purchase or to subscribe for any shares of such stock or other securities of the Subsidiary.

 

4.4          Directors, Officers and Employees .

 

As of December 15, 2005, the Company, together with the Subsidiary, employed 249 full-time employees and 143 part-time employees and engaged 263 consultants or independent contractors. The Company Disclosure Schedules list all current directors and officers of the Company and all current employees and consultants of the Company who, individually, received in fiscal year 2004 or are scheduled to receive for the fiscal year 2005 aggregate annual compensation in excess of $100,000, showing each such Person’s name, position, annual remuneration, bonuses and fringe benefits for the current fiscal year. Except as otherwise provided on the Company Disclosure Schedules, during the past five (5) years, no current director or executive officer of the Company has: (i) been arrested or convicted for any crime material to an evaluation of such individual’s ability or integrity, including, without limitation, any violation of any federal or state securities Law or other Law which currently or has previously regulated the types of business in which the Company is currently or has previously been engaged; (ii) filed a petition under federal bankruptcy or any state insolvency Laws; or (iii) been a director or officer of a business entity which has filed a petition under federal bankruptcy or any state insolvency Laws, or had a receiver or similar officer appointed by a court to administer the business or property of such entity. All current and former employees (other than employees who work at the kiosks operated by the Company) have executed a copy of the Company’s Non-Competition and Property Rights Agreement.

 

4.5          Financial Statements; Projections .

 

(a) The Company has prepared and furnished to Buyer (i) the audited balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2004 and the related audited statements of income, stockholders’ equity and changes in financial position for the fiscal year then ended (ii) the unaudited balance sheet of the Company as of November 30, 2005 (the “ Most Recent Balance Sheet ”) and the related unaudited statement of income, stockholders’ equity and changes in financial condition for the eleven months ended November 30, 2005, including any notes thereto (collectively, the “ Financial Statements ”). The Financial Statements, including, without limitation, the notes thereto (if any), have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis

 

22



 

throughout the periods indicated, and present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and operating results of the Company as of the dates indicated or for the periods indicated therein, except that the Most Recent Balance Sheet may not contain footnotes and is subject to normal year-end adjustments. All of the Financial Statements, including, without limitation, the notes thereto, referred to in this Section are in accordance with the books and records of the Company. The Company maintains and through the Closing Date will continue to maintain a system of accounting established and administered in accordance with GAAP and a system of internal controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance of the accuracy of financial information for the purpose of preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP. The Company is not a guarantor or indemnitor of any indebtedness of any other Person.

 

(b) The Financial Forecast of the Company previously furnished to Buyer was prepared by the Company in good faith on the basis of the assumptions stated therein and, except as set forth on the schedule previously furnished to Buyer by the Company, to the Knowledge of the Company, there is no fact or information that would make the assumptions or the financial forecast contained therein misleading or inaccurate in any material respect. The Financial Forecast contains estimates only and the Company shall have no liability or responsibility whatsoever due to the Company’s failure to perform, and shall not be deemed to have guaranteed performance, in accordance with the Financial Forecast.

 

4.6          No Liabilities .

 

There exist no liabilities (whether contingent or absolute, matured or unmaturcd, known or unknown) of the Company or of the Subsidiary, except for such liabilities (i) reflected in the Financial Statements furnished to the Buyer and Parent or as described on the Company Disclosure Schedules, or (ii) incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business since November 30, 2005 and in amounts that are not individually, or in the aggregate, material to the Company.

 

4.7          Accounts Receivable .

 

All accounts and notes receivable of the Company and its Subsidiary will be collectible at the aggregate recorded amounts thereof set forth in the Most Recent Balance Sheet, net of any applicable reserves for contractual disallowances or doubtful accounts reflected thereon, which reserves were calculated in a manner consistent with past practice and in accordance with the accounting principles used to prepare the Financial Statements furnished to the Buyer and Parent. None of the accounts or the notes receivable of the Company and its Subsidiary are subject to any setoffs or counterclaims.

 

4.8          Taxes .

 

(a) The Company has timely Filed (or obtained timely extensions with respect to) all U.S. federal and other material Tax Returns required to be filed by it on or before the Closing. The Subsidiary has timely filed (or obtained timely extensions with respect to) all material Tax Returns required to be filed by it on or before the Closing. No penalties or other charges are or will become due with respect to any Tax Returns of the Company

 

23



 

or the Subsidiary as the result of the late filing thereof. All such Tax Returns are true and complete in all material respects. Each of the Company and the Subsidiary: (i) has paid all Taxes due or claimed to be due by any taxing authority for all Tax Periods ending on or before the Closing (whether or not such Taxes are the subject of a Tax Return and whether or not such Taxes are due from the Company or the Subsidiary in its own right or as a transferee of the Assets of, or successor to, any Person); or (ii) has established in the Financial Statements adequate reserves (in conformity with GAAP consistently applied) for the payment of such Taxes. The amounts set up as reserves for Taxes on the Financial Statements are sufficient for the payment of all unpaid Taxes as of the dates thereof, whether or not such Taxes are disputed or are yet due and payable, regardless of whether the Company or the Subsidiary may be liable for such Taxes in its own right or as a transferee of the Assets of, or successor to, any Person. Each of the Company and the Subsidiary has timely withheld and paid over to the appropriate Taxing Authority all Taxes which it is or was required to withhold from amounts paid or owing to any employee, shareholder, creditor or other person.

 

(b) There is no action, suit, proceeding, audit, investigation or claim pending or, to the Knowledge of the Representing Party, threatened in respect of any Taxes for which the Company or the Subsidiary is or may become liable, nor has any deficiency or claim for any such Taxes been proposed, asserted or threatened. There is no agreement, waiver or consent providing for an extension of time with respect to the assessment or collection of any Taxes against the Company or the Subsidiary, and no power of attorney granted by the Company or the Subsidiary with respect to any tax matters is currently in force. No claim has ever been made by a Taxing Authority in any jurisdiction in which the Company or the Subsidiary does not file Tax Returns that the Company or the Subsidiary is or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction.

 

(c) The Company and the Subsidiary have furnished or otherwise made available to the Buyer true and complete copies of all Tax Returns and all written communications with government authorities relating to any such Tax Returns or to any deficiency or claim proposed and/or asserted, irrespective of the outcome of such matter, but only to the extent such items relate to tax years (i) which are subject to an audit, investigation, examination or other proceeding, or (ii) with respect to which the statute of limitations has not expired.

 

(d) Neither the Company nor the Subsidiary is or has been a party to any agreement relating to the sharing, allocation or payment of, or indemnity for, Taxes.

 

(e) At all times from and after January 1, 1993, the Company has been a small business corporation within the meaning of Section 1361 of the Code, as amended from time to time, and has maintained an effective and valid election to be treated as an S corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, except as set forth in the Company Disclosure Schedules, for purposes of the income tax Laws of all other jurisdictions within the United States in which the Company is subject to income taxes.

 

24



 

(f) None of the Seller Parties is a foreign person within the meaning of Section 1445 of the Code. The Company is not and has never been a United States real property holding corporation within the meaning of Section 897(c)(2) of the Code.

 

(g) The Company has no net unrealized built-in gain within the meaning of Section 1374 of the Code, and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not result in the imposition of Tax on the Company pursuant to Section 1374.

 

(h)   The Company has not engaged in any transaction that is a “reportable transaction” pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4(b).

 

(i) Any and all transactions and dealings between or among any of the Company, its Shareholders, the Subsidiary and any persons related to or affiliated with the Company or the Subsidiary have occurred on arm’s-length terms, and the Company and the Subsidiary have complied in all material respects with any and all tax-related requirements that the arm’s-length nature of the terms of such transactions be documented.

 

(j) The Subsidiary is and has at all times been classified as a foreign corporation for United States federal Tax purposes.

 

4.9          Conduct of Business; Absence of Material Adverse Change .

 

Other than as set forth on the Company Disclosure Schedules, since December 31, 2004, there has not occurred a change in the business, operations, financial condition, Assets or liabilities of the Company and its Subsidiary, taken as a whole, which change has had or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth on the Company Disclosure Schedules, since December 31, 2004, the Company and its Subsidiary has conducted its business only in the Ordinary Course of Business and the Company and Subsidiaries has not:

 

(a) incurred any loss of or affecting any Assets of the Company as the result of any fire, explosion, flood, windstorm, earthquake, labor trouble, riot, accident, act of God or public enemy or armed forces;

 

(b) issued any capital stock, bonds or other corporate securities or debt instruments, granted any options, warrants or other rights calling for the issuance thereof, or borrowed any funds;

 

(c) discharged or satisfied any Encumbrance or paid any obligation or liability (absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, known or unknown) in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of $100,000, other than current liabilities shown in the Financial Statements and current liabilities incurred since December 31, 2004, in the Ordinary Course of Business;

 

(d) declared or made payment of, or set aside for payment, any dividends or distributions, or purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired any of its capital stock, any securities convertible into capital stock, or any other securities or Commitments other

 

25



 

than (i) a dividend of $3.5 million declared on December 29, 2005 to stockholders of record on that date and paid prior to the Closing and (ii) a dividend of $250,000 declared on December 30 to stockholders of record on that date and paid prior to Closing;

 

(e) mortgaged, pledged or subjected any Assets to any Encumbrance other than Permitted Encumbrances in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of $100,000;

 

(f) sold, exchanged, transferred or otherwise disposed of any of its material Assets other than in the Ordinary Course of Business, or canceled any debts or claims in either case in an individual amount in excess of $50,000;

 

(g) written down the value of any material Assets or written off as uncollectible any notes or accounts receivable in an aggregate amount in excess of $100,000;

 

(h) entered into any transactions other than in the Ordinary Course of Business;

 

(i) increased the rate of compensation payable, or to become payable, by the Company to any of its officers, employees, agents or independent contractors, over the rate being paid to them on December 31, 2004;

 

(j) made or permitted any amendment or termination of any agreement that would otherwise constitute a Material Contract to which it is a party;

 

(k) through negotiation or otherwise made any commitment or incurred any liability to any labor organization;

 

(1) made any arrangement for or payment of bonuses or special compensation of any kind to any director, officer or employee;

 

(m) hired any executive officer or senior member of management;

 

(n) directly or indirectly paid any severance or termination pay to any officer or employee in excess of two months’ salary;

 

(o) settled or compromised any Action pending or threatened or initiated any Action against any third party;

 

(p) made Capital Expenditures, or entered into commitments therefor, aggregating more than $100,000;

 

(q) made any changes in any method of accounting or accounting practice;

 

(r) entered into any transaction of the type described in Section 4.21 ; or

 

(s) made any agreement to do any of the foregoing.

 

26



 

4.10        Title to Property and Assets .

 

Except as set forth on the Company Disclosure Schedules, each of the Company and the Subsidiary has good and valid title to all material Assets owned by it, free and clear of all Encumbrances other than any Permitted Encumbrances. Except as set forth on the Company Disclosure Schedules, each of the Company and the Subsidiary does not own any Real Property and the Company is not and will not be a United States Real Property Holding Company as defined under Section 897 of the Code. All material personal property of the Company and the Subsidiary is in good operating condition and repair, normal wear and tear excepted.

 

4.11        Insurance .

 

The Company and the Subsidiary has insurance coverage under policies that: (a) are with insurance companies reasonably believed by the Company to be financially sound and reputable; (b) are in full force and effect; (c) are sufficient for compliance by the Company and the Subsidiary with all requirements of Law and of all Material Contracts to which the Company or the Subsidiary is a party; and (d) insure against risks of the kind customarily insured against and in amounts customarily carried by companies similarly situated and by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties.

 

4.12        Debt Instruments; Credit Enhancements .

 

The Company Disclosure Schedules list all mortgages, indentures, notes, guarantees and other agreements for or relating to borrowed money (including, without limitation, conditional sales agreements and capital leases) involving payments by the Company or the Subsidiary aggregating in excess of $50,000 per year to which the Company is a party or which have been assumed by the Company or to which any Assets are subject and any letters of credit, guarantees or other credit enhancements provided to the benefit of the Company by any other Person. The Company has performed in all material respects all obligations under the agreements listed on such Company Disclosure Schedules required to be performed by it to date and is not in material default in any respect under any of the foregoing, and, there has not occurred any event which (whether with or without notice, lapse of time or the happening or occurrence of any other event) would constitute such a default.

 

4.13        Intellectual Property .

 

(a) The Company owns, or is licensed or otherwise possesses all necessary rights including intellectual property rights, in and to all patents, patent applications, invention disclosures, trademarks, trade names, service marks, trade dress, copyrights and any applications therefor, domain names, mask works, schematics, technology, know-how, trade secrets, Confidential Information, customer lists, technical information, technical data, process technology, plans, drawings and blue prints, inventions, improvements thereto, ideas, algorithms, processes, computer software programs and applications (source code or object code form) and tangible or intangible proprietary information (“ Intellectual Property ”) used in and material to the business or products of the Company or the Subsidiary.

 

(b) The Company Disclosure Schedules list all (i) patents, patent applications, registered and unregistered trademarks, trade names and service marks, registered

 

27



 

copyrights, domain names, and mask works owned by the Company or the Subsidiary (the Scheduled Company Intellectual Property ”), including where applicable the jurisdictions, both domestic and foreign, in which each such item of Intellectual Property has been issued or registered or in which any application for such issuance and registration has been filed, (ii) written licenses, sublicenses and other agreements as to which the Company or the Subsidiary is a party and pursuant to which any Person is authorized to use any Intellectual Property owned by the Company or the Subsidiary (other than Mass-Market Shrink Wrap Software), and (iii) written licenses, sublicenses and other agreements to which the Company or the Subsidiary is a party and pursuant to which the Company or the Subsidiary is authorized to use any third party patents, trademarks, copyrights, or any other third party intellectual Property, including software (other than Mass-Market Shrink Wrap Software) (“ Third Party Intellectual Property Rights ”) which are incorporated in, are, or form a part of, any Company or Subsidiary product or which are material to the Company’s or the Subsidiary’s operations. All ownership interests held by any third-parties or Encumbrances of which the Company has Knowledge in the Scheduled Company Intellectual Property (including, but not limited to licenses, liens or security interests) are noted in the Company Disclosure Schedules. To the Knowledge of the Company, all Intellectual Property disclosed in the Company Disclosure Schedules is valid and enforceable. Neither the Company nor the Subsidiary is obligated to pay any royalties and/or fees to any third-party under any patent, trademark, copyright or other Intellectual Property license, other than under those licenses listed in the Company Disclosure Schedules for which there is also a notation regarding such an obligation to pay such royalties and/or fees. Neither the Company nor the Subsidiary has sent to any third party or otherwise communicated to another Person in the three (3) years preceding the date of this Agreement any charge, complaint, claim, demand or notice asserting that such Person has infringed, misappropriated, or acted in conflict with any of the Intellectual Property owned by the Company or the Subsidiary or that such other Person has conducted any acts of unfair competition, nor to the Knowledge of the Company is any such infringement, misappropriation, conflict or act of unfair competition occurring or threatened, other than as disclosed in the Company Disclosure Schedules.

 

(c) The Company has taken all action necessary in its reasonable discretion to maintain the registration of all Scheduled Company Intellectual Property material to the operation of the Company or the Subsidiary.

 

(d) To the Knowledge of the Representing Party, there is no unauthorized use, disclosure, infringement or misappropriation of any Intellectual Property rights of the Company or the Subsidiary, or any Third Party Intellectual Property Rights to the extent licensed by or through the Company or the Subsidiary, by any third party, including any employee or former employee of the Company or the Subsidiary. Except as set forth on the Company Disclosure Schedules, there are no royalties, fees or other payments or compensation payable by the Company or the Subsidiary to any Person by reason of the Company’s or the Subsidiary’s ownership, use, sale or disposition of Intellectual Property.

 

28


 

(e) Neither the Company nor the Subsidiary is, or will be as a result of the execution and delivery of this Agreement, or the performance of its obligations hereunder and thereunder, in breach of any license, sublicense or other agreement relating to the Intellectual Property, including Third Party Intellectual Property Rights.

 

(f) To the Knowledge of the Company, the conduct of the business of the Company and the Subsidiary as presently conducted does not infringe any patent, trademark, service mark, copyright, trade secret or other proprietary right of any third party.

 

(g) Each current and former officer, employee and material consultant of the Company and the Subsidiary has executed and delivered to the Company an agreement sufficient to ensure that the Company or the Subsidiary, as applicable, becomes or may elect to become the owner or assignee of any Intellectual Property such Person creates within the scope of his or her employment or in the case of a non-employee, from the services such Person performs for the Company or the Subsidiary, as applicable, unless or except to the extent that the Company or the Subsidiary is entitled to become or elect to become the owner or assignee of such Intellectual Property by operation of law.

 

(h) The Company and the Subsidiary have entered into written confidentiality agreements with all third parties to whom the Company or the Subsidiary has disclosed material Company-owned confidential Intellectual Property.

 

(i) Except as set forth in the Company Disclosure Schedules, neither the Company nor the Subsidiary has received and the Company has no Knowledge of any claim, assertion or allegation that the Company or the Subsidiary has infringed or misappropriated any patent, trademark, copyright, trade secret or other Intellectual Property of any third-party, nor has the Company or the Subsidiary received any offers to take a license or notice of any patents, trademarks, or copyrights or other Intellectual Property of any third-party.

 

(j) To the Knowledge of the Company, there is no patent, copyright or trademark application which cover any of the Company’s or the Subsidiary’s Intellectual Property or which would prevent the issuance, allowance or registration of any of the Company’s Intellectual Property.

 

4.14                         Leases .

 

The Company Disclosure Schedules list all leases and other agreements under which either the Company or the Subsidiary is lessee or lessor of any material Asset (including Real Property), or holds, manages or operates any material Asset owned by any third party, or under which any material Asset owned by the Company is held, operated or managed by a third party. Either the Company or the Subsidiary is the owner and holder of all the leasehold estates purported to be granted by the leases and other agreements listed on the Company Disclosure Schedules and is the owner of all material equipment, material machinery and other material Assets thereon or in buildings and structures thereon, in each case free and clear of all Encumbrances other than Permitted Encumbrances. Each such lease and other agreement is in

 

29



 

full force and effect and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of, and is legally enforceable against, the Company or the Subsidiary and, to the Knowledge of the Company, the other parties thereto, except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by general principles of equity and applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws generally and grants the leasehold estate it purports to grant, free and clear of all Encumbrances other than Permitted Encumbrances. To the Knowledge of the Company, all necessary governmental approvals with respect thereto have been obtained, all necessary filings or registrations therefor have been made, and there have been no threatened cancellations thereof and there are no outstanding disputes thereunder which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Either the Company or the Subsidiary has performed all obligations thereunder required to be performed by it to date, except where a failure to perform would not result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company, the Subsidiary nor, to the Knowledge of the Company, any other party thereto is in default in respect of any of the foregoing, and there has not occurred any event which (whether with or without notice, lapse of time or the happening or occurrence of any other event) would constitute such a default, except in either case as would not result in a Material Adverse Effect. All of the material Assets of the Company and the Subsidiary subject to such leases are in good operating condition, normal wear and tear excepted.

 

4.1 5                         Material Contracts .

 

(a) The Company Disclosure Schedules list the following material agreements to which either the Company or the Subsidiary is a party or by which either the Company or the Subsidiary is bound at the date hereof (each such agreement, whether oral or written, a Material Contract ”):

 

(i)                       agreement for the employment of any officer, employee, consultant or independent contractor;

 

(ii)                    distributor, dealer, manufacturer’s representative, sales agency, advertising, property management or brokerage agreement;

 

(iii)                 agreement with any labor organization or other collective bargaining unit;

 

(iv)                agreement for the future purchase of materials, supplies, services, merchandise or equipment involving payments of more than $100,000 over its remaining term (including, without limitation, periods covered by any option to renew by either party);

 

(v)                   agreement for the purchase, sale or lease of any real estate or other material Assets (other than agreements that individually do not involve the payment by the Company or the Subsidiary of more than $50,000 in any 12-month period or $100,000, in the aggregate, over the term of such agreement);

 

(vi)                agreement for the sale of any of its material Assets or the grant of any preferential rights to purchase any of its material Assets or rights, other than in the Ordinary Course of Business;

 

30



 

(vii)             agreement which contains any provisions requiring the Company or the Subsidiary to indemnify any other party thereto which have had or reasonably could be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(viii)          joint venture agreement or other agreement involving the sharing of profits;

 

(ix)                  outstanding loan to any Affiliate of the Company or receivable due from any Affiliate of the Company;

 

(x)                     any agreement not to compete, any exclusivity agreement or any agreement restricting or otherwise affecting the ability of the Company or the Subsidiary to compete in the Business;

 

(xi)                  other material agreement which by its terms does not terminate or is not terminable by the Company or the Subsidiary within 30 days or upon 30 days’ (or less) notice and that requires the rendering or receipt of services by the Company or the Subsidiary of more then $100,000.

 

(b) Other than any Material Contract that after the date hereof and prior to the Closing Date terminates in accordance with its terms or as otherwise permitted by this Agreement, each Material Contract is, and each Material Contract shall be as of the Closing Date, in full force and effect and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of, and is legally enforceable against, the Company or the Subsidiary, as applicable, and, to the Knowledge if the Company, the other parties thereto, except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by general principles of equity and applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws generally. All material governmental approvals with respect thereto have been obtained, all necessary filings or registrations therefor have been made, and, to the Knowledge of the Company, there have been no threatened cancellations thereof and there are no outstanding material disputes thereunder. The Company or the Subsidiary, as applicable, has materially performed all obligations thereunder required to be performed by it to date. Neither the Company, the Subsidiary nor, to the Knowledge of the Company, any other party thereto is in default in any material respect under any of the Material Contracts, and there has not occurred any event which (whether with or without notice, lapse of time or the happening or occurrence of any other event) would constitute such a default.

 

4.16                         Books and Records .

 

Except as set forth in the Company Disclosure Schedules, the books of account, stock records, minute books and other records of the Company and the Subsidiary arc true and complete in all material respects.

 

4.17                         Litigation; Disputes .

 

(a)           Except as set forth on the Company Disclosure Schedules, there arc no actions, suits, claims, arbitrations, proceedings or investigations pending or, to the

 

31



 

Knowledge of the Company, threatened against, affecting or involving the Company, the Subsidiary or either of their business or Assets, or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, at law or in equity or admiralty, or before or by any court, agency, arbitrator or Governmental Body, domestic or foreign. Neither the Company nor the Subsidiary is operating under, subject to or in default with respect to any order, award, writ, injunction, decree or judgment of any Governmental Body.

 

(b) Except as set forth in the Company Disclosure Schedules, neither the Company nor the Subsidiary is currently involved in any dispute with any of its current or former employees, or agents, brokers, distributors, vendors, customers, business consultants, franchisees, franchisers, representatives or independent contractors (or any current or former employees of any of the foregoing Persons).

 

4.18                         Labor Relations .

 

Except as set forth in the Company Disclosure Schedules, the operations of the Company and the Subsidiary have been conducted in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Laws relating to employment or the workplace, including, without limitation, provisions relating to wages, hours, collective bargaining, safety and health, work authorization, equal employment opportunity, immigration, withholding, unemployment compensation, worker’s compensation, employee privacy and right to know. Except as set forth on the Company Disclosure Schedules, there are no collective bargaining agreements, employment agreements between the Company and any of its employees, or professional service agreements not terminable at will relating to the business and Assets of the Company. Except as set forth on the Company Disclosure Schedules, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not cause the Company, Parent or the Buyer to incur or suffer any liability relating to, or obligation to pay, severance, termination or other employment related payments, including but not limited to benefits or penalties, to any Person.

 

4.19                         Pension and Benefit Plans .

 

(a) The Company Disclosure Schedules list each Plan or Other Arrangement currently maintained by the Company or under which the Company could have any material liability.

 

(b) The Company has furnished or otherwise made available to Buyer true and complete copies of each of the following documents to the extent such documents exist for each Plan: (i) the documents setting forth the terms of each Plan; (ii) all related trust agreements or annuity agreements (and any other funding document) for each Plan; (iii) for the three most recent plan years, all annual reports (Form 5500 series) on each Plan that have been filed with any governmental agency; (iv) the current summary plan description and subsequent summaries of material modifications for each Plan subject to Title I of ERISA; (v) all DOL opinions on any Plan and all correspondence relating to the request for and receipt of each opinion; (vi) all correspondence with the PBGC on any Plan; (vii) all IRS rulings, opinions or technical advice specifically addressing any Plan and all correspondence relating to the request for and receipt of each ruling, opinion or technical advice; and (viii) all agreements with service providers or fiduciaries for

 

32



 

providing services on behalf of any Plan. For each Other Arrangement, the Company has furnished to Buyer true and complete copies of each policy, agreement or other document setting forth or explaining the terms of the Other Arrangement, all related trust agreements or other funding documents (including, without limitation, insurance contracts, certificates of deposit, money market accounts, etc.), all communications distributed to all or a majority of employees, all correspondence or other submissions with any governmental agency, and all agreements with service providers or fiduciaries for providing services on behalf of any Other Arrangement, to the extent such documents exist for each Other Arrangement.

 

(c) No Plan is a Multiemployer Plan.

 

(d) No Plan is an ESOP.

 

(e) No Plan is a Defined Benefit Plan.

 

(f) All contributions and other payments required by and due under the terms of each Plan subject to Title I of ERISA have been made as required under ERISA. In the twelve (12) month period prior to the execution of this Agreement, the Company has taken no action (including, without limitation, actions required by Law) relating to any Plan or Other Arrangement that will materially increase Buyer’s or the Company’s obligation under any Plan or Other Arrangement.

 

(g) Each Plan that is intended to be “qualified” within the meaning of Section 401(a), 401(f) or 403(a) of the Code (a “ Qualified Plan ”) is so qualified. The trusts established under such Plans that are intended to be exempt from federal income taxes under Section 501(a) of the Code are so exempt. The IRS has issued determination letters with respect to each such Plan. All statements made by or on behalf of the Company to the IRS in connection with applications for determinations with respect to each Qualified Plan were true and complete when made. Nothing has occurred since the date of the most recent applicable determination letter that would adversely affect the tax-qualified status of any Qualified Plan.

 

(h) Each Plan has been operated in all material respects in accordance with its terms and with all applicable provisions of the Code, ERISA, the National Labor Relations Act, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the Fair Labor Standards Act, the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and all other Laws pertaining to the Plans, Other Arrangements and other employee or employment related benefits, and all premiums and assessments relating to all Plans or Other Arrangements. Other than claims for benefits submitted in the ordinary course by participants or beneficiaries, the Company has no pending unfair labor practice charges, contract grievances under any collective bargaining agreement, other administrative charges, claims, grievances or lawsuits before any court, governmental agency, regulatory body, or arbiter arising under any Law governing any Plan, and, to the Company’s Knowledge, there exist no facts that could give rise to such a claim.

 

33



 

(i) To its Knowledge, the Company has not engaged in a “prohibited transaction” within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code for which no exemption exists. The Company has furnished to Buyer true and complete copies of each request for a prohibited transaction exemption and each exemption obtained in response to such request. All such requests were true and complete when made and, to the extent relied on by the Company or any Plan, continue to be true and complete.

 

(j) The Company Disclosure Schedules identify any Plan that covered any current or former Company employees that have been terminated within the five calendar years preceding the date hereof.

 

(k) The Company Disclosure Schedules identify any amounts which will be required to be paid or payable to or with respect to any employee or other service provider of the Company or its Subsidiary as a result of the completion of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(l) No Plan or Other Arrangement, individually or collectively, provides for any payment by the Company or the Buyer to any employee or independent contractor that is not deductible under Section 162(a)(1) or 404 of the Code or that is an “excess parachute payment” pursuant to Section 280G of the Code.

 

(m) No Plan has experienced a “reportable event” (as such term is defined in Section 4043(c) of ERISA) that is not subject to an administrative or statutory waiver from the reporting requirement.

 

(n) Fairfield & Sons Limited, through Scottish Equitable, maintains the Rosetta Stone Group Personal Pension Scheme (the Pension Scheme ”). The Pension Scheme is a money purchase arrangement under which a participant’s pension benefit depends solely on the amount of money paid in by the participant and employer, the investment performance of the participant’s pension account, the charges levied on the pension account, and annuity rates available for buying a pension at the participant’s retirement. No Plan is subject to the Laws of any jurisdiction other than the United States of America or one of its political subdivisions. The Company Disclosure Schedules list each employee benefit plan maintained by, or under which, Fairfield & Sons Limited could have any material liability.

 

(o) The Company has timely filed and has furnished to Buyer true and complete copies of each Form 5330 (“Return of Excise Taxes Related to Employee Benefit Plans”) that the Company has filed on any Plan. The Company has no liability for Taxes required to be reported on Form 5330.

 

(p) No Plan is a funded Welfare Plan.

 

(q) The Company has no material obligation or accrued liability in respect of post-retirement medical, life insurance or other benefits due now or in the future to current, former or retired employees of the Company, except to the extent required by Part 6 of Title I of ERISA or similar applicable state laws.

 

34



 

(r) All Welfare Plans and the related trusts that are subject to Section 4980B(f) of the Code and Sections 601 through 609 of ERISA comply with and have been administered in compliance with Section 4980B(f) of the Code, Sections 601 through 609 of ERISA, and all proposed or final Treasury regulations explaining those requirements.

 

(s) The Company has (i) filed or caused to be filed all returns and reports on the Plans that it is required to file and (ii) paid or made adequate provision for all fees, interest, penalties, assessments or deficiencies that have become due pursuant to those returns or reports or pursuant to any assessment or adjustment that has been made relating to those returns or reports. All other fees, interest, penalties and asse s sments that are payable by or for the Company have been timely reported, fully paid and discharged. There are no unpaid fees, penalties, interest or assessments due from the Company or from any other Person in connection with the operation of the Plans that are or could become a lien on any Asset of the Company or could otherwise adversely affect the businesses or Assets of the Company.

 

(t) Each Plan which constitutes a nonqualified deferred compensation plan subjeet to Code Section 409A has been operated and administered in good faith compliance with Section 409A from the period beginning January 1, 2005 through the date of this Agreement.

 

4.20                         Environmental .

 

(a) Except as set forth in the Company Disclosure Schedules, both the Company and the Subsidiary have complied in all material respects and are in material compliance with, and the Real Property and all improvements thereon are in material compliance with, all Environmental Laws.

 

(b) Neither the Company nor the Subsidiary has any material liability under any Environmental Law. There are no pending or, to the Knowledge of the Representing Party, threatened Actions based on, and neither the Company, the Subsidiary nor any officer, director or stockholder thereof has directly or indirectly received any formal or informal notice of any complaint, order, directive, citation, notice of responsibility, notice of potential responsibility, or information request from any Governmental Body or any other Person or knows any fact(s) which would reasonably be expected to form the basis for any material Actions or notices arising from or attributable to: (i) the current or past presence, Release, or threatened Release of Hazardous Materials at or from any part of the Real Property; (ii) the off-site disposal or treatment of Hazardous Materials originating on or from the Real Properly or the businesses or Assets of the Company or the Subsidiary; (iii) any facility operations or procedures of the Company or the Subsidiary which do not conform to requirements of the Environmental Laws; or (iv) any violation of Environmental Laws at any part of the Real Property or arising from the Company’s or the Subsidiary’s activities (or the activities of the Company’s or the Subsidiary’s predecessors in title) involving Hazardous Materials.

 

35


 

4.21                         Transactions with Related Parties .

 

Except as set forth on the Company Disclosure Schedules, neither any present or former officer, director or stockholder of the Company, nor, to the Knowledge of the Company, any Affiliate of such officer, director or stockholder, is currently a party to, or has been a party in the last five (5) years to, any oral or written agreement or transaction with the Company or the Subsidiary, including, without limitation, any agreement providing for the employment of, furnishing of services by, rental of Assets from or to, or otherwise requiring payments to, any such officer, director, stockholder or Affiliate.

 

4.22                         Restrictions and Consents .

 

Except as set forth on the Company Disclosure Schedules, there are no agreements, Laws or other restrictions of any kind to which the Company or the Subsidiary (or any material Asset thereof) is party or subject that would prevent or restrict the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement or result in any penalty, forfeiture, agreement termination, or restriction on business operations of the Company or the Subsidiary as a result of the Company’s execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement. The Company Disclosure Schedules list all such agreements and Laws that require the consent or acquiescence of any Person not a party to this Agreement with respect to any aspect of the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement by the Company.

 

4.23                         Authorization; No Conflict .

 

The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party and all other agreements and actions contemplated hereby, the fulfillment of and compliance by the Company with the respective terms and provisions hereof and thereof, and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action (which authorization has not been modified or rescinded and is in full force and effect) and, do not and will not: (a) conflict with, or violate any provision of the articles of incorporation or Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company, or, any provision of any Law having applicability to the Company or its material Assets; (b) conflict with, or result in any breach of, or constitute a default under any agreement to which the Company is a party or by which it or any of its material Assets may be bound; or (c) subject to the consents set forth in the Company Disclosure Schedules (which consents will have been obtained as of the Closing), result in or require the creation or imposition of or result in the acceleration of any material indebtedness, or of any Encumbrance of any nature upon, or with respect to, the Company or any of the material Assets of the Company, except, with respect to clause (b) in this Section 4.23 , for conflicts, breaches or defaults which would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

4.24                         Absence of Violation .

 

The Company is not in violation of or default in any material respect under, nor has it breached, any term or provision of its articles of incorporation or Amended and Restated Bylaws or any material agreement or restriction to which the Company is a party or by which the Company or any Asset thereof is bound or affected. Neither the Company, nor any of its

 

36



 

officers, directors, employees or agents (or stockholders, distributors, representatives or other Persons acting on the express, implied or apparent authority of the Company), have paid, given or received or have offered or promised to pay, give or receive, any bribe or other unlawful, questionable or unusual payment of money or other thing of value, any extraordinary discount, or any other unlawful or unusual inducement, to or from any Person in the United States or elsewhere in connection with or in furtherance of the business of the Company (including, without limitation, any offer, payment or promise to pay money or other thing of value (i) to any foreign official or political party (or official thereof) for the purposes of influencing any act, decision or omission in order to assist the Company in obtaining business for or with, or directing business to, any Person, or (ii) to any other Person, while knowing that all or a portion of such money or other thing of value will be offered, given or promised to any such official or party for such purposes). The business of the Company is not in any manner dependent upon the making or receipt of such payments, discounts or other inducements.

 

4.25                         Compliance with Law; Approvals .

 

Except as set forth on the Company Disclosure Schedules:

 

(a) The operations of the Company and the Subsidiary have been conducted in compliance in all material respects with the Laws and regulations applicable to the Company’s business;

 

(b) Neither the Company nor the Subsidiary has received notice of any violation (or of any investigation, inspection, audit, or other proceeding by any Governmental Body involving allegations of any violation) of any Law, or is in material default with respect to any Law, and to the Company’s Knowledge, no investigation, inspection, audit, or other proceeding by any Governmental Body involving allegations of violation of any Law is threatened or contemplated, which would result in a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(c) Each of the Company and the Subsidiary has all material licenses, franchises, permits, authorizations or approvals from all Governmental Bodies (“Approvals”) required for the conduct of the business of the Company or the Subsidiary, as applicable, as it is currently being conducted and the occupancy and operation, for its present uses, of the real and personal property which the Company or the Subsidiary owns or leases, and neither the Company nor the Subsidiary is in violation in any material respect of any such Approval or any terms or conditions thereof;

 

(d) All such Approvals are in full force and effect, have been issued to and fully paid for by the holder thereof and, to the Company’s Knowledge, no suspension or cancellation thereof has been threatened in writing; and

 

(e) No such Approvals will be subject to termination or lapse by reason of, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of the other agreements contemplated hereunder or executed herewith.

 

37



 

4.26                         Copies of Documents .

 

True and complete copies of all documents listed on the Company Disclosure Schedules have been furnished or otherwise made available to each of the Parent and the Buyer.

 

4.27                         Binding Obligation .

 

This Agreement, and each Transaction Document to be executed by the Company pursuant hereto, when executed and delivered in accordance with the provisions hereof, shall (assuming due authorization and delivery by the other Parties hereto and thereto) constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by general principles of equity and applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws generally.

 

4.28                         Status of Shares .

 

The Shares to be purchased by the Buyer on the Closing Date have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company, and are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable with no personal liability attaching to the ownership thereof and, when purchased in accordance with this Agreement, will be free and clear of all Encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer under applicable federal and state securities laws.

 

4.29                         Offering of Shares .

 

Neither the Company nor anyone acting on its behalf has taken or will take any action on or before the Closing (including, without limitation, any offering of any securities of the Company under circumstances which would require the integration of such offering with the offering of the Stock Consideration under the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder) which would subject the offering, issuance and sale of the Stock Consideration to the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

 

4.30                         Disclosure .

 

No representation or warranty by the Company in this Agreement and no document furnished or to be furnished to Buyer pursuant to this Agreement, or in connection herewith or with the transactions contemplated hereby, contains any untrue or misleading statement of a material fact or omits any material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein, in light of the circumstances under which made, not misleading.

 

4.31                         Investment Company .

 

The Company is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company”, within the meaning of the 1940 Act.

 

38



 

ARTICLE 5.

 

OTHER AGREEMENTS

 

5.1                                Public Disclosures .

 

(a) All information received by a Party and its representatives pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise heretofore provided to the receiving party in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby shall be kept in strict confidence by the receiving Party and its representatives and shall not be used in any manner by such party or its representatives except in connection with its performance or preparation to perform under this Agreement; provided, however, that any Party hereto may disclose such information to its legal and financial advisors, lenders, financing sources and their respective legal advisors and representatives so long as such persons agree to maintain the confidentiality of such information in accordance with this Section 5.1 and provided further that any Party hereto may disclose such information as may be necessary, appropriate or advisable in their reasonable discretion in connection with or related to any legal proceedings or actions related thereto or in connection therewith, including any aetions taken in anticipation of or as a result of legal proceedings.

 

(b) Except as provided under Section 5.1(a) , no Party shall make any disclosure (whether or not in response to an inquiry) of the subject matter of this Agreement unless previously approved by the other parties in writing (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld); provided, however, that either the Sellers, the Company, Parent or the Buyer may make any public disclosure necessary for compliance with applicable federal or state laws, in which case the disclosing party shall advise the other party and provide it with a copy of the proposed disclosure and provide it with a reasonable opportunity to review and comment upon such disclosure, prior to making the disclosure, and provided that ABS, Norwest and Lender may publish “tombstones” or similar advertising material relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and each of ABS, Norwest and Lender reserves the right to provide to industry trade organizations information necessary and customary for inclusion in league table measurements.

 

(c) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreements, until the Closing, the Non-Disclosure Agreement, dated February 24, 2005, by and between the Company and Capital Partners Management Company shall remain in full force and effect.

 

5.2                                Restrictive Covenants .

 

(a) Each Seller hereby covenants and agrees that for three (3) years after the Closing Date (the “ Restricted Period ”), it will not engage in the Business or own an interest in, directly or indirectly, any individual proprietorship, partnership, corporation, joint venture, or any other form of business entity, whether as a partner, director, shareholder, joint venturer or in any other manner whatsoever, if such entity is engaged in whole or in part in the Business as conducted by the Company and the Subsidiary on the date hereof; provided, however, that nothing contained in this paragraph shall be deemed

 

39



 

to prohibit any Seller from (i) owning 5% or less of the shares of a publicly-held company engaged in the Business or (ii) serving as an employee of a business entity that engages in the Business but whose principal business is other than the Business and in which such Seller will not be providing any services relating to the Business; provided, however, that such Seller will not be engaged in, responsible for or have access to any part of the business entity engaged in the Business.

 

(b) In addition to the foregoing, each Seller hereby covenants and agrees that during the Restricted Period it will not, directly or indirectly, as principal, agent, trustee or through the agency of any corporation, partnership, association, agent or agency (i) employ (including to retain, engage or conduct business with) or attempt to employ or assist anyone else to employ any person who is then or at any time during the preceding year was an employee (other than non-executive administrative personnel) of the Company or the Subsidiary; provided that the foregoing provision shall not prohibit such Seller from making any general solicitation of employment not specifically directed to such persons or from soliciting or hiring any such person who terminated his or her employment with the Company or the Subsidiary or whose employment was terminated by the Company or the Subsidiary prior to such solicitation or hiring, (ii) solicit any of the business of the Company or the Subsidiary from any customer of the Company or the Subsidiary or (iii) request or advise any customer of the Company or the Subsidiary to withdraw, curtail or cancel such customer’s business with the Company or the Subsidiary.

 

(c) Each Seller agrees that it will not disclose to any third party any Trade Secret that derives economic value from not being generally known to others and that is subject to efforts to maintain its confidentiality or secrecy of the Company or the Subsidiary or any client of the Company or the Subsidiary, or utilize such Trade Secret for the benefit of third parties. For purposes of this clause (c), a Trade Secret shall not include (i) information that is or becomes generally available without any breach of this clause (c); (ii) information independently developed by a Seller outside of the operation of the Business and (iii) information obtained from a third party entitled to disclose it.

 

(d) If any Seller breaches any of the provisions of this Section 5.2 , the Buyer or the Company shall have the right to have the provisions of this Section 5.2 specifically enforced by any court having equity jurisdiction without being required to post bond or other security and without having to prove the inadequacy of the available remedies of law, it being acknowledged and agreed that such breach or threatened breach will cause irreparable injury to the applicable Party and that money damages will not provide an adequate remedy to such Party. In addition, either the Company or the Buyer may take all such other actions and remedies available to it under law or in equity and shall be entitled to such damages as it can show it has sustained by reason of such breach.

 

(e) The Parties acknowledge that the restrictive covenants above are necessary in order to protect and maintain the Trade Secrets, Assets and goodwill acquired by the Buyer in connection with the purchase of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement and to prevent the usurpation by any Seller of all or any portion of the goodwill purchased by the Buyer under this Agreement, and that the time, scope, geographic area and other

 

40



 

provisions of Sections 5.2(a) (b) and (c)  have been specifically negotiated by sophisticated commercial parties and agree that all such provisions are reasonable under the circumstances of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and are given as an integral and essential part of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. In the event that any covenant contained in this Section 5.2 shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable by reason of its extending for too great a period of time or over too great a geographical area or by reason of its being too extensive in any other respect, it shall be interpreted to extend only over the maximum period of time for which it may be enforceable and/or over the maximum geographical area as to which it may be enforceable, and/or to the maximum extent in all other respects as to which it may be enforceable, all as determined by such court in such action.

 

(f) Each Seller acknowledges that the Buyer and the Sellers intend to and hereby confer jurisdiction to enforce the covenants contained in this Section 5.2 upon the courts of any state or any jurisdiction within the geographical scope of such covenants in which a breach or alleged breach of a covenant contained herein has occurred. In the event that the courts of one or more of such states or other jurisdictions shall hold such covenants unenforceable (in whole or in part) by reason of the breadth of such scope or otherwise, it is the intention of the parties hereto that such determination not bar or in any way affect the right of the Buyer or the Company to the relief provided above in the courts of any other states or other jurisdictions within the geographical scope of such covenants, as to breaches of such covenants in such other respective states or other jurisdictions, the above covenants as they relate to each other jurisdiction being, for this purpose, severable into diverse and independent covenants.

 

(g) The Parties acknowledge and agree that Tom Adams is entering into the obligations of this Section 5.2 as an employee of the Company and not as a Shareholder.

 

5.3                                Further Assurances; Additional Documents .

 

Each Party shall use its respective commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all action, and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper, advisable under applicable Laws and regulations or otherwise reasonably requested by any other Party in order to confirm the rights and obligations set forth in this Agreement and to render effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.

 

5.4                                Escrow Distributions .

 

(a) The Parties covenant and agree that, when and as appropriate, the Buyer and the Shareholders’ Representative shall, within thirty (30) days after completion and delivery of the 2006 Audit (the “ Escrow Termination Date ”) , deliver a joint written instruction to the Escrow Agent to disburse to the Sellers the balance, if any, of the Escrow Sum, less the amount of any Claims pending under ARTICLE 7 and/or Section 5.5 of this Agreement as of such date.

 

(b) If an amount is retained in the Escrow Fund pursuant to this Section 5.4 with respect to a pending Claim, then within ten (10) Business Days following the resolution

 

41



 

of such Claim, the portion of such amount that is not required to satisfy the indemnification obligations with respect to any Claims then existing shall be disbursed to the Sellers.

 

5.5                                Tax Matters .

 

(a)  Tax Covenants

 

(i)   Notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary in this Agreement, the Buyer (or Parent as agent for Buyer) and the Shareholders shall join in making an election under Section 338(h)(10) of the Code (and any corresponding elections under state, local, or foreign tax law) (collectively a “ Section 338(h)(10) Election ”) with respect to the purchase and sale of the stock of the Company hereunder. Promptly after the date hereof, the Shareholders and the Company shall provide to the Buyer any information or documents reasonably requested by the Buyer in connection with the filing of the Section 338(h)(10) Election.

 

(ii)    The Sellers will pay any Tax attributable to the making of the Section 338(h)(10) Election and will indemnify the Company against any Claim arising out of any failure to pay such Tax.

 

(iii)   As promptly as possible following the determination of the Adjusted Consideration, Parent shall cause Buyer to deliver to the Shareholders’ Representative a completed IRS Form 8883, allocating adjusted grossed-up basis (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.338-5) among the assets of the Company. Said Form 8883 shall be prepared by Buyer in accordance with the provisions of Section 338 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder. The Shareholders’ Representative shall have the right to review the Form 8883 delivered pursuant to this subsection. If within thirty (30) days after receipt of such Form 8883 the Shareholders’ Representative notifies Parent in writing that he disagrees with the allocation of one or more items contained on such Form 8883, Parent and the Shareholders’ Representative shall negotiate in good faith to resolve such dispute. If Parent and the Shareholders’ Representative fail to resolve such dispute within thirty (30) days, the dispute shall be resolved by a nationally recognized accounting firm with no material relationship to Parent or the Shareholders (the “ Accounting Referee ”), chosen and mutually acceptable to both Parent and the Shareholders’ Representative. The decision of the Accounting Referee as to any disputed items shall be binding on Parent, Buyer and the Shareholders. If the Shareholders’ Representative does not respond within thirty (30) days of receipt of the Form 8883 from Buyer, or upon resolution of any disputed items, the allocation reflected on the Form 8883 shall be binding on the parties hereto. Buyer and the Shareholders agree that they shall file (and shall cause the Company to file with respect to its income Tax Returns for its Tax Period ending on the Closing Date) all federal, state, local and foreign Tax Returns consistent with the effectiveness of the Section 338(h)(10) Election and with said Form 8883, and they further agree that they shall not take (and Buyer

 

42



 

shall not permit the Company to take) any action that would be inconsistent with or would prejudice the Section 338(h)(10) Election.

 

(iv)   Subject to the provisions of Section 5.5(a)(i) , without the consent of the Shareholders’ Representative (which consent shall not be denied or delayed unreasonably), the Buyer covenants that it will not cause or permit the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any Affiliate of Buyer (A) to make any election under Section 338(g) of the Code or any comparable provision under applicable law (other than the Section 338(h)(10) Election) or (B) to amend any Tax Return for any Pre-Closing Tax Period if such election or amendment increases the Tax liability of the Shareholders for a Pre-Closing Period. The Buyer shall indemnify and hold Shareholders harmless against any Taxes attributable to a breach of the covenant contained in this Section 5.5(a)(iv) . The Parties agree that it shall not be considered unreasonable for the Shareholders’ Representative to withhold consent to a state-level election described in clause (A) of the first sentence of this Section 5.5(a)(iv)  with respect to state income Taxes in any C Corporation State.

 

(b)  Tax Returns . (i) The Sellers shall cause the Company and the Subsidiary to prepare and timely file all Tax Returns of the Company and the Subsidiary that are due (taking into account timely extensions) on or before the Closing, and the Sellers shall cause the Company and the Subsidiary to timely pay all Taxes that are due on or before the Closing.

 

(ii)   The Company shall prepare the income Tax Returns of the Company for the Tax Period of the Company ending on December 31, 2005 and the Tax Period ending on the Closing Date. Such income Tax Returns of the Company shall be prepared in a manner consistent with prior practice, and shall utilize accounting methods, elections and conventions that do not have the effect of distorting the allocation of income or expense between the Tax Periods covered by such Tax Returns and subsequent Tax Periods. The Company shall provide each such income Tax Return of the Company to the Shareholders’ Representative not less than thirty (30) days prior to the date on which such Tax Return is to be filed for the review of the Shareholders’ Representative. The Company shall make any revisions to any such income Tax Return of the Company reasonably requested by the Shareholders’ Representative, provided that such revisions are consistent with the requirements of the third sentence of this Section 5.5(b)(ii) ; and provided further that the state income Tax return filed for the Company in any C Corporation State shall reflect and report the Section 338(h)(10) Election in the manner that, in the opinion of the national accounting firm that is preparing such return is, more likely than not, correct and proper.

 

(iii)   Sellers shall timely pay all Taxes for which the Company is or may be liable with respect to any Tax Period of the Company ending on or before the Closing Date.

 

(c)  Indemnification . The Sellers shall indemnify the Buyer and hold the Buyer harmless against Losses resulting from (i) Taxes attributable to the failure of the

 

43



 

Company to be classified as an S corporation (for federal income tax purposes within the meaning of Section 1361 of the Code and for state income Tax purposes in all states other than C Corporation States) as of the Closing Date or as of any time on or after January 1, 1993 and through and including the Closing Date; (ii) Taxes imposed on or with respect to the Company or the Subsidiary with respect to any Tax Period or portion of a Tax Period ending on or before the Closing Date (including, without limitation, Taxes imposed on or with respect to income or gain recognized by the Company by virtue of the Section 338(h)(10) Election) except to the extent such taxes have been specifically included in reserves for tax liabilities that have been taken into account in the calculation of the Company’s Net Working Capital for purposes of ARTICLE 2 of this Agreement; and (iii) Taxes and other costs resulting from a failure on the part of any of the Sellers to take any action required of the Sellers pursuant to Section 5.5(a)  or Section 5.5(f)  of this Agreement; provided, however that Sellers shall have no indemnification obligation pursuant to this Section 5.5(c)  for any Taxes attributable to a breach of Buyer’s covenant contained in Section 5.5(a)(iv)  hereof. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the indemnification obligations of the Sellers pursuant to this Section 5.5 shall survive until sixty (60) days after the expiration (including extensions) of the statute of limitations for the Taxes involved.

 

(d)  Contests .   If any claim or demand for Taxes in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 5.5(c)  hereof is asserted in writing against Buyer, any of its Affiliates or, effective upon the Closing, the Company or the Subsidiary, or if a written notice of audit by a Tax authority of a Tax period of the Company or the Subsidiary ending on or before the Closing Date is received by Buyer, any of its Affiliates or, effective upon the Closing, the Company or the Subsidiary, Buyer shall notify the Shareholders’ Representative of such claim, demand or notice within ten (10) days of receipt thereof and shall give the Shareholders’ Representative such information with respect thereto as the Shareholders’ Representative may reasonably request; provided, however, that failure by Buyer to comply with these provisions shall not affect the rights to indemnification hereunder of Buyer, any of its Affiliates, the Company or the Subsidiary except to the extent that such failure materially impairs the ability of the Shareholders’ Representative to contest such tax liabilities. The Sellers may discharge, at any time, their indemnification obligation under Section 5.5(c)  hereof by paying Buyer the amount payable pursuant to Section 5.5(c)  hereof, calculated on the date of such payment. The Shareholders’ Representative may, at Sellers’ own expense, participate in the defense of any such claim, suit, action, litigation or proceeding (including any Tax audit). In the case of any claim or demand for Taxes that affects the liability of neither the Company nor the Subsidiary for Taxes for any tax period ending after the Closing Date, the Shareholders’ Representative may, upon notice to Buyer and at Sellers’ own expense, assume the defense of such proceeding. If the Shareholders’ Representative assumes such defense Buyer shall have the right (but not the duty) to participate in the defense thereof and to employ counsel, at its own expense, separate from the counsel employed by the Shareholders’ Representative. Whether or not the Shareholders’ Representative chooses to defend or prosecute any claim, all parties hereto shall cooperate in the defense or prosecution thereof.

 

44



 

(e)   Cooperation on Tax Matters .   Buyer and Sellers agree to furnish or cause to be furnished to each other, upon request, as promptly as practicable, such information (including access to books and records) and assistance relating to tax periods or portions of tax periods of the Company and the Subsidiary ending on or before the Closing Date as is reasonably necessary for the filing of any Tax Return, for the preparation of any audit and for the prosecution or defense of any claim, suit or proceeding relating to any proposed adjustment. Buyer and Sellers agree to retain or cause to be retained all books and records relating to Tax matters for tax periods or portions of tax periods of the Company and the Subsidiary ending on or before the Closing Date until the applicable period for assessment under applicable law (giving effect to any and all extensions or waivers) has expired, and to abide by or cause the abidance with all record retention agreements entered into with any taxing authority. The Company and the Subsidiary agree to give Sellers reasonable notice prior to discarding or destroying any such books and records and, if Sellers so request, the Company and the Subsidiary shall allow Sellers to take possession of such books and records. Buyer and the Sellers shall cooperate with each other in the conduct of any audit or proceeding involving the Company or the Subsidiary for any Tax purposes and each shall execute and deliver such powers of attorney and other documents as are necessary to carry out the intent of this subsection.

 

(f)  Defense of S Corporation Status .   The Sellers at their own expense shall take all steps reasonably necessary to defend the status of the Company as an S corporation within the meaning of Section 1361 of the Code for all tax years subsequent to 1992 and ending on or before the Closing Date and to cure any inadvertent termination of the Company’s status as an S corporation as of any date prior to the close of the Closing Date. Such steps will include, without limitation, the provision of consents pursuant to Treasury Regulation section 1.1362-4(e).

 

5.6                                Conduct of Business Pending Closing .

 

From the date hereof until the Closing, the Company shall:

 

(a) maintain its existence in good standing;

 

(b) conduct its business in the Ordinary Course of Business, except as expressly permitted by this Agreement;

 

(c) maintain business and accounting records consistent with past practices, except as required by GAAP or applicable Law;

 

(d) give prompt notice to the Buyer and Parent after becoming aware of the occurrence of any event which would reasonably be likely to cause (i) any representation or warranty of the Sellers or the Company contained in this Agreement to be untrue or inaccurate in any material respect or (ii) any covenant, condition or agreement contained in this Agreement not to be complied with or satisfied; and (iii) any failure of the Company to comply with or satisfy any covenant, condition or agreement to be complied with or satisfied by it hereunder; and

 

45


 

(e) use commercially reasonable efforts (i) to preserve its business intact in all material respects, (ii) to keep available to the Company the services of its present officers and other key employees, and (iii) to preserve in all material respects for the Company the goodwill of its suppliers, customers and others having business relations with the Company.

 

5.7                                Prohibited Actions Pending Closing .

 

Except as set forth in the Company Disclosure Schedules and as contemplated by this Agreement, including, without limitation, the payment of a dividend of $3.5 million to stockholders of the Company of record on December 29, 2005, the payment of a dividend of $250,000 to stockholders of the Company of record on December 30, 2005 and the payment of the cash bonus contemplated by the Amendment to the Amended and Restated Change of Control Bonus Agreement between the Company and Tom Adams, and the bonus to employees contemplated by Section 5.9 , unless otherwise provided for herein or otherwise necessary in order to comply with Laws or the Company’s or Subsidiary’s obligations hereunder or approved by the Buyer or Parent in writing, including, without limitation, by electronic mail, (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), from the date hereof until the Closing, each of the Company and the Subsidiary shall operate in the Ordinary Course of Business and shall not:

 

(a) amend or otherwise change the Articles of Incorporation or the bylaws of the Company or organizational documents of the Subsidiary;

 

(b) issue or sell or authorize for issuance or sale, or grant any options or restricted stock or make other agreements with respect to, any shares of its capital stock or any other of its securities;

 

(c) declare, set aside, make or pay any dividend or other distribution, payable in cash, stock, property or otherwise with respect to any of its capital stock;

 

(d) reclassify, combine, split, subdivide or redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any of its capital stock;

 

(e) incur any indebtedness for borrowed money or issue any debt securities or assume, guarantee or endorse, or otherwise as an accommodation become responsible for, the obligations of any Person, or make any loans or advances, except in the Ordinary Course of Business, consistent with past practice;

 

(f) acquire (including, without limitation, by merger, consolidation, or acquisition of stock or Assets) any corporation, partnership, other business organization or any division thereof or any material amount of Assets;

 

(g) enter into any contract or agreement other than in the Ordinary Course of Business that would constitute a Material Contract;

 

46



 

(h) authorize any capital commitment or capital lease in an amount, in excess of $50,000, individually or $100,000, in the aggregate;

 

(i) mortgage, pledge or subject to Encumbrance other than Permitted Encumbrances, any of its Assets or properties or agree to do so other than in the Ordinary Course of Business;

 

(j) assume, guarantee or otherwise become responsible for the obligations of any other Person, or agree to so do;

 

(k) hire any executive officer or senior member of management, or enter into or agree to enter into any employment agreement (other than the Amendments to the Amended and Restated Change of Control Bonus Agreements with the individuals listed on Schedule 6.1(q)) ;

 

(l) increase the compensation payable or to become payable to its officers or employees, or grant any severance or termination pay to, or enter into any severance agreement with any director, officer or other employee of the Company, or establish, adopt, enter into or amend any collective bargaining, bonus, profit sharing, thrift, compensation, stock option, restricted stock, pension, retirement, deferred compensation, employment, termination, severance or other plan, agreement, trust, fund, policy or arrangement for the benefit of any such director, officer or employee (other than the Amendments to the Amended and Restated Change of Control Bonus Agreements with the individuals listed on Schedule 6.1(q)) , except that the Company may make any amendments to existing employee benefit plans to the extent necessary to maintain their compliance with applicable Laws;

 

(m) take any action to change in any respect its accounting policies or procedures (including, without limitation, procedures with respect to the payment of accounts payable and collection of accounts receivables), except as required by GAAP or applicable Law;

 

(n) change any Tax election or settle or compromise any federal, state, local or foreign income material Tax liability;

 

(o) settle or compromise any pending or threatened Action or initiate any Action against any third party, except in respect of the Company’s ongoing defense of its trademarks;

 

(p) pay, discharge or satisfy any claim, liability or obligation (absolute, accrued, asserted or unasserted, contingent or otherwise), other than the payment, discharge or satisfaction, in the Ordinary Course of Business and consistent with past practice, of liabilities reflected or reserved against in the latest balance sheet included in the Financial Statements provided to the Buyer or subsequently incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business and consistent with past practice in amounts not in excess of $50,000, individually, or $100,000, in the aggregate;

 

47



 

(q) sell, assign, transfer, license or sublicense, pledge or otherwise encumber any of its rights in Intellectual Property (other than in the Ordinary Course of Business and consistent with past practice); or

 

(r) agree to do any of the foregoing.

 

5.8                                Preparation and Delivery of 2005 and 2006 Audit .

 

Each of the Parent and the Buyer shall use commercially reasonable efforts to prepare, complete and deliver, or cause the Company to prepare, complete and deliver, to the Sellers the 2005 Audit and the 2006 Audit promptly after the end of the 2005 and 2006 fiscal years, respectively, but in no event later than June 1, 2006 and June 1, 2007, respectively. Parent shall deliver to the Shareholders’ Representative a copy of each of the 2005 Audit and 2006 Audit promptly upon its completion.

 

5.9                                Employee Bonus Payment .

 

Prior to the Closing, the Company shall pay (i) a bonus in the aggregate amount of $448,000, payable to the employees of the Company listed in a schedule previously provided to the Buyer and the Parent (the “ Employee Bonus Amount ”) and (ii) a bonus to the persons listed on Section 4.18 of the Company Disclosure Schedule in the amounts set forth therein. The applicable portion of such Employee Bonus Amount shall be paid to each individual recipient, net of all applicable Taxes and withholding amounts for payment to appropriate tax authorities as prescribed by law and regulation, in one lump-sum by the Company on the Closing Date upon (and subject to) the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.

 

ARTICLE 6.

 

CLOSING CONDITIONS

 

6.1                                Conditions Precedent to the Buyer’s Obligations .

 

The Parent’s and Buyer’s obligation to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement is subject to the satisfaction, on or before the Closing Date, of the following conditions, any of which may be waived in whole or in part by the Buyer:

 

(a)  Estimated Closing Balance Sheet .   The Sellers and the Company shall have prepared and delivered to the Buyer the Estimated December 31 Balance Sheet, in a form reasonably acceptable to the Buyer.

 

(b)  Shares .   The Shareholders shall have delivered to the Buyer the certificates representing the Shares, duly endorsed (or accompanied by duly executed stock powers), or in the event of any lost certificates, an affidavit of lost certificate and indemnity agreement in a form acceptable to the Buyer.

 

48



 

(c)  No Actions .   No court or other Governmental Body shall have issued any Order, and there shall be no Action pending by or before any Governmental Body, which seeks to restrain, prohibit or invalidate the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(d)  Consents .   Each Seller Party shall have obtained the consents and approvals and provided any notices required in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which such Seller Party is a party, as set forth on Schedule 6.1(d) .

 

(e)  Opinions of Counsel .   The Company shall have delivered to the Buyer (i) an opinion of Covington & Burling, in the form of Exhibit F , and (ii) an opinion of Blankingship & Keith, in the form of Exhibit G , in each case dated as of the Closing Date.

 

(f)  Secretary’s Certificate .   The Company shall have delivered to the Buyer copies of the following, in each case, certified by the secretary of the Company as being in effect as of the Closing Date: (i) the resolutions, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Buyer, adopted by the Company’s board of directors authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Transactions Documents to which the Company is party and (ii) the Company’s Organizational Documents.

 

(g)  Charter; Good Standing Certificate .   The Buyer shall have received from the Company copies of (i) the Company’s Organizational Documents, certified as of a recent date by the Secretary of State of the State of Virginia and (ii) a certificate of the Secretary of State of the State of Virginia dated as of a recent date, certifying as to the Company’s due incorporation and good standing.

 

(h)  Escrow Agreement .   The Shareholders’ Representative, the Sellers and the Escrow Agent shall each have executed and delivered the Escrow Agreement.

 

(i)  Mortgage Termination .   The Company and SunTrust Bank shall have arranged for the pay-off and termination of the mortgage on the Company’s Real Property at 135 W. Market Street, Harrisonburg, VA 22801, and shall have delivered to the Buyer an executed pay-off letter and evidence of clear title.

 

(j)  Shareholders’ Agreement .   The Individual Investors and Tom Adams shall each have executed and delivered the Shareholders’ Agreement.

 

(k)  Registration Rights Agreement .   The Individual Investors and Tom Adams shall each have executed and delivered the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

(l)  Release of Liens .   The Liens set forth on Schedule 6.1(l)  shall have been released on or prior to Closing.

 

49



 

(m)  Termination of Existing Revolving Credit .   The Company and SunTrust Bank shall have arranged for the termination of the revolving line of credit for an amount of up to $1,000,000, and shall have delivered to the Buyer evidence of such termination.

 

(n)  BNY Letter .   BNY shall have executed and delivered to the Company a letter confirming the receipt by BNY of payment in full of all fees and expenses owed by the Company under the Engagement Letter. Such letter shall be in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Buyer.

 

(o)  Financing .   Buyer shall have entered into a loan agreement and related documentation, on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Buyer, providing for a term loan of $17,000,000 and a revolving credit line of $4,000,000, contingent upon the Closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(p)  Joinder Agreement .   The Company shall have executed and delivered to Buyer the Joinder Agreement in the form of Exhibit H .

 

(q)  Change of Control Agreements .   Each of the five (5) Amendments to the Amended and Restated Change of Control Bonus Agreements shall have been amended in the form of Exhibit 1 , and the Company shall have issued payment in the form of Common Stock and/or cash to each such individual in full satisfaction of any obligation under such agreements.

 

(r)  338(h)(10) Election Forms .   Buyer shall have received two identical IRS Forms 8023 (including attachments), each in the form of Exhibit J and each duly executed by all of the Shareholders, together with such other documents as Buyer may reasonably request to ensure that a valid and binding election under Section 338(h)(10) of the Code is made with respect to the purchase by Buyer of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(s)  Performance of Obligations; Representations and Warranties .   The Company and the Sellers shall have performed in all material respects and complied in all material respects with all agreements and conditions contained in this Agreement that are required to be performed or complied with by such Party prior to or at the Closing. Each of the representations and warranties contained in Sections 3.1 and 3.2 and in ARTICLE 4 of this Agreement shall be true and correct as of the date hereof and as of the Closing, or in the case of representations and warranties that are made as of a specified date, such representations and warranties shall be true and correct as of such specified date, except where the failure to be so true and correct (without giving effect to any limitation or qualification as to “materiality” (including the word “material”) or “Material Adverse Effect” set forth in Sections 3.1 and 3.2 and ARTICLE 4 ) would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. If the Closing Date is not the date of the execution of this Agreement, Buyer shall have received a certificate dated the Closing Date and signed by the Chief Executive Officer, President or a Vice President of the Company, certifying that the conditions specified in this Section 6.2(s)  have been satisfied.

 

50



 

(t)  Absence of Material Adverse Effect .   No event or circumstance shall have occurred or shall be reasonably expected to occur as a result of the transactions contemplated hereby that has resulted in or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(u)  Resignation of Board of Directors .   Each member of the Board of Directors of the Company and the Subsidiary shall have tendered such member’s resignation from the Board of Directors, effective as of the Closing.

 

(v)  Loan Repayment .   The Company shall have received payment in full, including principal and interest, for the balance of the loan between the Company and Matt Schenck.

 

6.2                                Conditions Precedent to the Seller Parties’ Obligations .

 

Each Seller Party’s obligation to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement is subject to the satisfaction, on or before the Closing Date, of the following conditions, any of which may be waived in whole or in part by such Seller Party or by the Company:

 

(a)  No Actions .   No court or other Governmental Body shall have issued any Order, and there shall be no Action pending by or before any Governmental Body, which seeks to restrain, prohibit or invalidate the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(b)  Consents .   Each Seller Party shall have obtained the consents and approvals and provided any notices required in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which such Seller Party is a party, as set forth on Schedule 6.2(b) .

 

(c)  Performance of Obligations; Representations and Warranties .   The Buyer and the Parent shall have performed in all material respects and complied in all material respects with all agreements and conditions contained in this Agreement that are required to be performed or complied with by such Party prior to or at the Closing. Each of the representations and warranties contained in Section 3.3 of this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects, in each case, on the date hereof and as of the Closing, or in the case of representations and warranties that are made as of a specified date, such representations and warranties shall be true and correct as of such specified date. If the Closing Date is not the date of the execution of this Agreement, the Shareholders’ Representative shall have received a certificate dated the Closing Date and signed by the Chief Executive Officer, President or a Vice President of the Parent, certifying that, the conditions specified in this Section 6.2(c)  have been satisfied.

 

(d)  Escrow Agreement .   The Buyer and the Escrow Agent shall each have executed and delivered to each Seller the Escrow Agreement.

 

(e)  Charter; Good Standing Certificate .   The Shareholders’ Representative, on behalf of the Individual Investors, shall have received from the Buyer and Parent copies

 

51



 

of (i) the Certificate of Incorporation of Buyer and Parent, as amended, certified as of a recent date by the Secretary of State of the Slate of Delaware and (ii) a certificate of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware dated as of a recent date certifying as to Parent’s and Buyer’s due incorporation and good standing.

 

(f)  Registration Rights Agreement .   Parent, ABS and Norwest shall have executed and delivered to the Individual Investors the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

(g)  Shareholders Agreement .   Parent, ABS and Norwest shall have executed and delivered to the Individual Investors the Shareholders’ Agreement.

 

(h)  Secretary’s Certificate .   The Shareholders’ Representative, on behalf of the Individual Investors, shall have received from the Buyer copies of resolutions, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Shareholders’ Representative, adopted by (i) the Parent’s board of directors, certified by the secretary of the Parent as being in effect as of the Closing Date, authorizing (A) the issuance of the Stock Consideration, and (B) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Transactions Documents to which the Parent is a party and (ii) the Buyer’s board of directors, certified by the secretary of the Buyer as being in effect as of the Closing Date, authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which the Buyer is a party.

 

6.3                                Termination of Agreement .

 

This Agreement may be terminated, and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement may be abandoned, at any time prior to the Closing Date:

 

(a) by mutual written consent of the Shareholders’ Representative, the Parent and the Buyer;

 

(b) by either (i) the Shareholders’ Representative or (ii) the Parent and the Buyer in writing:

 

(i)                                                  if any temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction or other order issued by any court of competent jurisdiction (collectively, “ Legal Constraints ”) which prohibits or restrains any Party from consummating the transactions contemplated hereby is in effect and has become final and nonappealable; provided however, this right shall not be available to any Party whose failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement has been the cause of, or resulted in, such Legal Constraints; or

 

(ii)                                               if the Closing has not occurred on or prior to January 27, 2006; provided that the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 6.3(b)(ii)  shall not be available to any Party whose failure to fulfill any obligation under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents has been the cause of, or resulted in, the failure of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby to be consummated prior to such date;

 

52



 

(c) by the Parent and the Buyer in writing, if the Company or any Seller has breached in any respect any of its respective representations, warranties or material covenants contained in this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements, which breach or failure to perform (i) would give rise to a failure of a condition set forth in Section 6.1 and (ii) has not been cured by the Company or such Shareholder within 20 (twenty) days after the giving of written notice thereof from Buyer; and

 

(d) by the Shareholders’ Representative in writing, if Parent or Buyer has breached any of its representations, warranties or material covenants contained in this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, which breach or failure to perform (i) would give rise to a failure of a condition set forth in Section 6.2 and (ii) has not been cured by the Parent and the Buyer within 20 (twenty) days after the giving of written notice thereof from the Company.

 

6.4                                Effect of Termination .

 

If this Agreement is terminated and the transactions contemplated hereby are abandoned as described in Section 6.3 and this Section 6.4 , this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which the Company or any Shareholder is a party shall become null and void and of no further force and effect, except for the provisions of Section 5.1 , this Section 6.4 and ARTICLE 8 ; provided that nothing in this Section 6.4 shall be deemed to release any Party from liability for any breach by such Party of the terms and provisions of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.

 

ARTICLE 7.

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

7.1                                Survival of Representations and Warranties and Covenants .

 

The Parties agree that, the representations and warranties in ARTICLE 3 and ARTICLE 4 of this Agreement shall survive the Closing until thirty (30) days after completion and delivery of the 2006 Audit (the “ Survival Period ”); provided,

 

(a) that the representations, warranties and covenants in Section 4.20 shall survive the Closing until the three (3) year anniversary of the Closing;

 

(b) that the representations, warranties and covenants in Section 4.19 shall survive the Closing until the five (5) year anniversary of the Closing;

 

(c) that the representations, warranties and covenants in Sections 3.1(h) 3.1(i)  and 4.8 shall survive the Closing until sixty (60) days after the expiration (including extensions) of the applicable statute of limitations; and

 

(d) that the representations, warranties and covenants in Section 4.3 shall survive indefinitely.

 

53



 

7.2                                Indemnification Provisions for Parent’s and the Buyer’s Benefit .

 

Subject to the provisions of this ARTICLE 7 , from and after the Closing Date, each of the Sellers will jointly and severally indemnify and hold the Parent, the Buyer and the Company (post-Closing) and their respective officers, directors, managers, partners and shareholders (each, an “ Indemnified Person and together, the “ Indemnified Persons ”) harmless from, and shall pay or reimburse the Indemnified Persons for:

 

(a) all Losses related to or arising from any breach of any representation or warranty (without giving effect to any limitation or qualification at to “materiality” (including the word “material”) or “Material Adverse Effect” set forth herein) made by the Seller or by the Company in this Agreement or any certificate delivered by the Company or the Sellers prior to and including the Closing Date; and

 

(b) all Losses related to any failure by such Seller or the Company to perform or comply with any covenant or agreement applicable to it contained in this Agreement (other than Section 5.2) or in any other Transaction Documents.

 

The Sellers hereby irrevocably waive any and all right to recourse against the Company and each of its directors and officers with respect to any representation, warranty, indemnity or other agreement or action made or taken by or pursuant to this Agreement. The Sellers shall not be entitled to contribution from, subrogation to or recover against the Company with respect to any liability that may arise under or pursuant to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

7.3                                Notice of Claims .

 

The Company, Parent or any Indemnified Person shall promptly give written notice to each of the Buyer and the Shareholders’ Representative, as agent for the Sellers (the “ Indemnitors ”), after obtaining knowledge of any claim for recovery of a Loss or for an anticipated Loss, pursuant to this ARTICLE 7 (a Claim ”). Such notice shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances underlying the Claim, the basis for indemnification and shall specify the estimated amount thereof. Failure to give timely notice as provided in this Section 7.3 will not affect the rights or obligations of the Indemnitors or the Indemnified Persons hereunder, except to the extent that the Indemnitors shall have been actually harmed; provided, however that such notice is delivered on or prior to the date that is thirty (30) days after completion and delivery of 2006 Audit.

 

7.4                                Third Party Claims .

 

With respect to any claims or demands by third parties as to which an Indemnified Person may seek indemnification hereunder, whenever the Company, Buyer, Parent or an Indemnified Person (the “ Notifier ”) will have received a written notice that such a claim or demand has been asserted, the Notifier shall promptly notify the Buyer and the Shareholders’ Representative, as agent for the Sellers, of such claim or demand and of the facts within the Notifier’s knowledge that relate thereto within a reasonable time after receiving such written notice. The Shareholders’ Representative shall then have the right to defend, contest, negotiate

 

54



 

or settle, on behalf of the Sellers, any such claim or demand through counsel of his own selection (who shall be reasonably acceptable to the Indemnified Person), at the Sellers’ own cost and expense, which costs and expenses shall be payable out of the Escrow Fund as provided for in the Escrow Agreement and the Company, Buyer and Parent shall cooperate with and assist the Shareholders’ Representative in the defense of such claim or demand. The Shareholders’ Representative shall not consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement with respect to any third party claim to the extent that such judgment or settlement (i) does not provide for a full release of the Indemnified Persons with respect to such third party claim or (ii) provides for equitable relief against the Indemnified Persons, in either case without the prior written consent of the Buyer (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). If the Shareholders’ Representative gives written notice to the Indemnified Person within ten (10) Business Days after the Notifier has notified the Shareholders’ Representative that any such claim or demand has been made in writing, that the Shareholders’ Representative elects to have the Indemnified Person defend, contest, negotiate, or settle any such claim or demand, or if the Shareholders’ Representative fails to acknowledge within such ten (10) Business Days that it shall undertake the defense of such claim or demand, then the Indemnified Person shall have the right to contest and/or settle any such claim or demand and the Shareholders’ Representative shall cooperate with and provide reasonable assistance to the Indemnified Person in the defense of such claim or demand, provided, however, that the Indemnified Person shall not consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement with respect to any third party claim to the extent that such judgment or settlement (i) does not provide for a full release of the Shareholders’ Representative and the Sellers with respect to such third party claim or (ii) provides for equitable relief against the Shareholders’ Representative or Sellers, in either case without the prior written consent of the Shareholders’ Representative (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed); it being understood that failure by the Shareholders’ Representative to object to any such settlement or compromise within ten (10) Business Days after written notice thereof by the Indemnified Person shall be deemed consent thereto. In the event that the Shareholders’ Representative has consented to any settlement, the Sellers shall have no power or authority to object under any provision of this Agreement to the amount of such settlement.

 

7.5                                Limitations on Indemnification Liability .

 

(a)  No Indemnification in Respect of Purchase Price Adjustments . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7.2 above, any amount which is taken into account in calculating the Adjustment Deficit and which thereby results in a reduction of the Purchase Price paid to Sellers shall not also be taken into account in calculating the amount of any Loss pursuant to this ARTICLE 7 , including the determination of the Threshold under Section 7.5(c) .

 

(b) The indemnification provided for in this ARTICLE 7 and Section 5.5(c)  hereof only applies after the Closing and, subject to Section 7.5(d) , is the sole and exclusive remedy of the Indemnified Persons after the Closing in respect of any breach of any representation or warranty made by the Sellers or the Company in this Agreement. Subject to Section 7.5(d)  below, the Indemnified Persons shall not be able to seek indemnification pursuant to this ARTICLE 7 for any amount of Losses in excess of the Escrow Sum provided, however, that the aggregate liability of the Shareholders under

 

55



 

Section 5.5(c) and under Section 7.2 (in the case of Section 7.2 , arising out of a breach of the representation contained in Section 4.8(c) hereof), in each case related to or arising from the invalidity of the Section 338(h)(10) Election, shall in no event exceed $7,000,000.

 

(c) In no event shall the Sellers be liable under Section 7.2(a) , except for a breach based upon or arising from the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 3.1(a) 3.1(b) 3.2 4.3 4.8 or fraudulent misrepresentation, unless and until the Indemnified Person have suffered, incurred, sustained or become subject to Losses referred to in Section 7.2 in excess of $500,000 in the aggregate (the “ Threshold ”) and then to the full extent of the Losses from the first dollar of Loss and not just amounts in excess of the Threshold.

 

(d) Nothing in this ARTICLE 7 , including without limitation the provisions of Sections 7.5(a) , (b)  and (c) , shall prohibit or otherwise limit any Indemnified Person from exercising or securing any remedies provided by applicable statutory or common law (i) with respect to the fraudulent conduct of any Party (severally but not jointly with other Parties) in connection with this Agreement or in the amount of damages that any Indemnified Person may recover from any Indemnitor in the event that the Indemnified Person successfully proves willful misconduct, intentional fraud or intentional fraudulent conduct in connection with this Agreement, (ii) with respect to Losses resulting from a breach of the representations or warranties contained in Sections 3.1(a) 3.1(b) 3.1(h) 3.1(i) 3.2 , 4.3 and 4.8 or (iii) with respect to the covenants provided in ARTICLE II and Sections 5.1 , 5.2 , 5.3 , 5.4 and 5.5 , provided, that any liability of the Sellers under this Section 7.5(d)  for money damages in excess of the Escrow Sum shall be several but not joint liability, with the liability of an individual Seller for claims under Sections 4.3 , 4.8 and 5.5 based on the Pre-Change of Control Equity Percentage of such Seller, and provided further, that any liability of the Sellers under this Section 7.5(d)  for specific enforcement or other non-monetary remedies shall be several but not joint liability.

 

(e)  Insurance .   The amount of any Loss sought to be recovered by the Indemnified Persons under this ARTICLE 7 shall not include any amounts actually recovered by such party in respect of the Loss under applicable insurance policies.

 

7.6                                Payment of Claims .

 

Upon final determination by the Parties or by a court of competent jurisdiction that an Indemnified Person is entitled to indemnification for a Claim under Section 5.5 or this ARTICLE 7 , including payments pursuant to the first sentence of Section 2.6(b) , the Escrow Agent shall distribute to the Indemnified Person the amount of the Loss pursuant to the terms of the Escrow Agreement. Upon the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) or a final determination by a court of competent jurisdiction that the Shareholders’ Representative is entitled to payment for expenses under Section 7.7(k) , the Escrow Agent shall distribute to the Shareholders’ Representative the amount of the expenses pursuant to the terms of the Escrow Agreement.

 

56


 

7.7                                Shareholders’ Representative .

 

(a)  Appointment .   Effective as of the date hereof and without any further action by the Sellers, Eugene Stoltzfus will be, and hereby is, appointed and constituted the Shareholders’ Representative in respect of each Seller as his, her or its agent, to act in his, her or its name, place and stead as such Seller’s attorney-in-fact, to take any and all actions which he believes are necessary or appropriate under this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement, including, without limitation, executing the Escrow Agreement as Shareholders’ Representative, giving and receiving any notice or instruction permitted or required under this Agreement or the Escrow Agreement by the Shareholders’ Representative, interpreting all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement, authorizing payments to be made with respect hereto or thereto, obtaining reimbursement as provided for herein for all out-of-pocket fees and expenses and other obligations of or incurred by the Shareholders’ Representative in connection with this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement, defending all Claims against the Escrow Fund pursuant to ARTICLE 7 of this Agreement, consenting to, compromising or settling all Claims, conducting negotiations with the Buyer, the Parent and their agents regarding such Claims, dealing with the Buyer, Parent and the Escrow Agent under this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement with respect to all matters arising under this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement, taking any and all other actions specified in or contemplated by this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement, receiving and consenting to all Tax Returns for any Tax Period of the Company prior to the Closing pursuant to Section 5.5(b)  of this Agreement, taking any and all actions pursuant to the Escrow Agreement and this Agreement, including, without limitation, Sections 2.5 , 2.6 , 5.4 , 5.5 , 6.1(h) 6.1(w) 6.2(c) , 6.3 , 7.4 and 8.5 of this Agreement and engaging counsel, accountants or other representatives in connection with the foregoing matters. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Shareholders’ Representative shall have full power and authority to interpret all the terms and provisions of this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement on behalf of the Sellers and to consent to any amendment hereof or thereof in its capacity as Shareholders’ Representative. The Shareholders’ Representative hereby accepts the appointment as Shareholders’ Representative, all in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement.

 

(b)  Authorization .   Each of the Sellers hereby (i) approves the designation of the Shareholders’ Representative as the representative of such holder and as the attorney-in-fact and agent for and on behalf of such Seller, including without limitation with respect to any Claims under ARTICLE 7 , and with full power and authority to act on behalf of such Seller pursuant to the terms of the Escrow Agreement and this Agreement, including, without limitation, Sections 2.5 , 2.6 , 5.4 , 5.5 , 6.1(h) 6.1(w) 6.2(c) 6.3 , 7.4 and 8.5 of this Agreement, and (ii) agrees that all authority hereby conferred is granted and shall be irrevocable and shall not be terminated by any act of any Seller, by operation of law, whether by such Seller’s death, disability, protective supervision or any other event, including, without limitation, the lapse of time. Each Seller shall be deemed to have waived any and all defenses which may be available to contest, negate or disaffirm any action of the Shareholders’ Representative taken in good faith. Each Seller will be conclusively bound by all actions taken and documents executed by the Shareholders’ Representative in accordance with this Section 7.7 and with the Escrow Agreement and

 

57



 

the Indemnified Persons will be entitled to rely on any action or decision of the Shareholders’ Representative. No Seller shall be entitled to act independently with respect to any action relating to this Agreement and the other agreements and transactions contemplated hereby, and any and all such actions shall be taken solely by the Shareholders’ Representative.

 

(c)  Indemnification of Shareholders’ Representative .    The Shareholders’ Representative shall be indemnified by the Sellers for, and shall be held harmless against, any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Shareholders’ Representative or any of his Affiliates and any of their respective partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, stockholders, consultants, attorneys, accountants, advisors, brokers, representatives or controlling persons, in each case relating to the Shareholders’ Representative’s conduct as Shareholders’ Representative, other than such losses, liabilities or expenses resulting from the Shareholders’ Representative’s gross negligence or willful misconduct in connection with his performance under this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement. This indemnification shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the termination of the Escrow Agreement. The costs of such indemnification (including the costs and expenses of enforcing this right of indemnification) shall be paid from the principal portion of the Escrow Fund, pursuant to the Escrow Agreement. The Shareholders’ Representative may, in all questions arising under this Agreement, rely on the advice of counsel and for anything done, omitted or suffered in good faith by the Shareholders’ Representative in accordance with such advice, the Shareholders’ Representative shall not be liable to the Sellers or the Escrow Agent or any other person. In determining the occurrence of any fact, event or contingency, the Shareholders’ Representative may request from any of the Sellers or any other Person such reasonable additional evidence as the Shareholders’ Representative in its sole discretion may deem necessary, and may at any time inquire of and consult with others, including any of the Sellers and shall not be liable to any Sellers for any damages resulting from any delay in acting hereunder pending receipt and examination of additional evidence requested. In no event shall the Shareholders’ Representative be liable to any Seller hereunder or in connection herewith for any indirect, punitive, special or consequential damages.

 

(d)  Access to Information .    The Shareholders’ Representative shall have reasonable access to information of and concerning any Claim and which is in the possession, custody or control of the Buyer and the Parent and the reasonable assistance of the Buyer’s and Parent’s officers and employees for purposes of performing the Shareholders’ Representative’s duties under this Agreement or the Escrow Agreement and exercising its rights under this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement, including for the purpose of evaluating any Claim against the Escrow Fund by the Buyer; provided that the Shareholders’ Representative shall treat confidentially and not, except in connection with enforcing its rights under this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement, disclose any nonpublic information from or concerning any Claim to anyone (except to the Shareholders’ Representative’s attorneys, accountants or other advisers, to Sellers, to the arbitrators appointed to resolve disputes pursuant to this Agreement, and on a need-to-know basis to other individuals who agree to keep such information confidential).

 

58



 

(e)  Limitation on Duties and Responsibilities .   The Shareholders’ Representative shall have no duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth in this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities on behalf of any Seller shall otherwise exist against the Shareholders’ Representative. Neither the Shareholders’ Representative nor any agent employed by the Shareholders’ Representative shall be liable to any Seller, and no Seller shall have any cause of action against the Shareholders’ Representative or any such agent, for any errors in judgment, negligence, oversight, breach of duty or otherwise arising from or relating to any action taken or not taken, decision made or not made or instruction given or not given by the Shareholders’ Representative, except to the extent that the acts or omissions of the Shareholders’ Representative or agent involved gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

(f)  Reasonable Reliance .   In the performance of his duties hereunder, the Shareholders’ Representative shall be entitled to rely upon any document or instrument reasonably believed by his to be genuine, accurate as to content and signed by any Seller or any party hereunder. The Shareholders’ Representative may assume that any person purporting to give any notice in accordance with the provisions hereof has been duly authorized to do so.

 

(g)  Orders .    The Shareholders’ Representative is authorized, in its sole discretion, to comply with final, nonappealable orders or decisions issued or process entered by any court of competent jurisdiction or arbitrator with respect to the Escrow Fund. If any portion of the Escrow Fund is disbursed to the Shareholders’ Representative and is at any time attached, garnished or levied upon under any court order, or in case the payment, assignment, transfer, conveyance or delivery of any such property shall be stayed or enjoined by any court order, or in case any order, judgment or decree shall be made or entered by any court affecting such property or any part thereof, then and in any such event, the Shareholders’ Representative is authorized, in his sole discretion, but in good faith, to rely upon and comply with any such order, writ, judgment or decree which he is advised by legal counsel selected by him is binding upon him without the need for appeal or other action; and if the Shareholders’ Representative complies with any such order, writ, judgment or decree, the Shareholders’ Representative shall not be liable to any Seller or to any other Person by reason of such compliance even though such order, writ, judgment or decree may be subsequently reversed, modified, annulled, set aside or vacated.

 

(h)  Removal of Shareholders’ Representative; Authority of Successor Shareholders’ Representative .    A majority-in-interest of the Sellers shall have the right at any time during the term of the Escrow Agreement to remove the then-acting Shareholders’ Representative and to appoint a successor Shareholders’ Representative; provided, however, that neither such removal of the then-acting Shareholders’ Representative nor such appointment of a successor Shareholders’ Representative shall be effective until the delivery to the Escrow Agent of executed counterparts of a writing signed by the requisite Seller with respect to such removal and appointment, together with an acknowledgment signed by the successor Shareholders’ Representative appointed in such writing that he, she or it accepts the responsibility of successor Shareholders’

 

59



 

Representative and agrees to perform and be bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement applicable to the Shareholders’ Representative.

 

(i)  Resignation of the Shareholders’ Representative .   The Shareholders’ Representative may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Sellers, the Buyer and the Parent. A majority-in-interest of the Sellers shall then have the right at any time during the term of the Escrow Agreement to appoint a successor Shareholders’ Representative; provided, however, that neither such resignation of the then-acting Shareholders’ Representative nor such appointment of a successor Shareholders’ Representative shall be effective until the delivery to the Escrow Agent of executed counterparts of a writing signed by the requisite Sellers with respect to such removal and appointment, together with an acknowledgment signed by the successor Shareholders’ Representative appointed in such writing that he, she or it accepts the responsibility of successor Shareholders’ Representative and agrees to perform and be bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement applicable to the Shareholders’ Representative.

 

(j)  Majority-in Interest; Successor Shareholders’ Representative .   For all purposes under this Section 7.7 , a majority-in-interest of the Sellers shall be determined on the basis of each Seller’s ownership of Company Common Stock immediately prior to the Closing. Each successor Shareholders’ Representative shall have all of the power, authority, rights and privileges conferred by this Agreement upon the original Shareholders’ Representative, and the term “Shareholders’ Representative” as used herein and in the Escrow Agreement shall be deemed to include any interim or successor Shareholders’ Representative.

 

(k)  Expenses of the Shareholders’ Representative .   The Shareholders’ Representative shall be entitled to withdraw cash amounts held in the Escrow Fund, pursuant to the Escrow Agreement, in reimbursement for out of pocket fees and expenses (including legal, accounting and other advisors’ fees and expenses, if applicable) incurred by the Shareholders’ Representative in performing under this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement; provided that the aggregate amount withdrawn from the Escrow Fund for reimbursement of the Shareholders’ Representative shall not exceed $100,000.

 

(l)  Irrevocable Appointment .    Subject to Sections 7.7(h)  and 7.7(i) , the appointment of the Shareholders’ Representative hereunder is irrevocable. Any action taken by the Shareholders’ Representative pursuant to the authority granted in this Section 7.7 shall be effective and absolutely binding as the action of the Shareholders’ Representative under this Agreement or the Escrow Agreement.

 

7.8                                Tax Treatment of Indemnity Payments .

 

To the extent permitted by Law, any amount paid to Buyer or Sellers pursuant to this ARTICLE 7 or pursuant to Section 5.5(c)  hereof shall be treated as an adjustment to the Final Adjusted Consideration.

 

60



 

ARTICLE 8.

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

8.1                                Expenses .

 

The Company shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses that Buyer and Parent incur prior to the Closing in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby (the Buyer Expenses ”); provided, however, that, if this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 6.3 and the transactions contemplated hereby abandoned, the Company shall not be responsible for Buyer Expenses in excess of the lesser of (i) 50% of the actual expenses so incurred and (ii) $350,000. The Company shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses that the Company incurs prior to the Closing (including, but not limited to, legal, accounting, financial advisory and investment banking fees and expenses of the Company, including those of BNY and Covington & Burling, but not of any Seller) with respect to the negotiation and execution of this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents, the opinion of Covington & Burling and any other documents or instruments to be executed and delivered pursuant hereto, and the performance of any covenants to be performed by such Party and satisfaction of any conditions to be satisfied by the Company which are contained herein or therein (for those expenses which the Company is responsible, the Company Expenses ”). In no event will the Company be responsible for the costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by any Seller in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

8.2                                Notices .

 

Any notice, request, demand or other communication required or permitted to be given to a Party pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement will be in writing and will be effective and deemed given under this Agreement on the earliest of: (a) the date of personal delivery, (b) the date of transmission by facsimile, with confirmed transmission and receipt, (c) the date sent by electronic mail (including in portable document format by electronic mail); provided, however, that there is no indication that such notice was not delivered, (d) two (2) Business Days after deposit with a nationally-recognized courier or overnight service such as Federal Express or (e) five (5) days after mailing via certified mail, return receipt requested. All notices not delivered personally or by facsimile will be sent with postage and other charges prepaid and properly addressed to the Party to be notified at the address set forth below for such Party:

 

61



 

If to the Buyer or the Parent:

 

Rosetta Stone Inc.

Rosetta Stone Holdings Inc.

Fairfield & Sons, Ltd.

135 W. Market Street

Harrisonburg, VA 22801

Attn: Laura Witt

Fax No.: (703) 991-5843

Email: Iwitt@abscapital.com

 

with a copy to (which copy shall not constitute notice):

 

Hogan & Hartson L.L.P.

111 S. Calvert Street

Baltimore, MD 21202

Attn: Michael J. Silver

Fax No.: (410) 539-6981

Email: mjsilver@hhlaw.com

 

If to the Company:

 

Fairfield & Sons, Ltd.

135 W. Market Street

Harrisonburg, VA 22801

Attn: Tom Adams

Fax No.: (703) 991-5843

Email: TAdams@rosettastone.com

 

with a copy to (which copy shall not constitute notice) before the Closing:

 

Covington & Burling

1330 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10019

Attn: Ellen B. Corenswet
Fax No.: (212) 841-1010

Email: ecorcnswet@cov.com

 

with a copy to (which copy shall not constitute notice) after the Closing:

 

Hogan & Hartson L.L.P.

1l1 S. Calvert Street

Baltimore, MD 21202

Attn: Michael J. Silver

Fax No.: (410) 539-6981

Email: mjsilver@hhlaw.com

 

62



 

If to the Shareholders’ Representative:

 

Eugene Stoltzfus

3893 Mountain Valley Road

Keezeltown, VA 022832

Email: Eugenes@Adelphia.net

 

With a copy to (which copy shall not constitute notice):

 

Covington & Burling

1330 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10019

Attn: Ellen B. Corenswet
Fax No.: (212) 841-1010

Email: ecorenswet@cov.com

 

Any Party hereto (and such Party’s permitted assigns) may change such Party’s address for receipt of future notices hereunder by giving written notice to the other Parties hereto; provided that notices of such changes shall be effective and deemed given only upon receipt thereof.

 

8.3                                Entire Agreement .

 

This Agreement, together with other Transaction Documents and the Exhibits and Schedules annexed hereto, constitutes the entire understanding and agreement by and among the Parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior negotiations, agreements and understandings among the Parties hereto.

 

8.4                       HSR .

 

The Parties acknowledge and agree that, notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in ARTICLES 2, 3 or 4 , none of the Parties shall be deemed to be making any representation or warranty with respect to the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended.

 

8.5                                          Amendments and Waivers .

 

Except as otherwise set forth herein, any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only by an instrument in writing executed (i) at any time prior to Closing, by the Parent (on behalf of the Parent, Buyer and all Buyer’s Affiliates), the Shareholders’ Representative (on behalf of all Sellers) and the Company (by action of its Board of Directors) and (ii) at any time after the Closing, by the Parent (on behalf of the Parent, Buyer and all Buyer’s Affiliates) and the Shareholders’ Representative (on behalf of all Sellers).

 

63



 

8.6                             Successors and Assigns .

 

Neither this Agreement nor any rights hereunder may be assigned by any Party without the prior written consent of the other Parties; provided, however, that the Company may assign its rights hereunder to its senior lender without the consent of the other Parties. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

8.7                                    Governing Law .

 

This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the Laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of laws principles thereof.

 

8.8                                                       Submission to Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process .

 

(a) The Parties hereby irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of any federal or state court located within the State of New York, over any dispute arising from or relating to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby and each Party hereby irrevocably agrees that all claims in respect of such dispute or any Action related thereto shall be heard and determined in such courts. The Parties hereby irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, any objection that they may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such dispute brought in such court or any defense of inconvenient forum for the maintenance of such dispute. Each of the Parties agrees that a judgment in any such dispute may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by Law.

 

(b) Each of the Parties hereby consents to process being served by any other Party to this Agreement in any Action by the mailing of a copy thereof in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.2 hereof.

 

8.9                              Severability .

 

If any provision of this Agreement as applied to any part or to any circumstance shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the application of such provision to any other part or to any other circumstance shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

 

8.10                         Titles and Subtitles .

 

The article and section headings contained in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and will not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

8.11                            Third Party Beneficiaries .

 

Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, shall create or confer on any person other than the Parties or their respective successors and permitted assigns, any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities, provided, that it is the intention of the Parties that Lender

 

64



 

shall be a third party beneficiary of Section 3.1(k) of this Agreement, entitled to enforce such provision through any remedies provided by applicable statutory or common law.

 

8.12                         Remedies .

 

In the event that any one or more of the covenants and/or agreements set forth in this Agreement are breached by any Party hereto, the Party or Parties entitled to the benefit of such covenants or agreements may, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, proceed to protect and enforce their rights either by suit in equity and/or by action at law, including, but not limited to, an action for damages as a result of any such breach and/or an action for specific performance of any such covenant or agreement. Subject to Section 7.5(b) , the rights, powers and remedies of the parties under this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any other right, power or remedy which such parties may have under any other agreement or applicable Law.

 

8.13                       Interpretation .

 

(a)  Drafting .    The Parties have jointly participated in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. If an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement will be construed as if drafted jointly by the Parties hereto and no presumption or burden of proof will arise favoring or disfavoring any Party hereto because of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement.

 

(b)  References .    The word “including” means “including, without limitation.” The words “this Agreement,” “herein,” “hereof,” “hereby,” “hereunder” and words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular subdivision unless expressly so limited. Words in the singular form will be construed to include the plural and words in the plural form will be construed to include the singular form, unless the context otherwise requires.

 

8.14                         Counterparts .

 

This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

[Signature page follows]

 

65


 

 

ROSETTA STONE INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Tom Adams

 

Name:

Tom Adams

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer and President

 

 

Signature Page to Stock Purchase Agreement

 



 

 

ROSETTA STONE HOLDINGS INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Tom Adams

 

Name:

Tom Adams

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer and President

 

 

Signature Page to Stock Purchase Agreement

 



 

 

FAIRFIELD & SONS LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Tom Adams

 

Name:

Tom Adams

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer and President

 

 

Signature Page to Stock Purchase Agreement

 



 

 

MADISON CAPITAL FUNDING LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ [Illegible]

 

Title:

  Managing Director

 

 

Signature Page to Stock Purchase Agreement

 



 

 

TOM ADAMS

 

 

 

/s/ TOM ADAMS

 

 

Signature Page to Stock Purchase Agreement

 



 

 

SOLELY FOR PURPOSES OF SECTION 7.7,

 

SHAREHOLDERS’ REPRESENTATIVE

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Eugene Stoltzfus

 

Name: Eugene Stoltzfus

 

 

Signature Page to Stock Purchase Agreement

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Yvonne Droms

 

 

Name: Yvonne Droms

 

 

Signature Page for Stock Purchase Agreement

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ruth Brunk Stoltzfus

 

 

Name: Ruth Brunk Stoltzfus

 

 

Kathryn Stoltzfus Fairfield, POW

 

 

Signature Page for Stock Purchase Agreement

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Matthew Edwards Schenck

 

 

Name: Matthew Edwards Schenck

 

 

Signature Page for Stock Purchase Agreement

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Dwayne Martin

 

 

Name: Dwayne Martin

 

 

Signature Page for Stock Purchase Agreement

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Greg Keim

 

 

Name: Greg Keim

 

 

Signature Page for Stock Purchase Agreement

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Susana Joy Stoltzfus

 

 

Name: Susana Joy Stoltzfus

 

 

Signature Page for Stock Purchase Agreement

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ J. Gary Neff

 

 

Name: J. Gary Neff

 

 

Signature Page for Stock Purchase Agreement

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ruth Stoltzfus Jost

 

 

Name: Ruth Stoltzfus Jost

 

 

Signature Page for Stock Purchase Agreement

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Timothy Jost

 

 

Name: Timothy Jost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ruth Jost

 

 

Name: Ruth Jost

 

 

Signature Page for Stock Purchase Agreement

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael Silverman

 

 

Name: Michael Silverman

 

 

Signature Page for Stock Purchase Agreement

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Helen Stoltzfus

 

 

Name: Helen Stoltzfus

 

 

Signature Page for Stock Purchase Agreement

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John Fairfield

 

 

Name: John Fairfield

 

 

Signature Page for Stock Purchase Agreement

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kathryn Stoltzfus Fairfield

 

 

Name: Kathryn Fairfield

 

 

Signature Page for Stock Purchase Agreement

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Emily Shenk

 

 

Name: Emily Shenk

 

 

Signature Page for Stock Purchase Agreement

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

ANNE HELLER HESS STOLTZFUS IRREVOCABLE TRUST

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kathryn Anne Stoltzfus-Dueck

 

 

Name: Kathryn Anne Stoltzfus-Dueck

 

 

Title: Trustee

 

 

Signature Page for Stock Purchase Agreement

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Laura Marie Stoltzfus LeGoff

 

 

Name: Laura Marie Stoltzfus LeGoff

 

 

Signature Page for Stock Purchase Agreement

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kathryn Anne Stoltzfus-Dueck

 

 

Name: Kathryn Anne Stoltzfus-Dueck

 

 

Signature Page for Stock Purchase Agreement

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eugene Stoltzfus

 

 

Name: Eugene Stoltzfus

 

 

Signature Page for Stock Purchase Agreement

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Rose Shenk

 

 

Name: Rose Shenk

 

 

Eugene Stoltzfus attorney in fact

 

 

Signature Page for Stock Purchase Agreement

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert Bland

 

 

Name: Robert Bland

 

 

Signature Page for Stock Purchase Agreement

 




Exhibit 3.1

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION


OF


ROSETTA STONE INC.

 

Rosetta Stone Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “General Corporation Law”).

 

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

 

1.             That the name of this corporation is Rosetta Stone Inc., and that this corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the General Corporation Law on December 23, 2005.

 

2.             That as of the date hereof the Corporation has not received any payment for any of its stock.

 

3.             That the Sole Director of the corporation duly elected and qualified has adopted a resolution amending and restating the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation, which resolution setting forth the amendment and restatement is as follows:

 

RESOLVED, that the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation be amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

Name

 

The name of this corporation is ROSETTA STONE INC. (the “ Corporation ”)

 

ARTICLE II

 

Registered Office and Agent

 

The registered office of the Corporation shall be located at 1209 Orange Street in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The registered agent of the Corporation at such address shall be The Corporation Trust Company.

 

ARTICLE III

 

Purpose and Powers

 

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the

 

1



 

Delaware General Corporation Law ”). The Corporation shall have all power necessary or convenient to the conduct, promotion or attainment of such acts and activities.

 

ARTICLE IV


Capital Stock

 

4.1       Authorized Capital . The total number of shares of all classes of stock that the Corporation shall have the authority to issue is 3,561,958, consisting of 3,000,000 shares of Common Stock, having a par value of $.001 per share (“ Common Stock ”), of which (A) 45,000 shares are designated as Class A Common Stock (the “ Class A Common Stock ”) and (B) 1,000,000 shares are designated as Class B Common Stock (the “ Class B Common Stock ”), and 561,958 shares of Preferred Stock, having a par value of $.001 per share (“ Preferred Stock ”), of which (A) 446,958 shares are designated as Class A Convertible Preferred Stock (the “ Class A Preferred Stock ”) and (B) 115,000 shares are designated as Class B Convertible Preferred Stock (the “ Class B Preferred Stock ”). Of the Class A Preferred Stock, 268,758 shares shall be further designated Series A-1 Convertible Preferred Stock (the “ Series A-1 Preferred Stock ”), and 178,200 shares shall be further designated Series A-2 Convertible Preferred Stock (the “ Series A-2  Preferred Stock ”).

 

4.2       Common Stock .

 

4.2.1        Relative Rights . Subject to the limitations of the provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation, including any rights granted to the Preferred Stock as expressly provided in this Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”), by law or by the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 4.3, the Common Stock shall have all the rights ordinarily associated with common shares under the Delaware General Corporation Law, including but not limited to general voting rights, general rights to dividends and liquidation rights, and except as so provided herein, the rights of the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall be identical.

 

4.2.2        Dividends . Whenever there shall have been paid, or declared and set aside for payment, to the holders of shares of any class of stock having preference over the Common Stock as to the payment of dividends, the full amount of dividends and of sinking fund or retirement payments, if any, to which such holders are respectively entitled in preference to the Common Stock, then, subject to the provisions of Section 4.4.1, dividends may be paid on the Common Stock and on any class or series of stock entitled to participate therewith as to dividends, out of any assets legally available for the payment of dividends thereon, but only when and as declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

4.2.3        Dissolution, Liquidation, Winding Up . In the event of any dissolution, liquidation, or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Common Stock, and holders of any class or series of stock entitled to participate therewith, in whole or in part, as to the distribution of assets in such event, shall become entitled to participate in the distribution of any assets of the Corporation remaining after the Corporation shall have paid, or provided for payment of, all debts and liabilities of the Corporation and after the Corporation shall have paid, or set aside for payment, to the holders of any class of stock having preference over the

 



 

Common Stock in the event of dissolution, liquidation or winding up the full preferential amounts (if any) to which they are entitled.

 

4.2.4        Voting Rights . Each holder of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to attend all special and annual meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation and, share for share and without regard to class, together with the holders of all other classes of stock entitled to attend such meetings and to vote (except any class or series of stock having special voting rights), to cast 1 vote for each outstanding share of Common Stock so held upon any matter or thing properly considered and acted upon by the stockholders (other than election and removal of Series A-1 Directors and Series A-2 Directors pursuant to Sections 4.4.3(d) and (e) hereof), provided , however , that in any vote for the election or removal of one or more directors of the Corporation on which the Common Stock may be voted, each holder of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to cast (i) 0.653775 votes for each outstanding share of Class A Common Stock so held and (ii) 1 vote for each outstanding share of Class B Common Stock so held.

 

4.2.5          Class A Common Stock Conversion . Each share of Class A Common Stock shall automatically be converted into an equal number of fully-paid and nonassessable shares of Class B Common Stock upon the occurrence of one or more of the following events:

 

(a)           the voluntary or involuntary conversion of any shares of the Corporation’s Preferred Stock into any class of Common Stock;

 

(b)           the Corporation’s issuance of shares of Class B Common Stock in connection with the exercise of a stock option or warrant of the Corporation;

 

(c)           the Corporation’s declaration of any dividend, payable in cash or stock, upon its Class B Common Stock;

 

(d)           the Corporation’s offer for subscription pro rata to holders of its Class B Common Stock of any additional shares of stock of any class or other rights;

 

(e)           a capital reorganization or reclassification of the capital stock of the Corporation, including any subdivision or combination of its outstanding shares of Common Stock, or consolidation or merger of the Corporation with, or sale of all or substantially all of its assets to, another corporation;

 

(f)            a Liquidation (as defined in Section 4.4.2(c)) of the Corporation; or

 

(g)           closing of an initial underwritten public offering of equity securities of the Corporation.

 

4.2.6          Class B Common Stock Conversion . Each share of Class B Common Stock shall automatically be converted into an equal number of fully-paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock, without class designation, upon the conversion of all shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to Section 4.2.5. Following such conversion, all references to “Class B Common

 



 

Stock” contained in Sections 4.2.4, 4.4.4 and 4.4.6 of this Certificate of Incorporation shall refer to the Common Stock of the Corporation.

 

4.3       Issuance of Preferred Stock in Series . Subject to the limitations and provisions set forth in this Certificate of Incorporation (including the approval rights of holders of Class A Preferred Stock and Class B Preferred Stock contained in Section 4.4.3), (i) the Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more classes or series in any manner permitted by law and the provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation, as determined from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance thereof, prior to the issuance of any shares thereof; (ii) the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix and determine and to amend, subject to the provisions hereof, the designations, preferences, limitations and relative rights of the shares of any class or series of Preferred Stock that is wholly unissued or is to be established; (iii) unless otherwise specifically provided in the resolution establishing a class or series of Preferred Stock, the Board of Directors shall further have the authority, after the issuance of shares of a class or series of Preferred Stock whose number it has designated, to amend the resolution establishing such class or series to decrease the number of shares of that class or series, but not below the number of shares of such class or series then outstanding; and (iv) in the event that there are no issued or outstanding shares of a class or series of Preferred Stock which this Corporation has been authorized to issue, unless otherwise specifically provided in the resolution establishing such class or series, the Board of Directors, without any further action on the part of the holders of the outstanding shares of any class or series of stock of this Corporation, may amend this Certificate of Incorporation to delete all reference to such class or series.

 

4.4       Rights, Preferences, Privileges and Limitations of the Class A Preferred Stock and the Class B Preferred Stock . The rights, preferences, privileges, and limitations, granted to and imposed on the Class A Preferred Stock and the Class B Preferred Stock (collectively, the “ AB Preferred Stock ”) are as set forth below.

 

4.4.1 Dividends .

 

(a)          From and after the date of first issuance of any shares of AB Preferred Stock (in the case of the Class A Preferred Stock, the “ Class A Original Issue Date ,” and in the case of the Class B Preferred Stock, the “ Class B Original Issue Date ”), in preference to the holders of any Junior Stock (as hereinafter defined), the holders of AB Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, on a pari passu basis, out of funds legally available therefor or stock duly authorized, as applicable, dividends in the same form and per share amount (as calculated pursuant to the next sentence), and payable at the same time as, any dividends declared or paid with respect to the Common Stock or any other Junior Stock (other than dividends in Common Stock or other Junior Stock paid on Common Stock or other Junior Stock) (“ Participating Dividends ”). Participating Dividends shall be payable per share of AB Preferred Stock (x) in the case of a dividend on Common Stock or any class or series of Junior Stock that is convertible into Common Stock, in an amount equal to the dividends per share payable on the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of AB Preferred Stock would be convertible under Section 4.4.4 on the record date for determining eligibility to receive such dividends, or if no such date is established, on the date such dividends are actually paid, and (y)   in the case of a dividend on any class or series of Junior Stock that is not

 



 

convertible into Common Stock, at a rate per share of AB Preferred Stock determined by dividing the amount of the dividend payable on each share of such class or series of Junior Stock by the original issue price of such class or series of Junior Stock and multiplying such fraction by the applicable Stated Value of the AB Preferred Stock. For purposes hereof, the term “ Stated Value ” shall mean, for purposes of the Class A Preferred Stock, $100.00 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, stock distribution, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting the Class A Preferred Stock, and for purposes of the Class B Preferred Stock, $100.00 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, stock distribution, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting the Class B Preferred Stock.

 

For purposes hereof, the term “ Junior Stock ” shall mean Common Stock and any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation not expressly senior or pari passu to the AB Preferred Stock with respect to payment of dividends or amounts payable upon a Liquidation (as hereinafter defined).

 

(b)           The Corporation shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on any shares of Junior Stock (other than dividends on shares of Junior Stock payable in shares of Junior Stock) unless the holders of the AB Preferred Stock then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, a dividend on each outstanding share of AB Preferred Stock in an amount at least equal to the Participating Dividend.

 

(c)           For so long as any shares of AB Preferred Stock remain outstanding, the Corporation shall not pay any dividend upon the Junior Stock, whether in cash or other property (other than in shares of Junior Stock), or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any such Junior Stock unless, in addition to the payment of the dividends to the holders of the AB Preferred Stock as described above, the Corporation has redeemed all shares of Class B Preferred Stock which it would theretofore have been required to redeem under Section 4.4.7 hereof. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 4.4.1(c), without declaring or paying dividends on the AB Preferred Stock, the Corporation may, subject to applicable law, repurchase or redeem shares of capital stock of the Corporation (i) in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.4.7 of this Certificate of Incorporation or (ii) from current or former officers or employees of the Corporation or its subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of repurchase or similar agreements in effect on the date hereof or hereafter approved from time to time by the Board of Directors, provided that the terms of such agreements provide for a repurchase or redemption price not in excess of the greater of the (A) price per share paid by such officer or employee for such share and (B) fair market value of such share on the date of such repurchase or redemption.

 

4.4.2                              Liquidation, Dissolution Or Winding Up .

 

(a)           Upon any Liquidation of the Corporation, the holders of AB Preferred Stock then outstanding on a pari passu basis, shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation or proceeds available for distribution to its shareholders (collectively, the “ Proceeds ”) before any payment shall be made to the holders of Junior Stock, an amount per share in cash or, in the case of a merger, consolidation or share exchange in which the consideration to be received by all other holders of the Corporation’s capital stock is other than cash (except for cash paid in

 



 

respect of fractional shares of the Corporation’s capital stock), at the Corporation’s election, publicly-traded securities in lieu of cash, equal to the greater of (i) the Stated Value per share of the respective class of AB Preferred Stock plus an amount equal to any dividends accrued and unpaid on such share of AB Preferred Stock, and (ii) the amount per share holders of AB Preferred Stock would receive if they all had converted their shares of AB Preferred Stock into Common Stock immediately prior to such Liquidation in accordance with Section 4.4.4. Such greater amount is herein referred to as the “ AB Liquidation Amount .” If upon any Liquidation the Proceeds available for distribution to the holders of AB Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of AB Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled, the holders of shares of AB Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the Proceeds in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to said shares were paid in full. After payment of the AB Liquidation Amount, the holders of AB Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any further payment in respect of the shares of AB Preferred Stock held by them.

 

(b)           After the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of AB Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 4.4.2(a), the holders of shares of Junior Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to receive the remaining Proceeds available for distribution to the Corporation’s shareholders.

 

(c)           The following events shall be regarded as a “Liquidation” of the Corporation for purposes of this Section 4.4: (i) the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation, (ii) the sale, license or lease of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, or (iii) a share exchange, reorganization, recapitalization, or merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into any other corporation or corporations (or other form of business entity) or of any other corporation or corporations (or other form of business entity) with or into the Corporation, but excluding any merger effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Corporation; provided, however, that a Liquidation shall not include any of the aforementioned transactions listed in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) involving the Corporation or a subsidiary in which the holders of shares of the Corporation’s voting stock outstanding immediately prior to such transaction or any Affiliate of such holders continue to hold at least a majority, by voting power, of the capital stock or, by a majority, based on fair market value as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, of the assets, in each case in substantially the same proportion, of (1) the surviving or resulting corporation (or other form of business entity), (2) if the surviving or resulting corporation (or other form of business entity) is a wholly owned subsidiary of another corporation (or other form of business entity) immediately following such transaction, the parent corporation (or other form of business entity) of such surviving or resulting corporation (or other form of business entity) or (3) a successor entity holding a majority of the assets of the Corporation.

 

(d)           If any Proceeds are to be distributed to the Corporation’s shareholders in the form of publicly-traded securities, they shall be valued as follows:

 

(i)              If traded on a securities exchange, the value shall be deemed to be bthe average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange over the thirty (30) day period ending three (3) business days prior to the closing of the transaction; and

 



 

(ii)             If actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices over the thirty (30) day period ending three (3) business days prior to the closing of the transaction.

 

4.4.3          Voting; Board of Directors .

 

(a)           Each issued and outstanding share of AB Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which each such share of AB Preferred Stock is convertible pursuant to Section 4.4.4 (as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Section 4.4.5 hereof), at each meeting of shareholders of the Corporation (or pursuant to any action by written consent) with respect to any and all matters presented to the shareholders of the Corporation for their action or consideration, except for votes or actions by written consent with respect to the election or removal of directors other than the Series A-1 Directors and Series A-2 Directors as described below. Except as provided by law or by the provisions of Sections 4.4.3(b)-(f) below, holders of AB Preferred Stock shall vote together with the holders of Common Stock as a single class.

 

(b)           In addition to any other rights provided by law, the Corporation shall not, without first obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of not less than two thirds of the outstanding shares of Class A Preferred Stock:

 

(i)            amend or repeal any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, including, without limitation, a change in the authorized number of directors on the Board of Directors or any change in the preferences, special rights or other powers of the Class A Preferred Stock;

 

(ii)           authorize or effect the payment of dividends (other than dividends on shares of Junior Stock payable in shares of Junior Stock) or the redemption or repurchase of any capital stock of the Corporation or rights to acquire capital stock of the Corporation (other than the repurchase or redemption of stock of the Corporation from current or former officers or employees of the Corporation or its subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of repurchase or similar agreements in effect on the date hereof or hereafter approved from time to time by the Board of Directors, provided that the terms of such agreements provide for a repurchase or redemption price not in excess of the greater of the (A) price per share paid by such officer or employee for such share and (B) fair market value of such share on the date of such repurchase or redemption).

 

(iii)          authorize or effect the issuance by the Corporation of any shares of capital stock or rights to acquire capital stock other than pursuant to stock option, stock bonus or other employee stock plans for the benefit of the employees of the Corporation or its subsidiaries in existence as of the Class A Original Issue Date or thereafter approved with the consent of the holders of two thirds of the then outstanding shares of Class A Preferred Stock;

 

(iv)          authorize or effect a Liquidation or the acquisition by the Corporation of another corporation or entity by means of the purchase of all or

 



 

substantially all of the capital stock or assets of such corporation or entity or by means of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction;

 

(v)           enter into any transaction, other than employment agreements on a basis consistent with past practice, with any officer, director or beneficial owner of five percent (5%) or more of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation or any Affiliate (as defined in Section 4.4.5(e) hereof) of any of the foregoing.

 

(c)          In addition to any other rights provided by law, the Corporation shall not, without first obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of not less than a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B Preferred Stock (i) create, authorize or effect the issuance by the Corporation of any shares of capital stock that rank senior to or pari passu with the shares of Class B Preferred Stock with respect to the right to receive dividends (except for the Class A Preferred Stock) or amounts payable upon a Liquidation or upon redemption of the Class B Preferred Stock, (ii) increase the number of shares of Class B Preferred Stock authorized for issuance under this Certificate of Incorporation, (iii) change the authorized number of directors on the Board of Directors, or (iv) amend this Certificate of Incorporation by altering or repealing the rights of holders of Class B Preferred Stock hereunder so as to affect adversely the rights of the holders of Class B Preferred Stock differently from the holders of all other classes of Preferred Stock then outstanding.

 

(d)         The holders of a majority of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock shall have the exclusive right, voting separately, to elect two directors to the Board of Directors (herein referred to as the “ Series A-1 Directors ”). All such Series A-1 Directors shall be elected by the affirmative vote of the holders of record of not less than a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock either at a meeting of shareholders at which directors are elected, a special meeting of holders of Series A-1 Preferred Stock or by written consent without a meeting in accordance with the Delaware General Corporation Law. Each Series A-1 Director so elected shall serve for a term of one year and until his or her successor is elected and qualified. Any vacancy in the position of a Series A-1 Director may be filled only by the holders of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock as herein provided. Each Series A-1 Director may, during his or her term of office, be removed at any time, with or without cause, by and only by the affirmative vote, at a special meeting of holders of Series A-1 Preferred Stock called for such purpose, or the written consent, of the holders of record of not less than a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock. Any vacancy created by such removal may also be filled at such meeting or by such consent. The Corporation shall not, without first obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of holders of not less than seventy-five percent (75%) of the outstanding shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock, amend, alter or repeal the rights of the holders of a majority of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock under this Section 4.4.3(d) to elect, remove and replace the Series A-1 Directors.

 

(e)          The holders of a majority of the Series A-2 Preferred Stock shall have the exclusive right, voting separately, to elect one director to the Board of Directors (herein referred to as the “ Series A-2 Director ”). The Series A-2 Director shall be elected by the affirmative vote of the holders of record of not less than a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock either at a meeting of shareholders at which directors are elected, a special meeting of holders of Series A-2 Preferred Stock or by written consent without a meeting in accordance with

 



 

the Delaware General Corporation Law. The Series A-2 Director so elected shall serve for a term of one year and until his or her successor is elected and qualified. Any vacancy in the position of Series A-2 Director may be filled only by the holders of the Series A-2 Preferred Stock as herein provided. The Series A-2 Director may, during his or her term of office, be removed at any time, with or without cause, by and only by the affirmative vote, at a special meeting of holders of Series A-2 Preferred Stock called for such purpose, or the written consent, of the holders of record of not less than a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock. Any vacancy created by such removal may also be filled at such meeting or by such consent. The Corporation shall not, without first obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of holders of not less than seventy-five percent (75%) of the outstanding shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock, amend, alter or repeal the rights of the holders of a majority of the Series A-2 Preferred Stock under this Section 4.4.3(e) to elect, remove and replace the Series A-2 Director.

 

(f)              Except for the provisions of Sections 4.4.3(d) and (e), the AB PreferredStock shall have no right to vote for the election of directors, nor to participate in an action by written consent for the election of directors. At such time as any class or series of AB Preferred Stock is no longer outstanding, the right to elect or remove any member of the Board of Directors reserved to such class or series shall revert to the Common Stock.

 

4.4.4                            Optional Conversion .

 

(a)           Each share of AB Preferred Stock may be converted at any time, at the option of the holder thereof, into the number of fully-paid and nonassessable shares of Class B Common Stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the Stated Value for such share of AB Preferred Stock by (ii) the applicable Conversion Price (as hereinafter defined) then in effect for such share of AB Preferred Stock (such quotient hereinafter referred to as the “ Conversion Rate ”), provided , however , that (A) in the event of any redemption of shares of AB Preferred Stock the right of conversion in respect of the redeemed AB Preferred Stock shall terminate at the close of business on the full business day next preceding the date fixed for such redemption, and (B) in the event of a Liquidation, the right of conversion in respect of the AB Preferred Stock shall terminate at the close of business on the full business day next preceding the payment of any amounts distributable on a Liquidation to the holders of AB Preferred Stock. The conversion price in effect on the date hereof with respect to the Class A Preferred Stock is equal to $100.00 in respect of each share of Class A Preferred Stock (the “ Class A Conversion Price ”) and the initial conversion price for the Class B Preferred Stock is equal to $100.00 in respect of each share of Class B Preferred Stock (the “ Class B Conversion Price ” and together with the Class A Conversion Price, the “ Conversion Price ”), subject in each case to adjustment as provided herein.

 

(b)           The Corporation shall not issue fractions of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of AB Preferred Stock or scrip in lieu thereof. If any fraction of a share of Common Stock would, except for the provisions of this Section 4.4.4(b), be issuable upon conversion of any AB Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall in lieu thereof pay to the person entitled thereto an amount in cash equal to the current value of such fraction, calculated to the nearest one-hundredth (1/100) of a share, to be computed (i) if the Common Stock is listed on any national securities exchange, on the basis of the last sales price of the Common Stock on such exchange (or the quoted closing bid price if there shall have been no sales) on the date of conversion, (ii) if the

 



 

Common Stock shall not be so listed, on the basis of the mean between the closing bid and asked prices for the Common Stock on the date of conversion as reported by NASDAQ, or its successor, or (iii) if there are not such closing bid and asked prices and the Common Stock is not listed on a national exchange, on the basis of the fair market value per share as determined by the Board of Directors.

 

(c)          Whenever the Conversion Rate and Conversion Price of a class of AB Preferred Stock shall be adjusted as provided in Section 4.4.5 hereof, the Corporation shall forthwith file at each office designated for the conversion of AB Preferred Stock, a statement, signed by the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Chief Financial Officer or another duly authorized officer of the Corporation, showing in reasonable detail the facts requiring such adjustment and the Conversion Price and Conversion Rate of the affected class of AB Preferred Stock that will be effective after such adjustment. The Corporation shall also cause a notice setting forth any such adjustments to be sent by mail, first class, postage prepaid, to each record holder of an affected class of AB Preferred Stock at his, her or its address appearing on the stock register. If such notice relates to an adjustment resulting from an event referred to in Section 4.4.5(g) hereof, such notice shall be included as part of the notice required to be mailed under the provisions of Section 4.4.5(g) hereof.

 

(d)         In order to exercise the conversion privilege, the holder of any shares of AB Preferred Stock to be converted shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates to the principal office of the transfer agent for the AB Preferred Stock (or if no transfer agent is appointed at the time, then the Corporation at its principal office), and shall give written notice to the Corporation at such office that the holder elects to convert the AB Preferred Stock represented by such certificate or certificates, or any number thereof. Such notice shall also state the name or names (with address) in which the certificate or certificates for shares of Class B Common Stock which shall be issuable on such conversion shall be issued, subject to any restrictions on transfer relating to shares of the AB Preferred Stock or shares of Class B Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof. If so required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly authorized in writing. The date of receipt by the transfer agent (or by the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) of the certificates and notice shall be the conversion date. As soon as practicable after receipt of such notice and the surrender of such certificate or certificates of AB Preferred Stock as aforesaid, the Corporation shall cause to be issued and delivered to such holder, at the place designated by such holder, (i) a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Class B Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof, including shares of Class B Common Stock issuable on such conversion in respect of any dividend, (ii) cash as provided in Section 4.4.4(b) and, if applicable, Section 4.4.4(0 hereof in respect of any fraction of a share of Class B Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and (iii) if less than all shares of AB Preferred Stock represented by such certificate or certificates so surrendered are being converted, a certificate or certificates, representing the shares of AB Preferred Stock not converted.

 

(e)          At all times when the AB Preferred Stock shall be outstanding the Corporation shall reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued capital stock, for the purposes of effecting the conversion of the AB Preferred Stock, such number of its duly authorized

 


 

shares of Class B Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of AB Preferred Stock. Before taking any action that would cause an adjustment reducing the Conversion Price of a class of AB Preferred Stock below the then par value of the shares of Class B Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the AB Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take any corporate action that may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Corporation may validly and legally issue fully-paid and nonassessable shares of such Class B Common Stock at such adjusted Conversion Price.

 

(f)                                     Upon any conversion of shares of AB Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4.4.4, the Corporation shall pay to the holders thereof any unpaid dividends accrued thereon in additional shares of Class B Common Stock. The number of shares of Class B Common Stock to be issued in payment of the unpaid dividend with respect to each share of AB Preferred Stock being converted shall be determined by multiplying the amount of the unpaid dividend by the Conversion Rate for such share of AB Preferred Stock. To the extent that any such dividend would result in the issuance of a fractional share of Class B Common Stock (which shall be determined with respect to the aggregate number of shares of AB Preferred Stock being converted by each holder), the Corporation shall in lieu thereof pay to the person entitled thereto an amount in cash equal to the fractional share, multiplied by the Conversion Price of the AB Preferred Stock being converted.

 

(g)                                  All shares of AB Preferred Stock which shall have been surrendered for conversion as herein provided shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and to vote, shall forthwith cease and terminate, except for the rights of the holder thereof to receive shares of Class B Common Stock in exchange therefor (including as applicable shares of Class B Common Stock attributable to dividends) and cash in respect of any fractional shares issuable in connection therewith as contemplated by this Section 4.4.4. Any shares of AB Preferred Stock so converted shall be retired and canceled and shall not be reissued, and the Corporation may from time to time take such appropriate action as may be necessary to reduce the authorized AB Preferred Stock accordingly.

 

4.4.5                      Anti-Dilution Provisions .

 

(a)                                   In order to prevent dilution of the rights granted hereunder, the applicable Conversion Price for the AB Preferred Stock shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in accordance with this Section 4.4.5. For purposes of this Section 4.4.5, the term “ Number of Common Shares Deemed Outstanding ” at any given time shall mean the sum of (x) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at such time, (y) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable assuming conversion at such time of all AB Preferred Stock outstanding at such time at the then applicable Conversion Rate, and (z) the number of shares of Common Stock deemed to be outstanding under paragraphs 4.4.5(b)(1) to (9), inclusive, at such time.

 

(b)                                  Except as provided in Section 4.4.5(c), 4.4.5(d) or 4.4.5(f) hereof, if and whenever on or after the Class B Original Issue Date, the Corporation shall issue or sell, or shall in accordance with paragraphs 4.4.5(b)(1) to (9), inclusive, be deemed to have issued or sold, any shares of its Common Stock (“ Additional Shares of Common Stock ”) for consideration per share less than the Class A Conversion Price (in the case of the Class A Preferred Stock) or the Class B

 



 

Conversion Price (in the case of the Class B Preferred Stock), in each case, in effect immediately prior to the time of such issue or sale (the “ Triggering Transaction ”), then the Conversion Price of the class of AB Preferred Stock with respect to which a Triggering Transaction has occurred, shall, subject to paragraphs (1) to (9) of this Section 4.4.5(b), be reduced, concurrently with such Triggering Transaction, to a price (calculated to the nearest tenth of a cent) determined by multiplying, in each case, the Class A Conversion Price and the Class B Conversion Price, as applicable, by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the sum of (i) the Number of Common Shares Deemed Outstanding immediately prior to such Triggering Transaction plus (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock which the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued (or deemed issued) would purchase at such Class A Conversion Price or Class B Conversion Price, as applicable; and the denominator of which shall be the sum of (A) the Number of Common Shares Deemed Outstanding immediately prior to such Triggering Transaction plus (B) the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued (or deemed issued) in such Triggering Transaction. For purposes of determining the adjusted Conversion Price of a class of AB Preferred Stock under this Section 4.4.5(b), the following paragraphs (1) to (9), inclusive, shall be applicable:

 

(1)                                   If the Corporation at any time shall in any manner grant (whether directly or by assumption in a merger or otherwise) any rights to subscribe for or to purchase, or any options for the purchase of, Common Stock (such rights or options being herein called “ Options ”), whether or not such Options are immediately exercisable, in which the price per share for the Common Stock issuable upon exercise, conversion or exchange of such Options shall be less than the Class A Conversion Price or the Class B Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the time of the granting of such Options (determined by dividing (x) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the granting of such Options, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of all such Options, plus, in the case of Options which relate to Convertible Securities (as hereinafter defined), the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration, if any, payable upon the issue or sale of such Convertible Securities and upon the conversion or exchange thereof, by (y) the total maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Options exercisable for Convertible Securities, upon the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities), then, with respect only to such class of AB Preferred Stock for which the price per share for the Common Stock issuable upon exercise, conversion or exchange of such Options is less than the Conversion Price of such class of AB Preferred Stock (calculated in the manner set forth above), the total maximum amount of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, upon the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities shall (as of the date of granting of such Options) be deemed to be outstanding and to have been issued and sold by the Corporation for such price per share. No adjustment of the Conversion Price of a class of AB Preferred Stock shall be made upon the actual issue of such shares of Common Stock or such Convertible Securities upon the exercise of such Options, except as otherwise provided in paragraph (3) below.

 

(2)                                   If the Corporation at any time shall in any manner issue (whether directly or by assumption in a merger or otherwise) or sell any stock or other securities

 



 

convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock (“ Convertible Securities ”), whether or not the rights to exchange or convert thereunder are immediately exercisable, and the price per share for which Common Stock is issuable upon such conversion or exchange shall be less than the Class A Conversion Price or Class B Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the time of such issue or sale (determined by dividing (x) the total amount received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue or sale of such Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration, if any, payable to the Corporation upon the conversion or exchange thereof, by (y) the total maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion or exchange of all such Convertible Securities), then, with respect only to such class of AB Preferred Stock for which the price per share for the Common Stock issuable upon exercise, conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities is less than the Conversion Price of such class of AB Preferred Stock (calculated in the manner set forth above), the total maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exchange of all such Convertible Securities shall (as of the date of the issue or sale of such Convertible Securities) be deemed to be outstanding and to have been issued and sold by the Corporation for such price per share. No adjustment of the Conversion Price shall be made upon the actual issue of such Common Stock upon exercise of the rights to exchange or convert under such Convertible Securities, except as otherwise provided in paragraph (3) below.

 

(3)                                   If the purchase price provided for in any Options referred to in paragraph (1), the additional consideration, if any, payable upon the conversion or exchange of any Convertible Securities referred to in paragraphs (1) or (2), or the rate at which any Convertible Securities referred to in paragraphs (1) or (2) are convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock shall change at any time (other than under or by reason of provisions designed to protect against dilution of the type set forth in Sections 4.4.5(b) or 4.4.5(d)), the Conversion Price in effect at the time of such change shall forthwith be readjusted to the Conversion Price which would have been in effect at such time had such Options or Convertible Securities still outstanding provided for such changed purchase price, additional consideration or conversion rate, as the case may be, at the time initially granted, issued or sold. If the purchase price provided for in any Option referred to in paragraph (1) or the rate at which any Convertible Securities referred to in paragraphs (1) or (2) are convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, shall be reduced at any time under or by reason of provisions with respect thereto designed to protect against dilution, then in case of the delivery of Common Stock upon the exercise of any such Option or upon conversion or exchange of any such Convertible Security, the Conversion Price then in effect hereunder shall forthwith be adjusted to such respective amount as would have been obtained had such Option or Convertible Security never been issued as to such Common Stock and had adjustments been made upon the issuance of the shares of Common Stock delivered as aforesaid, but only if as a result of such adjustment the Conversion Price then in effect hereunder is hereby reduced.

 

(4)                                   On the expiration of any Option or the termination of any right to convert or exchange any Convertible Securities, the Conversion Price of the applicable class of AB Preferred Stock then in effect hereunder shall forthwith be increased to the

 



 

Conversion Price which would have been in effect with respect to such class of AB Preferred Stock at the time of such expiration or termination had such Option or Convertible Securities, to the extent outstanding immediately prior to such expiration or termination, never been issued.

 

(5)                                   In case any Options shall be issued in connection with the issue or sale of other securities of the Corporation, together comprising one integral transaction in which no specific consideration is allocated to such Options by the parties thereto, such Options shall be deemed to have been issued without consideration.

 

(6)                                   In case any shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities shall be issued or sold or deemed to have been issued or sold for cash, the consideration received therefor shall be deemed to be the amount received by the Corporation therefor. In case any shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities shall be issued or sold for a consideration other than cash, the amount of the consideration other than cash received by the Corporation shall be the fair value of such consideration as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors. In case any shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities shall be issued in connection with any merger in which the Corporation is the surviving corporation, the amount of consideration therefor shall be deemed to be the fair value of such portion of the net assets and business of the non-surviving corporation as shall be attributable to such Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities, as the case may be.

 

(7)                                   The number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any given time shall not include shares owned or held by or for the account of the Corporation, and the disposition of any such shares so owned or held shall be considered an issue or sale of Common Stock for the purpose of this Section 4.4.5(b).

 

(8)                                   In case the Corporation shall declare a dividend or make any other distribution upon the stock of the Corporation payable in Options or Convertible Securities, then in such case any Options or Convertible Securities, as the case may be, issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution shall be deemed to have been issued or sold without consideration.

 

(9)                                   For purposes of this Section 4.4.5(b), in case the Corporation shall take a record of the holders of its Common Stock for the purpose of entitling them (x) to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in Common Stock, Options or in Convertible Securities, or (y) to subscribe for or purchase Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities, then such record date shall be deemed to be the date of the issue or sale of the shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued or sold upon the declaration of such dividend or the making of such other distribution or the date of the granting of such right or subscription or purchase, as the case may be.

 

(c)                                   In the event the Corporation shall declare a dividend upon the Common Stock (other than a dividend payable in Common Stock) payable otherwise than out of earnings or earned surplus, determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, including

 



 

the making, of appropriate deductions for minority interests, if any, in subsidiaries (herein referred to as “ Liquidating Dividends ”), then, as soon as possible after the conversion of any shares of AB Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall pay to the person converting shares of AB Preferred Stock an amount equal to the aggregate value at the time of such conversion of all Liquidating Dividends (including but not limited to the Common Stock which would have been issued at the time of the conversion and all other securities which would have been issued with respect to such Common Stock by reason of stock splits, stock dividends, mergers or reorganizations, or any other reason). For the purposes of this Section 4.4.5(c), a dividend other than in cash shall be considered payable out of earnings or earned surplus only to the extent that such earnings or earned surplus are charged an amount equal to the fair value of such dividend as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

 

(d)                             In case the Corporation shall at any time (i) subdivide the outstanding Common Stock or (ii) issue a dividend on its outstanding Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Rate of the AB Preferred Stock shall be proportionately increased by the same ratio as the subdivision or dividend (with appropriate adjustments to the Conversion Price of the AB Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such subdivision or dividend). In case the Corporation shall at any time combine its outstanding Common Stock, the Conversion Rate of the AB Preferred Stock immediately prior to such combination shall be proportionately decreased by the same ratio as the combination (with appropriate adjustments to the Conversion Price of the AB Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such combination).

 

(e)                              Subject to the application of the provisions of Section 4.4.2 in lieu of this Section 4.4.5(e) in the case of a Liquidation, if any capital reorganization or reclassification of the capital stock of the Corporation, or consolidation or merger of the Corporation with another corporation or entity, or the sale of all or substantially all of its assets to another corporation or entity shall be effected in such a way that holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive stock, securities, cash or other property with respect to or in exchange for their shares of capital stock of the Corporation, then, as a condition of such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger or sale, lawful and adequate provision shall be made whereby the holders of the AB Preferred Stock shall have the right to acquire and receive upon conversion of the AB Preferred Stock, which right shall be prior to the rights of the holders of Junior Stock, such shares of stock, securities, cash or other property issuable or payable (as part of the reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger or sale) with respect to or in exchange for such number of outstanding shares of Common Stock as would have been received upon conversion of the AB Preferred Stock at the Conversion Price of such class of AB Preferred Stock then in effect. The Corporation will not effect any such consolidation, merger or sale, unless prior to the consummation thereof the successor corporation or entity (if other than the Corporation) resulting from such consolidation or merger or the corporation or other entity purchasing such assets shall assume by written instrument mailed or delivered to the holders of the AB Preferred Stock at the last address of each such holder appearing on the stock register of the Corporation, the obligation to deliver to each such holder such shares of stock, securities or assets as, in accordance with the foregoing provisions, such holder may be entitled to purchase. If a purchase, tender or exchange offer is made to and accepted by the holders of more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Corporation shall not effect any consolidation, merger or sale with the person having made such offer or with any Affiliate of such person, unless prior to the

 



 

consummation of such consolidation, merger or sale the holders of the AB Preferred Stock shall have been given a reasonable opportunity to then elect to receive upon conversion of the AB Preferred Stock either the stock, securities or assets then issuable with respect to the Common Stock or the stock, securities or assets, or the equivalent, issued to previous holders of the Common Stock in accordance with such offer. For purposes hereof, the term “ Affiliate ” with respect to any given person shall mean any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with the given person.

 

(f)                                Notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary contained herein, a “ Triggering Transaction ” shall not include the circumstance in which (and no adjustment to the Conversion Rate or Conversion Price of the AB Preferred Stock shall occur when) any Common Stock is issued, issuable or deemed issued and outstanding under paragraphs 4.4.5(b)(1) to (9) inclusive: (i) upon conversion of the AB Preferred Stock, (ii) as a dividend or distribution on the AB Preferred Stock, (iii) to employees, consultants, officers or directors in accordance with and pursuant to any stock option, stock purchase or similar plan or arrangement approved by the Board of Directors, including all Series A-1 Directors and the Series A-2 Director, (iv) in connection with acquisitions, equipment leases, bank financings, or partner/channel agreements approved by the Board of Directors, or (v) upon conversion of the Class A Common Stock.

 

(g)                             In the event that:

 

(1)                              the Corporation shall declare any cash dividend upon its Common Stock, or

 

(2)                              the Corporation shall declare any dividend upon its Common Stock payable in stock or make any special dividend or other distribution to the holders of its Common Stock, or

 

(3)                              the Corporation shall offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of its Common Stock any additional shares of stock of any class or other rights, or

 

(4)                              there shall be any capital reorganization or reclassification of the capital stock of the Corporation, including any subdivision or combination of its outstanding shares of Common Stock (other than conversion of the Class A Common Stock pursuant to Section 4.2.5 hereof), or consolidation or merger of the Corporation with, or sale of all or substantially all of its assets to, another corporation, or

 

(5)                              there shall be a Liquidation of the Corporation;

 

then, in connection with such event, the Corporation shall give to the holders of the AB Preferred Stock:

 

(i)                                      at least twenty (20) days prior written notice of the date on which the books of the Corporation shall close or a record shall be taken for any such dividend, distribution or subscription rights; and

 



 

(ii)                                   in the case of any Liquidation, at least twenty (20) days prior written notice of the date when the same shall take place.

 

Such notice in accordance with the foregoing clause (i) shall also specify, in the case of any such dividend, distribution or subscription rights, the date on which the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled thereto, and such notice in accordance with the foregoing clause (ii) shall, if known, also specify the date on which the holders of capital stock shall be entitled to exchange their capital stock for securities or other property deliverable upon such Liquidation, as the case may be. Each such written notice shall be given by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the holders of the AB Preferred Stock at the address of each such holder as shown on the stock register of the Corporation.

 

(h)                                  If at any time or from time to time on or after the Class B Original Issue Date, the Corporation shall grant, issue or sell any Options, Convertible Securities or rights to purchase property (the “ Purchase Rights ”) pro rata to the record holders of any class of Common Stock and such grants, issuances or sales do not result in an adjustment of the Conversion Prices under Section 4.4.5(b) hereof, then each holder of AB Preferred Stock shall be entitled to acquire (within thirty (30) days after the later to occur of the initial exercise date of such Purchase Rights or receipt by such holder of the notice concerning Purchase Rights to which such holder shall be entitled under Section 4.4.5(g)) and upon the terms applicable to such Purchase Rights either:

 

(i)                                      the aggregate Purchase Rights which such holder could have acquired if it had held the number of shares of Common Stock acquirable upon conversion of the AB Preferred Stock immediately before the grant, issuance or sale of such Purchase Rights; provided that if any Purchase Rights were distributed to holders of Common Stock without the payment of additional consideration by such holders, corresponding Purchase Rights shall be distributed to the exercising holders of the AB Preferred Stock as soon as possible after such exercise and it shall not be necessary for the exercising holder of the AB Preferred Stock specifically to request delivery of such rights; or

 

(ii)                                   in the event that any such Purchase Rights shall have expired or shall expire prior to the end of said thirty (30) day period, the number of shares of Common Stock or the amount of property which such holder could have acquired upon such exercise at the time or times at which the Corporation granted, issued or sold such expired Purchase Rights.

 

(i)                                      If any event occurs as to which, in the opinion of the Board of Directors, the provisions of this Section 4.4.5 are not strictly applicable or if strictly applicable would not fairly protect the rights of the holders of the AB Preferred Stock in accordance with the essential intent and principles of such provisions, then the Board of Directors shall make an adjustment in the application of such provisions, in accordance with such essential intent and principles, so as to protect such rights as aforesaid, but in no event shall any adjustment have the effect of increasing the Conversion Prices as otherwise determined pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section 4.4.5 except in the case of a combination of shares of a type contemplated in Section 4.4.5(d)

 



 

hereof and then in no event to an amount greater than the Conversion Prices as adjusted pursuant to Section 4.4.5(d) hereof.

 

4.4.6                         Mandatory Conversion.

 

(a)                                   Each share of AB Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Class B Common Stock at its then effective Conversion Rate immediately prior to the closing of an underwritten public offering of equity securities of the Corporation through a nationally recognized underwriter pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of Common Stock for the account of the Corporation to the public generally at a public offering price per share that implies a pre-money equity value to the Corporation of at least $200 million and in which the aggregate proceeds to the Corporation (prior to any underwriting commissions or discounts) are not less than $30 million (herein referred to as a “ Qualified Public Offering ”). In addition, each share of class AB Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Class B Common Stock at the then effective Conversion Rate for such class (i) upon the vote to so convert of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the shares of the applicable class then outstanding or (ii) once at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the shares of the applicable class issued on the Original Issue Date for such class shall have been converted into Class B Common Stock. Upon any conversion of shares of AB Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4.4.6, the Corporation shall pay to the holders thereof any dividends accrued thereon in additional shares of Class B Common Stock in the manner provided for in Section 4.4.4(f).

 

(b)                                  All holders of record of shares of AB Preferred Stock will be given at least ten (10) days’ prior written notice of the date fixed and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all such shares of AB Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4.4.6. Such notice will be sent by mail, first class, postage prepaid, to each record holder of shares of AB Preferred Stock at such holder’s address appearing on the stock register of the Corporation. On or before the date fixed for conversion, each holder of shares of AB Preferred Stock shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice, and shall thereafter receive certificates for the number of shares of Class B Common Stock to which such holder is entitled pursuant to this Section 4.4.6 and cash or certificates for the number of additional shares of Class B Common Stock to which such holder is entitled, in either case, with respect to all dividends that become payable upon such mandatory conversion as contemplated hereby. On the date fixed for conversion, all rights with respect to the AB Preferred Stock so converted will terminate, except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of their certificate or certificates therefor, to receive certificates for the number of shares of Class B Common Stock into which such AB Preferred Stock has been converted (including, as applicable, shares Class B of Common Stock or cash attributable to dividends). If so required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his attorneys duly authorized in writing. All certificates evidencing shares of AB Preferred Stock which are required to be surrendered for conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof shall, from and after the date such certificates are so required to be surrendered, be deemed to have been retired and canceled and the shares of AB Preferred Stock represented thereby converted into Class B Common Stock for all purposes, notwithstanding the failure of the

 



 

holder or holders thereof to surrender such certificates on or prior to such date. As soon as practicable after the date of such mandatory conversion and the surrender of the certificate or certificates of AB Preferred Stock as aforesaid, the Corporation shall cause to be issued and delivered to such holder, at the place designated by such holder, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Class B Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof, including shares of Class B Common Stock issuable on such conversion in respect of the dividends to the extent the Corporation determines to pay such dividends in additional shares of Class B Common Stock as contemplated by this Section 4.4.6, cash in respect of any dividends to the extent the Corporation determines to pay such dividends in cash as contemplated by this Section 4.4.6 and an additional amount of cash as provided in Sections 4.4.4(b) and (t) hereof in respect of any fraction of a share of Class B Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion.

 

4.4.7                         Redemption.

 

(a)                                   The Corporation shall redeem on each of June 30, 2007 and December 31, 2007 (each, a “ Redemption Date ”) shares of Class B Preferred Stock held by holders thereof electing to participate in such redemption in accordance with this Section 4.4.7(a) (“ Class B Redemption Participants ”) (but only if, and to the extent that (i) such redemption shall not violate any applicable provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, (ii) such redemption shall not conflict with or cause the Corporation to be in default or non-compliance under any financing agreement or arrangement, (iii) the Board of Directors, by unanimous vote, determines that such redemption can be accomplished through access to reasonably priced capital or adequate internal liquidity, (iv) the Board of Directors determines in good faith such redemption shall not interfere with or delay a Qualified Public Offering for which a registration statement either has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, will be filed within six (6) months of the Redemption Date, and (v) the maximum aggregate Class B Redemption Price (as defined hereafter) shall not exceed $5 million (in the aggregate with respect to all Redemption Dates) (the “ Class B Redemption Limit ”)), by paying in cash to the holders thereof in respect of each share an amount equal to the applicable Class B Redemption Price (as hereinafter defined). If the Board of Directors makes the determination stated in clause (iv) of the immediately preceding sentence, then any shares of Class B Preferred Stock whose redemption was requested shall be redeemed, unless sooner converted, on December 31, 2007 (if the determination is made for the June 30, 2007 Redemption Date) or June 30, 2008 (if the determination is made for the December 31, 2007 Redemption Date) subject to the qualifications of clauses (i) through (v) (other than clause (iv)) of the immediately preceding sentence. At least thirty (30) but not more than ninety (90) days prior to each Class B Redemption Date, the Corporation shall provide written notice (a “ Class B Redemption Notification ”) to all holders of Class B Preferred Stock, at his, her or its post office address last shown on the stock register of the Corporation, of the Redemption Date so that such holders of shares of Class B Preferred Stock may determine whether to elect to participate in the redemption to the extent permitted herein. Holders of shares of the Class B Preferred Stock shall have ten (10) business days after receipt of the Class B Redemption Notification to notify the Corporation whether they elect to participate in the redemption. In addition to providing notice of a Redemption Date, the Class B Redemption Notification shall set forth the date by which Class B Redemption Participants must provide notice to the Corporation of their election to participate in the redemption and the manner and the place

 



 

designated for surrender of stock certificates representing the shares to be redeemed. The price payable for each redeemed share (the “ Class B Redemption Price ”), as applicable, of Class B Preferred Stock shall equal one hundred and five percent (105%) of the then Stated Value of such share of Class B Preferred Stock, with all such amounts being paid in cash, subject to the overall Class B Redemption Limit. Should the aggregate amount of Class B Preferred Stock requested to be redeemed exceed the Class B Redemption Limit, the Corporation shall pro rate the amount of stock to be redeemed among the Class B Redemption Participants.

 

(b)                                  On or prior to each Redemption Date, each redeeming shareholder shall surrender to the Corporation his, her or its certificate or certificates representing the shares to be redeemed on the Redemption Date, in the manner and at the place designated in the Class B Redemption Notification and thereupon, subject to the provisions of Section 4.4.7(a), the Class B Redemption Price of such shares shall be payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof and each surrendered certificate shall be canceled. In the event less than all the shares represented by any such certificate are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares. From and after the applicable Redemption Date, unless there shall have been a default in payment of the Class B Redemption Price all rights of the redeeming shareholders in the shares of Class B Preferred Stock tendered for redemption (except the right to receive the Class B Redemption Price upon surrender of their certificate or certificates) shall cease with respect to such shares, and such shares shall not thereafter be transferred on the books of the Corporation or be deemed to be outstanding for any purpose whatsoever.

 

(c)                                   Except as provided in this Section 4.4.7, the Corporation shall have no right to redeem the shares of AB Preferred Stock. Any shares of Class B Preferred Stock so redeemed shall be permanently retired, shall no longer be deemed outstanding and shall not under any circumstances be reissued, and the Corporation may from time to time take such appropriate corporate action as may be necessary to reduce the authorized shares of Class B Preferred Stock accordingly. Nothing herein contained shall prevent or restrict the purchase by the Corporation, from time to time either at public or private sale, of the whole or any part of the AB Preferred Stock at such price or prices as the Corporation may determined, subject to the provisions of applicable law and the other provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation.

 

ARTICLE V

 

No Preemptive Rights

 

Except as may otherwise be provided by the Board of Directors, this Certificate of Incorporation or any other agreement or understanding that the Corporation may enter into from time to time, no holder of any shares of capital stock of this Corporation shall have any preemptive right to purchase, subscribe for or otherwise acquire any securities of this Corporation of any class or kind now or hereafter authorized.

 


 

ARTICLE VI

 

No Cumulative Voting

 

There shall be no cumulative voting of shares in this Corporation.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

Directors

 

7.1           Number . The authorized number of directors on the Board of Directors shall be up to seven (7) and shall be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

7.2           Terms . The term of each director shall be until the next annual meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation and until a successor shall have been elected and is qualified, unless the director is removed in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.4.3 hereof or of the Bylaws.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

Management of Business and Affairs of the Corporation

 

The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

Limitation of Liability

 

No director of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, provided that this provision shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director (a) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders; (b) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (c) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or (d) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. If the Delaware General Corporation Law or any other statute of the State of Delaware hereafter is amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of directors of the Corporation, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be limited to the fullest extent permitted by the statutes of the State of Delaware, as so amended, and such elimination or limitation of liability shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the limitation on the liability of a director provided by the foregoing provisions of this Article IX. Any repeal or modification of this Article IX shall be prospective only and shall not adversely affect any right or protection of, or any limitation of the liability of, a director of the Corporation existing at, or arising out of facts or incidents occurring prior to, the effective date of such repeal or modification.

 



 

ARTICLE X

 

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

To the extent permitted by law, the Corporation shall fully indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding.

 

To the extent permitted by law, the Corporation may fully indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative) by reason of the fact that such person is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding.

 

The Corporation may advance expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a director or officer in defending any action, suit, or proceeding in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon the receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such director or officer is not entitled to indemnification. The Corporation may advance expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an employee or agent in defending any action, suit, or proceeding in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Board deems appropriate.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

Corporate Opportunities

 

In the event that a non-employee director of the Corporation who is also a partner or employee of a holder of Class A Preferred Stock (or Common Stock issued upon conversion of Class A Preferred Stock) or an entity affiliated with a holder of Class A Preferred Stock or such Common Stock (including a management company providing investment or other management services to a holder of Class A Preferred Stock or such Common Stock), or who is a person designated by a holder of Class A Preferred Stock (or Common Stock issued upon conversion of Class A Preferred Stock) under any stockholders agreement to be a director of the Corporation, acquires knowledge of a matter which may be a corporate opportunity for both the Corporation and such holder of Class A Preferred Stock or Common Stock, such person shall to the fullest extent permitted by law be considered to have fully satisfied and fulfilled his or her fiduciary duty with respect to such corporate opportunity, and the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by law

 



 

waives any claim that such matter constituted a corporate opportunity that should have been presented to or reserved for the benefit of the Corporation, if such opportunity was not expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director of the Corporation with the explicit condition that such opportunity was intended for the exclusive benefit of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE XII

 

Shareholder Action Without Meeting

 

Any action that may be taken at a meeting of the shareholders may be taken without a meeting or a vote if the action is taken by written consent delivered to the Corporation by the shareholders of the Corporation holding of record, or otherwise entitled to vote, in the aggregate not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote on the action were present and voted. A notice of the taking of action by shareholders by less than unanimous written consent shall be mailed at least one business day, or within such longer time period as required by law, prior to the date the action becomes effective to those shareholders entitled to vote on the action who have not consented in writing, and, if required by law that notice of a meeting of shareholders to consider the action be given to nonvoting shareholders, to all nonvoting shareholders of the Corporation. Any such notice shall be in such form as may be required by applicable law. Any consent delivered to the Corporation pursuant to this Article shall be inserted in the minute book as if it were the minutes of a meeting of the shareholders.

 

ARTICLE XIII

 

Amendment of Bylaws

 

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized and empowered to adopt, amend and repeal the bylaws of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE XIV

 

Agreements Among Creditors

 

Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between this Corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between this Corporation and its stockholders or any class or series of them, any court of equitable jurisdiction within the State of Delaware, may, on the application in a summary way of this Corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the application of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under the provisions of Section 291 of the Delaware General Corporation Law or on the application of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under the provisions of Section 279 of the Delaware General Corporation Law order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class or series of stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of this Corporation as consequence of such compromise or arrangement, the said compromise or

 



 

arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders or class or series of stockholders, of this Corporation, as the case may be, and also on this Corporation.

 

ARTICLE XV

 

Duration

 

The duration of the Corporation is perpetual.

 

*    *    *

 

4.             That said Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which restates and integrates and further amends the provisions of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 241 and 245 of the General Corporation Law.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by a duly authorized officer of the Corporation on this 4 th  day of January, 2006.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Tom Adams

 

 

Name: Tom Adams

 

Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President

 



 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

ROSETTA STONE INC.

 

The undersigned, Tom Adams, hereby certifies that:

 

1.             He is the President and Chief Executive Officer, of ROSETTA STONE INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”).

 

2.             The initial date of incorporation of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is December 23, 2005.

 

3.             The Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed with and accepted by the Secretary of State on January 4, 2006.

 

4.             Section 4.1 of ARTICLE IV of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is deleted and replaced with the following:

 

Authorized Capital . The total number of shares of all classes of stock that the Corporation shall have the authority to issue is 60,561,958, consisting of 60,000,000 shares of Common Stock, having a par value of $.001 per share (“ Common Stock ”), of which (A) 900,000 shares are designated as Class A Common Stock (the “ Class A Common Stock ”) and (B) 20,000,000 shares are designated as Class B Common Stock (the “ Class B Common Stock ”), and 561,958 shares of Preferred Stock, having a par value of $.001 per share (“ Preferred Stock ”), of which (A) 446,958 shares are designated as Class A Convertible Preferred Stock (the “ Class A Preferred Stock ”) and (B) 115,000 shares are designated as Class B Convertible Preferred Stock (the “ Class B Preferred Stock ”). Of the Class A Preferred Stock, 268,758 shares shall be further designated Series A-1 Convertible Preferred Stock (the “ Series A-1 Preferred Stock ”), and 178,200 shares shall be further designated Series A-2 Convertible Preferred Stock (the “ Series A-2 Preferred Stock ”). Upon the effectiveness of this Certificate of Amendment:

 

(a)           each outstanding share of Class A Common Stock of the Corporation shall be split and divided into twenty (20) shares of Class A Common Stock which, pursuant to Section 4.2.5, shall automatically be converted into an equal number of fully-paid and nonassessable shares of the Corporation’s Class B Common Stock and then, pursuant to Section 4.2.6, shall automatically be converted into an equal number of fully-paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock, without class designation; and

 

(b)           each outstanding share of Class B Common Stock of the Corporation shall be split and divided into twenty (20) shares of Class B Common Stock which, pursuant to Section 4.2.6, shall automatically be converted into an

 



 

equal number of fully-paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock, without class designation.”

 

5.             In accordance with the requirements of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), the Board of Directors of the Corporation, acting by written consent pursuant to Section 141(f) of the DGCL, duly adopted the above referenced amendment.

 

6.             In accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL, the stockholders of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon duly approved said proposed amendment by written consent.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation on this 9 th  day of May, 2006.

 

 

 

/s/ Tom Adams

 

Tom Adams

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 



 

 

State of Delaware

 

Secretary of State

 

Division of Corporations

 

Delivered 06:26 PM 02/28/2008

 

FILED 06:19 PM 02/28/2008

 

SRV 080255116 - 4069564 FILE

 

CERTIFICATE OF CORRECTION

 

OF

 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
OF
AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
ROSETTA STONE INC.

 

Rosetta Stone Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware does hereby certify that:

 

1.            The name of the corporation is Rosetta Stone Inc.

 

2.             That a Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed on May 9, 2006 and that said Certificate of Amendment requires correction as permitted by Section 103 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

3.             The inaccuracy or defect of said certificate is that the corporation split all of its outstanding stock on a twenty (20) for one (1) basis and failed to expressly split the par value of such stock in the Amendment such that the par value was incorrectly listed as .001 per share instead of .00005 per share.

 

4.             Section 4.1 of ARTICLE IV of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is deleted and replaced with the following:

 

Authorized Capital . The total number of shares of all classes of stock that the Corporation shall have the authority to issue is 60,561,958, consisting of 60,000,000 shares of Common Stock, having a par value of $.00005 per share (“ Common Stock ”), of which (A) 900,000 shares are designated as Class A Common Stock (the “ Class A Common Stock ”) and (B) 20,000,000 shares are designated as Class B Common Stock (the “ Class B Common Stock ”), and 561,958 shares of Preferred Stock, having a par value of $.00005 per share (“Preferred Stock”), of which (A) 446,958 shares are designated as Class A Convertible Preferred Stock (the “ Class A Preferred Stock ”) and (B)   115,000 shares are designated as Class B Convertible Preferred Stock (the “ Class B Preferred Stock ”). Of the Class A Preferred Stock, 268,758 shares shall be further designated Series A-1 Convertible Preferred Stock (the “ Series A-1 Preferred Stock ”), and 178,200 shares shall be further designated Series A-2 Convertible Preferred Stock (the “ Series A-2 Preferred Stock ”). Upon the effectiveness of this Certificate of Amendment:

 

(a)           each outstanding share of Class A Common Stock of the Corporation shall be split and divided into twenty (20) shares of Class A Common Stock which, pursuant to Section 4.2.5, shall automatically be converted into an equal number of fully-paid and nonassessable shares of the Corporation’s Class B Common Stock and then, pursuant to Section 4.2.6, shall automatically be converted into an equal number of fully-paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock, without class designation; and

 

1



 

(b)           each outstanding share of Class B Common Stock of the Corporation shall be split and divided into twenty (20) shares of Class B Common Stock which, pursuant to Section 4.2.6, shall automatically be converted into an equal number of fully-paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock, without class designation.”

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said corporation has caused this Certificate of Correction to be executed this 27th day of February, 2008.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael Wu

 

 

 

Name:

Michael Wu

 

 

 

Title:

Secretary

 

2



 

State of Delaware

 

Secretary of State

 

Division of Corporations

 

Delivered 02:57 PM 03/14/2008

 

FILED 02:57 PM 03/14/2008

 

SRV 080319865 - 4069564 FILE

 

 

CERTIFICATE OF CORRECTION

 

OF

 

ROSETTA STONE INC.

 

Rosetta Stone Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware does hereby certify that:

 

1.             The name of the corporation is Rosetta Stone Inc.

 

2.             That a Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed on May 9, 2006 and a Certificate of Correction correcting an error in that Certificate of Amendment was, filed on February 28, 2008, and that said Certificate of Amendment and first Certificate of Correction require further correction as permitted by Section 103 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

3.             The inaccuracy or defect of said Certificate of Amendment is that the corporation split all of its outstanding common stock on a twenty (20) for one (1) basis and failed to expressly split the par value of such common stock in the Amendment such that the par value per share of common stock was incorrectly listed as $.001 per share instead of $.00005 per share. This error was corrected appropriately in the first Certificate of Correction dated February 28, 2008. However, the first Certificate of Correction changed the par value of the preferred stock from $.001 per share to $.00005 per share. Since no split of the preferred stock occurred, this change was made in error. This Certificate of Correction is being filed to change the par value of the preferred stock back to $.001 per share

 

4.             Section 4.1 of ARTICLE IV of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as previously amended by the first Certificate of Correction, is deleted and replaced with the following:

 

Authorized Capital . The total number of shares of all classes of stock that the Corporation shall have the authority to issue is 60,561,958, consisting of 60,000,000 shares of Common Stock, having a par value of $.00005 per share (“ Common Stock ”), of which (A) 900,000 shares are designated as Class A Common Stock (the “ Class A Common Stock ”) and (B) 20,000,000 shares are designated as Class B Common Stock (the “ Class B Common Stock ”), and 561,958 shares of Preferred Stock, having a par value of $.001 per share (“ Preferred Stock ”), of which (A) 446,958 shares are designated as Class A Convertible Preferred Stock (the “ Class A Preferred Stock ”) and (B)   115,000 shares are designated as Class B Convertible Preferred Stock (the “ Class B Preferred Stock ”). Of the Class A Preferred Stock, 268,758 shares shall be further designated Series A-1 Convertible Preferred Stock (the “ Series A-1 Preferred Stock”), and 178,200 shares shall be further designated Series A-2 Convertible Preferred Stock (the “ Series  A-2 Preferred Stock ”). Upon the effectiveness of this Certificate of Amendment:

 

(a)           each outstanding share of Class A Common Stock of the Corporation shall be split and divided into twenty (20) shares of Class A Common Stock which, pursuant to Section 4.2.5, shall automatically be converted into an equal number of fully-paid and nonassessable shares of the Corporation’s Class B Common Stock and then, pursuant to Section 4.2.6, shall

 

1



 

automatically be converted into an equal number of fully-paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock, without class designation; and

 

(b)           each outstanding share of Class B Common Stock of the Corporation shall be split and divided into twenty (20) shares of Class B Common Stock which, pursuant to Section 4.2.6, shall automatically be converted into an equal number of fully-paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock, without class designation.”

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said corporation has caused this Certificate of Correction to be executed this 11 th  day of March, 2008.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael Wu

 

 

 

Name:

Michael Wu

 

 

 

Title:

Secretary

 

2




Exhibit 3.2

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

ROSETTA STONE INC.

 

a Delaware corporation

 

ROSETTA STONE INC. (the “ Corporation” ), a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”), does hereby certify that:

 

A.                                    The name of the Corporation is Rosetta Stone Inc.  The date of the filing of the original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was December 23, 2005 (the “ Original Certificate ”).

 

B.                                      This Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Certificate ”) amends, restates and integrates the provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation that was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on January 4, 2006, as amended on May 9, 2006 (the “ Amended and Restated Certificate ”), and was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL and by the written consent of its stockholders in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

 

C.                                      The text of the Amended and Restated Certificate is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to provide as herein set forth in full.

 

ARTICLE I
NAME

 

The name of this corporation is Rosetta Stone Inc.

 

ARTICLE II
REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT

 

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801.  The name of the registered agent of the Corporation at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

ARTICLE III
PURPOSE

 

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.

 



 

ARTICLE IV
CAPITAL STOCK

 

1.                                        This Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock.”  The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have the authority to issue is 200,000,000 consisting of 190,000,000 shares of Common Stock, with a par value of $0.00005 per share and 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, with a par value of $0.001 per share.  Each share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one (1) vote on each matter submitted to a vote at any meeting of stockholders.

 

2.                                        The Board of Directors is further authorized, subject to the limitations prescribed by law, to fix by resolution or resolutions the designations, powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of any wholly unissued series of Preferred Stock, including without limitation, authority to fix by resolution or resolutions the dividend rights, dividend rate, conversion rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption (including sinking fund provisions), redemption price or prices, and liquidation preferences of any such series, and the number of shares constituting any such series and the designation thereof, or any of the foregoing.

 

3.                                        The Board of Directors is further authorized to increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of the class) or decrease (but not below the number of shares of any such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any series of Preferred Stock, the number of which is fixed by it, subsequent to the issuance of shares then outstanding, subject to the powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof stated in this Certificate or the resolution of the Board of Directors originally fixing the number of shares of such series.  If the number of shares of any series is so decreased, then the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status which they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

 

ARTICLE V
DURATION

 

The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

 

ARTICLE VI
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

1.                                        The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.  In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them by statute or by this Certificate or the Bylaws of the Corporation, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation.

 

2.                                        The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock pursuant to the provisions of this Certificate or any resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of such class or series of stock adopted by the Board of Directors, shall be elected by the stockholders entitled to vote thereon at each annual or special meeting of

 

2



 

stockholders and shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until each of their successors shall have been elected and qualified.

 

3.                                        Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

 

4.                                        No stockholder shall be permitted to cumulate votes at any election of directors.

 

5.                                        Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors that constitute the whole Board of Directors shall be fixed, and may be increased or decreased from time to time, exclusively by resolution adopted by a majority of the entire Board of Directors.  No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

6.                                        Any director may be removed from the Board of Directors by the stockholders of the Corporation only for cause, and in such case only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the total voting power of all classes of the then outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “ Voting Stock ”).

 

7.                                        Except as otherwise provided by any resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of a class or series of Preferred Stock adopted by the Board of Directors, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause shall be filled solely by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, or by the sole remaining director.  Any director so chosen shall hold office until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified.

 

ARTICLE VII
BYLAWS

 

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.  The affirmative vote of at least a majority of the Board of Directors then in office shall be required in order for the Board of Directors to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Corporation’s Bylaws.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock required by law, by this Certificate or by any resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of such class or series of stock adopted by the Board of Directors, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be required for the stockholders of the Corporation to alter, amend or repeal any provision of the Bylaws, or to adopt any new Bylaw; provided, however, that the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2 / 3 % of the total voting power of the Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be required for the stockholders of the Corporation to alter, amend or repeal, or adopt any Bylaw inconsistent with, the following provisions of the Bylaws: ARTICLE I; Sections 2.1, 2.2, 2.4 and 2.12 of ARTICLE II;

 

3



 

ARTICLE V; and ARTICLE IX, or in each case, any successor provision (including, without limitation, any such article or section as renumbered as a result of any amendment, alteration, change, repeal or adoption of any other Bylaw).  No Bylaw hereafter legally altered, amended or repealed shall invalidate any prior act of the directors or officers of the Corporation that would have been valid if such Bylaw had not been altered, amended or repealed.

 

ARTICLE VIII
AMENDMENT OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

The Corporation reserves the right at any time from time to time to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate, and any other provisions authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware at the time in force may be added or inserted, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by law.  All rights, preferences and privileges of whatsoever nature conferred upon stockholders, directors or any other persons or entities whomsoever by and pursuant to this Certificate in its present form or as hereafter amended are granted subject to the right reserved in this ARTICLE VIII.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock required by law, by this Certificate or by any resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of such class or series of stock adopted by the Board of Directors, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2 / 3 % of the total voting power of the Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend, alter, change or repeal, or adopt any provision inconsistent with ARTICLE VI, ARTICLE VII, ARTICLE IX, ARTICLE X, and this ARTICLE VIII of this Certificate, or in each case, any successor provision (including, without limitation, any such article or section as renumbered as a result of any amendment, alteration, change, repeal or adoption of any other provision of this Certificate).  Any repeal or modification of ARTICLE IX shall not adversely affect any right or protection of any person existing thereunder with respect to any act or omission occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

 

ARTICLE IX
LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION
OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

1.                                        To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.  If the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.

 

2.                                        The Corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any director or officer of the Corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans,

 

4



 

against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.  The Corporation shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such person only if the Proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors.

 

3.                                        The Corporation shall have the power to indemnify, to the extent permitted by the DGCL, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, any employee or agent of the Corporation who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.

 

4.                                        The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any such expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL.

 

5.                                        Neither any amendment or repeal of any Section of this ARTICLE IX, nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate inconsistent with this ARTICLE IX, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this ARTICLE IX, in respect of any matter occurring, or any action or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this ARTICLE IX, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

 

ARTICLE X
STOCKHOLDER ACTION

 

1.                                        Any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any action by written consent by such stockholders.

 

2.                                        Except as otherwise required by law or provided by any resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of a class or series of Preferred Stock adopted by the Board of Directors, special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by (1) the Chairman of the Board of Directors and (2) the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the entire Board of Directors and any other power of stockholders to call a special meeting is specifically denied.  No business other than that stated in the notice of a special meeting of stockholders shall be transacted at such special meeting.

 

3.                                        Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws.

 

5



 

ARTICLE XI
PERMITTED ACTIVITIES AND CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES

 

The Corporation renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any Excluded Opportunity.  An “ Excluded Opportunity ” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of any director of the Corporation who is not an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, “ Permitted Persons ”), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Permitted Person expressly and solely in such Permitted Person’s capacity as a director of the Corporation.

 

*****

 

6



 

THIS SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION is executed as of this        day of                      , 2008.

 

 

ROSETTA STONE INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Tom Adams

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

7




Exhibit 3.4

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

BYLAWS

 

of

 

ROSETTA STONE INC.

 

Adopted September 17, 2008

(to be effective upon the closing of the Company’s initial public offering)

 

ARTICLE I — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

1.1           Annual Meetings of Stockholders .  The annual meeting of the stockholders of Rosetta Stone Inc. (the “ Corporation ”) shall be held on such day as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”) and stated in the notice of the meeting, and on any subsequent day or days to which such meeting may be adjourned, for the purposes of electing directors and of transacting such other business as may properly come before the meeting.  The Board of Directors shall designate the place, which may be any place within or without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may designate, and time for the holding of such meeting, and not less than ten (10) days nor more than sixty (60) days notice shall be given to the stockholders of record as of the record date for the meeting of the time and place so fixed.

 

1.2           Special Meetings of Stockholders .  Special meetings of the stockholders may be called at any time by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the entire Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors shall designate the place, which may be any place within or without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may designate, and time for the holding of such meeting, and not less than ten (10) days nor more than sixty (60) days notice shall be given to the stockholders of record as of the record date for the meeting of the time and place so fixed.

 

1.3           Notice of Stockholder Business and Nominations .

 

(a)           Annual Meetings of Stockholders .

 

(i)                   Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only (A) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto), (B) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (C) by any stockholder of the Corporation who (1) was a stockholder of record of the Corporation at the time the notice provided for in this Section 1.3 is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation and at the time of the annual meeting, (2) shall be entitled to vote at such meeting, and (3) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 1.3 as to such nomination or business.  Clause (C)  above shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations or submit business (other than matters properly brought under Rule 14a-8 (or any successor

 



 

thereto) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”) and indicated in the Corporation’s notice of meeting) before an annual meeting of stockholders.

 

(ii)                  Without qualification, for nominations or any other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to Section 1.3(a)(i)(C) , the stockholder, in addition to any other applicable requirements, must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation and any such proposed business must constitute a proper matter for stockholder action.  To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90th) day nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting (provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than thirty days before or more than sixty (60) days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the Corporation).  In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of the annual meeting of stockholders commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.  To be in proper form, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary (whether pursuant to this Section 1.3(a)  or Section 1.3(b)  shall set forth:

 

(A)          as to each person, if any, whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director (1) all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to and in accordance with Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, (2) such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected, (3) a description of all direct and indirect compensation and other material monetary agreements, arrangements and understandings during the past three years, and any other material relationships, between or among such stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, and their respective affiliates and associates, or others acting in concert therewith, on the one hand, and each proposed nominee, and his or her respective affiliates and associates, or others acting in concert therewith, on the other hand, including, without limitation all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Rule 404 promulgated under Regulation S-K if the stockholder making the nomination and any beneficial owner on whose behalf the nomination is made, if any, or any affiliate or associate thereof or person acting in concert therewith, were the “registrant” for purposes of such rule and the nominee were a director or executive officer of such registrant; and (4) with respect to each nominee for election or reelection to the Board of Directors, include a completed and signed questionnaire, representation and agreement required by Section 1.4 ;

 

2



 

(B)           if the notice relates to any business (other than the nomination of persons for election as directors) that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, (1) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting, (2) the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (3) the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend the Bylaws of the Corporation, the language of the proposed amendment), (4) any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made, and (5) a description of all agreements, arrangements and understandings between such stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder; and

 

(C)           as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (1) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner, if any, (2)[a] the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation that are, directly or indirectly, owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and by such beneficial owner, [b] any option, warrant, convertible security, stock appreciation right, or similar right with an exercise or conversion privilege or a settlement payment or mechanism at a price related to any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, whether or not such instrument or right shall be subject to settlement in the underlying class or series of capital stock of the Corporation or otherwise (a “ Derivative Instrument ”) directly or indirectly owned beneficially by such stockholder and by such beneficial owner, if any, and any other direct or indirect opportunity held or owned beneficially by such stockholder and by such beneficial owner, if any, to profit or share in any profit derived from any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation, [c] any proxy, contract, arrangement, understanding, or relationship pursuant to which such stockholder or beneficial owner, if any, has a right to vote any shares of any security of the Company, [d] any short interest in any security of the Company (for purposes of this Section 1.3 , a person shall be deemed to have a short interest in a security if such person directly or indirectly, through a contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has the opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any decrease in the value of the subject security), [e] any right to dividends on the shares of capital stock of the Corporation owned beneficially by such stockholder or such beneficial owner, if any, which right is separated or separable from the underlying shares, [f] any proportionate interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation or Derivative Instrument held, directly or indirectly, by a general or limited partnership in which such stockholder or such beneficial owner, if any, is a general partner or with

 

3



 

respect to which such stockholder or such beneficial owner, if any, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns an interest in a general partner, and [g] any performance-related fees (other than an asset-based fee) to which such stockholder or such beneficial owner, if any, is entitled to based on any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments, if any, in each case with respect to the information required to be included in the notice pursuant to clauses [a] through [g] above , as of the date of such notice and including, without limitation, any such interests held by members of such stockholder’s or such beneficial owner’s immediate family sharing the same household (which information shall be supplemented by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, if any, [i] not later than 10 days after the record date for the annual meeting to disclose such ownership as of the record date, [ii] 10 days before the annual meeting date, and [iii] immediately prior to the commencement of the annual meeting, by delivery to the Secretary of the Corporation of such supplemented information), (3) any other information relating to such stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitation of proxies for election of directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, (4) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such business or nomination, and (5) a representation whether the stockholder or the beneficial owner, if any, intends or is part of a group that intends [i] to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the proposal or elect the nominee or [ii] otherwise to solicit proxies from stockholders in support of such proposal or nomination.

 

(D)          such other information as the Corporation may reasonably require or that is otherwise reasonably necessary (1) to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a director of the Corporation, (2) to determine whether such nominee qualifies as an “independent director” or “audit committee financial expert” under applicable law, securities exchange rule or regulation, or any publicly-disclosed corporate governance guideline or committee charter of the Corporation; and (3) that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence and qualifications, or lack thereof, of such nominee.

 

(iii)                 Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of Section 1.3(a)(ii)  to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors of the Corporation at an annual meeting is increased and there is no public announcement by the Corporation naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size

 

4



 

of the increased Board of Directors at least one hundred (100) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 1.3 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

 

(b)           Special Meetings of Stockholders .  Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting.  Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) provided that the Board of Directors has determined that the directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time the notice provided for in this Section 1.3 is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation and at the time of the special meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and upon such election, and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 1.3 .  In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder entitled to vote in such election of directors may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, if the stockholder’s notice in the same form as required by paragraph (a)(ii)  of this Section 1.3 with respect to any nomination (including the completed and signed questionnaire, representation and agreement required by Section 1.4 ) shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such special meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting.  In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of a special meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

 

(c)           General .

 

(i)                   Subject to Section 2.4 , only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.3 shall be eligible to be elected at an annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.3 .  Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended (the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”) or these Bylaws, the Chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty (A) to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.3 and (B) if any proposed nomination or business was not made or proposed in compliance with this Section 1.3 , to declare that such nomination shall be disregarded or that such proposed business shall not be transacted.  Notwithstanding the

 

5



 

foregoing provisions of this Section 1.3 , unless otherwise required by law, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present a nomination or proposed business, such nomination shall be disregarded and such proposed business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation.  For purposes of this Section 1.3 , to be considered a qualified representative of the stockholder, a person must be authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting of the stockholders.

 

(ii)                  For purpose of this Section 1.3 , “ public announcement ” shall include disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press, or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14, or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(iii)                 Nothing in this Section 1.3 , shall be deemed to affect any rights (A) of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals or nominations in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor thereto) promulgated under the Exchange Act or (B) of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to nominate and elect directors pursuant to and to the extent provided in any applicable provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

1.4           Submission of Questionnaire, Representation and Agreement .  To be eligible to be a nominee for election or reelection as a director of the Corporation, a person must deliver (in accordance with the time periods prescribed for delivery of notice under Section 1.3 of these Bylaws) to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation a written questionnaire with respect to the background and qualification of such person and the background of any other person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made (which questionnaire shall be provided by the Secretary upon written request) and a written representation and agreement (in the form provided by the Secretary upon written request) that such person (a) is not and will not become a party to (i) any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such person, if elected as a director of the Corporation, will act or vote on any issue or question (a “ Voting Commitment ”) that has not been disclosed to the Corporation or (ii) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such person’s ability to comply, if elected as a director of the Corporation, with such person’s fiduciary duties under applicable law, (b) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with service or action as a director that has not been disclosed therein, and (c) in such person’s individual capacity and on behalf of any person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made, would be in compliance, if elected as a director of the Corporation, and will comply with all applicable publicly disclosed corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality and stock trading policies and guidelines of the Corporation.

 

6



 

1.5           Record Date .  The Board of Directors may fix a date, not less than ten (10) or more than sixty (60) days preceding the date of any meeting of stockholders, as a record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of, or to vote at, any such meeting.  The Board of Directors shall not close the books of the Corporation against transfers of shares during the whole or any part of such period.

 

1.6           Proxies .  The notice of every meeting of the stockholders may be accompanied by a form of proxy approved by the Board of Directors in favor of such person or persons as the Board of Directors may select.

 

1.7           Quorum and Voting .  A majority of the outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of the stockholders, and the stockholders present at any duly convened meeting may continue to do business until adjournment notwithstanding any withdrawal from the meeting of holders of shares counted in determining the existence of a quorum.  Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast in the election.  For all matters as to which no other voting requirement is specified by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended (the “ DGCL ”), the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws, the affirmative vote required for stockholder action shall be that of a majority of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting (as counted for purposes of determining the existence of a quorum at the meeting).  In the case of a matter submitted for a vote of the stockholders as to which a stockholder approval requirement is applicable under the stockholder approval policy of the New York Stock Exchange or any other exchange or quotation system on which the capital stock of the Corporation is quoted or traded, the requirements of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act or any provision of the Internal Revenue Code, in each case for which no higher voting requirement is specified by the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the vote required for approval shall be the requisite vote specified in such stockholder approval policy, Rule 16b-3 or Internal Revenue Code provision, as the case may be (or the highest such requirement if more than one is applicable).  For the approval of the appointment of independent public accountants (if submitted for a vote of the stockholders), the vote required for approval shall be a majority of the votes cast on the matter.

 

1.8           Adjournment .  Any meeting of the stockholders may be adjourned from time to time, without notice other than by announcement at the meeting at which such adjournment is taken, and at any such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present any action may be taken that could have been taken at the meeting originally called; provided , that if the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting.

 

ARTICLE II — DIRECTORS

 

2.1           Powers The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided in the DGCL or the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

7



 

2.2           Number of Directors The Board of Directors shall initially consist of seven (7) members, each of whom shall be a natural person.  Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors shall be fixed, and may be increased or decreased from time to time, exclusively by a resolution adopted by a majority of the entire Board of Directors.  No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

 

2.3           Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors Except as provided in Section 2.4 , and subject to Article I , directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders.  Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.  The Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors.  Each director shall hold office until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.  The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock under specified circumstances, shall be apportioned, with respect to the time for which they severally hold office, into three classes, as nearly equal in number as is possible and designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Class I shall be initially elected for a term expiring at the first annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the Corporation’s initial public offering, Class II shall be initially elected for a term expiring at the second annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the Corporation’s initial public offering, and Class III shall be initially elected for a term expiring at the third annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the Corporation’s initial public offering. Members of each class shall hold office until their successors are elected and qualified. At each succeeding annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, the successors of the class of directors whose term expires at that meeting shall be elected for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders held in the third year following the year of their election. In case of any increase or decrease, from time to time, in the number of directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock under specified circumstances, the number of directors added to or eliminated from each class shall be apportioned so that the number of directors in each class thereafter shall be as nearly equal as possible.

 

2.4           Resignation and Vacancies Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Corporation.  A resignation is effective when the resignation is delivered unless the resignation specifies a later effective date or an effective date determined upon the happening of an event or events.  A resignation which is conditioned upon the director failing to receive a specified vote for reelection as a director may provide that it is irrevocable.  Except as otherwise provided by any resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of a class or series of Preferred Stock adopted by the Board of Directors, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause shall be filled solely by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, or by the sole remaining director.  Any director so chosen shall hold office until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified.

 

8



 

If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the Corporation should have no directors in office, then any officer may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, or may apply to the Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the DGCL.

 

A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of his or her predecessor in office and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

2.5           Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone The Board of Directors may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

 

Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

2.6           Conduct of Business Meetings of the Board of Directors shall be presided over by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, if any, or in his or her absence by the Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, if any, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a chairman designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of such designation by a chairman chosen at the meeting.  The chairman of the meeting shall appoint a person to act as secretary of each meeting.

 

2.7           Regular Meetings Notice Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

2.8           Special Meetings Notice Special meetings of the Board of Directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or a majority of the directors.

 

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

 

9



 

(a)           delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

 

(b)           sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

 

(c)                                   sent by nationally recognized overnight delivery service for next day delivery;

 

(d)           sent by facsimile; or

 

(e)           sent by electronic mail,

 

directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, as the case may be, as shown on the Corporation’s records.

 

If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile or (iii) sent by electronic mail, it shall be delivered or sent at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting.  If the notice is sent by overnight delivery service, it shall be deposited for next day delivery at least two (2) days before the time of the holding of the meeting.  If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four (4) days before the time of the holding of the meeting.  Any oral notice may be communicated to the director directly.  The notice need not specify the purpose of the meeting.

 

2.9           Quorum; Voting At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the total authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.  If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, then the directors present at the meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.  A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

 

The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

 

If the Certificate of Incorporation provides that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter, every reference in these Bylaws to a majority or other proportion of the directors shall refer to a majority or other proportion of the votes of the directors.

 

2.10         Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors

 

10



 

or committee.  Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

2.11         Fees and Compensation of Directors Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

 

2.12         Removal of Directors Any director may be removed from the Board of Directors by the stockholders of the Corporation only for cause, and in such case only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the total voting power of all classes of the then outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

 

ARTICLE III — COMMITTEES

 

3.1           Committees of Directors The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation.  The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.  In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members of the committee present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.  Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors or in these Bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the Corporation.

 

3.2           Committee Minutes Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

 

3.3           Meetings and Actions of Committees Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

 

11


 

(a)                                   Section 2.5 (Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone);

 

(b)                                  Section 2.7 (Regular Meetings);

 

(c)                                   Section 2.8 (Special Meetings; Notice);

 

(d)                                  Section 2.9 (Quorum; Voting);

 

(e)                                   Section 2.10 (Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting); and

 

(f)                                     Section 7.5 (Waiver of Notice)

 

with such changes in the context of those Bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board of Directors and its members.  However :

 

(a)                                   the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board of Directors or by resolution of the committee;

 

(b)                                  special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board of Directors; and

 

(c)                                   notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee.  The Board of Directors may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these Bylaws.

 

3.4                                  Subcommittees Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws or the resolutions of the Board of Directors designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

 

ARTICLE IV — OFFICERS

 

4.1                                  Officers The officers of the Corporation shall be a President and a Secretary.  The Corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, a Chairman of the Board of Directors, a Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, a Chief Executive Officer, one or more Vice Presidents, a Chief Financial Officer, a General Counsel, a Treasurer, one or more Assistant Treasurers, one or more Assistant Secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws.  Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

4.2                                  Appointment of Officers The Board of Directors shall appoint the officers of the Corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.3 of these Bylaws.

 

12



 

4.3                                  Subordinate Officers The Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer or, in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer, the President, may appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the Corporation may require.  Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these Bylaws or as the Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officer or President may from time to time determine.

 

4.4                                  Removal and Resignation of Officers Any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the Board of Directors, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board of Directors.

 

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Corporation.  Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice.  Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.  Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

 

4.5                                  Vacancies in Offices Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors or as provided in Section 4.3 .

 

4.6                                  Representation of Shares of Other Corporations Unless otherwise directed by the Board of Directors, the President or any other person authorized by the Board of Directors or the President is authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of the Corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of the Corporation.  The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

 

4.7                                  Authority and Duties of Officers Except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws, the officers of the Corporation shall have such powers and duties in the management of the Corporation as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE V — INDEMNIFICATION

 

5.1                                  Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Third Party Proceedings Subject to the other provisions of this Article V , the Corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees),

 

13



 

judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful.  The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

 

5.2                                  Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Actions by or in the Right of the Corporation Subject to the other provisions of this Article V , the Corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

5.3                                  Successful Defense .   To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described in Section 5.1 or Section 5.2 , or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

 

5.4                                  Indemnification of Others Subject to the other provisions of this Article V , the Corporation shall have power to indemnify its employees and agents to the extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law.  The Board of Directors shall have the power to delegate to such person or persons the determination of whether employees or agents shall be indemnified.

 

5.5                                  Advanced Payment of Expenses Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director of the Corporation in defending any Proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the person to repay such amounts if it shall ultimately be determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article V or the DGCL. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other

 

14



 

employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Corporation deems appropriate.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to Section 5.8 , no advance shall be made by the Corporation to an officer of the Corporation (except by reason of the fact that such officer is or was a director of the Corporation, in which event this paragraph shall not apply) in any Proceeding if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such Proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation.

 

5.6                                  Limitation on Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses Subject to the requirements in Section 5.3 and the DGCL, the Corporation shall not be required to provide indemnification or, with respect to clauses (i), (iii) and (iv)  below, advance expenses to any person pursuant to this Article V :

 

(a)                                   in connection with any Proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person except (i) as otherwise required by law, (ii) in specific cases if the Proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors, or (iii) as is required to be made under Section 5.7 ;

 

(b)                                  in connection with any Proceeding (or part thereof) against such person providing for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of any federal, state or local statutory law or common law;

 

(c)                                   for amounts for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of such person under any statute, insurance policy or indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid; or

 

(d)                                  if prohibited by applicable law.

 

5.7                                  Determination; Claim If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article V is not paid in full within 60 days after a written claim therefor has been received by the Corporation, the claimant may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim.  In any such suit, the Corporation shall have the burden of proving that the claimant was not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses under applicable law.

 

5.8                                  Non-Exclusivity of Rights The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article V shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under

 

15



 

the Certificate of Incorporation or any statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.  The Corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advancement of expenses, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law.

 

5.9                                  Insurance The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

 

5.10                            Survival The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred by this Article V shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

5.11                            Effect of Repeal or Modification Any repeal or modification of this Article V shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification.

 

5.12                            Certain Definitions For purposes of this Article V , references to the “ Corporation ” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article V with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.  For purposes of this Article V , references to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ fines ” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “ serving at the request of the Corporation ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation ” as referred to in this Article V .

 

ARTICLE VI — STOCK

 

6.1                                  Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or

 

16



 

resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares.  Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation.  Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board of Directors or Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or a Vice-President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form.  Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile.  In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.  The Corporation shall not have power to issue a certificate in bearer form.

 

The Corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor.  Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, or upon the books and records of the Corporation in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated.  Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the Corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

 

6.2                                  Special Designation on Certificates If the Corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

 

6.3                                  Lost Certificates Except as provided in this Section 6.3 , no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the Corporation and cancelled at the same time.  The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

 

17



 

6.4                                  Dividends The Board of Directors, subject to any restrictions contained in the Certificate of Incorporation or applicable law, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of the Corporation’s capital stock.  Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the Corporation’s capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

The Board of Directors may set apart out of any of the funds of the Corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve.

 

6.5                                  Stock Transfer Agreements The Corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the Corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the Corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

 

6.6                                  Registered Stockholders .  The Corporation:

 

(a)                                   shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner;

 

(b)                                  shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares; and

 

(c)                                   shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

 

6.7                                  Transfers Transfers of record of shares of stock of the Corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by an attorney duly authorized, and upon the surrender of a certificate or certificates for a like number of shares, properly endorsed.

 

ARTICLE VII — MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

 

7.1                                  Notice of Stockholder Meetings Notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the Corporation’s records.  An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

7.2                                  Notice by Electronic Transmission Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given.  Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation.  Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if:

 

18



 

(a)                                   the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the Corporation in accordance with such consent; and

 

(b)                                  such inability becomes known to the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice.

 

However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

 

Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

 

(a)                                   if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

(b)                                  if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

(c)                                   if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and

 

(d)                                  if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

 

An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

An “ electronic transmission ” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

 

Notice by a form of electronic transmission shall not apply to Sections 164, 296, 311, 312 or 324 of the DGCL.

 

7.3                                  Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address Except as otherwise prohibited under the DGCL, without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under the provisions of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given.  Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation.  Any stockholder who fails to object in writing to the Corporation, within 60 days of having been given written notice by the Corporation of its intention to send the single notice, shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice.

 

19



 

7.4                                  Notice to Person with Whom Communication is Unlawful Whenever notice is required to be given, under the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person.  Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given.  In the event that the action taken by the Corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

 

7.5                                  Waiver of Notice Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice.  Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

 

ARTICLE VIII — GENERAL MATTERS

 

8.1                                  Fiscal Year The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors and may be changed by the Board of Directors.

 

8.2                                  Seal The Corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board of Directors.  The Corporation may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

 

8.3                                  Annual Report The Corporation shall cause an annual report to be sent to the stockholders of the Corporation to the extent required by applicable law.  If and so long as there are fewer than 100 holders of record of the Corporation’s shares, the requirement of sending an annual report to the stockholders of the Corporation is expressly waived (to the extent permitted under applicable law).

 

8.4                                  Construction; Definitions Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these Bylaws.  Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “ person ” includes both a corporation and a natural person.

 

20



 

ARTICLE IX — AMENDMENTS

 

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.  The affirmative vote of at least a majority of the Board of Directors then in office shall be required in order for the Board of Directors to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Corporation’s Bylaws.  Notwithstanding any other provision of these Bylaws or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock required by law, by these Bylaws or by any resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of such class or series of stock adopted by the Board of Directors, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be required for the stockholders of the Corporation to alter, amend or repeal any provision of the Bylaws, or to adopt any new Bylaw; provided, however, that the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2 / 3 % of the total voting power of the Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be required for the stockholders of the Corporation to alter, amend or repeal, or adopt any Bylaw inconsistent with, the following provisions of the Bylaws: Article I ; Sections 2.1 , 2.2 , 2.4 and 2.12 of Article II ; Article V ; and Article IX , or in each case, any successor provision (including, without limitation, any such article or section as renumbered as a result of any amendment, alteration, change, repeal or adoption of any other Bylaw).  No Bylaw hereafter legally altered, amended or repealed shall invalidate any prior act of the directors or officers of the Corporation that would have been valid if such Bylaw had not been altered, amended or repealed.

 

[End of Bylaws]

 

21




Exhibit 4.2

 

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

This Subscription Agreement (together with the Exhibits and Schedules hereto, this “Agreement” ) is entered into as of January 4, 2006, by and among Rosetta Stone Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Parent”) ; ABS Capital Partners IV, L.P., ABS Capital Partners IV-A, L.P., ABS Capital Partners IV Offshore, L.P. and ABS Capital Partners IV Special Offshore, L.P. (each an “ABS Fund” and collectively, “ABS” ); Norwest Equity Partners VIII, L.P. (“Norwest”) ; Madison Capital Funding LLC (“Madison”) ; and Tom Adams ( “Adams” and, together with ABS, Norwest and Madison, individually, a “Purchaser” and collectively, the “Purchasers” ).

 

WHEREAS, Parent desires to issue and sell, and ABS desires to purchase, the number of shares of Parent’s Class A Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Class A Common Stock” ), and the number of shares of Parent’s Series A-1 Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Series A-1 Preferred Stock” ), set forth opposite the name of each ABS Fund on Schedule A hereto, each for the amount of $100.00 per share, respectively;

 

WHEREAS, Parent desires to issue and sell, and Norwest desires to purchase, the number of shares of Parent’s Class B Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Class B Common Stock” ), and the number of shares of Parent’s Series A-2 Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Series A-2 Preferred Stock” , and together with the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock, the “Shares” ), set forth opposite the name of Norwest on Schedule A hereto, each for the amount of $100.00 per share, respectively;

 

WHEREAS, Parent desires to issue and sell, and Madison desires to purchase, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock, the number of shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock and the number of shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock set forth opposite the name of Madison on Schedule A hereto, each for the amount of $100.00 per share, respectively; and

 

WHEREAS, Parent desires to issue and sell, and Adams desires to purchase, the number of shares of Class   A Common Stock, the number of shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock and the number of shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock set forth opposite the name of Adams on Schedule A hereto, each for the amount of $100.00 per share, respectively.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:

 

1



 

ARTICLE I
PURCHASE AND SALE OF SHARES

 

Section  1.1                           Purchase and Sale .

 

(a)                         Parent hereby sells, assigns, transfers and delivers to ABS the number of shares of Class A Common Stock and the number of shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock set forth opposite the name of each ABS Fund on Schedule A , and ABS hereby purchases from Parent the number of shares of Class A Common Stock and the number of shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock set forth opposite the name of each ABS Fund on Schedule A for the aggregate purchase price set forth opposite the name of each ABS Fund under the heading “Total Purchase Price” on Schedule A .

 

(b)                        Parent hereby sells, assigns, transfers and delivers to Norwest the number of shares of Class B Common Stock and the number of shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock set forth opposite the name of Norwest on Schedule A , and Norwest hereby purchases from Parent the number of shares of Class B Common Stock and the number of shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock set forth opposite the name of Norwest on Schedule A for the aggregate purchase price set forth opposite the name of Norwest under the heading “Total Purchase Price” on Schedule A .

 

(c)                         Parent hereby sells, assigns, transfers and delivers to Madison the number of shares of Class A Common Stock, the number of shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock and the number of shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock set forth opposite the name of Madison on Schedule A , and Madison hereby purchases from Parent the number of shares of Class A Common Stock, the number of shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock and the number of shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock set forth opposite the name of Madison on Schedule A for the aggregate purchase price set forth opposite the name of Madison under the heading “Total Purchase Price” on Schedule A .

 

(d)                        Parent hereby sells, assigns, transfers and delivers to Adams the number of shares of Class   A Common Stock, the number of shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock and the number of shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock set forth opposite the name of Adams on Schedule A , and Adams hereby purchases from Parent the number of shares of Class A Common Stock, the number of shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock and the number of shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock set forth opposite the name of Adams on Schedule A for the aggregate purchase price set forth opposite the name of Adams under the heading “Total Purchase Price” on Schedule A .

 

Section 1.2                                                 Deliveries on Behalf of Parent . Parent hereby delivers to each Purchaser; (i) one or more certificates representing the number of Shares set forth opposite the name of such entity or individual on Schedule A and (ii) cross-receipts, in the form of Exhibit A hereto, duly executed by Parent.

 

Section 1.3                                                 Deliveries by the Purchasers . Each Purchaser listed on Schedule A hereby delivers to Parent (i) a check or wire transfer of immediately available funds of the aggregate purchase price set forth opposite the name of such Purchaser under the heading “Total Purchase Price” on Schedule A hereto and (ii) a cross-receipt, in the form of Exhibit A hereto, duly executed by such Purchaser.

 

2



 

ARTICLE II
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Section 2.1                                                 Each of the Purchasers, severally but not jointly, represents and warrants, as to such Purchaser only, to Parent that such Purchaser:

 

(a)                         has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Shares contemplated hereby, and the Purchaser’s financial situation is such that the Purchaser is able to bear indefinitely the economic risk of such investment;

 

(b)                        has had the opportunity to meet with certain of Parent’s officers and representatives to discuss Parent’s business, assets, liabilities and financial condition;

 

(c)                         is acquiring the Shares for its own account for investment purposes only, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933 as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Securities Act”);

 

(d)                        understands that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act and cannot be sold unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption therefrom and further understands that availability of an exemption may depend on factors over which the Purchaser has no control;

 

(e)                         is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act;

 

(f)                           is not relying upon any information, other than that contained in this Agreement and the results of the Purchaser’s own independent investigation;

 

(g)                        if not a natural person, is a limited liability company or limited partnership, as applicable, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its state of organization;

 

(h)                        has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform and consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The Purchaser has taken all actions necessary to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the performance of its obligations hereunder and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Purchaser. This Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Purchaser, enforceable against the Purchaser in accordance with its respective terms, except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by general principles of equity applicable to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws generally; and

 

Section 2.2                                                 The Company hereby makes the following representations and warranties to each Purchaser:

 

(a)                         The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Company has the corporate power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and presently

 

3



 

proposed to be conducted and to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(b)                        Immediately prior to the date hereof and after giving effect to the incorporation of the Company (the “Company Formation”), (i) the authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 3,561,958 shares, consisting of 3,000,000 shares of Common Stock, of which (A) 45,000 shares are designated as Class A Common Stock and (B) 1,000,000 shares are designated as Class B Common Stock, and 561,958 shares of Preferred Stock, of which (A) 446,958 shares are designated as Class A Preferred Stock and (B) 115,000 shares are designated as Class B Preferred Stock, and of the Class A Preferred Stock, 268,758 shares are further designated Series A-1 Preferred Stock, and 178,200 shares are further designated Series A-2 Preferred Stock, and (ii) the Company has issued and outstanding 0 shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock, 0 shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock, 0 shares of Class B Preferred Stock, 0 shares of Class A Common Stock and 0 shares of Class B Common Stock.

 

(c)                         Immediately prior to the date hereof and after giving effect to the Company Formation, except as set forth in this Agreement, the Company does not have outstanding any stock or securities convertible or exchangeable for any shares of its capital stock, nor does it have outstanding any rights or options to subscribe for or to purchase any capital stock or any stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for any capital stock or any agreement related thereto.

 

(d)                        As of the date hereof and after giving effect to the Company Formation, the outstanding capital stock of the Company will be as set forth on Schedule 2.2(d) .

 

(e)                              The Shares of the Company will be and all of the outstanding shares of the Company’s capital stock have been duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

(f)                           The Company has delivered to the Purchaser true and complete copies of its certificate of incorporation and bylaws as in effect on the date hereof.

 

(g)                        The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and all other agreements and transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized by the Company. This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to the availability of equitable remedies and to the laws of bankruptcy and other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally. The execution and delivery by the Company of this Agreement and all other agreements and instruments contemplated hereby to be executed by the Company, the filing of the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation with the Secretary of the State of Delaware, and the offering, sale and issuance of the Shares hereunder, does not and will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach of the terms, conditions or provisions of, (ii) constitute a default under, (iii) result in the creation of any lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance upon the Company’s capital stock or assets pursuant to, (iv) give any third party the right to accelerate any

 

4



 

obligation under, (v) result in a violation of or (vi) require any authorization, consent, approval, exemption or other action by or notice to any court or administrative or governmental body (other than in connection with certain state and federal securities laws) pursuant to, the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws, or any law, statute, rule, regulation, instrument, order, judgment or decree to which the Company is subject or any agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party.

 

(h)                        Neither the Company nor anyone acting on its behalf has offered the Shares or any similar security or securities for sale to or otherwise approached or negotiated in respect of such offer in a manner constituting a general solicitation. Neither the Company nor anyone on its behalf has taken or will take any action that would subject the issuance or sale of any of the Company’s securities to the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Assuming the truth and accuracy of the representations set forth in Section 2.1 hereof, the offers and sales of the Shares pursuant to the terms hereof are not required to be registered under the Securities Act or any state securities laws.

 

(i)                            The Company is newly-formed as of December 23, 2005 for the purpose of acting as a holding company for Rosetta Stone Holdings Inc. and has not conducted any business or incurred any material liabilities or obligations except those in connection with the proposed acquisition.

 

(j)                            No representation, warranty or statement made by the Company in this Agreement or pursuant to any agreement, certificate, statement, financial disclosure or document furnished by or on behalf of the Company in connection herewith or therewith contains any untrue statement of material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained herein or therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading.

 

ARTICLE III
MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 3.1                                                 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same Agreement, and shall become effective when one or more such counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to each party.

 

Section 3.2                                                 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

5



 

 

ROSETTA STONE INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Tom Adams

 

Name:  Tom Adams

 

Title:    Chief Executive Officer and President

 

 

Signature Page to Subscription Agreement

 



 

 

ABS CAPITAL PARTNERS IV, L.P.

 

By: ABS Partners IV, L.L.C.,

 

Its General Partner

 

 

 

By:

  /s/ Laura L. Witt

 

 

Name: Laura L. Witt

 

 

Title:   Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

ABS CAPITAL PARTNERS IV - A, L.P.

 

By: ABS Partners IV, L.L.C.,

 

Its General Partner

 

 

 

By:

  /s/ Laura L. Witt

 

 

Name: Laura L. Witt

 

 

Title:   Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

ABS CAPITAL PARTNERS IV OFFSHORE FUND,

 

L.P.

 

By: ABS Partners IV, L.L.C.,

 

Its General Partner

 

 

 

By:

  /s/ Laura L. Witt

 

 

Name: Laura L. Witt

 

 

Title:   Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

ABS CAPITAL PARTNERS IV SPECIAL

 

OFFSHORE, L.P.

 

By: ABS Partners IV, L.L.C.,

 

Its General Partner

 

 

 

By:

  /s/ Laura L. Witt

 

 

Name: Laura L. Witt

 

 

Title:   Managing Member

 

 

Signature Page to Subscription Agreement

 



 

 

NORWEST EQUITY PARTNERS VIII, LP

 

 

 

By: Itasca Partners VIII, LLC

 

Its General Partner

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Steven M. Farsht

 

Name: Steven M. Farsht

 

Title:   Member

 

 

Signature Page to Subscription Agreement

 



 

 

MADISON CAPITAL FUNDIN G LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

Title:

  Managing Director

 

 

Signature Page to Subscription Agreement

 



 

 

TOM ADAMS

 

 

 

/s/ Tom Adams

 

 

Signature Page to Subscription Agreement

 



 

Schedule A

 



 

SCHEDULE A

 

Name of
Purchaser

 

Type of Stock
Purchased

 

Par Value
Per Share

 

Number of
Shares Purchased

 

Total Purchase
Price

 

ABS Capital Partners IV, L.P.

 

Class A Common Stock

 

$

0.001

 

25,717

 

 

 

 

 

Series A-1 Preferred Stock

 

$

0.001

 

231,452

 

$

25,716,900.00

 

ABS Capital Partners IV-A, L.P.

 

Class A Common Stock

 

$

0.001

 

861

 

 

 

 

 

Series A-1 Preferred Stock

 

$

0.001

 

7,749

 

$

861,000.00

 

ABS Capital Partners IV Offshore, L.P.

 

Class A Common Stock
Series A-1 Preferred Stock

 

$
$

0.001
0.001

 

1,477
13,293

 

$

1,477,000.00

 

ABS Capital Partners IV Special Offshore, L.P.

 

Class A Common Stock
Series A-1 Preferred Stock

 

$
$

0.001
0.001

 

1,007
9,064

 

$

1,007,100.00

 

Norwest Equity Partners VIII, L.P.

 

Class B Common Stock

 

$

0.001

 

19,000

 

 

 

 

 

Series A-2 Preferred Stock

 

$

0.001

 

171,000

 

$

19,000,000.00

 

Madison Capital Funding LLC

 

Class A Common Stock

 

$

0.001

 

1,000

 

 

 

 

 

Series A-1 Preferred Stock

 

$

0.001

 

4,500

 

 

 

 

 

Series A-2 Preferred Stock

 

$

0.001

 

4,500

 

$

1,000,000.00

 

Tom Adams

 

Class A Common Stock

 

$

0.001

 

600

 

 

 

 

 

Series A-1 Preferred Stock

 

$

0.001

 

2,700

 

 

 

 

 

Series A-2 Preferred Stock

 

$

0.001

 

2,700

 

$

600,000.00

 

 




Exhibit 4.3

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
AMONG

 

ROSETTA STONE INC.


AND

 

THE INVESTOR SHAREHOLDERS AND OTHER SHAREHOLDERS
LISTED ON EXHIBIT A HERETO

 

DATED January 4, 2006

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

1.  

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

1

 

1.1.1  

Demand Registration Rights

1

 

1.1.2

Demand Procedures

2

 

1.1.3

Delay by Company

3

 

1.1.4

Reduction

3

 

1.1.5

Withdrawal

4

 

1.2

Piggyback Registration Rights

5

 

 

1.2.1 

Request

5

 

 

1.2.2

Reduction

5

 

1.3

Registration on Form  S-3

6

 

1.4

Registration Procedures

6

 

1.5

Holdback Agreements

8

 

1.6

Registration Expenses

9

 

 

1.6.1

Holder Expenses

9

 

 

1.6.2

Company Expenses

10

 

 

1.6.3

Indemnity and Contribution

10

 

1.7

Grant and Transfer of Registration Rights

13

 

1.8

Information from Holder

13

 

1.9

Rule 144 Requirements

13

 

1.10

Sale of Preferred Stock to Underwriter

14

 

1.11

Changes in Preferred Stock or Common Stock

14

2.

DEFINITIONS

14

3.

MISCELLANEOUS

16

 

3.1

Entire Agreement; Amendment

16

 

3.2

Waiver

16

 

3.3

Termination

17

 

3.4

Binding Effect

17

 

3.5

Governing Law

17

 

3.6

Notices

17

 

3.7

Execution in Counterparts

18

 

i



 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of January 4, 2006 by and among (i) Rosetta Stone Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and (ii) the Persons listed on Exhibit A hereto (such Persons, together with any other Persons who shall be valid transferees of Registrable Securities (as hereinafter defined) and who execute a counterpart hereto pursuant to the provisions of, and subject to the restrictions and rights set forth in, this Agreement, are referred to herein collectively as the “Holders” and individually as a “Holder”).

 

WHEREAS, on or prior to the date hereof, certain of the Holders (the “Class A Investors”) have acquired an aggregate of 446,958 shares of Class A Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Class A Preferred Stock”), and an aggregate of 49,662 shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “Common Stock”) from the Company pursuant to a Subscription Agreement dated January 4, 2006;

 

WHEREAS, on the date hereof, certain of the Holders (the “Class B Investors” and together with the Class A Investors, the “Investors”) have acquired an aggregate of 111,031 shares of Class B Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Class B Preferred Stock”), and an aggregate of 12,328 shares of Common Stock, of the Company pursuant to a Stock Purchase Agreement dated the date hereof (the “Purchase Agreement”);

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Holders desire to enter into this Agreement in order to provide the Investors with certain rights with respect to the registration of their shares of Common Stock, including those shares issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock; and

 

WHEREAS, capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings ascribed to them in Article 2 hereof.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.                                       REGISTRATION RIGHTS

 

1.1.1                      Demand Registration Rights

 

Subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, at any time beginning on the 180 th  day following an IPO, Institutional Investors having rights to request registration pursuant to the last sentence of Section 1.1.2 may request registration for sale under the Act of all or part of the Registrable Securities then

 



 

held by them, and upon such request the Company will promptly take the actions specified in Section 1.1.2 ; provided that the Company shall have no obligation to effect a registration pursuant to this Section  1.1.1 unless such registration includes a number of Registrable Securities representing at least 20% of the Registrable Securities held by all Institutional Investors at the time of such request.

 

1.1.2                      Demand Procedures

 

Within ten (10) Business Days after receipt by the Company of a written registration request under Section  1.1.1 (which request shall specify the number of shares proposed to be registered and sold and the manner in which such sale is proposed to be effected), the Company shall promptly give written notice to all other Holders of the proposed registration, and such other Holders shall have the right to join in the proposed registration and sale, upon written request to the Company (which request shall specify the number and class or series of shares proposed to be registered and sold) within ten (10) Business Days after receipt of such notice from the Company. Subject to the provisions of Section  1.1.4 , the proposed registration and sale may include securities offered by the Company for its own account and/or other securities of the Company that are held by Other Shareholders, if any. The Company shall thereafter, as expeditiously as practicable, use its best efforts to (i) file with the SEC under the Act a registration statement on an appropriate form concerning all Registrable Securities specified in the demand request and all Registrable Securities or other securities of the Company with respect to which the Company has received the written request from the other Holders or Other Shareholders, as the case may be, and (ii) cause the registration statement to be declared effective. At the request of the Institutional Investors making such demand, the Company shall cause each offering pursuant to Section 1.1.1 to be managed, on a firm commitment basis, by a recognized regional or national underwriter selected by the Institutional Investors and approved by the Company, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, and the Company shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form and containing customary terms reasonably acceptable to the Company and the Institutional Investors with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting. All Holders, including the Institutional Investors, and Other Shareholders intending to participate in such proposed registration must agree to distribute their securities through such underwriting and shall be required to enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form. The Company shall not be obligated to effect more than three (3) registrations in total requested by the Institutional Investors under Section  1.1.1 or more than one (1) registration under Section  1.1.1 or Section 1.3 in any consecutive nine-month period; provided , however , that any such request shall be deemed satisfied only when a registration statement covering at least 80% of the Registrable Securities specified in the notices as aforesaid and not withdrawn pursuant to Section 1.1.5 , for sale in accordance with the method of disposition specified by the Institutional Investors, has become effective; provided   further , that

 

2



 

as among the Institutional Investors: (i) ABS shall have the sole and exclusive right to request two (2) registrations under Section 1.1.1 , and (ii) Norwest shall have the sole and exclusive right to request one (1) registration under Section 1.1.1 , provided that in each case the requested registration otherwise satisfies the conditions of Section 1.1.1 .

 

1.1.3                      Delay by Company

 

The Company shall not be required to effect a demand registration under the Act pursuant to Section 1.1.1 or Section 1.3 hereof if (i) the Company receives a request for any such registration less than ninety (90) days preceding the anticipated effective date of a proposed underwritten public offering of securities of the Company approved by the Company’s Board of Directors prior to the Company’s receipt of the request and in such event the Company shall not be required to effect any such requested registration until one hundred twenty (120) days after the effective date of such proposed underwritten public offering, provided that the Company makes reasonable good faith efforts to cause such underwritten public offering to be declared effective; (ii) within ninety (90) days prior to any such request for registration, a registration of securities of the Company has been effected in which the Holders had the right to participate pursuant to this Section 1.1 or Section 1.2 hereof; or (iii) the Board of Directors of the Company reasonably determines in good faith that effecting such a demand registration at such time would be seriously detrimental to the Company (and the Chief Executive Officer of the Company provides a signed certificate to that effect to the Institutional Investors requesting such registration) because it would (a) necessitate the untimely disclosure of a proposed business combination or other currently proposed transaction or (b) require premature disclosure of material information that the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential; provided , however, that the Company may only delay a demand registration pursuant to this Section 1.1.3 for a period not exceeding ninety (90) days (or until such earlier time as such transaction is consummated or no longer proposed) and may only defer any such filing pursuant to this Section 1.1.3 once per calendar year. The Company shall promptly notify in writing the Holders requesting registration of any decision not to effect any such request for registration pursuant to this Section 1.1.3 , which notice shall set forth in reasonable detail the reason for such decision and shall include an undertaking by the Company promptly to notify such Holders as soon as a demand registration may be effected.

 

1.1.4                      Reduction

 

If a registration initiated by any Institutional Investors pursuant to Section 1.1.1 is an underwritten registration and the managing underwriters advise the Company and the Holders and any Other Shareholders participating in the registration that in their opinion due to marketing factors the number of shares

 

3



 

of Common Stock requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can reasonably be expected to be sold in such offering, then the amount of such shares that may be included in such registration shall be allocated as follows: (i) first, the shares proposed to be sold by the Institutional Investors exercising rights under Section 1.1.1 and any other Institutional Investors proposing to sell shares of Common Stock pursuant to such registration in accordance with the terms hereof, shall be included in such registration and, if all such shares cannot be included in such registration due to marketing factors, the amount of shares to be included in such registration by all such Institutional Investors shall be allocated pro rata among such Institutional Investors in proportion to the number of Registrable Securities owned by them, (ii) second, the shares proposed to be sold by any other Holders shall be included in such registration and, if all such shares cannot be included in such underwriting due to marketing factors, the amount of shares to be included in such registration by all such other Holders shall be allocated pro rata among such other Holders in proportion to the number of Registrable Securities owned by them, (iii) third, the shares proposed to be sold by the Company shall be included in such registration, and (iv) fourth, the shares proposed to be sold by Other Shareholders shall be included in such registration and, if all such shares cannot be included in such underwriting due to marketing factors, the amount of shares to be included in such registration by all such Other Shareholders shall be allocated pro rata among such Other Shareholders in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock (calculated on an as-converted into Common Stock basis) owned by them.

 

1.1.5                      Withdrawal

 

Any Holder or Other Shareholder participating in any demand registration pursuant to this Section 1.1 may withdraw such Holder’s or Other Shareholder’s shares from such registration at any time before a registration statement is declared effective, and the Company may withdraw such registration statement if no Registrable Securities are then proposed to be included. Upon the request of Institutional Investors holding two-thirds (2/3rds) of the Registrable Securities held by all Institutional Investors participating in the demand registration, the Institutional Investors may withdraw their request for registration pursuant to Section 1.1.1 . In the event the Company is not obligated to effect any requested registration under Section 1.1.1 by virtue of Section 1.1.3 , such request shall not be deemed to be a request for registration for purposes of Section 1.1.1 until such time as the registration is effected.

 

4



 

1.2                                Piggyback Registration Rights

 

1.2.1                      Request

 

If at any time or times after the IPO the Company proposes to file a registration statement covering any of its securities under the Act (whether to be sold by it or by one or more selling stockholders), other than (i) an offering pursuant to a demand registration under Section 1.1.1 hereof (in which case, the Holders shall be entitled to receive notice of, and participate in, such registration in accordance with the terms of Section 1.1 hereof) or (ii) an offering registered on Form S-8 or Form S-4, or successor forms relating to employee stock plans and business combinations, the Company shall, not less than ten (10) Business Days prior to the proposed filing date of the registration form, give written notice of the proposed registration to all Holders specifying in reasonable detail the proposed transaction to be covered by the registration statement and, at the written request of any Holder delivered to the Company within twenty (20) days after the giving of such notice, but subject to the terms of Section 1.2.2 below, the Company shall include in such registration and offering, and in any underwriting of such offering, all Registrable Securities as any such Holder shall request the Company to include in such registration and offering. The Company shall have no obligation to include shares owned by any Holder in a registration statement pursuant to this Section 1.2 unless and until such Holder, if such registration is an underwritten offering, agrees to enter into an underwriting agreement, a custody agreement and power of attorney and any other customary documents required in an underwritten offering all in customary form and containing customary provisions.

 

1.2.2                      Reduction

 

If a registration in which any Holder has the right or is otherwise permitted to participate pursuant to this Section 1.2 is an underwritten registration and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion due to marketing factors the number of shares of Common Stock requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can reasonably be expected to be sold in such offering, the Company shall include in such registration: (i) first, the shares proposed to be sold by the Company, (ii) second, the shares proposed to be sold by the Institutional Investors exercising rights under Section 1.2.1 and, if all such shares cannot be included in such registration due to marketing factors, the amount of shares to be included in such registration by all such Holders shall be allotted pro rata among such Holders in proportion to the number of Registrable Securities owned by them; (iii) third, the shares proposed to be sold by any other Holders exercising rights under Section  1.2.1 and, if all such shares cannot be included in such registration due to marketing factors, the amount of shares to be included in such registration by all such Holders shall be allocated pro rata among such Holders in proportion to the number of Registrable Securities owned by them, and (iv) fourth, the shares

 

5



 

proposed to be sold by any Other Shareholders proposing to sell shares of Common Stock pursuant to such registration and, if all such shares cannot be included in such registration due to marketing factors, the amount of shares to be included in such registration by all such Other Shareholders shall be allocated pro rata among such Other Shareholders in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock (calculated on an as-converted into Common Stock basis) owned by them.

 

1.3                                Registration on Form S-3

 

Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 1.1.3 and the other terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, if at any time the Company is eligible to use Form S-3 (or any successor form) for secondary sales any Institutional Investor may request (by written notice to the Company stating the number of Registrable Securities proposed to be sold and the intended method of disposition) that the Company file a registration statement on Form S-3 (or any successor form) for a public sale of all or any portion of the Registrable Securities beneficially owned by it, or that the Company take all steps necessary to include such Registrable Securities in a Form S-3 that the Company has previously filed under Rule 415 under the Act (to the extent reasonably practicable), provided that the reasonably anticipated aggregate price to the public of such Registrable Securities shall be at least $1,000,000. At the written request of the Institutional Investor requesting such registration, such registration shall be for a delayed or continuous offering under Rule 415 under the Act. Upon receiving such request, the Company shall use its best efforts to promptly file a registration statement on Form S-3 (or any successor form), or file an appropriate post-effective amendment or supplement to an existing registration statement, to register under the Act for public sale in accordance with the method of disposition specified in such request, the number of shares of Registrable Securities specified in such request and shall otherwise carry out the actions specified in Section 1.1.2 and 1.4 . There shall be no limitation on the total number of registrations on Form S-3 which may be requested and obtained under this Section 1.3 .

 

1.4                                Registration Procedures

 

Whenever any Holder has requested that any shares be registered pursuant to Sections 1.1 , 1.2 or 1.3 hereof, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

 

( 1)           prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement, or prepare and file an appropriate post-effective amendment or supplement to an existing registration statement, with respect to such shares and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement, post-effective amendment or supplement to become effective as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter (provided that before filing a registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements

 

6



 

thereto, the Company shall, to the extent practicable, furnish such Holder with copies of all such documents proposed to be filed);

 

(2)           prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective for a period of not less than one-hundred eighty (180) days (or, in the case of a registration pursuant to Section 1.3 hereof, for a period of not less than three (3) years or until such time as there are no Registrable Securities covered by the registration statement; provided   that the Company shall only be required to keep such registration statement effective for such extended period of time to the extent it is eligible to use Form S-3), or until such earlier time as such Holder has completed the distribution described in such registration statement, whichever occurs first;

 

(3)           furnish to such Holder such number of copies of such registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto, the prospectus included in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus), and such other documents as such Holder may reasonably request;

 

(4)           use its reasonable best efforts to register or qualify such shares under such other securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as such Holder reasonably requests (and to maintain such registrations and qualifications effective for the applicable period of time set forth in Section 1.4(2)  hereof), and to do any and all other acts and things which may be necessary or advisable to enable such Holder to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of such shares (provided that the Company will not be required to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not be required but for this subsection (4) , (ii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction, or (iii) file any general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction);

 

(5)           notify such Holder, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Act within the period that the Company is required to keep the registration statement effective, of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in any such registration statement contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing, and the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to prepare, file and furnish to such Holder a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such shares, such prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing;

 

7



 

(6)           cause all such shares to be listed on securities exchanges (or national quotation systems), if any, on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed (or if not then listed, on such exchanges (or national quotation systems) as are requested by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being included in such registration);

 

(7)           provide a transfer agent and registrar and a CUSIP number for all such shares not later than the effective date of such registration statement;

 

(8)           enter into such customary agreements and, subject to the terms hereof, take all such other customary actions as such Holder reasonably requests (and subject to its reasonable approval) in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such shares;

 

(9)           subject to the execution of a customary confidentiality agreement, make available for inspection by such Holder, by any underwriter participating in any distribution pursuant to such registration statement, and by any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by such Holder or by any such underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents, and properties (other than confidential intellectual property) of the Company; and

 

(10)         in connection with an underwritten offering pursuant to a registration statement filed pursuant to Sections 1.1 and 1.3 hereof, enter into an row  underwriting agreement in customary form and containing reasonable customary provisions, including provisions for indemnification of underwriters and contribution, if so requested by any underwriter.

 

1.5                                Holdback Agreements

 

Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if, after any registration statement to which the rights hereunder apply becomes effective (and prior to completion of any sales thereunder), the Company’s Board of Directors determines in good faith that the failure of the Company to (i) suspend sales of stock under the registration statement or (ii) amend or supplement the registration statement, would be seriously detrimental to the Company as described in Section 1.1.3 hereof, the Company shall so notify each Holder participating in such registration and each Holder shall suspend any further sales under such registration statement until the Company advises such Holders that the registration statement has been amended or that conditions no longer exist which would require such suspension, provided that (x) the Company may impose any such suspension for no more than ninety (90) days (inclusive of any days for which a registration request has been delayed pursuant to Section 1.1.3 during the past twelve months) and no more than once during any twelve month period and (y) the Company shall use its best efforts to amend the registration statement or otherwise take action to permit sales thereunder as soon as practicable.

 

8


 

In the event that the Company effects a registration of any securities under the Act in an underwritten public offering, each Holder agrees not to effect any sale, including any sale pursuant to Rule 144 under the Act, of any Equity Securities (except as part of such offering) during the 18O-day period commencing with the effective date of the registration statement for the IPO and the 90-day period commencing with the effective date of the registration statement for any subsequent public offering, provided that all holders of five percent (5%) or more of the Company’s outstanding Equity Securities and all officers and directors of the Company, to the extent that they hold Equity Securities, enter into similar agreements providing for similar restrictions on sales; provided , however , that the agreement set forth in this Section 1.5(b) shall terminate and be of no further force or effect with respect to all Holders if any holder of five percent (5%) or more of the Company’s outstanding Equity Securities, any officer or director of the Company that has executed a similar agreement or any Holder hereunder shall have received a waiver relieving it of its obligations hereunder or under any such similar agreement. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions to enforce the provisions of this Section 1.5(b).

 

1.6          Registration Expenses

 

1.6.1       Holder Expenses

 

If, pursuant to Sections 1.1, 1.2 or 1.3 hereof, Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement, then the Holder thereof shall pay all transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale of its shares, and any underwriting discounts or commissions or the equivalent thereof applicable to the sale of its shares (collectively, “Seller Expenses”). If, as a result of the withdrawal of a request for registration by the Institutional Investors pursuant to Section 1.1.5, a registration under Section 1.1.1 does not become effective, upon the election of Institutional Investors holding two-thirds (2/3rds) of the Registrable Securities held by all Institutional Investors, the Institutional Investors shall have the option of reimbursing the Company for any Registration Expenses incurred as a result of such request pro rata on the basis of the number of their shares so included in the registration request (except for the fees of any counsel for the Holders, which shall be borne only by the persons whom such counsel represented, pro rata on the basis of the number of their shares so included in the registration request) in which case such registration shall not be counted as a registration pursuant to Section 1.1.1. In the event that a withdrawal by the Institutional Investors is based on material adverse information relating to the Company that is different from the information known or available to the Institutional Investors at the time of their request for registration under Section 1.1.1, any Registration Expenses relating to such registration shall be borne by the Company and such registration shall not be counted as a registration pursuant to Section 1,1.1.

 

9



 

1.6.2       Company Expenses

 

Except for Seller Expenses, the Company shall pay all expenses (“Registration Expenses”) incident to the registration of shares by the Company and any Holders pursuant to Sections 1.1, 1.2 and 1.3 and to the Company’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement in connection therewith, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, fees and expenses of compliance with state securities or blue sky laws, printing expenses, messenger and delivery expenses, and reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the Company and a single counsel for all Holders selling shares and all independent certified public accountants and other persons retained by the Company in connection therewith.

 

1.6.3       Indemnity and Contribution

 

In the event that any shares owned by a Holder are proposed to be offered by means of a registration statement pursuant to Section 1.1, 1.2 or 1.3 hereof, to the extent permitted by law, the Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless such Holder, any underwriter participating in such offering, each officer, partner, manager and director of such Holder or underwriter, each other Person, if any, who Controls or may Control such Holder or underwriter and each representative of any Holder serving on the Board of Directors of the Company (such Holder or underwriter, its officers, partners, managers and directors and such other Persons being hereinafter referred to individually as an “Investor Indemnified Person” and collectively as “Investor Indemnified Persons”) from and against all demands, claims, actions or causes of action, assessments, losses, damages, liabilities, costs, and expenses, including, without limitation, interest, penalties, and reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, asserted against, resulting to, imposed upon or incurred by such Investor Indemnified Person, directly or indirectly (hereinafter referred to in this Section 1.6.3 in the singular as a “claim” and in the plural as “claims”), based upon, arising out of or resulting from any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in a registration statement, prospectus, offering circular, free writing prospectus or other document to which such registration relates or any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact necessary to make the statements made therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which such statements are made, except insofar as such claim is based upon, arises out of or results from information furnished to the Company in writing by such Investor Indemnified Person specifically for use in the registration statement, prospectus, offering circular, free writing prospectus or other document to which such registration relates.

 

Each Holder shall, if securities held by him, her or it are included among the securities as to which such registration, qualification or compliance is being effected, indemnify the Company, each of its directors and officers, and each

 

10



 

Person who Controls the Company (the Company, its directors, officers and each Person who Controls the Company being hereinafter referred to individually as a “Company Indemnified Person” and collectively as “Company Indemnified Persons”), and any underwriter participating in such offering and any other Holders who have included Registrable Securities in such registration and each officer, partner, manager and director of such underwriter or Holder and each other Person, if any, who Controls or may Control such underwriter or Holder against all claims based on, arising out of, or resulting from any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in a registration statement, prospectus, offering circular, free writing prospectus or other document to which such registration relates or any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact necessary to make the statements made therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which such statements are made, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission) is made in such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular, free writing prospectus or other document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Holder specifically for use therein; provided , however, that the obligations of such Holder hereunder shall be limited to an amount equal to the net proceeds to such Holder of securities sold in such offering as contemplated herein, except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such Holder.

 

The indemnification provisions set forth herein shall be in addition to any liability that the Company or any Holder may otherwise have to the Investor Indemnified Persons, the Company Indemnified Persons or the other Persons entitled to indemnification hereunder. The Company Indemnified Persons, the Investor Indemnified Persons and the other Persons entitled to indemnification hereunder are hereinafter referred to as “Indemnified Persons.” Promptly after receiving notice of any claim in respect of which an Indemnified Person may seek indemnification under this Section  1.6.3, such Indemnified Person shall submit written notice thereof to either the Company or the Holders, as the case may be (sometimes being hereinafter referred to as an “Indemnifying Person”). The omission of the Indemnified Person so to notify the Indemnifying Person of any such claim shall not relieve the Indemnifying Person from any liability it may have hereunder except to the extent that (a) such liability was caused or increased by such omission, or (b) the ability of the Indemnifying Person to reduce such liability was materially adversely affected by such omission. In addition, the omission of the Indemnified Person so to notify the Indemnifying Person of any such claim shall not relieve the Indemnifying Person from any liability it may have otherwise than hereunder. The Indemnifying Person shall have the right to undertake, by counsel or representatives of its own choosing, the defense, compromise or settlement (without admitting liability of the Indemnified Person) of any such claim asserted. such defense, compromise or settlement to be undertaken at the expense of the Indemnifying Person, and the Indemnified Person shall have the right to engage separate counsel, at its own expense, and counsel for the Indemnifying Person shall

 

11



 

keep the separate counsel for the Indemnified Person informed of the status of, and shall otherwise consult with such separate counsel with respect to, any such action or proceeding; provide , however, that the Indemnified Person shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the reasonable fees and expenses to be paid by the Indemnifying Person, if representation of such Indemnified Person by the counsel retained by the Indemnifying Person would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such Indemnified Person and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. In the event the Indemnifying Person shall elect not to undertake such defense by its own representatives, the Indemnifying Person shall give prompt written notice of such election to the Indemnified Person, and the Indemnified Person shall undertake the defense, compromise or settlement (without admitting liability of the Indemnifying Person) thereof on behalf of and for the account of the Indemnifying Person by counsel or other representatives designated by the Indemnified Person, with the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel to be paid by the Indemnifying Person. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Indemnifying Person shall be obligated hereunder with respect to amounts paid in settlement of any claim if such settlement is effected without the consent of such Indemnifying Person (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld).

 

If the indemnification provided for in this Section  1.6 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an Indemnified Person, then the Indemnifying Person, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Person hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of any claims in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnified Person on the one hand and the Indemnifying Person on the other in connection with the statements or omissions (or alleged statements or omissions) that resulted in such claims as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Indemnified Person and the Indemnifying Person shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Indemnifying Person or by the Indemnified Person and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge and access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission (or alleged statement or omission), In no event will the liability of any Holder for contribution exceed the net proceeds received by such Holder in any sale of securities to which such liability relates except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such Holder.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with any underwritten public offering contemplated by this Agreement are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in such underwriting agreement shall be controlling.

 

12



 

1.7                                Grant and Transfer of Registration Rights

 

Except for registration rights granted by the Company after the date hereof which are subordinate to the rights of the Holders hereunder, the Company shall not grant any registration rights to any other Person without the prior written consent of the Institutional Investors holding at least two-thirds (2/3rds) of all Registrable Securities held by all Institutional Investors as of the date of determination, measured on a fully-diluted, as converted into Common Stock basis. Holders shall have the right to transfer or assign the rights contained in this Agreement CO to any limited partner or Affiliate of a Holder in connection with the transfer of any Registrable Securities permitted by the terms of any shareholder agreement then in effect or (ii) to any third party transferee acquiring Registrable Securities held by such Holder provided that (x) such transfer is permitted by the terms of any shareholder agreement then in effect and (y) after giving effect to such transfer, such transferee shall own at least five percent (5%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding; provided, in each case, that (a) the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned; (b) such transferee or assignee agrees in writing to be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement; and (c) such assignment shall be effective only if immediately following such transfer the further disposition of such securities by the transferee or assignee is restricted under the Act.

 

1.8                                     Information from Holder

 

It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 1 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be reasonably requested by the Company to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities.

 

1.9                                     Rule 144 Requirements

 

After the date of the IPO, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to make publicly available, and available to the Holders, such information as is necessary to enable the Holders to make sales of Registrable Securities pursuant to Rule 144 of the Act. The Company shall furnish to any Holder, upon request, a written statement executed by the Company as to the steps it has taken to comply with the current public information requirements of Rule 144.

 

13



 

1.10                         Sale of Preferred Stock to Underwriter

 

Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, in lieu of converting any shares of Preferred Stock prior to the filing of any registration statement filed pursuant to this Agreement, the holder of such shares may sell such shares of Preferred Stock to the underwriters of the offering being registered upon the undertaking of such underwriters to convert the Preferred Stock to Common Stock, each such step to be effective at the closing of the offering. In such event, the Company agrees to cause the Common Stock issuable on the conversion of the Preferred Stock to be issued within such time period as will permit the underwriters to make and complete the distribution contemplated by the underwriting.

 

1.11                         Changes in Preferred Stock or Common Stock

 

If, and as often as, there is any change in the Preferred Stock or Common Stock by way of a stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification, or through a merger, consolidation, reorganization or recapitalization, or by any other means, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the provisions hereof so that the rights and privileges granted hereby shall continue with respect to the Preferred Stock or Common Stock as so changed.

 

2.             DEFINITIONS

 

The capitalized terms contained in this Agreement shall have the following meanings unless otherwise specifically defined:

 

ABS ” shall mean collectively ABS Capital Partners IV, L.P., ABS Capital Partners IV-A, L.P., ABS Capital Partners IV Offshore, L.P, and ABS Capital Partners IV Special Offshore, L.P., together with each of its respective Affiliates, successors and permitted assigns.

 

Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Affiliate ” with respect to any specified Person, means a Person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by or is under common Control with, such specified Person.,

 

Business Day ” shall mean Monday through Friday and shall exclude any federal or bank holidays observed in New York City.

 

Class A Registrable Securities ” shall mean (i) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Class A Preferred Stock and (ii) any equity securities of the Company issued as a distribution with respect to or in exchange for or in replacement of any of the securities referred to in clause (i) above.

 

14



 

“Class B Registrable Securities” shall mean (i) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Class B Preferred Stock and (ii) any equity securities of the Company issued as a distribution with respect to or in exchange for or in replacement of any of the securities referred to in clause (i) above.

 

“Control” (and its derivatives) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, as trustee or executor, by contract or otherwise).

 

“Equity Securities” shall mean the Common Stock, the Preferred Stock and any warrants or other rights to subscribe for or to purchase, or any options for the purchase of, Common Stock or Preferred Stock, any stock or security convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock or Preferred Stock or any other stock, security or interest in the Company whether or not convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock or Preferred Stock.

 

“Institutional Investors” shall mean collectively ABS, Norwest and Madison Capital Funding LLC.

 

“IPO” shall mean the first public offering of the Common Stock registered under the Act after the date hereof.

 

“Norwest” shall mean collectively Norwest Equity Partners VIII, LP, together with each of its respective Affiliates, successors and permitted assigns.

 

“Other Shareholders” means persons other than Holders who, by virtue of agreements with the Company, are entitled to include their securities in a registration effected pursuant to this Agreement.

 

“Person” means any individual, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, corporation, trust, unincorporated organization, government or department or agency of a government.

 

“Preferred Stock” shall mean collectively the Class A Preferred Stock and the Class B Preferred Stock.

 

“Registrable Securities” shall mean (i) the Class A Registrable Securities, (ii) the Class B Registrable Securities, (iii) any shares of Common Stock held by any Holder as of the date hereof, (iv) any additional shares of Common Stock acquired by any Holder after the date hereof (other than shares acquired upon exercise of employee stock options or similar employee awards) and (v) any equity securities of the Company issued as a distribution with respect to or in exchange for or in replacement of any of the securities referred to in clause (i)-(iv) above; provided , however , that Registrable Securities shall not include any securities that have been previously sold pursuant to a registration statement filed

 

15



 

under the Act or under Rule 144 promulgated under the Act, or which have otherwise been transferred in a transaction in which the transferor’s rights under this Agreement are not assigned, or, shares that arc eligible for sale by a Holder pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the Act.

 

SEC ” shall mean the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

3.                                       MISCELLANEOUS

 

3.1                                Entire Agreement; Amendment

 

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the matters provided for herein, and it supersedes all prior oral or written agreements, commitments or understandings with respect to the matters provided for herein between or among such parties. Subject to the provisions of Section 1.7 hereof, this Agreement may be amended or modified in any respect, or any term hereof may be waived, with the written consent of the Institutional Investors who own at least two-thirds (2/3rds) of the outstanding Registrable Securities on a fully-diluted, as-converted into Common Stock basis then held by all Institutional Investors; provided   that no provision hereof may be amended if it would have the effect of materially adding to the obligations of the Company without the written consent of the Company, provided further , that if any amendment, modification or waiver affects a Holder holding Class B Preferred Stock in a manner that is less favorable or more detrimental to such Holder than to any other Holder (without regard to the amount of Equity Securities held by such Holder), then the consent of the Holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B Preferred Stock shall also be required, provided further , that if any amendment, modification or waiver affects a Class A Investor in a manner that is less favorable or more detrimental to such Shareholder than to any other Class A Investor (without regard to the amount of Equity Securities held by such Class A Investor), then the consent of each such Class A Investor less favorably or more detrimentally affected shall also be required, and provided finally, that any amendment to Sections 1.6.3, 3.3 or this Section 3.1 shall require the consent of Madison Capital Funding LLC.

 

3.2                                Waiver

 

No delay or failure on the part of any party hereto in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Agreement or under any other instruments given in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement shall impair any such right, power or privilege or be construed as a waiver of any such right, power or privilege. No single or partial exercise of any such right, power or privilege shall preclude the

 

16



 

further exercise of such right, power or privilege, or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.

 

3.3                                Termination

 

This Agreement shall forthwith become wholly void and of no effect as to any Holder (including any permitted assignee of such Holder), at such time as such person no longer owns any securities constituting Registrable Securities.

 

3.4                                Binding Effect

 

This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors, heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives and permitted assigns, including any successor corporation upon a reincorporation of the Company into another jurisdiction.

 

3.5                                Governing Law

 

This Agreement, the rights and obligations of the parties hereto, and any claims or disputes relating thereto, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware (excluding the choice of law rules thereof).

 

3.6.                             Notices

 

All notices, demands, requests, or other communications which may be or are required to be given, served, or sent by any party to any other party pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be hand delivered, faxed, sent by overnight courier or mailed by first-class, registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

 

(i)                                      If to the Company:

 

Rosetta Stone Inc,
135 W. Market Street
Harrisonburg, VA 22801
Facsimile No.: (703) 991-5843
Attention: Laura Witt

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Hogan & Hartson LLP.
111 S. Calvert Street
Baltimore, MD 21202
Facsimile No: (410) 539-6981

 

17



 

Attention: Michael J. Silver

 

(ii)                                   If to any Holder, at such Holder’s address as appearing on Exhibit A hereto.

 

Each party may designate by notice in writing (given in accordance with the terms hereof) a new address to which any notice, demand, request or communication may thereafter be so given, served or sent. Each notice, demand, request, or communication which shall be hand delivered, sent or mailed, in the manner described above, shall be deemed sufficiently given, served, sent, received or delivered for all purposes at such time as it is delivered to the addressee (with the return receipt, the delivery receipt or a facsimile confirmation being deemed conclusive, but not exclusive, evidence of such delivery) or at such time as delivery is refused by the addressee upon presentation.

 

3.7                                Execution in Counterparts

 

To facilitate execution, this Agreement may be executed in as many counterparts as may be required; and it shall not be necessary that the signatures of, or on behalf of, each party, or that the signatures of all persons required to bind any party, appear on each counterpart; but it shall be sufficient that the signature of, or on behalf of, each party, or that the signatures of the persons required to bind any party, appear on one or more of the counterparts. All counterparts shall collectively constitute a single agreement, It shall not be necessary in making proof of this Agreement to produce or account for more than one of the counterparts of this Agreement containing the respective signatures of or on behalf of, all of the parties hereto.

 

[Signatures Appear on Following Pages]

 

18


 

 

ROSETTA STONE INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Tom Adams

 

Name:

Tom Adams

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer and President

 

 

Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement

 



 

 

HOLDERS:

 

 

 

ABS CAPITAL PARTNERS IV, L.P.

 

By: ABS Partners IV, L.L.C.,

 

Its General Partner

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Laura L. Witt

 

 

Name:  Laura L. Witt

 

 

Title:   Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

ABS CAPITAL PARTNERS IV-A, L.P.

 

By: ABS Partners IV, L.L.C.,

 

Its General Partner

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Laura L. Witt

 

 

Name:  Laura L. Witt

 

 

Title:    Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

ABS CAPITAL PARTNERS IV OFFSHORE FUND,

 

L.P.

 

By: ABS Partners IV, L.L.C.,

 

Its General Partner

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Laura L. Witt

 

 

Name:   Laura L. Witt

 

 

Title:    Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

ABS CAPITAL PARTNERS IV SPECIAL

 

OFFSHORE, L.P.

 

By: ABS Partners IV, L.L.C.,

 

Its General Partner

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Laura L. Witt

 

 

Name:   Laura L. Witt

 

 

Title:    Managing Member

 

 

Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement

 



 

 

NORWEST EQUITY PARTNERS VIII, LP

 

 

 

By: Itasca Partners VIII, LLC

 

Its General Partner

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Steven M. Farsht

 

Name:

Steven M. Farsht

 

Title:

Member

 

 

Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement

 



 

 

MADISON CAPITAL FUNDING LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

[ illegible ]

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement

 



 

 

TOM ADAMS

 

 

 

/s/ Tom Adams

 

 

Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Yvonne Droms

 

 

Name: Yvonne Droms

 

 

Signature Page for Registration Rights Agreement

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ruth Brunk Stoltzfus

 

 

Name: Ruth Brunk Stoltzfus

 

 

Kathryn Stoltzfus POW

 

 

Signature Page for Registration Rights Agreement

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Matthew Edwards Schenck

 

 

Name: Matthew Edwards Schenck

 

 

Signature Page for Registration Rights Agreement

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Dwayne Martin

 

 

Name: Dwayne Martin

 

 

Signature Page  for Registration Rights Agreement

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Greg Keim

 

 

Name: Greg Keim

 

 

Signature Page for Registration Rights Agreement

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Susana Joy Stoltzfus

 

 

Name: Susana Joy Stoltzfus

 

 

Signature Page for Registration Rights Agreement

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ J. Gary Neff

 

 

Name: J. Gary Neff

 

 

Signature Page for Registration Rights Agreement

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ruth Stoltzfus Jost

 

 

Name: Ruth Stoltzfus Jost

 

 

Signature Page for Registration Rights Agreement

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Timothy Jost

 

 

Name: Timothy Jost

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ruth Jost

 

 

Name: Ruth Jost

 

 

Signature Page for Registration Rights Agreement

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael Silverman

 

 

Name: Michael Silverman

 

 

Signature Page  for Registration Rights Agreement

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Helen Stoltzfus

 

 

Name: Helen Stoltzfus

 

 

Signature Page for Registration Rights Agreement

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John Fairfield

 

 

Name: John Fairfield

 

 

Signature Page for Registration Rights Agreement

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kathryn Fairfield

 

 

Name: Kathryn Fairfield

 

 

Signature Page for Registration Rights Agreement

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Emily Shenk

 

 

Name: Emily Shenk

 

 

Signature Page for Registration Rights Agreement

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

ANNE HELLER HESS STOLTZFUS IRREVOCABLE TRUST

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kathryn Anne Stoltzfus-Dueck

 

 

Name: Kathryn Anne Stoltzfus-Dueck

 

 

Title: Trustee

 

 

Signature Page for Registration Rights Agreement

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Laura Marie Stoltzfus LeGoff

 

 

Name: Laura Marie Stoltzfus LeGoff

 

 

Signature Page for Registration Rights Agreement

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kathryn Anne Stoltzfus-Dueck

 

 

Name: Kathryn Anne Stoltzfus-Dueck

 

 

Signature Page for Registration Rights Agreement

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eugene Stoltzfus

 

 

Name: Eugene Stoltzfus

 

 

Signature Page for Registration Rights Agreement

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Rose Shenk

 

 

Name: Rose Shenk

 

 

Signature Page for Registration Rights Agreement

 




Exhibit 10.10

LEASE

 

This Lease Agreement is made to be effective as of February 20, 2006, by and between PREMIER FLEX CONDOS, LLC , a Virginia limited liability company (“Landlord”), and Fairfield Language Technologies, Inc. (“Tenant”).

 

BASIC LEASE TERMS

 

Landlord:

Premier Flex Condos, LLC, a Virginia limited liability company

 

 

Tenant:

Fairfield Language Technologies, Inc., of 135 West Market Street, Harrisonburg, VA 22801

 

 

Premises:

16,000 square feet, within the Building on the Property (as later defined), and any other spaces, facilities or appurtenances as may be set forth herein, as shown on Exhibit A

 

 

Term:

Approximately five (5) years, commencing on May 1, 2006, (the “Commencement Date”) and expiring on April 30, 2011, (the “Expiration Date”) unless sooner terminated as provided herein or by law.

 

 

Termination Option:

o   Tenant may terminate the Lease (a) effective two (2) years prior to the Expiration Date or           , 20     , by delivering written notice of termination to Landlord on or before four (4) months prior thereto, or           , 20    , together with a termination fee of $            , or (b) effective one (1) year prior to the Expiration Date, or           , 20    , by delivering written notice of termination to Landlord on or before four (4) months prior thereto, or            , 20    , together with a termination fee of $         .

 

or    x Not Applicable.

 

 

Extension Option:

x   Lessee may extend the Term for two (2) additional consecutive periods of three (3) years, with each period being in accordance with the provisions of this Lease,

 

or    o Not Applicable.

 

 

Target Occupancy Date:

May 1, 2006

 

 

Deadline Occupancy Date:

May 31, 2006

 

[ILLEGIBLE INITIALS]

 



 

Base Annual Rent:

$5.75 per square foot of the Premises, which equates to $92,000 per year, payable in equal monthly installments of . $7,667.

 

 

Operating Expenses and Taxes:

o $         per square foot of the Premises, or x proportionate share per the Lease of 25% initially estimated to be $600/mo.

 

 

Security Deposit:

$7,500

 

 

Lease Fee :

$ None

 

 

Permitted Use :

Software packaging and distribution

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Addresses:

Landlord:

Premier Flex Condos, LLC

 

 

c/o InterChange Group, Inc.

 

 

Attn: Devon C. Anders

 

 

1346 Pleasants Drive, Suite 6

 

 

Harrisonburg, VA 22801

 

 

Facsimile:       540-442-1632

 

 

 

 

Tenant:

Fairfield Language Technologies, Inc.

 

 

Attn: Charles E. Wilson

 

 

135 West Market Street

 

 

Harrisonburg, VA 22801

 

 

Facsimile:       540-432-0953

 

 

 

 

 

Landlord Improvements/Alterations:

Addendum governing Landlord improvements o is x is not attached to this Lease.

 

 

Tenant Improvements:

Addendum governing Tenant Improvements o is x is not attached to this Lease.

 

 

Guaranty/ Security:

Lease is secured by None (If none, so state)

 

 

Broker:

None                    (If none, so state)

 

 

Other Terms:

Company cat is permitted inside the Premises. Lease is subject to approval by Landlord’s lender CPI adjustment in 2.01 will not apply until May 1, 2009 for the change in the index from March 2008 to February 2009.

 

[ILLEGIBLE INITIALS]

 

2



 

ARTICLE 1 – GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

1.01             Premises . Subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Lease, Landlord leases to Tenant, and Tenant leases from Landlord the Premises as defined in the Basic Lease Terms and shown on Exhibit A,           together with all improvements thereon and appurtenances thereto (the “ Property ”).

 

Tenant shall have the right to use, in common with others, the “ Common Areas ” serving the Property, which include the entrance area, sidewalks surrounding the Building and other areas not located within the Premises which are designated by Landlord for use by Tenant in common with others, in each case for the designated purpose(s) and in accordance with the terms of this Lease. Landlord shall have the right from time to time to change, enlarge, diminish or rearrange the area, level, location and arrangement of the Common Areas and do such things from time to time as in Landlord’s sole discretion may be necessary regarding the Common Areas, including designation of portions of the Common Areas for exclusive parking or use by other tenants of the Building, so long as Tenant’s access to and use of the Premises are not materially impaired thereby.

 

1.02             Use . Tenant shall use the Premises and Common Areas only as set forth in the Basic Lease Terms, and for no other purpose without Landlord’s prior written and discretionary consent. Tenant shall not create or permit a nuisance at the Premises or use (or permit the use of) the Premises for any immoral or illegal purposes. Tenant shall conduct its business in such a manner, both with regard to noise and other nuisances, as will not interfere with, annoy or disturb any other tenant at the Property in the conduct of its business or Landlord in the management of the Property. No outside storage (including storage within trailers) is permitted without the prior written and discretionary consent of Landlord. Any storage exceptions at the time of the Effective Date are state in the Basic Lease Terms. Landlord consents to up to two dogs and the company cat being kept on the Premises or brought onto the Premises by Tenant so long as such animals remain inside the Building at all times.

 

If Landlord pre-approves outside trailer storage in its discretion, Tenant expressly agrees that dropping of trailers shall be accomplished in a manner that minimizes to the greatest extent practicable any damage to or wear and tear on the pavement, including without limitation, the use of wood or other buffers sufficient to minimum the impact on the underlying pavement. Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against all costs, expenses and damages incurred as a result of Tenant’s storage of trailers on the Property, including without limitation, any damage to the pavement that occurs.

 

1.03             Term . The term of this Lease shall be for the number of calendar months or years specified in the Basic Lease Terms. If the Basic Lease Terms afford Tenant an

 

3



 

option to extend the term of this Lease for one or more additional periods, or to terminate the Lease early, the exercise of either option shall be governed by this section.

 

If Tenant desires to exercise either option, Tenant must deliver written notice of extension or termination to Landlord at least 120 calendar days prior to the expiration of the term or period, as further specified in the Basic Lease Terms, but no such extension or termination shall be allowed or effective if Tenant is in default of this Lease at the time of notice of exercise or the commencement date of the extended term or period or at the time of notice of exercise of the termination.

 

1.04             Condition of Premises . Landlord has no responsibility for the performance or cost of any improvements or alterations that Tenant desires be made to the Premises unless otherwise set forth under the Basic Lease Terms. If any such responsibility of Landlord is set forth, Landlord shall not be liable for delays in the completion of such improvements unless caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord.

 

Tenant’s taking occupancy of the Premises shall conclusively establish that Tenant has inspected the Premises and Common Areas and accepts the Premises and Common Areas in their “AS IS” condition, with all faults, latent or patent.

 

1.05             Security Deposit . Tenant shall concurrently with execution of this Lease deposit with Landlord a Security Deposit in the amount set forth in the Basic Lease Terms. Landlord shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general funds. The Security Deposit shall be held by Landlord, without liability for interest, as security for the faithful performance by Tenant of all of the terms of this Lease. If Tenant fails to pay any Rent or other sums payable to Landlord when due, or Landlord makes payments on behalf of Tenant, or Tenant fails to perform any of the terms of this Lease, then Landlord may, at its option without prejudice to its other rights and remedies, apply the Security Deposit or a portion thereof to any Rent or other sums due or to the loss or damage sustained by Landlord due to such breach on the part of Tenant. Tenant shall, within five days after written demand, restore the Security Deposit to the original sum in the event Landlord so applies all or any portion of the Security Deposit. If Tenant fully complies with its obligations under this Lease, then Landlord shall return the Security Deposit to Tenant within thirty days after expiration of this Lease. Landlord may apply the Security Deposit to make any repairs to, or to clean the Premises at the end of the term, deducting the cost thereof from the Security Deposit. If Tenant fails to occupy the Premises in accordance with the terms of this Lease, Landlord’s remedies shall include, without limitation, retention of the Security Deposit.

 

ARTICLE 2 - RENT

 

2.01             Rent .

 

(a)                                   As Base Rent (“ Rent ”) for the first three (3) years of the Lease, Tenant shall pay an annual amount, payable in equal monthly installments, all as set forth

 

[ILLEGIBLE INITIALS]

 

4



 

in the Basic Lease Terms, commencing on the Commencement Date and continuing on the first day of each calendar month thereafter, in lawful money of the United States, without notice, demand, offset or deduction, and without abatement, with proration for any partial month at the beginning or end of the Term.

 

On the anniversary of the Commencement Date beginning in 2009, and each year thereafter during the Term, the Base Rent for the succeeding lease year shall be increased over the then-current Base Rent (compounding the increases) by the amount of the percentage increase if any, in the All Urban Consumers Price Index (CPI-U) U.S. City Average, all items (1982-1984 = 100), issued by the Bureau of Labor Statistics, U.S. Department of Labor (the “Index”) during the twelve-month period ending three months prior to such adjustment date. No adjustment will be made for a decrease in the Index. If the Index is discontinued, Landlord may designate a comparable substitute index.

 

(b)                        All costs, expenses and amounts other than Rent payable by Tenant pursuant to this Lease shall be deemed additional rent, and in the event of nonpayment, Landlord shall have the same rights and remedies as apply to the nonpayment of Rent. lf any Rent or additional rent is not paid by Tenant within ten days of written demand for such payment, interest shall accrue and be payable thereon at the rate of 16% per annum.

 

(c)                         Any payment of Rent not received by Landlord within ten (10) calendar days of the date due shall incur a late charge of five percent (5%) of the delinquent amount. The late charge shall apply for each month that any Rent plus penalty remains unpaid.

 

2.02             Operating Expenses and Taxes .

 

(a)                         It is the intention of the parties that the leasing of the Premises to Tenant pursuant to this Lease is on an absolutely net (sometimes called triple net) basis, and that Landlord will not be liable to contribute to any costs, charges, impositions, outlays, contributions or expenses regarding the Premises during the Term except as expressly provided otherwise in this Lease.

 

(b)                        Tenant agrees to pay its Proportionate Share (as defined below) of all costs incurred by Landlord in operating, maintaining, repairing and securing the Premises, Building and Common Areas that accrue or become due during the Term, including but not limited to all of the following (the “ Common Area Expenses ”):

 

(i)          real property taxes attributable to the Property and the Building,

 

(ii)        costs and expenses of cleaning, inspecting, repairing, replacing, policing, and maintaining the Property (including, without limitation, costs of cleaning, snow removal, sprinkler system maintenance, landscaping, mowing, waste

 

[ILLEGIBLE INITIALS]

 

5



 

collection and disposal, lighting, security, and repairs) and all supplies and materials related thereto;

 

(iii)                  the costs and expenses (including without limitation, premiums) of keeping in force hazard and general liability insurance with respect to the Building and Property; and

 

(iv)                 costs and expenses incurred for electricity, water, gas, alarm systems; fuel and other utilities, including all connection, maintenance and repair charges, with respect to the Building and Common Areas, except to the extent separately metered and the responsibility of Tenant or another tenant of the Building.

 

The Common Area Expenses shall NOT include the following: (I) capital investments treated as capital expenditures on Landlord’s books in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, or (II) amounts for which Landlord receives reimbursement from insurance or another tenant (to the extent of such reimbursement), or (III) cost of structural or roof repairs.

 

For purposes of this Lease, Tenant’s “ Proportionate Share ” shall equal a fraction, the numerator of which is the square footage of the Premises and the denominator of which is the square footage of the Building, as specified in the Basic Lease Terms.

 

(c) At the beginning of the Lease and of each calendar year, Landlord shall estimate the Common Area Expenses for the coming year as well as Tenant’s Proportionate Share thereof. The annual estimated amount shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord in twelve (12) equal monthly installments, in advance, on the first (1st) day of each calendar month, as additional rent, without deduction or set-off. After the end of each calendar year, Landlord will furnish to Tenant a statement showing in reasonable detail the actual Common Area Expenses for such year. Any deficit will be paid by Tenant within thirty (30) days after demand by Landlord. Tenant will not be liable for any deficit greater than fifteen (15%) percent above the annual estimated amount. Any surplus will be applied against rent thereafter coming due or refunded to Tenant, at Landlord’s option.

 

If Tenant disputes Landlord’s determination of Common Area Expenses for any calendar year, Tenant shall notify Landlord, in writing, within sixty (60) calendar days after receipt of notice from Landlord of the matter giving rise to the dispute. If Tenant does not so notify Landlord within that 60-day period, Tenant shall have waived its right to dispute such determination or calculation. If Tenant timely disputes any such determination or calculation, Tenant shall have the right to inspect Landlord’s accounting records at Landlord’s office during normal business hours, and if, after such inspection, Tenant still disputes such determination or calculation, a certification as to the proper amount made by a nationally recognized independent certified public accounting firm

 

[ILLEGIBLE INITIALS]

 

6



 

selected by Landlord shall be final and conclusive. Tenant shall pay the cost of such certification unless such certification discloses an error which favors Landlord by more than five percent of the amount previously determined by Landlord. If such certification reveals that the amount previously determined by Landlord was incorrect, a correction shall be made, and either Landlord shall promptly return to Tenant any overpayment or Tenant shall promptly pay to Landlord any underpayment which was based on such incorrect amount. Notwithstanding the pendency of any dispute hereunder, Tenant shall make payments based upon Landlord’s determination or calculation until such determination or calculation has been established hereunder to be incorrect.

 

2.03             Utility Charges . Tenant shall arrange for, in its own name, and pay all charges for electricity, water and sewer, telephone and communication services and other utility services used, rendered or consumed by Tenant upon the Premises during the Term which are separately metered, before any interest or penalty shall accrue thereon.

 

ARTICLE 3 – AFFIRMATIVE OBLIGATIONS

 

3.01             Compliance with Laws . Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall comply with all laws, ordinances, orders, rules, regulations and other governmental requirements regarding the use, condition or occupancy of the Premises and Tenant’s activities thereon, and Tenant shall not use or permit any other party to use the Premises in a manner that violates any of said legal requirements.

 

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant shall not nor permit any other party to bring on the Premises or Property any Hazardous Materials or do anything that would violate any Environmental Requirements, pose any risk to Landlord or to the community, or result in an increase in any insurance rate paid with respect to the Premises, Building or Property.

 

Hazardous Materials ” means any substance which is or contains (i) any “hazardous substance” as now or hereafter defined in the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended (42 U.S.C. § 9601 et seq.) (“CERCLA”) or any regulations promulgated under or pursuant to CERCLA; (ii) any “hazardous waste” as now or hereafter defined in the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (42 U.S.C. § 6901 et seq.) (“RCRA”) or regulations promulgated under or pursuant to RCRA; (iii) any substance regulated by the Toxic Substances Control Act (15 U.S.C. § 2601 et seq.); (iv) gasoline, diesel fuel, or other petroleum hydrocarbons; (v) asbestos and asbestos containing materials, in any form, whether friable or non-friable; (vi) polychlorinated biphenyls; (vii) radon gas; and (viii) any additional substances or materials which are now or hereafter classified or considered to be hazardous or toxic under Environmental Requirements (as hereinafter defined) or the common law, or any other applicable laws relating to the Property. Hazardous Materials shall include, without limitation, any substance, the presence of which on the Property, (A) requires reporting, investigation or remediation under Environmental Requirements; (B) causes or threatens to cause a nuisance on the Premises or adjacent property or poses or threatens to pose a

 

[ILLEGIBLE INITIALS]

 

7



 

hazard to the health or safety of persons on the Premises or adjacent property; or (C) which, if it emanated or migrated from the Premises, could constitute a trespass.

 

Environmental Requirements ” means all laws, ordinances, statutes, codes, rules, regulations, agreements, judgments, orders, and decrees, now or hereafter enacted, promulgated, or amended, of the United States, the states, the counties, the cities, or any other political subdivision, agency or instrumentally exercising jurisdiction over the owner of the Premises, the Premises, or the use of the Premises, relating to pollution, the protection or regulation of human health, natural resources, or the environment, or the emission, discharge, release or threatened release of pollutants, contaminants, chemical, or industrial, toxic or hazardous substances or waste or Hazardous Materials into the environment (including, without limitation, ambient air, surface water, ground water or land or soil).

 

3.02             Repairs and Maintenance . Tenant shall not commit waste and shall, at its sole cost and expense: (a) keep the Premises in a reasonably safe and clean condition and in good order and repair (including without limitation, keeping all rubbish and garbage in containers), and (b) perform maintenance on, and promptly and diligently make all repairs and replacements to the Premises, as needed, and (c) keep a minimum heated temperature of 40 degrees F at all times to protect the wet sprinkler system from freezing. If common dumpster areas are designated by Landlord, Tenant shall use such dumpster areas in accordance with rules reasonably imposed by Landlord.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, and except as otherwise provided in Section 5.02 below, Landlord agrees to maintain the exterior walls, floor slab, structure and roof of the Building.

 

3.03             Surrender at End of Term . Upon the expiration or sooner termination of the Term, as it may be renewed or extended, Tenant shall promptly quit and immediately surrender to Landlord the Premises, in good order and condition, ordinary wear and tear and casualty damage excepted.

 

ARTICLE 4 - NEGATIVE OBLIGATIONS

 

4.01             Alterations . Tenant shall not make alterations to or construct new improvements on the Premises without Landlord’s prior written and discretionary consent or unless otherwise set forth, as of the Effective Date, under the Basic Lease Terms, provided that Tenant may make interior, non-structural changes to the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent but with prior notice to Landlord so long as such changes will not result in damage to the Premises or the Building upon removal at conclusion of the Term or interfere with operations or use of other tenants or Landlord. All alterations shall be performed and completed in a good and workmanlike manner in compliance with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and ordinances.

 

4.02             Mechanics’ Liens . Tenant shall pay or cause to be paid all costs and charges for work done by it or caused to be done by it on the Premises and for all

 

[ILLEGIBLE INITIALS]

 

8



 

materials furnished for or in connection with such work. Tenant hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Landlord and the Premises harmless from and against all mechanics’ liens, claims of liens, and other costs, expenses, liabilities, claims and demands on account of such work (collectively, “ Liens ”). If any Lien is at any time filed against the Premises due to Tenant’s actions, Tenant shall cause such Lien to be discharged of record within thirty calendar days after the filing of such Lien, whether by payment, posting of a statutory surety bond with the appropriate court, or otherwise. If Tenant fails to pay any charge for which such a Lien has been filed, and such Lien has not been discharged of record as described above and Landlord reasonably believes that its interest in the Premises is in jeopardy of forfeiture as a result, Landlord may pay such charge and related costs and interest, and the amount so paid by Landlord, together with reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements incurred in connection therewith and interest thereon, shall be immediately due from Tenant to Landlord, as additional rent.

 

4.03             Assignment and Subletting . Tenant shall not assign this Lease or any interest herein, or sublet all or any part of the Premises to any third party, without the prior written and discretionary consent of Landlord. Such consent by the Landlord will not be unreasonably withheld.

 

ARTICLE 5 - INSURANCE AND INDEMNIFICATION

 

5.01             Insurance .

 

(a) At all times during the Term, Tenant shall carry and maintain, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, the following insurance, in the amounts specified below:

 

(i)       worker’s compensation insurance in accordance with applicable law, covering all of Tenant’s employees;

 

(ii)      casualty insurance covering Tenant’s personal property and equipment located on the Premises;

 

(iii)     any other insurance legally required to be maintained by Tenant with respect to its business operations or otherwise; and

 

(iv)     comprehensive general liability insurance in an amount not less than $2,000,000 per occurrence and $5,000,000 in the aggregate (which coverage may be maintained as comprehensive general liability in an amount not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence and $2,000,000 in the aggregate, together with an umbrella policy to achieve the higher limits specified above).

 

(b) The comprehensive general liability policy of insurance provided for in paragraph 5.01 (a)(iv) shall name Landlord and such other parties as Landlord specifies from time to time as additional insureds. All such policies shall provide that they may not be terminated or amended except after fifteen days’ prior written notice of termination to Landlord.

 

[ILLEGIBLE INITIALS]

 

9


 

5.02             Casualty and Damage . Tenant shall immediately notify Landlord of fire or other casualty to or any defects in or damage to the Premises. If further damage occurs between that Tenant discovers such damage or defect and the time that Tenant notifies Landlord thereof, Tenant shall pay the cost to repair such additional damage unless such additional damage could not have been avoided had Tenant promptly notified Landlord.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, Tenant shall be liable for any damage to the Premises, Building or Property caused by its negligence or the negligence of its agents or employees, and Landlord may, at its option, repair such damage and Tenant shall thereupon reimburse and compensate Landlord as additional rent within 10 days after invoice from Landlord of the total cost of such repair and damage.

 

If the Premises is so damaged by fire or other casualty that the Premises becomes untenantable by Tenant, then Landlord shall repair the damage to the extent of available insurance proceeds and this Lease shall continue in force, unless the Term is within 18 months of its expiration or Landlord estimates that such repair or restoration will require more than 180 calendar days to complete, in which event Landlord may elect not to repair such damage. If Landlord elects not to repair the damage, Landlord shall notify Tenant and this Lease shall terminate. During the period of time that the Premises are unsuitable for occupancy by Tenant in the operation of its business, Rent shall abate (on a proportionate, square-footage basis if less than all of the Premises is rendered untenantable). Tenant has no obligation to repair any damage to the Premises caused by fire or other casualty, excepting only losses not covered by casualty insurance which are caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, its agents, contractors or employees.

 

5.03             Indemnification . Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and against all liabilities, losses, claims, demands, costs, expenses, fines and remediation costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) and judgments of any nature arising, or alleged to arise, from or in connection with any violation or alleged violation by Tenant of this Lease or any legal requirements relating to the Premises, including without limitation violation of any applicable law regulating hazardous or toxic substances, including without limitation, the Federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601 et seq., and the Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 6991 et seq., as such laws may be amended from time to time. The foregoing indemnification (a) shall not apply to insured losses to the extent of insurance proceeds received, and (b) shall survive termination or expiration of this Lease.

 

5.04          Release . Landlord and its agents shall not be liable by abatement in rent or otherwise, for any damage either to the person or the property of the Tenant, or for the loss of or damage to any property of Tenant by theft or for any other cause, whether similar or dissimilar to the foregoing, unless caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord. Landlord shall not be liable for any injury or damage to persons or property or loss or interruption of business resulting from fire, explosion, electricity,

 

[ILLEGIBLE INITIALS]

 

10



 

water, rain, or snow from any part of the Building, or from the pipes, appliances or plumbing works, or from the roof, street, or subsurface or from any other place, or by any cause of whatever nature unless due to the intentional misconduct of Landlord.

 

ARTICLE 6 - DEFAULT

 

6.01             Tenant’s Default . It shall be a default under this Lease if:

 

(a)                  Tenant fails to pay any Rent on or before the date due (provided that with respect to the first payment default in any rolling six-month period. Tenant shall he entitled to written notice of default and ten (10) calendar days in which to cure such default);

 

(b)                 Tenant fails to perform or observe any provision of this Lease to be performed or observed by Tenant and such failure continues for: (i) as to monetary defaults, ten calendar days after Landlord delivers written notice thereof to Tenant, or (ii) as to nonmonetary defaults, thirty calendar days after Landlord delivers written notice thereof to Tenant, or such longer period as may be reasonably necessary to cure such default if it cannot be cured within thirty calendar days but cure is commenced within that period and diligently pursued thereafter;

 

(c)                  If Tenant files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or is adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or in any action or proceeding files any petition or answer seeking any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any present or future federal or state bankruptcy, reorganization or debt reduction law, or shall seek or consent to or acquiesce in the appointment of any trustee, receiver or liquidator of Tenant or of all or substantially all of Tenant’s Premises or of the Premises;

 

(d)                    If within sixty (60) calendar days after the commencement of any proceeding against Tenant seeking any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, debt adjustment, dissolution or similar relief under any present or future federal or state law, such proceeding has not been dismissed; or

 

(e)                     If within sixty (60) calendar days after the appointment, without consent or acquiescence of Tenant, of any trustee, receiver or liquidator of Tenant or of all or substantially all of Tenant’s Premises or of the Premises, such appointment shall not have been vacated, or if within sixty (60) calendar days after the expiration of any such stay, such appointment has not been vacated.

 

6.02             Landlord’s Remedies .

 

(a)                                   If Tenant defaults under this Lease as set forth in Section 6.01, Landlord shall have all rights and remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity, and without limitation, shall have the right to accelerate the Rent and other amounts payable pursuant to this Lease for the balance of the Term. Landlord’s exercise of, or failure to exercise,

 

[ILLEGIBLE INITIALS]

 

11



 

any right or remedy shall not constitute a waiver or preclude the exercise of any other right or remedy. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, upon a default by Tenant under this Lease, Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease by notice to Tenant. If Landlord gives such notice of termination, this Lease, the Tern and all of Tenant’s right, title and interest hereunder shall wholly cease and expire on the date specified in such notice in the same manner, and with the same force and effect (except as to Tenant’s liability), as if such date were the expiration date, without the necessity of reentry or any other act on Landlord’s part. Upon any termination of this Lease, Tenant shall quit and surrender to Landlord the Premises as set forth in Section 3.03, If Tenant defaults under this Lease, in addition to any other rights or remedies available to Landlord, Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant as damages an amount equal to the total of:

 

(i)    all costs, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees disbursements, incurred by Landlord to recover the Premises;

 

(ii)     all Rent and additional rent accrued and unpaid as of the date of termination of the Lease: and

 

(iii)   any other sums that Landlord is entitled to collect at law or in equity for damages and losses actually suffered or incurred by Landlord as a result of Tenant’s default.

 

(b)          If Tenant defaults in making any payment required to be made by Tenant (other than payments of Rent) or defaults in performing any other obligations of Tenant under this Lease, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, make such payment or, on behalf of Tenant, expend such sum as may be necessary to perform such obligation. All sums so expended by Landlord shall be repaid by Tenant to Landlord on demand, as additional rent. No such payment or expenditure by Landlord shall be deemed a waiver of Tenant’s default or affect any other remedy of Landlord by reason of such default.

 

(c)           Amounts unpaid when due pursuant to this Lease shall bear interest at the rate of 16% per annum from the date due until the date paid.

 

6.03             Survival of Remedies . The remedies permitted by Sections 5.03 and 6.02 and all indemnity provisions set forth in this Lease shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.

 

ARTICLE 7 - SUBORDINATION

 

7.01             Subordination and Attornment . This Lease, including the covenant of quiet enjoyment, is and shall be subject and subordinate to all mortgages, deeds of trust or other encumbrances, and any and all conditions, renewals, extensions, modifications, consolidations and replacements of any or all of the foregoing, now or hereafter affecting all or any portion of the Property. This clause shall be self-operative and no further instrument of subordination shall be required in order to effectuate it. Nevertheless, Tenant shall execute and deliver promptly any certificate or other assurance in confirmation of such subordination reasonably requested by any mortgagee or Landlord.

 

[ILLEGIBLE INITIALS]

 

12



 

In the event any proceedings are brought for foreclosure of any mortgage, deed of trust or other encumbrance to which this Lease is subject and subordinate, Tenant shall, upon request of the party succeeding to the interest of Landlord as a result of such proceedings, automatically attorn to and become the tenant of such successor in interest without change in the terms of this Lease. Tenant shall, on request by, and without cost to Landlord or such successor in interest, execute and deliver any instruments confirming such attornment.

 

7.02             Estoppel Certificate . Either party shall from time to time, within ten days after receiving a written request from the other party, execute and deliver a written statement certifying that: (a) this Lease is in full force and effect; (b) this Lease is unmodified, or if modified, stating any such modifications; (c) there are no defenses or offsets to the Lease claimed by the responding party, or specifying any such defenses or offsets, if any are claimed; and (d) the other party is not in default hereunder, and to the best of its knowledge, no events or conditions then exist which, with the passage of time, the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a default on the other party’s part, or specifying any such defaults, events or conditions, if any are claimed.

 

7.03.            Quiet Possession . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease and any and all encumbrances of record concerning the Property or of which Tenant or its principals now or hereafter has actual or constructive knowledge, Landlord warrants that Tenant’s peaceable and quiet enjoyment of the Premises shall not be disturbed by anyone claiming by, through or under Landlord.

 

ARTICLE 8 - LANDLORD’S RIGHTS

 

8.01             Right to Enter . Landlord and its agents and employees may enter the Premises at reasonable times, upon reasonable notice, and at any time if a state of emergency exists, without charge, liability, or abatement of Rent, to: (a) examine the Premises; (b) make and perform maintenance, repairs, alterations, improvements, and additions either required by the Lease or advisable to preserve the integrity, safety, and good order of the Property or any portion thereof; (c) comply with applicable laws, ordinances, rules, orders, regulations or other governmental requirements; or (d) exercise any right of Landlord, or perform any obligation of Landlord pursuant to this Lease.

 

8.02             Holdover and Renewal . If Tenant or anyone claiming under Tenant remains or continues to he in possession of the Premises or any part thereof after the end of the Term or any sooner termination of this Lease, Tenant shall he deemed to be a tenant from month- to-month with rent payable at the rate of 150% of the Rent otherwise payable but otherwise subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease and terminable at will. If Tenant holds over and Landlord incurs damages or expenses to a subsequent tenant who cannot take occupancy as a result, Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord against any and all such damages or expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

 

[ILLEGIBLE INITIALS]

 

13



 

ARTICLE 9 - MISCELLANEOUS

 

9.01             Brokers . Tenant and Landlord each represent and warrant to the other that it has had no dealings with any real estate broker in connection with this Lease, unless a broker is specified under the Basic Lease Terms, and that it knows of no other person who is or might be entitled to a commission, finder’s fee or other like payment in connection herewith. Each party agrees to indemnify and hold the other party harmless with respect to any claim for a commission, tinder’s fee or other like payment brought by any person by reason of the indemnifying party’s acts and against any and all loss, liability and expenses that the other party may incur should the foregoing representation and warranty prove incorrect.

 

9.02             Litigation Costs and Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any litigation or other action between Tenant and Landlord to enforce any provision of this Lease or otherwise with respect to the subject matter hereof, the unsuccessful party in such litigation or other action (as to liability, without regard to any monetary award) shall pay to the successful party all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements. incurred therein by the successful party.

 

9.03             Notices . All notices, requests, bills, consents and other communications given under this Lease must be in writing, and delivered personally, by facsimile, by reputable overnight courier service or by certified mail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

 

To Landlord:

 

If by Mail

Premier Flex Condos, LLC    

or delivery

Attn:  Devon C. Anders

 

c/o InterChange Group, Inc.

 

1346 Pleasants Drive, Suite 6

 

Harrisonburg, VA 22801

 

Facsimile:       540-442-1632

 

 

To Tenant:

 

If by Mail

Fairfield Language Technologies, Inc.

or delivery

Attn:  Charles E. Wilson

 

135 West Market Street

 

Harrisonburg, VA 22801

 

Facsimile:       540-432-0953

 

Notices will be deemed delivered as follows: (i) if delivered personally, upon delivery, (ii) if delivered by facsimile, immediately upon electronic confirmation of receipt of transmission at the number given above, (iii) if delivered by reputable overnight courier, as of 12:00 noon on the business day designated to such courier for delivery at the address given above, delivery-fee prepaid, or (iv) if delivered by certified mail, as of the third business day after deposit in the U.S. Mail, addressed as above, postage-prepaid

 

[ILLEGIBLE INITIALS]

 

14



 

and return receipt requested. Either party may change; its address for notice purposes by giving notice hereunder.

 

9.04            Severability . If any provision of this Lease is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected thereby, and in lieu of each provision of this Lease that is so held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, there shall be added as a part of this Lease a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision as may be legal, valid and enforceable.

 

9.05            No Implied Surrender or Waiver . No provisions of this Lease shall be deemed to have been waived unless such waiver is in writing and signed by the party to be charged therewith. The receipt by Landlord of Rent or additional rent with knowledge of the breach of any covenant of this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach. No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than any installment of rent or other charges due under this Lease shall be deemed to be other than on account of the amount due, and no endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment of rent or other charges shall be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check for payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such installment or pursue any other remedies available to Landlord. No receipt of money by Landlord from Tenant after the termination of this Lease or Tenant’s right of possession of the Premises shall reinstate, continue or extend the lease term.

 

9.06            Successors and Assigns . The covenants, conditions and agreements contained in this Lease shall bind and inure to the benefit of Landlord and Tenant and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and subject to Section 4.03, their assigns.

 

9.07            Governing Law . This Lease is governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia. The parties agree that the proper and convenient venue for any action or proceeding to enforce, construe or otherwise in respect of this Lease shall be the District or Circuit Court of Rockingham County, Virginia and the parties hereby consent to the jurisdiction of such courts. Both Landlord and Tenant hereby waive the right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by either party against the other arising out of this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant, Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, and or any injury or damage on or about the Property.

 

9.08            Entire Agreement . The entire contract of the parties is contained herein, and there are no promises, agreements, representations, warranties, conditions or understandings, either oral or written, between them, other than as are herein set forth.

 

9.09            Authority . Landlord represents and warrants that it has full right and authority to enter into this Lease and to perform all of Landlord’s obligations hereunder. Tenant represents and warrants that it has full right and authority to enter into this Lease and to perform all of Tenant’s obligations hereunder.

 

[ILLEGIBLE INITIALS]

 

15



 

9.10            No Partnership . By entering into this Lease, there is no intention to create a partnership or any relationship other than landlord and tenant, and the parties state specifically that they are not partners or joint venturers.

 

9.11.           Modifications . No amendment or modification of this Lease shall be valid or binding, unless expressed in writing and signed by the party or parties to be bound thereby.

 

9.12            Exhibits . Any exhibit attached hereto is hereby incorporated herein by this reference as if the same were fully set forth.

 

9.13            Headings . The language in all parts of this Lease shall be in all cases construed according to its fair meaning and not strictly for or against Landlord or Tenant. The caption of each section is added as a matter of convenience only and shall be considered of no effect in the construction of any provision of this Lease.

 

9.14            Time of the Essence . Time is of the essence with respect to this Lease and of each and every provision hereof.

 

9.15            No Recordation . Tenant agrees that it will not record this Lease unless required in any litigation involving Tenant.

 

9.16            Dispute Resolution . If a dispute between Landlord and Tenant arises out of or relates to this Lease and if the dispute cannot be settled through negotiation, the parties agree first to try in good faith to settle the dispute by mediation administered by a mediation counsel acceptable to both parties before resorting to litigation or other court action. If the parties cannot agree to a mediation counsel, the Court otherwise having jurisdiction of the matter in dispute shall appoint one. Mediation fees, if any, shall be divided equally between the parties. If any party commences a court action based on a dispute or claim to which this Section applies without first attempting to resolve the matter through mediation, then in the discretion of the judge, such party shall not be entitled to recover attorneys’ fees even if they would otherwise be available to that party in any such court action. If for any reason a resolution of the dispute cannot be reached through mediation within forty-five (45) days after the request for mediation is filed, then the parties shall not be required to proceed further with the mediation and either party may pursue any other available remedies under this Agreement, by filing a suit in equity or action at law in a court of competent jurisdiction. However, LANDLORD AND TENANT (AFTER CONSULTATION WITH THEIR RESPECTIVE COUNSEL) SHALL AND DO HEREBY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGAINST THE OTHER ON ANY MATTERS WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS LEASE OR FOR THE ENFORCEMENT OF ANY REMEDY UNDER ANY STATUTE.

 

9.17            Right of First Offer . Landlord hereby grants to Tenant a right of first offer, during the Term of the Lease, to lease an additional 8,000 square feet on the south side of

 

[ILLEGIBLE INITIALS]

 

16



 

the Premises and an additional 16,000 square feet on the north side of the Premises (the “RFO Space”). If Landlord proposes to lease all or any portion of the RFO Space to any third party, Landlord shall first notify Tenant in writing, describing the premises to be leased (the “Offered Space”). Tenant shall have five (5) business days after receipt of such notice from Landlord in which to notify Landlord in writing that Tenant exercises its right of first offer and agrees to lease the Offered Space on the terms of this Lease. If Tenant fails to timely exercise its right of first offer, Tenant shall be deemed to have waived its right of first offer as to the Offered Space, and Landlord shall be free to lease the space or any part thereof. If Tenant does timely exercise its right of first offer, then Tenant shall promptly upon Landlord’s request execute and deliver an amendment to the Lease adding the Offered Space to the Premises.

 

The foregoing Right of First Offer shall not apply to any leases to third parties by Landlord for a term of six (6) months or less.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Lease Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

LANDLORD:

TENANT:

 

 

PREMIER FLEX CONDOS, LLC

FAIRFIELDLANGUAGE

 

 

 

TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

By:  InterChange Group, Inc., its Manager

 

 

 

BY:

/s/ Devon C. Anders

 

BY:

/s/ Tom Adams

 

Name: Devon C. Anders

Name:

Tom Adams

 

Title:   President

Title:

CEO

 

[ILLEGIBLE INITIALS]

 

17


 

ADDENDUM TO LEASE
LANDLORD AND TENANT IMPROVEMENTS

 

This Addendum dated March 8, 2006, is attached to and forms a part of and amends that Lease dated February 20, 2006, between Premier Flex Condos, L.L.C., as Landlord, and Fairfield Language Technologies, Inc., as Tenant.

 

1.             Landlord Improvements . Landlord agrees to contract with D.K. Patterson Construction, Inc., to make certain improvements to the Premises, which improvements are identified as such on Exhibit 1 to this Addendum (the “Landlord Improvements”). The plans for the Landlord Improvements (and for the Tenant Improvements, as defined below) have been prepared by the contractor for approval by Landlord and Tenant prior to commencement of the work (the “Plans”). Once Landlord and Tenant approve the Plans, which shall be noted thereon, the plans shall be attached to this Addendum as Exhibit 2. Tenant shall provide Landlord a letter stating its approval of the Plans, which shall be provided to Landlord not later than March 17, 2006.

 

Landlord shall apply to Rockingham County for a building permit not later than March 10, 2006. Provided the County issues such permit by March 31, 2006, all Landlord Improvements will be completed by the Deadline Occupancy Date, or within sixty (60) days after the permit issuance, if later due to delay by the County. Issuance of a temporary occupancy permit shall be deemed as completion.

 

2.             Tenant Improvements . Tenant plans to provide, all at its own expense, certain improvements to the Premises as identified on Exhibit 1 (the “Tenant Improvements”). Tenant agrees to cooperate with the contractor in a timely manner and in good faith to coordinate the performance of the work related to Landlord’s Improvements and to Tenant Improvements with the objective of completing all of such work within the time period set forth above. Tenant shall ensure that its work shall not interfere with the timing and work of Landlord’s contractor to cause any delays. Landlord shall not be liable for delays in completing Landlord Improvements unless caused by its willful misconduct.

 

3.             Improvements Generally . Landlord shall not be responsible for the repair, replacement or maintenance of the Landlord Improvements or any Tenant Improvements, all of which shall be Tenant’s sole responsibility for the Term of the Lease, including any extensions, subject, however, to any warranty obligations of the contractor as set forth on Exhibit 3 regarding such Landlord Improvements.

 

Upon installation, all Landlord Improvements and any Improvements made by Tenant shall become the property of Landlord, and Tenant disclaims any ownership interest in them. This paragraph shall not apply, however, to any of those items listed in No. 11 of Exhibit 1 that are personal property and not fixtures (the latter being those items the removal of which would result in damage to the Premises.)

 

4.             Disruption . Tenant understands and agrees that the construction of Landlord Improvements and Tenant Improvements are at Tenant’s request and will cause

 



 

some disruption of Tenant’s use of the Premises. Tenant agrees that no such disruption will result in or form the basis for any constructive eviction, eviction, abatement of rent or other claim against Landlord.

 

5.             Additional Rent . Tenant shall pay, as Additional Rent, the total sum of $140,754.00 for the cost of the Landlord Improvements. Such Additional Rent shall be paid according to the following schedule:

 

(a)  $46,000.00 shall be paid on or before April 5, 2006;

(b)  $46,000.00 shall be paid on or before May 5, 2006;

(c)  $48,754.00 shall be paid on or before June 5, 2006, or upon receipt of a final Certificate of Occupancy, whichever is later.

 

Landlord shall have the same rights and remedies as apply to nonpayment of rent in the event any Additional Rent is not paid according to the terms set forth.

 

6.             Change Orders . Any change orders must be approved in writing by Landlord. All costs relating to any changes shall be paid by Tenant.

 

7.             Time of the Essence . Time is of the essence in the execution of this Addendum and other approvals provided for herein. To that end, this Addendum shall be executed by Tenant no later than March 17, 2006. If that does not occur, Landlord shall have the option of terminating the Lease or negotiating later deadlines for the work to be done and occupancy by Tenant.

 

8.             Ratification of Lease . Except as specifically herein modified, all other terms and conditions of the Lease shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect, and are hereby ratified by both Landlord and Tenant as if fully set forth in this Amendment.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Addendum to Lease, under seal, effective as of the date first written above.

 

LANDLORD:

TENANT:

 

 

PREMIER FLEX CONDOS, LLC

FAIRFIELD LANGUAGE

 

TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

 

By: InterChange Group, Inc., its Manager

 

 

 

BY:

/s/ Devon C. Anders

 

BY:

/s/ Tom Adams

 

Name: Devon C. Anders

Name:

 

 

Title:   President

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

3/16/06

 

Date:

 

 

2



 

SECOND ADDENDUM TO LEASE

 

This Second Addendum to Lease, dated March 8, 2007, is attached to and forms a part of and amends that Lease dated February 20, 2006, between Premier Flex Condos, L.L.C., as Landlord, and Fairfield & Sons Ltd. d/b/a Fairfield Language Technologies, as Tenant, pursuant to which Tenant leases from Landlord 16,000 square feet (the “Premises”) within the Building located on a 5.08-acre parcel of land that is more particularly described as              

 

1.             Premises . Tenant shall lease from Landlord an additional 16,000 square feet (“RFO Premises”) within the Building located on the northern side of the current leased space (now collectively with the RFO Premises, the “Premises”). This additional square footage is a portion of the “RFO Space” described in Section 9.17 of the Lease.

 

2.             Rent . Rent for the RFO Premises shall be $5.75 per square foot, which equates to $92,000 per year, payable in equal monthly installments of $7,667, beginning April 1, 2007.

 

3.             Term . The Lease Term for the RFO Premises shall be one year, beginning April 1, 2007, and ending March 31, 2008. Tenant has no right to an extension of the Term for the RFO Premises, unless otherwise agreed upon by Landlord.

 

4.             Security Deposit . An additional $5,000 Security Deposit shall be paid to Landlord within five (5) business days of the execution of this Second Addendum by Tenant.

 

5.             Operating Expenses and Taxes . During the one-year Term of lease for the RFO Premises, Tenant’s proportionate share of the Operating Expenses and Taxes shall be 50%.

 

6.             Improvements . No additional improvements are required as of the time of execution of this Second Addendum.

 

7.             Ratification of Lease . Except as specifically herein modified, all other terms and conditions of the Lease shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect, and are hereby ratified by both Landlord and Tenant as if fully set forth in this Addendum.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Second Addendum to Lease, under seal, effective as of the date first written above.

 

LANDLORD:

TENANT:

 

 

PREMIER FLEX CONDOS, LLC

FAIRFIELD & SONS LTD.

 

 

By: InterChange Group, Inc., its Manager

 

 

 

BY:

/s/ Devon C. Anders

 

BY:

/s/ Eric Eichmann

 

Name: Devon C. Anders

Name:

Eric Eichmann

 

Title: President

Title:

COO

 

 

 

 

Date:

4/23/07

 

Date:

4/16/07

 

2



 

THIRD ADDENDUM TO LEASE

 

This Third Addendum to Lease, dated June 1, 2008, is attached to and forms a part of and amends that Lease dated February 20, 2006, between Premier Flex Condos, LLC, as Landlord, and Fairfield Language Technologies, Inc., as Tenant (the “Lease”).

 

BACKGROUND

 

(A)      Pursuant to the Lease, Tenant initially leased from Landlord 16,000 square feet (the “Original Premises”) within the Building located on a 5.08-acre parcel of land that is more particularly described as               which Lease expires on April 30, 2011; and

 

(B)       By Second Addendum to Lease, dated March 8, 2007, Tenant agreed to lease until March 31, 2008, an additional 16,000 square feet (the “RFO Premises”) within the Building located on the northern side of the Original Premises; and

 

(C)       Tenant continues to occupy the RFO Premises and desires to extend the lease of this space also until April 30, 2011; and

 

(D)       Tenant desires to lease an additional 8,000 square feet within the building until April 30, 2011; and

 

(E)       Tenant, through name change, became “Rosetta Stone Ltd.” on or about April 16, 2007, and desires that the Lease be amended to reflect the correct name of Tenant.

 

ADDITIONAL AND AMENDED LEASE TERMS

 

1.             Premises . Tenant shall lease from Landlord an additional 8,000 square feet within the Building (“Additional RFO Premises”), located on the south side of the Original Premises space. This additional square footage is a portion of the “RFO Space” described in the Lease. The Original Premises, RFO Premises, and Additional RFO Premises shall be known collectively as the “Premises” and shall total 40,000 square feet.

 

2.             Rent . Rent for this additional leased space shall be $6.165 per square foot, which equates to $246,600 per year, payable in equal monthly installments of $20,550, beginning June 1, 2008. This Rent shall be subject to the CPI increase as set forth in the Lease, which shall be applicable beginning May 1, 2009, the anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date.

 

The parties agree that Rent for the period of March 31, 2008 through May 31, 2008 is $16,719 per month.

 



 

3.             Term . The Lease Term for the Premises shall expire April 30, 2011, subject, however, to the Extension Option stated in the Lease.

 

4.             Security Deposit . No additional Security Deposit is to be paid to Landlord. However, the Security Deposits previously paid by Tenant to Landlord in the total amount of $12,500.00 shall continue to be held by Landlord, subject to the terms of the Lease.

 

5.             Operating Expenses and Taxes . Beginning June 1, 2008, Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the Operating Expenses and Taxes shall be $3,300.00 per month.

 

6.             Improvements . Landlord agrees to contract with Riddleberger Brothers, Inc. (the “Contractor”), to make certain air conditioning improvements to the Premises, which improvements are identified as such on Exhibit 1 to this Addendum (the “Landlord Improvements”). Exhibit 1 has been approved by Landlord and was accepted by Tenant on February 19, 2008, as noted on Exhibit 1.

 

Landlord shall not be responsible for the repair, replacement or maintenance of the Landlord Improvements, which shall be Tenant’s sole responsibility for the Term of the Lease, including any extensions, subject, however, to any warranty obligations of the contractor regarding such Landlord Improvements.

 

Upon installation, all Landlord Improvements shall become the property of Landlord, and Tenant disclaims any ownership interest in them.

 

Tenant understands and agrees that the construction of Landlord Improvements are at Tenant’s request and may cause some disruption of Tenant’s use of the Premises. Tenant agrees that no such disruption will result in or form the basis for any constructive eviction, eviction, abatement of rent or other claim against Landlord.

 

7.             Additional Rent . Tenant shall pay, as Additional Rent, the total sum of $134,371.00 for the cost of the Landlord Improvements. Such Additional Rent shall be paid in one lump sum to Landlord upon completion of Landlord Improvements by contractor and within five (5) days of billing by Landlord to Tenant.

 

Landlord shall have the same rights and remedies as apply to nonpayment of rent in the event any Additional Rent is not paid according to the terms set forth.

 

8.             Change Orders . Any change orders related to the Landlord Improvements must be approved in writing by Landlord. All costs relating to any changes shall be paid by Tenant and shall become part of Additional Rent and subject to those terms.

 

9.             Change of Tenant Name . The parties agree that the Tenant shall be identified as Rosetta Stone Ltd., which is the result of a name change made with the Virginia State Corporation Commission on or about April 16, 2007. Exhibit 2 verifies this name change.

 

10.           Ratification of Lease . Except as specifically herein modified, all other terms and conditions of the Lease shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect,

 

2



 

and are hereby ratified by both Landlord and Tenant as if fully set forth in this Third Addendum.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Third Addendum to Lease, under seal, effective as of the date first written above.

 

LANDLORD:

TENANT:

 

 

PREMIER FLEX CONDOS, LLC

ROSETTA STONE LTD.

 

 

By:   InterChange Group, Inc., its Manager

 

 

 

BY:

 

 

BY:

/s/ Eric Eichmann

 

Name: Devon C. Anders

Name:

Eric Eichmann

 

Title: President

Title:

COO

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

Date:

10/7/08

 

 

Exhibits 1 and 2 To Be Attached

 

3


 



Exhibit 10.11

 

Execution Copy

 

********************************

 

SUBLEASE AGREEMENT

 

BETWEEN

 

THE CORPORATE EXECUTIVE BOARD COMPANY,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

(Sublessor)

 

AND

ROSETTA STONE LTD.,

 

a Virginia corporation

 

(Subtenant)

 

 

Waterview Building

1919 North Lynn Street, Arlington, Virginia

 

 

Dated: October 6, 2008

 

**** ****************************

 



 

SUBLEASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS SUBLEASE AGREEMENT (this Sublease ) is made and entered into as of the 6th day of October 2008, by and between (i)  THE CORPORATE EXECUTIVE BOARD COMPANY, a Delaware corporation ( Sublessor ) , and (ii)  ROSETTA STONE LTD., a Virginia corporation ( Subtenant ) .

 

RECITALS :

 

A.             Sublessor and Paramount Group, Inc. (as successor in interest to Waterview, L.P.) ( Landlord ) are parties to that certain Deed of Lease dated as of August 16, 2004 ( Prime Lease ) , pursuant to which Sublessor (as Tenant thereunder) leases floors 4 – 24 in the building located at 1919 North Lynn Street, Arlington, Virginia, (the Building ) , at the rent and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Prime Lease; and

 

B.             Subtenant desires to sublease from Sublessor the space located on the seventh (7th) floor of the Building that is depicted on Exhibit A attached hereto (the Sublet Premises ) containing approximately 31,281 rentable square feet, which constitutes all the rentable area on the 7th floor of the Building, upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants set forth herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.              Recitals: Incorporation of Terms. The foregoing recitals, and, subject to the provisions of Section 6 hereof, the terms and provisions of the Prime Lease, are incorporated herein by reference and are made a substantive part of this Sublease. Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Prime Lease. This Sublease is subject and subordinate to the Prime Lease in all respects. For all purposes under this Sublease, the rentable area of the Sublet Premises is hereby stipulated and agreed to be 31,281 rentable square feet and the rentable area of the Building is hereby stipulated and agreed to be 625,062 rentable square feet, which rentable areas shall not be subject to further calculation, except in the event of a change in the physical size of any such space.

 

2.              Sublet Premises.

 

(a)            Sublease; Condition of Sublet Premises. As of the Sublease Commencement Date (defined in Section 3 below), Sublessor shall sublease to Subtenant and Subtenant shall sublease from Sublessor, the Sublet Premises upon the terms and conditions set forth herein. Sublessor shall tender possession of the Sublet Premises to Subtenant on the Sublease Commencement Date, vacant of occupants, with all mechanical, electrical and plumbing systems servicing the Sublet Premises in good working order and condition as of the Sublease Commencement Date, and otherwise in broom-clean condition. Subtenant has fully inspected the Sublet Premises and Subtenant shall accept the Sublet Premises in its “as is,” “where-is” condition as of the date hereof. Subtenant acknowledges that, except as specifically set forth in this Sublease, no representations, statements or warranties, express or implied, have been made by or on behalf of Sublessor with respect to the condition of the Sublet Premises or the Building, and that Sublessor has made no representation, statement or warranty as to the leasing of any personal property, fixtures, or equipment in the Sublet Premises other than the

 

1



 

Walls/Partitions, Systems Furniture, and Personal Property (as each such term is defined below). Upon written request from Subtenant, Sublessor shall use commercially reasonable efforts, at no cost to Sublessor, to enforce any construction or materials warranties pertaining to the Sublet Premises (i) that Sublessor has obtained from Landlord’s initial construction as part of Landlord’s Work (defined in Paragraph 1.A. of Exhibit C of the Prime Lease), if any and (ii) that Sublessor has obtained from Tenant’s General Contractor (as defined in Paragraph 4.E.(2) of Exhibit C of the Prime Lease) in connection with the Tenant’s General Contractor’s performance of Tenant’s Work (as defined in Paragraph 4.D. of Exhibit C of the Prime Lease), if any.

 

(b)            Systems Furniture and Modular Walls/Partitions. The configuration of the Sublet Premises includes modular walls and partitions, approximately as shown on Exhibit B-1, attached hereto, ( Walls/Partitions ) and office systems furniture also shown on Exhibit B-1, attached hereto ( “Systems Furniture” ) . Subtenant shall have the right to use the Walls/Partitions and Systems Furniture as part of the Sublet Premises at no additional charge, subject to the conditions hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Walls/Partitions and Systems Furniture shall remain the property of Sublessor at all times during the Sublease Term. Prior to beneficially occupying the Sublet Premises, Subtenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, modify the configuration of the Walls/Partitions to construct a reception area in the Sublet Premises, which modification may include removal of some Walls/Partitions and installation of additional Walls/Partitions. Such modifications shall be performed in accordance with the provisions of this Sublease, including, without limitation, Section 7 hereof. Subtenant shall be responsible to keep and maintain the Walls/Partitions and Systems Furniture in good order and condition, reasonable wear and tear excepted, and shall insure the Walls/Partitions and Systems Furniture under the special cause of loss business property insurance required by Section 17.A.(1) of the Prime Lease, naming Sublessor as loss payee under such policy for the Walls/Partitions and Systems Furniture. Subtenant shall have the right to perform minor modifications to the Systems Furniture in order to accommodate additional employees in the Sublet Premises, so long as (i) Subtenant has obtained the prior written consent of Sublessor with respect to the plans and specifications for such modifications (which consent may be granted or withheld in Sublessor’s sole discretion, acting in good faith), (ii) Subtenant employs vendors and contractors designated by Sublessor in connection with the performance of such Systems Furniture modification, and (iii) Subtenant performs such modifications in accordance with the provisions of this Sublease, including Section 7 hereof and removes any such modifications as set forth in Section 15 hereof.

 

(c)            Office Furniture. In consideration for the rents and other promises contained in this Sublease, Sublessor shall lease to Subtenant (and Subtenant shall lease from Sublessor) the furniture and equipment listed on Exhibit B-2 attached hereto (the Personal Property ) at no extra cost or expense to Subtenant. At all times during the Sublease Term, Subtenant shall maintain and keep in good order and condition the Personal Property. The Personal Property shall remain in the Sublet Premises upon Sublease termination, and Subtenant shall surrender the Personal Property to Sublessor in the same condition as on the Sublease Commencement Date, reasonable wear and tear excepted. Subtenant shall be responsible to insure the Personal Property under the special cause of loss business property insurance required by Section 17.A.(1) of the Prime Lease, naming, Sublessor as loss payee under such policy for the Personal Property.

 

2



 

3.              Term.

 

(a)            Sublease Term . The term of this Sublease (the Sublease Term ) shall begin on the date the Sublessor tenders possession of the Sublet Premises to Subtenant in the condition required by Section 2(a) hereof, which date shall be not later than November 3, 2008 (the Sublease Commencement Date ) . Subtenant’s obligation to pay Rent shall commence on January 1, 2009 (the Sublease Rent Commencement Date ) . The Sublease Term shall terminate at midnight on December 31, 2013 (the Sublease Expiration Date ) , subject to earlier termination pursuant to the terms hereof. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Sublease to the contrary, if Sublessor has not tendered possession of the Sublet Premises to Subtenant on or before the expiration of three (3) calendar months after the anticipated delivery date (i.e., by February 2, 2009), then Subtenant shall have the right to terminate this Sublease by delivering written notice of such termination to Sublessor, which notice must be delivered within ten (10) days after the expiration of the three (3) calendar month period (i.e., by February 12, 2009), provided, however, if Sublessor tenders possession of the Sublet Premises prior to delivery of such notice from Subtenant, then the termination right shall be null and void and of no force or effect.

 

(b)            Early Entry. Provided no Default then exists, from and after October 1, 2008 through and including November 2, 2008 (such period, the Early Access Period ) , Sublessor shall permit Subtenant reasonable access to the Sublet Premises (subject to the provisions of this subsection (b)) for purposes of surveying telecommunications requirements and for installing, at Subtenant’s sole cost and expense, voice and data systems, telecommunications cabling and wiring (subject to the provisions of this Sublease, including, without limitation, Section 15 of this Sublease) in the Sublet Premises. Such access to the Sublet Premises shall be at no charge to Subtenant, but in no event shall Subtenant be permitted to commence business operations in the Sublet Premises prior to the Sublease Commencement Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither Subtenant nor any agent, contractor, representative, employee or invitee of Subtenant (collectively, Invitee ) shall enter the Sublet Premises during the Early Access Period during those times that Sublessor determines, in its reasonable discretion, that such entry will interfere with activities of Sublessor or Sublessor’s agents or employees in the Sublet Premises. In such event, Sublessor shall notify Subtenant of specific times during which Subtenant may make such entry. During the Early Access Period, neither Subtenant nor any of its Invitees shall delay or otherwise inhibit the work being performed in the Sublet Premises by Sublessor or Sublessor’s agents or employees. Sublessor shall have no responsibility with respect to any items placed in the Sublet Premises by Subtenant or any Invitee prior to the Sublease Commencement Date. Subtenant must schedule with Sublessor, in advance, any access to the Sublet Premises during the Early Access Period. Subtenant shall reimburse Sublessor, within thirty (30) days after invoice, all costs associated with access during the Early Access Period, including, without limitation, engineering charges or overtime/extra hours service charges associated with non-business hour access to the Building. Subtenant shall remove all debris and materials promptly (and in any case no later than the end of each day), and shall use diligent efforts to minimize disruption to the Sublet Premises during times of such early access. Subtenant’s access to telecommunications closets in the Building Common Area must be scheduled with Landlord and performed in accordance with Building rules regarding such access; Sublessor shall use commercially reasonable efforts (at no cost to Sublessor) to assist in scheduling such entry, but Sublessor shall not be liable for any delays or

 

3



 

denials of Landlord in granting such access. Notwithstanding anything in this Sublease to the contrary, all of the provisions of this Sublease (including, without limitation, all insurance, indemnity and utility provisions) shall apply during the Early Access Period, except that during such period Subtenant shall not be obligated to pay Annual Base Subrent or Additional Subrent.

 

4.              Rent.

 

(a)            Base Subrent. Beginning on the Sublease Rent Commencement Date, and throughout the Sublease Term, Subtenant shall pay to Sublessor, as base subrent hereunder, an annual rental ( “Annual Base Subrent” ) for each Sublease Year in an amount set forth below, which Annual Base Subrent shall increase as set forth below. For all purposes of this Sublease, the term Sublease Year shall mean, with respect to the first Sublease Year, the period commencing on the Sublease Rent Commencement Date and ending at midnight on the date immediately prior to the first anniversary of the Sublease Rent Commencement Date, and, with respect to future Sublease Years, the one year periods ending on the anniversary of such date thereafter. Annual Base Subrent through the Sublease Term shall be as follows:

 

Sublease Year

 

Annual Base
Subrent per
Rentable Square
Foot

 

Annual Base
Subrent

 

Monthly Installment
of Annual Base
Subrent

 

1

 

$

45.00

 

$

1,407,645.00

 

$

117,303.75

 

2

 

$

46.35

 

$

1,449,874.30

 

$

120,822.85

 

3

 

$

47.74

 

$

1,493,354.90

 

$

124,446.24

 

4

 

$

49.17

 

$

1,538,086.70

 

$

128,173.89

 

5

 

$

50.65

 

$

1,584,382.60

 

$

132,031.88

 

 

(b)            Subrent Payments. The Annual Base Subrent for each Sublease Year shall be payable by Subtenant to Sublessor in equal monthly installments in advance. All payments to be made by Subtenant hereunder shall be payable to Sublessor at the address set forth in Section 17, or at such other address as Sublessor shall designate in writing, by wire transfer of funds. All payments of Annual Base Subrent and Additional Subrent (hereafter defined) hereunder shall be made by Subtenant without demand, abatement, set-off, offset or reduction of any kind. Contemporaneously with its execution of this Sublease, Subtenant shall pay to Sublessor the first monthly installment of Annual Base Subrent due hereunder. All payments of Annual Base Subrent shall be due and payable on the first day of each and every calendar month during the Sublease Term. Subtenant’s obligation to pay Annual Base Subrent and Additional Subrent hereunder which accrued during the Sublease Term shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease. In the event that the Sublease Term commences on a date other than the first day of a calendar month or expires on a day other than the last day of a calendar month, Annual Base Subrent and/or Additional Subrent owed for less

 

4



 

than a full month shall be prorated on the basis of a 30-day month. In the event that any Annual Base Subrent or Additional Subrent is not paid when due, Subtenant shall pay to Sublessor interest thereon from the date due until paid at the Default Rate (as defined in the Prime Lease), compounded monthly, and if any such amount is not paid within five (5) business days after such payment is due, Subtenant shall pay to Sublessor, in addition to the accrued interest specified above, a late charge in an amount equal to five percent (5%) of such overdue amount; provided, however, that no late charge shall be assessed for the first occasion (only) in any consecutive twelve (12) month period that the Annual Base Subrent or Additional Subrent is not paid when due so long as such overdue amount is paid by Subtenant within five (5) business days after written notice of such overdue amount from Sublessor (if not so paid within such five (5)-business day period, then the late charge shall apply to the overdue amounts).

 

(c)            Additional Subrent. For purposes hereof, “ Additional Subrent means Pass-Through Expense Rental (hereafter defined) and all other amounts (other than Annual Base Subrent) payable by Subtenant to Sublessor pursuant to this Sublease. Commencing on the Sublease Rent Commencement Date, and for each calendar year thereafter that commences during the Sublease Term, Subtenant shall pay to Sublessor, as additional rent (“ Pass-Through Expense Rental ”) , Subtenant’s Proportionate Share (hereafter defined) of the amounts payable by Sublessor pursuant to Section 5.C. of the Prime Lease as Sublessor’s proportionate share of (i) Operating Expenses incurred during each calendar year during the Term, to the extent such Operating Expenses exceed the Operating Expenses incurred during the Operating Expenses Base Year, and (ii) Real Estate Tax Expenses incurred during each calendar year during the Term, to the extent such Real Estate Tax Expenses exceed the Real Estate Tax Expenses incurred during the Real Estate Tax Expenses Base Year. For purposes hereof, “ Subtenant’s Proportionate Share shall be five percent (5.0%) (being the percentage which the rentable area of the Sublet Premises bears to the 625,062 square feet of rentable area leased by Sublessor pursuant to the Prime Lease). Subtenant shall pay such amounts to Sublessor, as Additional Subrent, at the same time and in the same manner (including estimated monthly installments) as provided in Section 4 and 5.D. of the Prime Lease and with the same adjustments as provided in Section 5 of the Prime Lease. Sublessor shall, within a reasonable period of time following Sublessor’s receipt of the statements described in Sections 5.D.(2) and 5.E. of the Prime Lease (Sublessor shall use reasonable efforts to deliver such statements to Subtenant within thirty (30) days after receipt thereof from Landlord), deliver written notice to Subtenant of the amount of Subtenant’s Pass-Through Expense Rental (estimated amounts and actual amounts, as the case may be). Sublessor’s failure to timely deliver the aforesaid statements shall in no way reduce Subtenant’s obligations to pay Additional Subrent hereunder; the parties hereto acknowledge that Subtenant’s accounting system requires written invoicing for bill payment.

 

(d)            Inspection Rights. Sublessor shall have the exclusive right (and Subtenant shall not have the right) to review or audit the Landlord’s books and records with respect to Annual Statements pursuant to Section 5.G. of the Prime Lease, provided that if Sublessor conducts any such audit, Sublessor shall make the results of such audit available to Subtenant. Sublessor shall make available to Subtenant, as reasonably requested by Subtenant from time to time, all information relating to Operating Expenses and Real Estate Tax Expenses that is in the possession of Sublessor and which Sublessor is not prohibited from disclosing pursuant to any written agreement. If Landlord reimburses Sublessor for any overcharges pursuant to Section 5.G. of the Prime Lease, which overcharges were also paid by Subtenant

 

5



 

hereunder, then Sublessor shall reimburse Subtenant for the amount of the overcharge applicable to Subtenant’s overpayment. If Sublessor is responsible to pay Landlord for any undercharges pursuant to Section 5.G. of the Prime Lease, which undercharges were applicable to Additional Subrent paid by Subtenant hereunder, then Subtenant shall pay Sublessor the amount of the undercharge applicable to Subtenant’s underpayment, within thirty (30) days after invoice therefor.

 

5.              Permitted Use; Access; Occupancy Restrictions. The Sublet Premises shall be used only for general office use in accordance with all applicable Laws and for no other purpose. Subject to the provisions of the Prime Lease and this Sublease, Sublessor shall not interfere with Subtenant’s accessing the Sublet Premises in accordance with Section 12.A.(7) of the Prime Lease. Subtenant shall maintain a ratio of not more than one Occupant (as defined below) for each one thirty-six (136) square feet of rentable area in the Sublet Premises. The term “ Occupant shall mean employees, visitors, contractors and other people that are stationed at and/or occupy the Sublet Premises (including any of the foregoing with respect to a sub-subtenant), but shall not include people not employed by Subtenant that deliver or pick up mail or other packages at the Sublet Premises, employees of Landlord or Sublessor or employees of Landlord’s (or Sublessor’s) agents or contractors. Sublessor shall have the right to periodically visit the Sublet Premises in order to track the number of Occupants arriving at the Sublet Premises. Subtenant acknowledges that increased numbers of Occupants causes additional wear and tear on the Sublet Premises and the Common Areas, additional use of electricity, water and other utilities, and additional demand for other Building services.

 

6.              Compliance with Prime Lease.

 

(a)            Obligations under the Prime Lease. Subtenant hereby acknowledges that it has read the Prime Lease, a true, correct and complete copy of which (redacted to delete certain business or confidential terms) is attached hereto as Exhibit C and, except as set forth below, is incorporated herein by reference as fully as if the terms and provisions thereof were set forth herein. Subtenant agrees to assume the same responsibilities and duties that the Sublessor has as “Tenant” to the Landlord with respect to the Sublet Premises, excepting matters relating to the identification of the Sublet Premises, and the amount and due dates of the rentals payable therefor, and other excluded terms set forth hereinbelow; provided, however, in no event shall Sublessor be deemed to have assumed the responsibilities of the Landlord under the Prime Lease, including, without limitation, any repair or maintenance obligations, any obligation of Landlord to comply with Laws, any breach of representations or warranties of Landlord, any Landlord indemnity, any obligation to provide services or any obligation to restore the Building and/or Sublet Premises following any damage, destruction or condemnation, nor shall Sublessor be responsible for the compliance of the Landlord with the provisions of the Prime Lease. The foregoing notwithstanding, upon the written request of Subtenant, Sublessor agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to enforce its rights under the Prime Lease against Landlord with respect to the Sublet Premises, provided that: (A) to the extent such enforcement of rights pertains to all or a substantial portion of the premises leased by Sublessor pursuant to the Prime Lease, including the Sublet Premises, Subtenant shall reimburse Sublessor within thirty (30) days following written demand for Subtenant’s Proportionate Share of all out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by Sublessor in attempting to enforce the Prime Lease; and (B) to the extent the enforcement of rights pertains

 

6



 

solely to the Sublet Premises, Subtenant shall reimburse Sublessor within thirty (30) days following written demand for the full amount of all such out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by Sublessor in attempting to enforce the Prime Lease.

 

(b)            Incorporation of Prime Lease Provisions. In furtherance of the provisions of Section 6(a), except as otherwise specifically provided for herein, or unless the context may otherwise require (such as, without limiting the foregoing, the Landlord Provisions (as defined below)), the subletting effected hereby shall be upon all of the terms and conditions of the letting effected by the Prime Lease, except the provisions of the Prime Lease relating to “Landlord” shall be deemed to refer to Sublessor, the provisions thereof relating to “Tenant” shall be deemed to refer to Subtenant, the provisions of the Prime Lease relating to the Premises (as defined in the Prime Lease) shall be deemed to refer to the Sublet Premises, the provisions of the Prime Lease referring to the Lease shall be deemed to refer to this Sublease, and the provisions of the Prime Lease relating to “Rent” shall be deemed to refer to Annual Base Subrent and Additional Subrent. The foregoing notwithstanding, the following provisions of the Prime Lease shall not be applicable to this Sublease: Section 2.A., B., C., D., and F., Section 5.A. and D.(1), Section 9.A.(i), (ii), D., and E., Section 10.A. and the second sentence of 10.B., the third and fourth sentences of Section 12.B. (i.e., remedies for failure to provide services), the right to discuss access controls and procedures set forth in Section 12.A.(7), A.(8), and A.(10), Section 12.C., Section 14.C., Section 17.A.(2), any reference to Tenant Allowances, including those set forth in Section 25, the last sentence of Section 25, Section 26.B., the last two sentences of Section 26.A., Sections 35, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, Exhibits B-1, B-2, C., F., G., I., J., K., L., M., N. and Schedules C-3 and C-4. For clarity, the following are examples of provisions in which the term “Landlord” means and refers to the Landlord and the term “Tenant” means and refers to the Sublessor (“ Landlord Provisions ”) , without limiting the reference above regarding context: Section 4.D., Section 5.D.(2), E., G., the right to require Landlord to contest taxes in F, Section 6.A., Section 8.A., all references to Landlord in Section 12.E. shall refer only to the Landlord, Section 16, Section 17.B. and D., Section 21, Section 23, Section 33, 34, and Section 36.D. Subtenant shall adhere to (i) all rules and regulations for the Building reasonably promulgated from time to time by Sublessor and (ii) all Rules and Regulations set forth on Exhibit D of the Prime Lease (as may be modified in accordance with the Prime Lease), without regard to the asterisks contained therein. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Sublease or the Prime Lease to the contrary, Subtenant is not, and hereby waives any claim it may have to be, a third party beneficiary of any of Sublessor’s rights as Tenant under the Prime Lease. With respect to the relationship between the Sublessor and the Subtenant, the express terms and conditions of the Sublease shall govern (and where the Sublease is silent, the Prime Lease shall govern); provided, however, if there is a conflict between the rights and obligations of Subtenant under this Sublease and the obligations of Sublessor as Tenant under the Prime Lease that could reasonably cause Sublessor to be in default under the Prime Lease, then the terms of the Prime Lease shall govern.

 

(c)            Avoidance of Prime Lease Termination. Sublessor and Subtenant each shall take no action or permit anything to be done which would constitute a default under, or cause a termination of, the Prime Lease (provided that Sublessor shall be entitled to terminate the Prime Lease pursuant to Section 9 of this Sublease in connection with the exercise of its rights following any condemnation or casualty affecting the Sublet Premises, pursuant to a

 

7



 

Landlord Default under the Prime Lease, and pursuant to Section 12.B. of the Prime Lease for Landlord’s failure to provide services). Each of Sublessor and Subtenant shall indemnify, defend and hold the other harmless from and against any loss, cost, damage or expense (including, without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred as a result of a breach by Sublessor or Subtenant, as the case may be, of the foregoing covenant.

 

(d)            Actions Requiring Landlord Consent. Whenever Subtenant desires to take any action that would require the consent of Landlord under the Prime Lease, Subtenant shall not take such action unless the consent of both Landlord and Sublessor to such action is obtained.

 

7.              Alterations, Electrical Usage, Supplemental HVAC.

 

(a)            Alterations.

 

(i)          Subtenant shall not make or permit to be made any alterations, additions, improvements, or modifications to the Sublet Premises (including, without limitation, modifications to the configuration of the Walls/Partitions or Systems Furniture) (any such alteration, addition, improvement or modification, an “ alteration ”) without (i) the prior written consent of Sublessor, acting in its sole and absolute judgment, both as to whether the alterations may be made and as to how and when they will be made (provided that Sublessor’s consent shall not be unreasonably withheld so long as such alterations (a) are not visible from the exterior of the Sublet Premises, (b) do not affect either the Building Structure or any Building System), and (c) are not inconsistent with the standards of a First-Class Building (as determined by each of Sublessor and Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion) and (ii), to the extent required by the Prime Lease, the prior written consent of Landlord. Any alterations shall be made at Subtenant’s expense, in a good and workmanlike manner by contractors and subcontractors approved by Sublessor (acting reasonably) and, if required by the Prime Lease, by Landlord, provided, however, with respect to alterations affecting the Walls/Partitions or Systems Furniture, Subtenant shall use contractors, subcontractors and vendors designated by Sublessor in its sole and absolute discretion). If any alteration involves the removal of all or any portion of any Wall or Systems Furniture, Subtenant shall store such removed item, utilizing storage vendors designated by Sublessor in its sole and absolute discretion, which vendors shall agree, in writing, that they shall not have any lien or security interest in any of Sublessor’s property, including, without limitation, the Walls/Partitions and/or Systems Furniture; Subtenant shall provide copies of all agreements with such vendors to Sublessor. All alterations shall be made in accordance with complete plans and specifications approved in advance in writing by Sublessor, and in accordance with all Laws (including, without limitation, the ADA), and only after Subtenant: (i) has obtained all necessary permits from governmental authorities having jurisdiction and has furnished copies thereof to Sublessor, (ii) has submitted to Sublessor an architect’s certificate that the alterations will conform to all Laws (including the ADA), and (iii) has complied with all other requirements reasonably imposed by Sublessor, including without limitation any requirements due to the underwriting guidelines of Sublessor’s insurance carriers. At Subtenant’s expense, Sublessor shall join in submitting Subtenant’s plans for any necessary governmental approval, if required by applicable law. Sublessor’s consent to any alterations and approval of any plans and specifications constitutes approval of no more than the concept of these alterations and not a representation or warranty with respect to the quality or functioning of

 

8



 

such alterations, plans and specifications. Subtenant shall pay to Sublessor (and, if required by the Prime Lease, the Landlord) the charge reasonably prescribed by Sublessor [and Landlord (if applicable)] in consideration for the work of Sublessor, Landlord, and its and their employees in reviewing and approving such plans and specifications (or the actual cost incurred by Sublessor and, if applicable, Landlord, to have a third party representative review such plans and specifications), including, without limitation, those reasonable costs incurred by Sublessor in reviewing and approving the modifications described in Section 2(b) of this Sublease.

 

(ii)            In the event Sublessor (and, if applicable, Landlord) approves Subtenant alterations pursuant to the terms of this Section 7, Subtenant shall be and is solely responsible for such alterations and for the proper integration thereof with the Building, including the Building Systems, Building Structure and existing conditions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all alterations affecting a component of the Building Structure or Building Systems shall be performed by contractors approved by Sublessor and Landlord (in its and their sole discretion). With respect to any alteration that affects a component of the Building Structure or Building Systems, which component is covered by a warranty that requires work performed on such component to be performed by a particular contractor, Subtenant shall use such contractor in connection with such alteration. Sublessor and, if required by the Prime Lease, Landlord, shall have the right, but not the obligation, to supervise the making of any such alterations and to be compensated for such supervision at a rate reasonably prescribed by Sublessor and, if applicable, Landlord. All such construction, alterations, and maintenance work done by or for Subtenant shall (i) be performed in a such manner as to maintain harmonious labor relations, (ii) not alter the exterior appearance of the Building or the Common Areas, (iii) not affect the structure or the safety of the Building, (iv) comply with all building, safety, fire, plumbing, electrical, and other codes, permitting and governmental and insurance requirements, (v) not result in any usage in excess of building standard of water, electricity, gas, heating, ventilating, or air conditioning (either during or after such work), unless prior written arrangements reasonably satisfactory to Sublessor and Landlord are made with respect thereto, (vi) be completed promptly and in a good and workerlike manner, (vii) be performed in compliance with Section 8.B. of the Prime Lease, and (viii) not unreasonably interfere with the use and occupancy of the Building by any other tenant or occupant. Sublessor will require Subtenant, before permitting Subtenant to commence construction of alterations, to give Sublessor proof reasonably satisfactory to Sublessor of Subtenant’s financial ability to complete and fully pay for Subtenant’s work; or, in lieu thereof, to furnish to Sublessor a completion bond in an amount satisfactory to Sublessor guaranteeing the completion of Subtenant’s work free of mechanics’ and materialmen’s liens. Each of Landlord and Sublessor shall have the right, but not the obligation, to periodically inspect the performance of the construction of any alteration. Subtenant shall, at its sole expense, promptly repair any defects of which Sublessor or Landlord notifies Subtenant.

 

(iii)          Following completion of any alterations, at Sublessor’s request, Subtenant (i) shall deliver to Sublessor a certificate signed by Subtenant stating that such alterations have been completed in accordance with the plans and specifications previously delivered to Sublessor and in accordance with Laws, including the ADA, and (ii) either shall deliver to Sublessor a complete set of “as built” plans showing the alterations or shall reimburse Sublessor for any expense incurred by Sublessor in causing the Building plans to be modified to reflect the alterations. Subtenant hereby agrees to indemnify and hold Sublessor harmless

 

9



 

against and from any and all claims, damages, costs, and fines arising out of or connected with such alterations.

 

(iv)           If any alterations are made without the prior written consent of Sublessor, or which do not materially conform to plans and specifications approved by Sublessor or to other conditions imposed by Sublessor pursuant to this Section 7, or which may have more than a de minimis adverse effect on the Building or the property, or on the health or safety of any of the persons employed therein, Sublessor may, in its sole discretion, correct or remove such alterations at Subtenant’s expense.

 

(v)             All alterations made by Subtenant shall be removed, and the Sublet Premises restored to its condition on the date of this Sublease (including restoration and return of any Walls/Partitions or Systems Furniture removed therefrom), on or prior to the end of the Sublease Term (including any early termination thereof), all as more particularly set forth in Section 15 hereof.

 

(b)            Electrical Usage. Subtenant shall not install or operate in the Sublet Premises any equipment or other machinery that causes or is reasonably likely to cause Subtenant to use more than 5 watts per rentable square foot (convenience) and 1.5 watts per rentable square foot (lighting) (together, “ Sublet Premises Standard Electrical Capacity ), without Sublessor’s and Landlord’s prior written approval (which approval, in the case of Sublessor, may be granted or withheld in Sublessor’s sole and absolute discretion). If, as approved by Sublessor and Landlord, Subtenant’s equipment shall result in usage that exceeds the Sublet Premises Standard Electrical Capacity, Sublessor shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to require Subtenant to upgrade the electrical capacity in the Sublet Premises and to install additional transformers, distribution panels, wiring and other applicable equipment to accommodate Subtenant’s electrical usage at the sole cost and expense of Subtenant, all in accordance with the provisions of Section 7(a) of this Sublease. All or any portion of the installations made by Subtenant shall, at the option of Sublessor (exercised in its sole and absolute discretion), either (i) on or prior to the Sublease termination date, be removed, and the Sublet Premises restored to its condition on the date of this Sublease or (ii) remain in the Sublet Premises after Sublease termination (Sublessor reserving the right to select either option for individual equipment components or portions of installations). Electrical usage in the Sublet Premises shall be based on actual readings of the submeter (or check meter or separate meter) installed by Sublessor, and the cost of any electrical usage in excess of the Sublet Premises Standard Electrical Capacity shall be paid directly by Subtenant to Sublessor within thirty (30) days after invoice therefor as Additional Subrent hereunder. Within fifteen (15) business days after full execution and delivery of this Sublease, Subtenant shall provide Sublessor with a list of all equipment that Subtenant intends to install or operate in the Sublet Premises which operates on more than one hundred twenty (120) volts, and Subtenant shall provide Sublessor an updated list of such equipment prior to the installation or use of any additional equipment which operates on more than one hundred twenty (120) volts. Subtenant shall have no right to connect to any of Sublessor’s equipment, such as generators, UPS, or other backup systems.

 

(c)            Supplemental HVAC . As of the date of this Sublease, the Sublet Premises contains and/or is served by supplemental HVAC equipment as set forth on Exhibit B-3 (“ Sublessor’s HVAC ’) . Subtenant shall have the right to use the Sublessor’s HVAC under the

 

10



 

terms and conditions hereinafter set forth. Sublessor reserves the right to reasonably prescribe the amount and level of use for Sublessor’s HVAC, and Subtenant’s use shall not exceed such levels and amounts at any time. Sublessor makes no representation or warranty as to the capacity or output of the Sublessor’s HVAC or to its sufficiency to service Subtenant’s particular requirements in the Sublet Premises, and Subtenant acknowledges that the Sublessor’s HVAC equipment is in its “ as is, where is condition. Sublessor shall maintain the Sublessor’s HVAC under the same contracts as the other supplemental HVAC units in the Building, and Subtenant shall reimburse Sublessor the costs of such maintenance (without markup for profit by Sublessor) from time to time, within thirty (30) days after invoice therefor. Subtenant shall reimburse Sublessor from time to time, within thirty (30) days after invoice therefor, all costs for use of Sublessor’s HVAC, including, without limitation, costs for electricity and chilled water or condenser water (including any costs for depreciation charged by Landlord as set forth below) serving Sublessor’s HVAC. Sublessor shall not be required, under any circumstance, to replace the Sublessor’s HVAC or to perform repairs or maintenance that are not covered by the service contracts. Subtenant shall not have the right to install additional supplemental HVAC units in the Sublet Premises or in the Building without the prior written consent of Sublessor, which consent may be granted or withheld in Sublessor’s sole discretion. For approved additional supplemental HVAC units (“ Subtenant’s HVAC ”) , (i) Subtenant shall be solely responsible for all costs to install, maintain, and repair any Subtenant’s HVAC, (ii) Subtenant shall be responsible for all costs to operate such Subtenant’s HVAC (including, but not limited to, all costs of electrical consumption with respect to Subtenant’s HVAC), and (iii) Subtenant’s installation of Subtenant’s HVAC shall be part of alterations, performed in accordance with Section 7(a) of this Sublease (including reimbursement of all costs in reviewing plans), and shall be subject to Sublessor’s and Landlord’s prior written approval in accordance with the terms and conditions of Section 7(a) of this Sublease. In no event may Subtenant move or remove any convector units or any plumbing or other system equipment of the Building without Sublessor’s and Landlord’s prior written consent, which may be granted or denied in its or their sole and absolute discretion. If Subtenant installs and operates Subtenant’s HVAC as set forth herein, Subtenant shall reimburse Sublessor from time to time, within thirty (30) days after invoice therefor, for the actual costs of such chilled water or condenser water and of providing same, including, but not limited to, an amount for depreciation which is reasonable based upon the charge assessed for depreciation in First-Class Buildings. All or any of Subtenant’s HVAC installation, shall, at the option of Sublessor (exercised in its sole and absolute discretion), either (i) on or prior to the Sublease termination date, be removed, and the Sublet Premises restored to its condition on the date of this Sublease or (ii) remain in the Sublet Premises after Sublease termination (Sublessor reserving the right to select either option for individual equipment components or portions of Subtenant’s HVAC installations). Subtenant shall be responsible to insure Subtenant’s HVAC under the special cause of loss business property insurance required by Section 17.A.(1) of the Prime Lease, naming Sublessor as loss payee under such policy for Subtenant’s HVAC.

 

8.              Liability for Damage or Injury and Indemnification.

 

(a)            Subtenant Indemnification. Sublessor shall not be liable for any damage to the Sublet Premises or any injury to persons sustained by Subtenant or its employees, agents, invitees, guests, or other persons caused by conditions or activities on the Sublet

 

11



 

Premises or the Building (including, without limitation, the Cafeteria, Fitness Center, Bike Room or Shower Facilities), or activities of Subtenant in or upon the Building (including, without limitation, use of the Cafeteria, Fitness Center, Bike Room or Shower Facilities), except to the extent any loss, cost, damage or expense is attributable to the gross negligence or intentional misconduct of Sublessor or its agents or employees, and subject to the waiver of subrogation provisions hereof and in the Prime Lease. Subject to the waiver of subrogation provisions set forth in subsection (b), below, except to the extent caused by (respectively) the negligence or willful misconduct of Sublessor, Landlord or its agents or employees, (each of the foregoing, an “ Indemnified Party ”) , Subtenant hereby indemnifies and saves harmless the non-negligent Indemnified Parties from any liability, loss, cost or expense (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising out of (i) Subtenant’s use or occupancy of the Sublet Premises, the Cafeteria, Fitness Center, Bike Room or Shower Facilities and (ii) Subtenant’s failure to keep, observe or perform any of the terms, provisions, covenants, conditions and obligations on Subtenant’s part to be kept, observed or performed under this Sublease. Subject to the waiver of subrogation provisions set forth in subsection (b), below, except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Subtenant, Sublessor hereby indemnifies and saves harmless Subtenant from any liability, loss, cost or expense (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising out of Sublessor’s failure to keep, observe or perform any of the terms, provisions, covenants, conditions and obligations on Sublessor’s part to be kept, observed or performed under this Sublease. Subtenant’s obligation hereunder shall survive the termination of this Sublease. Subtenant shall carry all insurance, in form and substance as required of Sublessor under the Prime Lease, including (without limitation) business interruption insurance (regardless of Subtenant’s net worth); Subtenant’s commercial general liability insurance shall name, as additional insureds, Sublessor, Landlord, the managing agent of the Building and the holder of any Mortgage, and Subtenant’s business property insurance shall name Sublessor as loss payee with respect to the Walls/Partitions, Systems Furniture, Personal Property, and Subtenant’s HVAC as well as any alterations in the Sublet Premises. On or before the commencement of the Early Access Period, Subtenant shall provide Landlord and Sublessor with all certificates of insurance required under the Prime Lease, and shall comply with all insurance requirements imposed upon Sublessor as “Tenant” under the Prime Lease.

 

(b)            Waiver of Subrogation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Sublease, whether the loss or damage is due to the negligence of Sublessor or its agents or employees, Subtenant hereby releases Sublessor and its agents and employees from responsibility for and waives its entire claim of recovery for (i) any and all loss or damage to the personal property of Subtenant located in the Sublet Premises arising out of any of the perils which are covered by Subtenant’s property insurance policy or which would be covered by an all-risk property insurance policy if such policy was obtained by Subtenant, or (ii) loss resulting from business interruption at the Sublet Premises, arising out of any of the perils which may be covered by the business interruption insurance policy carried by Subtenant or which would be covered by a business interruption insurance policy with twenty-four (24) months coverage if such policy was obtained by Subtenant. Similarly, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Sublease, whether the loss or damage is due to the negligence of Subtenant or its agents or employees, Sublessor hereby releases Subtenant and its agents and employees from responsibility for and waives its entire claim of recovery for any and all loss or damage to personal property of Sublessor located in the Sublet Premises (excluding the Walls/Partitions, Systems Furniture, Personal Property, and Subtenant’s HVAC, and alterations in the Sublet

 

12



 

Premises, which shall not be the subject of Sublessor’s waiver or release), arising out of any of the perils which are covered by any such property insurance or business interruption insurance which Sublessor obtains or would be covered if any such policy was obtained by Sublessor. Sublessor and Subtenant shall each cause its respective insurance carrier(s) to consent to such waiver of all rights of subrogation against the other, and to issue an endorsement to all policies of insurance obtained by such party confirming that the foregoing release and waiver will not invalidate such policies.

 

9.              Casualty and Condemnation.

 

(a)            In the event of damage or destruction of the Sublet Premises or other portion of the Building by fire or other casualty, this Sublease shall not terminate, unless the Prime Lease shall terminate, absolutely or with regard to the Sublet Premises, in accordance with the provisions of the Prime Lease, or except as expressly set forth in this Section 9. The rental obligation of Subtenant shall abate or be prorated only if Sublessor’s rental and/or additional rental obligations with respect to the Sublet Premises is abated pursuant to the terms of the Prime Lease. It is understood and agreed that any repair or restoration required under the terms of the Prime Lease, in connection with either a casualty or condemnation, shall be performed by Landlord to the extent Landlord is required to do so under the Prime Lease, and that Sublessor shall have no obligations with respect thereto.

 

(b)            Notwithstanding anything contained in this Sublease or the Prime Lease to the contrary, following any material fire or other casualty to the Sublet Premises, Sublessor shall, within a reasonable period of time following receipt of Landlord’s Restoration Certificate as described in Section 16.B. of the Prime Lease, deliver a notice (the “ Sublessor Restoration Notice ”) to Subtenant setting forth the estimated number of days from the date of the casualty necessary for the Landlord to complete Landlord’s Casualty Restoration Work and for Sublessor to complete the Sublessor Casualty Restoration Work (defined below). If the estimated aggregate time to restore the Sublet Premises as set forth in the Sublessor Restoration Notice is in excess of nine (9) months from the date of casualty, then either party shall have the right to terminate this Sublease by written notice to the other party, which notice shall be delivered within ten (10) business days after the Sublessor Restoration Notice (and, in the case of the Sublessor electing to terminate, may be included in the Sublessor Restoration Notice); failure to deliver such termination notice within such 10-business day period shall render such right null and void. In such event, termination shall be effective as of the later to occur of either (a) the date of the material fire or other casualty or (b) the date Subtenant ceased operations in the Sublet Premises as a result of such material fire or other casualty.

 

(c)            If the Sublease is not terminated in accordance with Section 9(b) hereof, then, upon Landlord’s completion of the Landlord Casualty Restoration Work, Sublessor shall complete the restoration of the Sublet Premises to the condition immediately prior to the material fire or other casualty (the “ Sublessor Casualty Restoration Work ”) . Regardless of whether this Sublease is terminated, Subtenant shall cause its insurance carrier to pay proceeds for the Walls/Partitions, Systems Furniture, Personal Property, and Subtenant’s HVAC as well as any alterations in the Sublet Premises directly to Sublessor; provided, however, if such proceeds are in fact paid directly to Subtenant, Subtenant shall promptly remit same to Sublessor.

 

13


 

(d)           In the event the Prime Lease is terminated due to a taking of all or any portion of the premises leased by Sublessor pursuant to the Prime Lease, Subtenant shall have no claim against Sublessor or the Landlord for the value of any unexpired term of this Sublease or any other claim, nor any claim or right to any portion of any award or payment resulting from such condemnation, except that Subtenant may maintain a separate claim for its relocation expenses, as long as the same does not diminish the award payable to the Landlord or to Sublessor.

 

10.          Assignments and Subleases.

 

(a)           Subtenant shall not assign, mortgage, pledge or otherwise encumber this Sublease or any interest herein (including any assignment by operation of law), or sub-sublet all or any part of the Sublet Premises (any of the foregoing, a “ transfer ”) without the prior written consent in each instance of Sublessor and, if required by the Prime Lease, Landlord, which consent, in the case of Sublessor, shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Sublessor shall not be deemed to have unreasonably withheld its consent to a proposed transfer if such consent is withheld because, inter alia: (i) Subtenant is then in default of this Sublease, following applicable notice and the expiration of applicable cure periods, or an event has occurred which, with the giving of notice or passage of time, or both, would constitute a default hereunder (unless such occurrence shall be cured prior to the commencement date of the proposed transfer); or (ii) any notice of termination of this Sublease or termination of Subtenant’s rights under this Sublease shall have been validly given; or (iii) either the portion of the Sublet Premises which Subtenant proposed to sublease, or the remaining portion of the Sublet Premises, or the means of ingress and egress to either the portion of the Sublet Premises which Subtenant proposed to sublease or the remaining portion of the Sublet Premises, or the proposed use of the Sublet Premises or any portion thereof by the proposed assignee or subtenant will violate any Laws or would not conform with the use provisions set forth in the Prime Lease or Section 5 of this Sublease; or (iv) in the reasonable judgment of Sublessor, the proposed transferee is of a character or reputation or is engaged in a business which would be harmful to the image and reputation of the Building, Sublessor, or Landlord, or the proposed transferee is not financially capable of performing its obligations under the terms of this Sublease; or (v) the proposed transferee is a governmental entity (or subdivision or agency thereof) or is an occupant of the Building for whom Sublessor or Landlord has available for lease space similar in size and otherwise reasonably comparable to that which Subtenant is proposing to transfer to such occupant of the Building and such occupant of the Building would accept the space being offered by Sublessor or Landlord if the space which Subtenant is offering were not available; or (vi) notwithstanding Subtenant’s continuing primary liability under this Sublease, as set forth in this Section 10, any assignee fails to assume all of the obligations of Subtenant under this Sublease, or the sublessee or occupant fails to agree to be subject to all the terms and conditions of this Sublease; or (vii) the proposed transferee is a competitor of Sublessor or any affiliate of the Corporate Executive Board Company; or (viii) the proposed transfer constitutes a Prohibited Assignment or Sublease. Any attempted assignment, mortgage, pledge, encumbrance or sub- sublet that is made in violation of this Section 10 shall be void and shall be a default by Subtenant. Consent by Sublessor and Landlord to one or more assignments or sub-sublettings shall not operate as a waiver of Sublessor’s and Landlord’s rights with respect to any subsequent assignment or sub-subletting. No assignment or sub-subletting shall relieve Subtenant from primary liability for all obligations of Subtenant under this Sublease, whether accruing before or

 

14



 

after the date of such assignment or sub-subletting. For purposes of this Sublease, the term “sublet” or “sub-sublet” shall be deemed to include the granting of any rights of occupancy of any portion of the Sublet Premises.

 

(b)            If Subtenant wishes to enter into a transfer, Subtenant must provide not less than thirty (30) days’ prior written notice thereof to Sublessor, which notice shall include the proposed effective date of such assignment or sublease, and in the case of a proposed sublease, shall specify the space to be sublet. For thirty (30) days following receipt of such notice, Sublessor shall have the right, exercisable by sending written notice to Subtenant, to recapture from Subtenant for the balance of the Sublease Term of this Sublease (i) all of the Sublet Premises in the event Subtenant notified Sublessor of its desire to assign this Sublease, or (ii) so much of the Sublet Premises as Subtenant intends to sub-sublet in the event Subtenant notified Sublessor of its desire to sub-sublet the Sublet Premises or permit another to make use thereof, at the same Annual Base Subrent and Additional Subrent Subtenant is obligated to pay to Sublessor hereunder. In the event Sublessor does not exercise the aforesaid right within such thirty (30) days, and, pursuant to Section 10(a) Sublessor consents to Subtenant’s entering into a transfer, Subtenant may attempt for a period of one hundred twenty (120) days from the last day of such thirty (30)-day period to assign, sub-sublet or permit use of this Sublease or such space on the terms set forth in the aforementioned notice and in accordance with the terms of this Section 10. Upon the termination of such one hundred twenty (120)-day period, Subtenant may not enter into a transfer, except in accordance with the terms of this Section 10(b), including Subtenant’s notice obligation and Sublessor’s right of recapture. In the event that Subtenant defaults hereunder, Subtenant hereby assigns to Sublessor the rent due from any assignee or subtenant and hereby authorizes each such party to pay such rent to Sublessor.

 

(c)            In addition to the requirements set forth in subsection (b), and regardless if Sublessor has provided its consent, no transfer shall be effective unless and until Sublessor shall have received, at least thirty (30) days prior to the proposed commencement date of such transfer (i) a written request from Subtenant for the proposed transfer, (ii) full and complete information concerning the identity and business activities of the proposed transferee, (iii) such financial information concerning the proposed transferee as Sublessor shall reasonably request after notification by Subtenant of the proposed transfer, and (iv) a copy of the proposed sublease or assignment or occupancy agreement or other transfer document, which shall be in form and substance acceptable to Sublessor. No consent by Sublessor to a transfer hereunder shall be effective unless such consent shall be in writing. Any attempted transfer in violation of the requirements of this Section 10 shall be null and void and of no force or effect.

 

(d)            In the event Sublessor permits Subtenant to transfer its interest under the Lease or all or a portion of the Sublet Premises to a third party, then (i) fifty percent (50%) of any sums that are payable by such third party for the right to occupy the Sublet Premises (on a per square foot basis) (after deducting therefrom Subtenant’s reasonable and actual out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Subtenant in procuring such transferee for leasehold improvement costs, broker fees, marketing costs, moving costs and legal fees (if any) paid by Subtenant), in excess of the Annual Base Subrental then in effect (on a per square foot basis), shall be paid by Subtenant to Sublessor on a monthly basis as additional Rent and (ii) Subtenant shall be responsible for all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ and engineering review fees, incurred by Sublessor in connection with any proposed or purported transfer, including,

 

15



 

without limitation, any fee to be paid to Landlord under Section 23.B. of the Prime Lease. The failure of Subtenant to remit fifty percent (50%) of any such excess sums to Sublessor, as the same are realized on a monthly basis by Subtenant, shall be a default hereunder. For purposes of this paragraph, such excess sums shall be calculated based upon all payments which are made by the applicable transferee to Subtenant, or any other entity designated by Subtenant, in consideration of such party’s occupancy of the Sublet Premises, whether or nor characterized as payments of Rent.

 

(e)            The consent by Sublessor to any transfer shall neither be construed as a waiver or release of Subtenant from any covenant or obligation of Subtenant under this Sublease, nor as relieving Subtenant from giving Sublessor the aforesaid thirty (30) days notice of, or from obtaining the consent of Sublessor to, any further transfer. The collection or acceptance of rent from any such transferee shall not constitute a waiver or release of Subtenant from any covenant or obligation of Subtenant under this Sublease, except as expressly agreed by Sublessor in writing.

 

(f)             Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary (but subject to the last sentence of this Section 10(f)), the Sublet Premises may be occupied by, or subleased or assigned to, a Subtenant Affiliate, and such occupancy, assignment or sublease shall be permitted provided Subtenant delivers notice thereof to Sublessor prior to such occupancy, assignment or sublease and such Subtenant Affiliate agrees in writing to assume all obligations of Subtenant under this Sublease. For purposes of this subparagraph, a “ Subtenant Affiliate shall mean an entity that, directly or indirectly Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, Subtenant. For purposes of this subparagraph, “ Control shall mean ownership of sufficient stock or membership or partnership interests of Subtenant to have voting control of Subtenant (such as ownership of 50% or more of the outstanding voting stock of a corporation or of the outstanding membership, partnership or other similar interest if such entity is not a corporation). Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary (but subject to the last sentence of this Section 10(f), Subtenant may assign this Sublease to an entity with which Subtenant merges, consolidates or which purchases all or substantially all of Subtenant’s assets (a “ Successor ”) without Sublessor’s prior written approval, conditioned upon satisfaction of the following (as determined by Sublessor acting in good faith): (1) Successor has a creditworthiness sufficient to meet the requirements of this Sublease; and (2) such merger, consolidation or purchase was not entered into as a subterfuge to evade the requirements of this Section 10 of the Sublease. Subtenant shall provide documentation acceptable to Sublessor to evidence the foregoing. The term “ Permitted Transferee shall mean a Subtenant Affiliate or Successor, and the term “ Permitted Transfer shall mean a transfer to Permitted Transferee in accordance with this Section 10(f). In the event of a transfer to a Subtenant Affiliate, Subtenant shall not be released from any covenant or obligation of Subtenant under this Sublease, but shall remain jointly and severally liable with Subtenant Affiliate for the performance of all covenants and obligations hereunder. In the event of a transfer to a Successor, such Successor shall expressly assume all obligations of Subtenant under this Sublease in writing. No Permitted Transfer shall relieve Subtenant from obtaining the consent of Sublessor (as required by this Section 10) to any further transfer. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, a transfer shall not be deemed a “ Permitted Transfer (and shall therefore be subject to the remaining provisions of this Article 10, including, without limitation, the requirement that Subtenant obtain Landlord’s consent to a proposed transfer) if either (i) the transferee (whether a Subtenant Affiliate or

 

16



 

Successor) is a competitor of Sublessor or of any affiliate of the Corporate Executive Board Company or (ii) the transfer would constitute a Prohibited Assignment or Sublease under the Prime Lease.

 

11.          Security Deposit.

 

(a)           Security Deposit Generally. Concurrently with its execution and delivery of this Sublease, Subtenant shall deliver to Sublessor a security deposit (“ Security Deposit ”) in the amount of Three Hundred Fifty-One Thousand Nine Hundred Eleven and 25/100 Dollars ($351,911.25), which Security Deposit may be in the form of cash or a letter of credit that conforms to the requirements of this Section 11, to secure the payment and performance by Subtenant of all of Subtenant’s obligations, covenants, conditions and agreements under this Sublease. If in the form of cash, Sublessor shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from other funds or accounts of Sublessor and the Security Deposit shall not bear interest. If Subtenant defaults in the observance or performance of any of such terms and conditions, and such default continues after applicable notice and cure periods under this Sublease, Sublessor may use or apply all or any part of the Security Deposit for the payment of any Rent not paid when due or for the payment of any other amounts due Sublessor by reason of such default, including any costs of Sublessor’s observing or performing such terms or conditions on Subtenant’s behalf and any deficiencies in reletting or damages incurred by Sublessor. If Sublessor shall use or apply all or any part of the Security Deposit, Subtenant shall, immediately upon notice from Sublessor (and in any event within three (3) business days thereafter), deliver to Sublessor additional funds so as to restore the Security Deposit to the amount specified above. If Subtenant shall faithfully observe and perform all of the terms and conditions of this Sublease, the Security Deposit, or so much thereof as shall not have been used or applied in accordance with this Section 11, shall be returned to Subtenant within thirty (30) days after the expiration or sooner termination of this Sublease and the vacation and surrender of the Sublet Premises in accordance with this Sublease. In the event of any assignment of Sublessor’s interest in this Sublease, Sublessor shall have the right to transfer the Security Deposit to such assignee, in which event such assignee shall hold, use and apply the Security Deposit in accordance with the covenants, terms and conditions of this Sublease. Subtenant shall look solely to the assignee for the return of the Security Deposit and Sublessor shall thereupon be released from all liability to Subtenant for the return of the Security Deposit. Subtenant shall not assign (other than to a permitted assignee of this Sublease) or encumber its interest in the Security Deposit and no such assignment or encumbrance shall be valid or binding upon Sublessor.

 

(b)           Form of Letter of Credit. If the Security Deposit is tendered in the form of a letter of credit (“ Letter of Credit ”) , the following provisions shall also apply. Subtenant shall maintain the Letter of Credit in full force and effect throughout the entire term of this Sublease and until sixty (60) days after the termination of this Sublease, and shall cause the Letter of Credit to be renewed or replaced not less than sixty (60) days prior to its expiry date. The Letter of Credit shall (i) be unconditional, irrevocable, transferable, payable to Sublessor on sight at a metropolitan Washington, D.C. area financial institution, in partial or full draws, (ii) be substantially in the form attached hereto and incorporated herein as Exhibit D , and otherwise be in form and content reasonably acceptable to Sublessor, (iii) shall be issued by HSBC Bank USA, N.A., or such other financial institution as Sublessor may approve in its sole and absolute

 

17



 

discretion, and (iv) contain an “evergreen” provision which provides that it is automatically renewed on an annual basis unless the issuer delivers sixty (60) days’ prior written notice of cancellation to Sublessor and Subtenant. Any and all fees or costs charged by the issuer in connection with the Letter of Credit (including, without limitation, charges in connection with any transfers or assignments thereof) shall be paid by Subtenant.

 

(i)             Right to Draw.

 

(1)            In the event of any default by Subtenant hereunder that continues after notice and the expiration of any applicable cure period under this Sublease, Sublessor shall have the right to draw upon the Letter of Credit in whole or in part and apply the proceeds thereof as may be necessary to compensate Sublessor for any such default under this Sublease on the part of Subtenant, and Subtenant, within three (3) business days after Sublessor delivers written demand therefor to Subtenant, shall forthwith restore the Letter of Credit to its original amount; provided, however, neither the application of the Security Deposit as set forth above nor the restoration by Subtenant of such Security Deposit shall operate to cure such default or to estop Sublessor from pursuing any remedy to which Sublessor would otherwise be entitled.

 

(2)            Sublessor shall also have the right to draw upon the Letter of Credit in any of the following circumstances (which circumstances described in items (i) and (ii) below shall apply to all issuers, including without limitation the initial issuer): (i), if the total assets of the issuer of the Letter of Credit are at any time less than Three Billion Dollars ($3,000,000,000.00), or such issuer has a Standard & Poor’s commercial paper rating of less than A-1 (provided if at any time the current Standard & Poor’s commercial paper rating system is no longer in existence, a comparable rating of a comparable commercial paper rating system from a comparable company shall be selected by Sublessor, in its reasonable discretion, for purposes of this Section 11) and Subtenant fails to deliver to Sublessor a replacement Letter of Credit complying with the terms of this Sublease within thirty (30) days of request therefor from Sublessor, (ii) if the issuer of the Letter of Credit shall enter into any supervisory agreement with any governmental authority, or the issuer of the Letter of Credit shall fail to meet any capital requirements imposed by applicable Laws, and Subtenant fails to deliver to Sublessor a replacement Letter of Credit complying with the terms of this Sublease within thirty (30) days of request therefor from Sublessor, or (iii) if Subtenant fails to provide Sublessor with any renewal or replacement Letter of Credit complying with the terms of this Sublease at least sixty (60) days prior to expiration of the then-current Letter of Credit. In the event the Letter of Credit is drawn upon due solely to the circumstances described in the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) or (iii), the amount drawn shall be held by Sublessor as a Security Deposit to be otherwise retained, expended or disbursed by Sublessor for any amounts or sums due under this Sublease to which the proceeds of the Letter of Credit could have been applied pursuant to this Sublease, and Subtenant shall be liable to Sublessor for restoration of the Letter of Credit complying with the terms of this Sublease, of any amount so expended to the same extent as set forth in this Section 11.

 

(c)           Right to Assign. In the event of any assignment of Sublessor’s interest in this Sublease, Sublessor shall have the right to transfer the Security Deposit to such assignee, in which event such assignee shall hold, use and apply the Security Deposit and proceeds thereof in accordance with the covenants, terms and conditions of this Sublease. Subtenant shall look solely to the assignee for the return of the Security Deposit and Sublessor shall thereupon be

 

18



 

released from all liability to Subtenant for the return of such Security Deposit. If Subtenant assigns this Sublease, Subtenant shall be entitled to replace the Letter of Credit then held by Sublessor (for which Subtenant is the account party and Sublessor is the beneficiary) with another Letter of Credit (for which such assignee is the account party and Sublessor is the beneficiary) complying with the terms hereof.

 

12.          Services . Anything contained in this Sublease to the contrary notwithstanding, the only services or rights to which Subtenant is entitled hereunder are those to which Sublessor is entitled under the Prime Lease from Landlord. In the event Sublessor is entitled to any rental abatement on account of any interruption of essential services to the Sublet Premises (and not other portions of the premises leased by Sublessor pursuant to the Prime Lease) pursuant to the terms of the Prime Lease, Subtenant shall be entitled to proportionately abate its rental obligations hereunder for the same period of time. Subtenant shall, within thirty (30) days of demand, pay or reimburse Sublessor for all costs and expenses (i) payable under the Prime Lease arising out of Subtenant’s acts or omissions or Subtenant’s requests for services in excess of those provided by Landlord and included in Operating Expenses under the Prime Lease in connection with the Sublet Premises and (ii) for services to the Sublet Premises provided directly by Sublessor, including (a) supplemental chilled or condenser water, (b) above building standard or overtime HVAC, (c) extra cleaning, (d) overtime or dedicated freight elevator service, and (e) any maintenance, repair or other service for which a separate charge is payable to Landlord under the Prime Lease or which is provided by Sublessor, and (f) any janitorial service in excess of those described on Exhibit E of the Prime Lease. Sublessor currently (and shall have the right to continue to do so) causes the carpeting in the elevator lobby of the Sublet Premises to be cleaned approximately once per quarter, which frequency exceeds that set forth in the standard janitorial specifications set forth on Exhibit E of the Prime Lease and therefore results in a separate charge. Subtenant shall pay its Proportionate Share of such excess charge to Sublessor as Additional Rent from time to time within thirty (30) days after invoice therefor. Sublessor currently (and shall have the right to continue to do so) maintains the Sublessor’s HVAC, as well as the water heaters, water filters, VAV boxes, and appurtenances thereto. Subtenant shall pay its share of such maintenance costs to Sublessor as Additional Rent from time to time within thirty (30) days after invoice therefor. Notices from Subtenant requesting overtime HVAC services shall be delivered to the Director of Support Services for the Corporate Executive Board Company (or to such other contact of which Sublessor notifies Subtenant from time to time), notwithstanding any provision in the Prime Lease to the contrary. Subtenant may obtain access card keys for its employees by written request to Sublessor, at Sublessor’s actual cost therefor (currently approximately $5.00 per card).

 

13.          Default . In the event that Subtenant shall be in default beyond any applicable notice and cure period of any covenant or obligation under this Sublease, or if any other default set forth in Section 19 of the Prime Lease occurs with respect to Subtenant and is not cured within the applicable notice and cure periods, then Sublessor shall have available to it all of the remedies available to Landlord under the Prime Lease in the event of a like default or failure on the part of the Sublessor thereunder, provided, however, the time periods for curing defaults under the Prime Lease set forth in Section 19.A. of the Prime Lease shall be modified with respect to defaults under this Sublease as follows: (i) the thirty (30) day grace period for defaults in payment of rent or additional rent shall be reduced to five (5) days; and (ii) the thirty (30) day grace period for other defaults shall be reduced to fifteen (15) days. Sublessor shall use

 

19



 

commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate its damages resulting from a default under this Sublease by Subtenant beyond any applicable notice and cure period under the same terms and conditions by which Landlord has agreed to mitigate damages for Sublessor pursuant to Section 19.B. of the Prime Lease (including subsections (a), (b), (c), (d), and (e) thereunder), which provisions are further limited by the following: Sublessor shall not be obligated to enter into a new lease with a Substitute Tenant if an assignment or subletting to such Substitute Tenant would be rejected by Sublessor under the provisions of Section 10(a) of this Sublease.

 

14.         No Waiver. The failure of Sublessor to insist at any time upon the strict performance of any covenant or agreement herein, or to exercise any option, right, power or remedy contained in this Sublease shall not be construed as a waiver or a relinquishment thereof for the future. No act or thing done by Sublessor or its agents during the term hereof shall be deemed an acceptance or surrender of the Sublet Premises, and no agreement to accept a surrender of the Sublet Premises shall be valid unless in writing and signed by Sublessor. No payment by Subtenant or receipt by Sublessor of a lesser amount than the monthly installment of Annual Base Subrent due under this Sublease shall be deemed to be other than on account of the earliest Rent due hereunder, or portion thereof, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment as Rent be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Sublessor may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Sublessor’s right to recover the balance of such Rent or pursue any other remedy in this Sublease or available to Sublessor at law or in equity.

 

15.          Surrender of Sublet Premises; Holdover. Upon the expiration or other termination of the Sublease Term, Subtenant shall quit and surrender to Sublessor the Sublet Premises, broom clean, in good order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and Subtenant shall remove all of its property as provided in Section 10.B. of the Prime Lease. Subtenant shall remove all alterations installed in the Sublet Premises during the Sublease Term and shall restore the Sublet Premises to the condition immediately prior to the Sublet Commencement Date, including, without limitation, removing telecommunications cabling and wiring and voice and data systems, restoring Walls/Partitions or Systems Furniture removed from the Sublet Premises, and restoring any alterations to the raised floor, conference rooms, and any other portion of the Sublet Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Subtenant shall not be required to restore or remove the alterations to the Systems Furniture and Walls/Partitions shown on Exhibit B-4 (Approved Space Plan), attached hereto, so long as such alterations are (i) consistent in make and model as the Systems Furniture in place on the Sublease Commencement Date; and (ii) approved in writing by Sublessor. Subtenant’s obligation to observe or perform this covenant shall survive the expiration or other termination of the Sublease Term. In the event of holding over by Subtenant or any person or entity claiming under Subtenant after expiration or other termination of this Sublease, or in the event Subtenant continues to occupy the Sublet Premises after the termination of Subtenant’s right of possession due to a default by Subtenant, such holding over or possession shall constitute a tenancy at sufferance, subject to all of the terms and provisions of this Sublease. In the event of any such holding over, in addition to any other remedies available to Sublessor under this Sublease, at law or in equity, Sublessor shall have the right, in accordance with applicable law, to enter upon and take possession of the Sublet Premises. Subtenant shall, throughout the entire holdover period, pay Rent at the times and in the manner required by this Sublease but at a rate equal to 150% of the Annual Base Subrent payable during the last month of the Sublease Term preceding the commencement of the holdover period

 

20



 

for the first month of such holdover period, and 200% thereafter. Subtenant shall also continue to pay all Additional Subrent during any such holdover period. No holding over by Subtenant after the expiration of the Sublease Term and no acceptance of Rent by Sublessor during a holdover period, whether with or without the consent of Sublessor, shall be construed to extend the Sublease Term or prevent Sublessor from recovering immediate possession of the Sublet Premises by summary proceedings or otherwise. In addition, in the event of any unauthorized holding over that extends more than thirty (30) days after the expiration of the Sublease Term, Subtenant will protect, defend, indemnify and hold Sublessor harmless from and against any claims, demands, liability, costs, expenses or damages (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) for which Sublessor may become liable to Landlord under the Prime Lease due to such holding over.

 

16.          Brokers. Each party represents and warrants to the other that, except for the Staubach Company, Northeast Inc. and Cushman & Wakefield (collectively, “ Brokers ”) (i) no broker brought about this transaction or dealt with either party in connection herewith, and (ii) they have had no dealings with any real estate broker, finder or other person, with respect to this Sublease in any manner. Each party agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the other against and from any and all losses, costs, claims, damages and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) which may be claimed by any broker (other than the Brokers) by reason of any dealings, actions or agreements with the indemnifying party. Sublessor agrees to compensate the Brokers pursuant to the terms of a separate agreement between Sublessor and each of the Brokers.

 

17.          Notices. All notices given or required to be given pursuant to the provisions hereof shall be in writing and shall be hand-delivered or sent by reputable overnight delivery service or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the following addresses, or to such other address as the party to be notified shall specify in writing by such notice:

 

 

Sublessor:

The Corporate Executive Board Company

 

 

1919 North Lynn Street

 

 

Arlington, Virginia 22209

 

 

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

With a copy to:

 

 

 

 

 

Arent Fox LLP

 

 

1050 Connecticut Avenue, N.W.

 

 

Washington, DC 20036

 

 

Attention: Jeremy B. Fox, Esq.

 

 

 

 

Subtenant:

Rosetta Stone Ltd.

 

 

135 West Market Street

 

 

Harrisonburg, VA 22801

 

 

Attention: General Counsel

 

Notices shall be deemed given and effective upon the date of delivery (or refusal to accept delivery) if delivered by hand or overnight delivery service, and upon the date set forth on the return receipt therefor if delivered by certified mail.

 

21



 

18.          Parking. Subtenant shall have the right, but not the obligation, to obtain non-reserved, first-come, first-served parking contracts, by contracting directly with the Garage Operator, for the parking of up to sixty-two (62) automobiles in the Garage upon the same rental, terms and conditions in the parking contracts that the Garage makes available to Sublessor. Subtenant shall notify Sublessor of the number of parking contracts required by Subtenant within thirty (30) days following the Sublease Commencement Date; any parking contracts not utilized within such thirty (30)-day period shall be forfeited by Subtenant, provided, however, if, during the Sublease Term, Subtenant shall require additional parking contracts (up to the initial 62 allotted), then Sublessor shall make such contracts available to Subtenant to the extent the same are available. Subtenant and its employees shall observe reasonable precautions in the use of the Garage and shall at all times abide by all rules and regulations governing the use of the Garage promulgated by Landlord or the Garage Operator. Landlord has reserved (i) the right to close the Garage during periods of unusually inclement weather or for repairs, (ii) to reasonably modify in any way Landlord deems appropriate the manner in which the Garage is accessed, and (iii) to revoke a user’s parking privileges in the event such user repeatedly fails, after appropriate notice, to abide by the rules and regulations governing the use of the Garage, all as set forth in Section 34 of the Prime Lease, and Subtenant acknowledges and agrees to abide all of the foregoing. Subtenant shall be prohibited from using the Garage for purposes other than for parking registered vehicles. All parking rights granted to Subtenant shall be at Subtenant’s sole risk, and Sublessor shall have the right, at its option, to issue permits (or to cause such issuance) or establish other reasonable parking controls (or cause such controls to be established) to assure that the use by Subtenant of the parking area does not exceed the parking rights granted to Sublessor pursuant to Section 34 of the Prime Lease. In such event, all permits, access cards or other costs associated with any parking controls shall be at Subtenant’s sole cost and expense. The repair of vehicles in the Garage is prohibited. Except in connection with a permitted assignment or sublease pursuant to Section 10 hereof, Subtenant shall not assign, sublet or transfer any parking permits without Sublessor’s prior written consent, which may be granted or withheld in Sublessor’s sole discretion. Any attempted assignment, sublet or transfer in violation of the foregoing shall be void.

 

19.          Subtenant Signage. Sublessor shall provide to Subtenant, at Sublessor’s sole cost, Building standard suite entry signage at the entrance to the Sublet Premises, in a location and with dimensions as set forth on Exhibit H and otherwise as determined by Sublessor in its sole discretion. Subtenant acknowledges and agrees that the Building does not have a lobby directory. Sublessor and Subtenant shall cooperate in good faith to design appropriate Subtenant identifying signage to be placed in the Building lobby (e.g., free-standing signage or signage at the lobby desk, the location and dimensions of which shall be as set forth on Exhibit H and otherwise as determined by Sublessor in its sole discretion) by Sublessor at its cost. Sublessor and Subtenant shall cooperate in good faith to obtain any required Landlord approval to the lobby and suite entry signage, provided, however, if Landlord shall not approve such signage, then the parties shall work together in good faith to redesign the signage package, subject to the provisions hereof, and shall resubmit the signage package to Landlord. If Landlord shall not approve such revised signage, Sublessor shall have no liability therefor, and the provisions of this Section 19 granting such signage shall be deemed null and void.

 

22


 

20.          Waiver of Jury Trial. THE PARTIES HERETO EACH HEREBY WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY CLAIM, ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM BY EITHER PARTY AGAINST THE OTHER ON ANY MATTERS ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS SUBLEASE, THE RELATIONSHIP OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR SUBTENANT’S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE SUBLET PREMISES.

 

21.          Reciprocal Litigation Costs. In the event of any litigation between Sublessor and Subtenant, the unsuccessful party as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction shall reimburse the successful party for all reasonable legal fees, court costs and out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the successful party in prosecuting or defending any such action.

 

22.          Estoppel Certificates. Subtenant shall, from time to time, within ten (10) business days following request by Sublessor, execute and deliver to such persons as the requesting party may request, a statement certifying that this Sublease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or if there have been modifications, that the same is in full force and effect as so modified), stating the dates to which Annual Base Subrent and other charges payable under this Sublease have been paid, stating that, to the certifying party’s knowledge, the requesting party is not in default hereunder (or if a default is alleged to exist, stating the nature of such alleged default) and further stating such other matters as the requesting party shall reasonably request (to the extent accurate).

 

23.          Representations. Sublessor represents that, as of the date hereof: (a) it has not received any notice from the Landlord asserting that Sublessor is in Default under the Prime Lease and, to its knowledge, it is not aware of any default on its part under the Prime Lease, (b) the Prime Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect; (c) Sublessor has the power and authority to enter into this Sublease; and (d) Sublessor has not delivered a notice to Landlord asserting that Landlord is in a Landlord Default as defined in the Prime Lease. Subtenant represents that it has the power and authority to enter into this Sublease.

 

24.          Consent of Landlord. Sublessor believes that, under the terms of the Prime Lease, this Sublease is not subject to Landlord’s consent. Promptly following the execution and delivery of this Sublease, Sublessor shall deliver the notice to Landlord required by Section 23 of the Prime Lease, identifying the Subtenant, Subtenant’s business, the anticipated Sublease Commencement Date, a certification that there is no Monthly Sublet Profit, and, if validly requested by Landlord, providing to Landlord a copy of this Sublease. If, for any reason, it is determined that Landlord’s consent is required for this Sublease, and if such consent is not received within thirty (30) days after Landlord has notified Sublessor of the requirement of Landlord’s approval, then Sublessor shall have the right, by notice to Subtenant, given prior the receipt of Landlord’s consent, to cancel this Sublease, in which case Sublessor shall promptly return to Subtenant all sums theretofore paid by Subtenant hereunder. Further, if, for any reason, it is determined that Landlord’s consent is required for this Sublease, any fees and costs due to Landlord pursuant to Section 23.B. of the Prime Lease shall be split evenly between Subtenant and Sublessor. Sublessor shall promptly deliver a copy of any notice from Landlord regarding Landlord’s consent of this Sublease.

 

23



 

25.          Miscellaneous.

 

(a)           Time of the Essence. Time is of the essence in the performance by Subtenant of its obligations hereunder.

 

(b)           Severability. In the event any part of this Sublease is held to be unenforceable or invalid for any reason, the balance of this Sublease shall not be affected and shall remain in full force and effect during the term of this Sublease.

 

(c)           Binding Effect. The covenants, conditions, agreements, terms and provisions of this Sublease shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereof and each of their respective successors and assigns, subject to the restrictions and limitations set forth herein.

 

(d)           Governing Law. It is the intention of the parties hereto that this Sublease (and the terms and provisions hereof) shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia.

 

(e)           Entirety. It is understood and agreed by and between the parties hereto that this Sublease contains the final and entire agreement between the parties relative to the subject matter hereof, and that they shall not be bound by any terms, statements, conditions or representations relative to the subject matter hereof, oral or written, express or implied, not herein contained. This Sublease may not be changed or terminated orally or in any manner other than by an agreement in writing and signed by all parties hereto.

 

(f)            Submission Not an Offer. The submission of this Sublease by Sublessor to Subtenant shall not constitute an offer by Sublessor and Sublessor shall not be bound in any way unless and until this Sublease is executed and delivered by both parties.

 

(g)           Counterparts. This Sublease may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

(h)           Exhibits. The exhibits attached hereto are made a substantive part of this Sublease.

 

(i)            Appointment of Resident Agent. For purposes of § 55-218.1 of the Code of Virginia, Sublessor appoints as its resident agent                               .

 

(j)            No Recordation. Neither party shall have the right to record this Sublease or the Prime Lease.

 

(k)           Contracts of Sublessor. Subtenant shall not do or permit any activity or condition that might cause Sublessor to be in default under any contract relating to the Building or the operation thereof. In furtherance of the foregoing (and not in limitation thereof), Subtenant shall not hire or employ any caterer or food provider to serve meals within the Sublet Premises or Common Areas of the Building other than the food provider for the Cafeteria in the Building or Sublet Premises (currently Restaurant Associates).

 

24



 

26.          Expansion Option.

 

(a)            Subject to the provisions of this Section 26, Subtenant shall have the continuous and ongoing right of first option to lease Available Additional Space (defined herein) on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth (the “ Expansion Option ”) . If at any time or times during the Sublease Term Sublessor desires to market any space in the Building for sublease to any entity that is not a Sublessor Affiliate (as hereafter defined) (“ Available Additional Space ”) , and provided that (i) Subtenant is not in default beyond any applicable notice and cure period set forth herein for curing such default, (ii) Sublessor does not elect to allow the then-existing subtenant occupying the Available Additional Space to extend the term of its sublease (whether or not pursuant to an option contained in such sublease), (iii) Subtenant has not assigned or sublet all or any portion of the Sublet Premises and (iv) there remains, as of the Expansion Space Sublease Commencement Date, at least one (1) year in the Sublease Term, then, prior to entering into a letter of intent with a prospective subtenant, Sublessor shall send written notice to Subtenant informing it that such space will become available for sublease (the “ Availability Notice ”) . The Availability Notice shall specify (i) the effective date (the “ Expansion Space Sublease Commencement Date ”) that such space will become available for sublease and occupancy, and (ii) the base rent (including escalations), and the base year for Operating Expenses and Real Estate Tax Expenses (which shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of this Section 26, including (i) and (ii) below) (collectively the “ Economic Terms ”) that Sublessor proposes for the subletting of such Available Additional Space to Subtenant. Space on the sixth (6th) floor of the Building, which Sublessor is currently marketing for sublease, shall not be considered “Available Additional Space” until after the initial subleasing of the sixth (6th) floor. If the Expansion Space Sublease Commencement Date for any sublease of Available Additional Space to Subtenant occurs (i) during the first Sublease Year, then the Annual Base Subrent and Additional Subrent (including the Operating Expenses Base Year and Real Estate Tax Expenses Base Year) shall be the then-escalated amounts (on a per rentable square foot basis), and (ii) after the first Sublease Year, then the Annual Base Subrent and Additional Subrent shall be the fair market value Annual Base Subrent and Additional Subrent, as determined by Sublessor in its good faith judgment, which fair market value shall (x) be calculated as if the term of the sublease for the Available Additional Space were five (5) years, regardless of the actual time remaining in the Sublease Term and (y) shall mean the fair market rental rate per square foot of rentable area of the Sublet Premises that would be agreed upon between a landlord and a tenant executing a lease in a comparable building of comparable age located in Arlington, Virginia, assuming the following: (A) the landlord and tenant are typically motivated; (B)   the landlord and tenant are well informed and well advised and each is acting in what it considers its own best interest; (C) the leased premises are fit for immediate occupancy and use “as is” and no work is required to be done by the landlord (and that the tenant would not require any additional tenant work or reconfiguration of the existing tenant work); (D)   market rents then being charged for comparable space in other similar office buildings in comparable locations; and (E) all other relevant factors. For purposes of this Sublease, (i) a “ Sublessor Affiliate shall mean any entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with Sublessor or with which Sublessor merges, consolidates or which purchases all or substantially all of the assets of Sublessor.

 

(b)            No later than ten (10) business days after the delivery of the Availability Notice to Subtenant, Subtenant shall notify Sublessor either (i) that Subtenant is not interested in

 

25



 

subleasing the Available Additional Space, or (ii) that Subtenant will sublease the Available Additional Space from Sublessor commencing on the Expansion Space Sublease Commencement Date designated in such Availability Notice on the Economic Terms proposed by Sublessor. If Subtenant fails to respond within such ten (10) business day period, Subtenant shall be deemed to have elected not to sublease the Available Additional Space. If Subtenant timely notifies Sublessor pursuant to clause (ii) above that Subtenant will sublease the Available Additional Space from Sublessor on the Economic Terms proposed by Sublessor, then the Available Additional Space (“ Expansion Space ”) shall become part of the Sublet Premises effective as of the Expansion Space Sublease Commencement Date, for a Sublease Term (the “ Expansion Space Sublease Term ”) commencing on the Expansion Space Sublease Commencement Date and expiring on the last day of the Sublease Term, upon the Economic Terms proposed by Sublessor and otherwise upon all of the terms and conditions set forth in this Sublease.

 

(c)            Except as may otherwise be specified in the Economic Terms, Subtenant shall accept such Expansion Space in its “as-is”, “where-is” condition, and Sublessor shall not be required to perform any work of any sort with respect to such Expansion Space.

 

(d)            Notwithstanding anything contained in this Sublease to the contrary, the amount of parking spaces granted by Sublessor under any Expansion Space sublease, if any, shall be determined by Sublessor in its sole and absolute discretion. In no event, however, shall Subtenant’s ratio of parking spaces to rentable square feet of Sublet Premises (in the aggregate) be less than 1:1000.

 

(e)            In the event Subtenant does not timely exercise any Expansion Option with respect to any Available Additional Space or notifies Sublessor that Subtenant is not interested in subleasing the Available Additional Space, Sublessor shall be free to sublease all or any part of such space to any other party upon such terms and conditions that Sublessor may determine, provided that if Sublessor does not enter into a sublease, letter of intent or term sheet for the subleasing of the Available Additional Space within nine (9) months after Subtenant’s rights to sublease such Available Additional Space expired, then Sublessor shall again offer such Available Additional Space if and to the extent required by this Section 26.

 

(f)             If (a) Subtenant does not exercise the Expansion Option with respect to any Available Additional Space and Sublessor enters into a sublease with a third party for such space as provided in subsection (e) above, and (b) Sublessor once again desires to market such Available Additional Space for sublease, Subtenant shall once again have the right to sublease such space pursuant to, and subject to the terms and conditions of, this Section 26.

 

(g)            Subtenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that (i) the aforesaid time limitations upon the exercise of the Expansion Option will be strictly enforced, (ii) any attempt to exercise any such option at any other time shall be void and of no further force or effect, (iii) if any Expansion Option is not exercised within the required time period, Sublessor intends immediately thereafter to undertake appropriate efforts relating to the use, marketing or management of the space that is the subject of such option, and (iv) the period of time within which any such option may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of

 

26



 

Subtenant’s failure or inability to exercise any such option for any reason whatsoever. The exercise by Subtenant of any Expansion Option shall be irrevocable.

 

27.          Renewal Option. Subject to the provisions of subsection (c) below, and subject to Sublessor’s right to recapture the Sublet Premises as hereinafter set forth, Subtenant shall have a conditional right (the “ Renewal Option ”) to renew or extend the Sublease Term for one (1)  additional period of three (3) years (the “ Renewal Period ”) . If Subtenant desires to exercise the Renewal Option, Subtenant shall give written notice thereof to Sublessor at least twelve (12) months prior to the expiration of the initial Sublease Term. Sublessor shall have the right, exercisable within thirty (30) days after receipt of Subtenant’s renewal notice, to elect to recapture the Sublet Premises, effective at the end of the initial Sublease Term, if Sublessor requires the Sublet Premises for its own use. If Sublessor so elects, in writing, within such thirty (30)-day period, then the Renewal Option shall terminate and be null and void and this Sublease shall terminate and expire on the last day of the initial Sublease Term as if this Section 27 were not part of the Sublease.

 

(a)            In the event that Subtenant exercises the Renewal Option in accordance with the provisions hereof, and Sublessor does not elect to recapture the Sublet Premises as permitted above, then the Sublease Term shall be extended for the Renewal Period. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the Renewal Period shall be upon the same terms, covenants and conditions as set forth herein with respect to the immediately preceding Sublease Term. All references in this Sublease to the Sublease Term shall be construed to mean the initial Sublease Term and the Renewal Period, unless the context clearly indicates that another meaning is intended. For purposes of this Lease, no distinction is made between the terms “extend” and “renew,” or any variations thereof.

 

(b)           The Annual Base Subrental for the Sublet Premises for the Renewal Period shall be as follows:

 

Sublease Year in
Renewal Period

 

Annual Base
Subrent per
Rentable Square
Foot

 

Annual Base
Subrent

 

Monthly Installment
of Annual Base
Subrent

 

1

 

$

52.17

 

$

1,631,929.70

 

$

135,994.14

 

2

 

$

53.74

 

$

1,681,040.90

 

$

140,086.74

 

3

 

$

55.35

 

$

1,731,403.30

 

$

144,283.60

 

 

(c)            The Renewal Option referred to in this Section 27 may not be exercised by Subtenant if, at the time specified in Section 27(a) for exercising such option, (i) this Sublease shall not be in full force and effect, (ii) Subtenant is in default of any obligation under this Sublease after expiration of any applicable notice and cure period, (iii) the named Subtenant hereunder shall have assigned its rights under this Sublease, or (iv) Subtenant shall have sublet

 

27



 

all or more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the Sublet Premises. If Subtenant shall fail to exercise the Renewal Option during the time or in the manner provided in this Section 27 for the exercise thereof, or if at the time specified for the exercise of such Renewal Option, Subtenant shall not be entitled to exercise such option because of the provisions hereof, then, and in either event, such Renewal Option shall be absolutely void and of no force and effect.

 

28.          Amenities.

 

(a)           Cafeteria Use. As of the date of this Sublease, Sublessor is operating a cafeteria (the “Cafeteria”) on the fourth (4th) floor of the Building for use by Sublessor’s employees for dining purposes during the hours of cafeteria operations only. Except as set forth below, Sublessor will maintain and operate the Cafeteria in a first-class manner and through a reputable food service operator throughout the Sublease Term. During the Sublease Term, Subtenant’s employees officing in the Building will have the use of the Cafeteria at no additional cost to Subtenant; provided that such employees will pay the cost of food, drinks and other items sold in the Cafeteria at the prices regularly charged for such food, drinks and other items from time to time to Sublessor’s employees. Use of the Cafeteria by Subtenant’s employees shall be subject to Sublessor’s reasonable rules and regulations, including, without limitation, that the Cafeteria may not be utilized by Subtenant or its employees for any purposes other than dining, e.g., holding meetings or group functions. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Sublease to the contrary, Sublessor shall have the right, at its sole option and in its absolute discretion, to discontinue operation of the Cafeteria (and Subtenant shall thereafter have no rights to use the Cafeteria or the space previously occupied by the Cafeteria, subject to the next sentence). If Sublessor discontinues operation of the Cafeteria, Sublessor shall have no further duties or obligations to Sublessee under this Section 28 unless and until Sublessor again elects to operate a Cafeteria in the Building, in which event Sublessor shall make the Cafeteria available to Subtenant in the manner, and subject to the terms, provided in this Section 28. If Sublessor is prohibited from operating the Cafeteria for any reason (including, without limitation, closures for permitting reasons), Sublessor shall have no obligation hereunder to continue to operate the Cafeteria. Subtenant’s use of the Cafeteria shall be subject and subordinate to the use of Sublessor, and Sublessor reserves the right to close the Cafeteria or restrict access to all or any part of the Cafeteria from time to time in connection with meetings, functions, and special occasions serving the Sublessor employee community.

 

(b)           Fitness Facility. During the Sublease Term, (i) to the extent that a health and fitness facility (a “Fitness Facility”) is being operated by or on behalf of Sublessor in the Building, and (ii) the named Subtenant in this Sublease is the Subtenant hereunder, Subtenant’s employees (but not the employees of any other party including, without limitation, any subtenant of Subtenant) will have the right to use the Fitness Facility at a monthly rate equal to the rate being charged from time to time to Sublessor’s employess (currently, no charge). Prior to using the Fitness Facility, each of Subtenant’s employees using the Fitness Facility will be required to provide an executed Fitness Center Consent & Waiver of Liability form (current form attached hereto as Exhibit E, but which may be modified from time to time by Sublessor) or other forms used by Sublessor from time to time with respect to Sublessor’s employees’ use of the Fitness Facility. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Sublease to the contrary, Sublessor shall have no obligation to operate the Fitness Facility or similar facility during the Sublease Term and may discontinue operation of the Fitness Facility or any similar facility at

 

28



 

any time and at Sublessor’s sole option, without notice, in which event Sublessor shall have no further duties or obligations under this Section 28(b). Use of the Fitness Facility will be subject to Sublessor’s rules and regulations promulgated from time to time.

 

(c)           Bike Room/Shower Facilities. Subtenant shall, and shall cause its employees to, comply with all rules, regulations, and requirements of Landlord (or Sublessor, if applicable), in its use of the bike room and shower facilities provided by Landlord on Level B I of the parking garage. Prior to using the bike room or shower facilities, each of Subtenant’s employees will be required to provide an executed Waiver and Release form (current form attached hereto as Exhibit F, but which may be modified from time to time). Current rules and regulations (which may be modified from time to time) are attached hereto as Exhibit G. Sublessor accepts no responsibility for providing the bike room or shower facilities or for maintaining either, and either may be discontinued at any time.

 

(d)           Other Amenities. Other than use of the Cafeteria and Fitness Facility, Subtenant shall have no right to use or enjoy any other amenity located within the Sublessor’s Premises.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

29



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have made and entered into this Sublease Agreement under seal as of the date and year first set forth above.

 

 

 

SUBLESSOR:

 

 

 

 

 

 

WITNESS/ATTEST:

 

THE CORPORATE EXECUTIVE BOARD
COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Barron Anshutz

 

By:

/s/ Pamela Auerbach

Barron Anshutz , Controller

 

Name:

Pamela Auerbach

 

 

Title:

Corp Counsel/Secretary

 

 

 

 

SUBTENANT:

 

 

 

WITNESS/ATTEST:

 

ROSETTA STONE LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Michael Wu

 

By:

/s/ Tom Adams

Michael Wu, GC

 

Name:

Tom Adams

 

 

Title:

CEO

 

S-1




Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement No. 333-153632 of our report dated September 23, 2008, except for Note 20 as to which the date is October 6, 2008, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Rosetta Stone Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2006 and for the period from January 4, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and as of and for the year ended December 31, 2007, and the consolidated financial statements of Fairfield & Sons, Ltd. and subsidiary for the year ended December 31, 2005 and for the period from January 1, 2006 through January 4, 2006, (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph referring to the adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes - An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (“FIN No. 48”)), appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

 

We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

 

 

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

McLean, Virginia

November 4, 2008